This text is a corrected version of the fourth edition of Harrison and Sharp in its entirety. It comes in two basic versions. The base version (available in 8-bit (Latin-1) text and HTML) presents the original text as printed. This file contains the original version. It preserves the source-text's idiosyncratic use of accented vowels with the exception of y-circumflex (ŷ), which is replaced by y-acute (ý) to fit within the Latin-1 character set. Manifestly unintentional errors in the text have been corrected. In general, this has only been done when the text is internally inconsistent (e.g., a quotation in the glossary does not match the main text). Forms that represent deliberate editorial choice have not been altered, even where they appear wrong. (For example, some of the markings of vowel length do not reflect current scholarly consensus.) Where an uncorrected problem may confuse the reader, I have inserted a note explaining the difficulty, signed KTH. A complete list of the changes made is appended at the end of the file. In order to make the text more useful to modern readers, I have also produced a revised edition, available in Unicode (UTF-8) and HTML. Notes from the source text that indicate changes adopted in later editions have been incorporated directly into the text and apparatus. Further, long vowels are indicated with macrons, as is the common practice of most modern editions. Finally, the quantity of some words has been altered to the values currently accepted as correct. Quantities have not been changed when the difference is a matter of editorial interpretation (e.g., gäst vs. gæst in l. 102, etc.) A list of these altered quantities appears at the end of the list of corrections. Your browser must support the Unicode character set to use this file. To tell if your browser supports the necessary characters, check the table of vowel equivalents below. If you see any empty boxes or question marks in the "revised" columns, you should use the basic version.
This text is a corrected version of the fourth edition of Harrison and Sharp, fully revised. It comes in two main formats. The base version (available in 8-bit (Latin-1) text and HTML) presents the original text as printed. This file contains the original version. It keeps the original text's unique use of accented vowels except for y-circumflex (ŷ), which has been replaced by y-acute (ý) to fit within the Latin-1 character set. Obvious unintentional mistakes in the text have been fixed. Generally, this correction has only been made when the text is inconsistent internally (e.g., a quote in the glossary doesn't match the main text). Forms that represent deliberate editorial choices have not been modified, even if they seem incorrect. (For instance, some markings of vowel length do not reflect current scholarly consensus.) Where an unresolved issue might confuse the reader, I have added a note explaining the problem, signed KTH. A complete list of the changes made appears at the end of the file. To make the text more accessible to modern readers, I have also created a revised edition, available in Unicode (UTF-8) and HTML. Notes from the source text indicating changes adopted in later editions have been incorporated directly into the text and apparatus. Additionally, long vowels are marked with macrons, as is the standard practice in most modern editions. Finally, the quantity of certain words has been adjusted to reflect the values currently accepted as accurate. Quantities have not been changed if the difference is based on editorial interpretation (e.g., gäst vs. gæst in l. 102, etc.). A list of these altered quantities is located at the end of the list of corrections. Your browser must support the Unicode character set to use this file. To check if your browser supports the necessary characters, look at the table of vowel equivalents below. If you see any empty boxes or question marks in the "revised" columns, you should use the basic version.
Explanation of the Vowel Accenting
In general, Harrison and Sharp use circumflex accents over vowels to mark long vowels. For ash, however, the actual character 'æ' represents the long vowel. Short ash is rendered with a-umlaut (ä). The long diphthongs (ēo, ēa, etc.) are indicated with an acute accent over the second vowel (eó, eá, etc.).
In general, Harrison and Sharp use circumflex accents over vowels to indicate long vowels. For ash, though, the character 'æ' represents the long vowel. Short ash is shown with a-umlaut (ä). The long diphthongs (ēo, ēa, etc.) are marked with an acute accent over the second vowel (eó, eá, etc.).
Vowel Equivalents in Different Versions:
Vowel Equivalents in Different Variants:
| Orig. | Revised | Orig. | Revised |
| ä | æ | û | ū |
| Ä | Æ | Û | Ū |
| æ | ǣ | ý | ȳ |
| Æ | Ǣ | Ý | Ȳ |
| â | ā | eá | ēa |
| Â | Ā | Eá | Ēa |
| ê | ē | eó | ēo |
| Ê | Ē | Eó | Ēo |
| î | ī | iá | īa |
| Î | Ī | Iá | Īa |
| ô | ō | ió | īo |
| Ô | Ō | Ió | Īo |
I. BEÓWULF:
AN ANGLO-SAXON POEM.
An Anglo-Saxon Poem.
II. THE FIGHT AT FINNSBURH:
A FRAGMENT.
A FRAGMENT.
WITH TEXT AND GLOSSARY ON THE
WITH TEXT AND GLOSSARY ON THE
BASIS OF M. HEYNE.
BASIS OF M. HEYNE.
EDITED, CORRECTED, AND ENLARGED, BY
UPDATED, FIXED, AND EXPANDED, BY
JAMES A. HARRISON, LL.D., LITT. D.,
JAMES A. HARRISON, LL.D., LITT. D.,
PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH AND MODERN LANGUAGES,
PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH AND MODERN LANGUAGES,
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY,
WASHINGTION AND LEE UNIVERSITY,
AND
AND
ROBERT SHARP (PH.D. LIPS.),
ROBERT SHARP, Ph.D. Lips.
PROFESSOR OF GREEK AND ENGLISH,
Professor of Greek and English,
TULANE UNIVERSITY OF LOUISIANA.
Tulane University, Louisiana.
FOURTH EDITION. REVISED, WITH NOTES.
Fourth Edition. Revised, with notes.
GINN & COMPANY
GINN & COMPANY
BOSTON—NEW YORK—CHICAGO—LONDON
BOSTON—NEW YORK—CHICAGO—LONDON
Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1883, by
Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1883, by
JAMES ALBERT HARRISON AND ROBERT SHARP
JAMES ALBERT HARRISON AND ROBERT SHARP
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, in Washington.
DEDICATED
Committed
TO
TO
PROFESSOR F. A. MARCH,
PROFESSOR F. A. MARCH,
OF LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, PA.,
Lafayette College, PA.
AND
AND
FREDERICK J. FURNIVALL, ESQ.
FREDERICK J. FURNIVALL, ESQ.
FOUNDER OF THE "NEW SHAKSPERE SOCIETY,"
FOUNDER OF THE "NEW SHAKESPEARE SOCIETY,"
THE "CHAUCER SOCIETY," ETC., ETC.
THE "CHAUCER SOCIETY," ETC.
PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION.
The favor with which the successive editions of "Beówulf" have been received during the past thirteen years emboldens the editors to continue the work of revision in a fourth issue, the most noticeable feature of which is a considerable body of explanatory Notes, now for the first time added. These Notes mainly concern themselves with new textual readings, with here and there grammatical, geographical, and archæological points that seemed worthy of explanation. Parallelisms and parallel passages are constantly compared, with the view of making the poem illustrate and explain itself. A few emendations and textual changes are suggested by the editors with all possible diffidence; numerous corrections have been made in the Glossary and List of Names; and the valuable parts of former Appendices have been embodied in the Notes.
The positive response to the successive editions of "Beowulf" over the past thirteen years inspires the editors to continue revising in a fourth edition. The most noticeable addition this time is a significant collection of explanatory Notes, now included for the first time. These Notes primarily focus on new textual readings, along with some grammatical, geographical, and archaeological points that seemed worth explaining. Comparisons of parallelisms and parallel passages are frequently made to help the poem clarify and explain itself. The editors propose a few revisions and textual changes with the utmost humility; numerous corrections have been made in the Glossary and List of Names, and valuable content from earlier Appendices has been integrated into the Notes.
For the Notes, the editors are much indebted to the various German periodicals mentioned on page 116, to the recent publications of Professors Earle and J. L. Hall, to Mr. S. A. Brooke, and to the Heyne-Socin edition of "Beówulf." No change has been made in the system of accentuation, though a few errors in quantity have been corrected. The editors are looking forward to an eventual fifth edition, in which an entirely new text will be presented.
For the Notes, the editors are very grateful to the various German periodicals mentioned on page 116, to the recent works of Professors Earle and J. L. Hall, to Mr. S. A. Brooke, and to the Heyne-Socin edition of "Beowulf." No changes have been made to the system of accentuation, though a few errors in quantity have been fixed. The editors are looking forward to a future fifth edition, where a completely new text will be presented.
October, 1893.
October 1893.
NOTE TO THE THIRD EDITION.
This third edition of the American issue of Beówulf will, the editors hope, be found more accurate and useful than either of the preceding editions. Further corrections in text and glossary have been made, and some additional new readings and suggestions will be found in two brief appendices at the back of the book. Students of the metrical system of Beówulf will find ample material for their studies in Sievers' exhaustive essay on that subject (Beiträge, X. 209-314).
This third edition of the American version of Beowulf aims to be more accurate and helpful than the previous editions. The text and glossary have been further refined, and you will find some new readings and suggestions in two brief appendices at the end of the book. Students studying the metrical system of Beowulf will discover plenty of resources in Sievers' detailed essay on this topic (Beiträge, X. 209-314).
Socin's edition of Heyne's Beówulf (called the fifth edition) has been utilized to some extent in this edition, though it unfortunately came too late to be freely used. While it repeats many of the omissions and inaccuracies of Heyne's fourth edition, it contains much that is valuable to the student, particularly in the notes and commentary. Students of the poem, which has been subjected to much searching criticism during the last decade, will also derive especial help from the contributions of Sievers and Kluge on difficult questions appertaining to it. Wülker's new edition (in the Grein Bibliothek) is of the highest value, however one may dissent from particular textual views laid down in the 'Berichtigter Text.' Paul and Braune's Beiträge contain a varied miscellany of hints, corrections, and suggestions principally embodying the views of Kluge, Cosijn, Sievers, and Bugge, some of the more important of which are found in the appendices to the present and the preceding edition. Holder and Zupitza, Sarrazin and Hermann Möller (Kiel, 1883), Heinzel (Anzeiger f.d. Alterthum, X.), Gering (Zacher's Zeitschrift, XII.), Brenner (Eng. Studien, IX.), and the contributors to Anglia, have assisted materially in the textual and metrical interpretation of the poem.
Socin's edition of Heyne's Beowulf (known as the fifth edition) has been used to some extent in this edition, although it unfortunately arrived too late to be fully utilized. While it repeats many of the omissions and inaccuracies found in Heyne's fourth edition, it offers valuable insights for students, especially in the notes and commentary. Those studying the poem, which has faced considerable criticism over the past decade, will also find significant support from the contributions of Sievers and Kluge regarding complex issues related to it. Wülker's new edition (in the Grein Bibliothek) is extremely valuable, though one may disagree with certain textual perspectives presented in the 'Berichtigter Text.' Paul and Braune's Beiträge include a diverse collection of hints, corrections, and suggestions mainly reflecting the views of Kluge, Cosijn, Sievers, and Bugge, some of which are highlighted in the appendices of both this and the previous edition. Holder and Zupitza, Sarrazin and Hermann Möller (Kiel, 1883), Heinzel (Anzeiger f.d. Alterthum, X.), Gering (Zacher's Zeitschrift, XII.), Brenner (Eng. Studien, IX.), and the contributors to Anglia have significantly aided in the textual and metrical interpretation of the poem.
The subject of Anglo-Saxon quantity has been discussed in several able essays by Sievers, Sweet, Ten Brink (Anzeiger, f.d. Alterthum, V.), Kluge (Beiträge, XI.), and others; but so much is uncertain in this field that the editors have left undisturbed the marking of vowels found in the text of their original edition, while indicating in the appendices the now accepted views of scholars on the quantity of the personal pronouns (mê, wê, þû, þê, gê, hê); the adverb nû, etc. Perhaps it would be best to banish absolutely all attempts at marking quantities except in cases where the Ms. has them marked.
The topic of Anglo-Saxon quantity has been explored in several insightful essays by Sievers, Sweet, Ten Brink (Anzeiger, f.d. Alterthum, V.), Kluge (Beiträge, XI.), and others; however, there’s still a lot of uncertainty in this area. As a result, the editors have chosen to keep the vowel markings from the original edition's text unchanged while noting the currently accepted opinions of scholars on the quantity of personal pronouns (mê, wê, þû, þê, gê, hê); the adverb nû, and others in the appendices. It might be best to completely eliminate any attempts to mark quantities except in cases where the manuscript has them marked.
An approximately complete Bibliography of Beówulf literature will be found in Wülker's Grundriss and in Garnett's translation of the poem.
An almost complete bibliography of Beowulf literature can be found in Wülker's Grundriss and in Garnett's translation of the poem.
JAMES A. HARRISON,
JAMES A. HARRISON,
ROBERT SHARP.
ROBERT SHARP.
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., May, 1888.
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., May, 1888.
NOTE TO THE SECOND REVISED EDITION.
The editors feel so encouraged at the kind reception accorded their edition of Beówulf (1883), that, in spite of its many shortcomings, they have determined to prepare a second revised edition of the book, and thus endeavor to extend its sphere of usefulness. About twenty errors had, notwithstanding a vigilant proof-reading, crept into the text,—errors in single letters, accents, and punctuation. These have been corrected, and it is hoped that the text has been rendered generally accurate and trustworthy. In the List of Names one or two corrections have been made, and in the Glossary numerous mistakes in gender, classification, and translation, apparently unavoidable in a first edition, have been rectified. Wherever these mistakes concern single letters, or occupy very small space, they have been corrected in the plates; where they are longer, and the expense of correcting them in the plates would have been very great, the editors have thought it best to include them in an Appendix of Corrections and Additions, which will be found at the back of the book. Students are accordingly referred to this Appendix for important longer corrections and additions. It is believed that the value of the book has been much enhanced by an Appendix of Recent Readings, based on late criticisms and essays from the pens of Sievers, Kluge, Cosijn, Holder, Wülker, and Sweet. A perplexed student, in turning to these suggested readings, will often find great help in unravelling obscure or corrupt passages.
The editors are really encouraged by the positive response to their edition of Beowulf (1883), so despite its many flaws, they've decided to prepare a second revised edition of the book to make it even more useful. About twenty errors slipped into the text despite careful proofreading—issues with single letters, accents, and punctuation. These have been corrected, and they hope the text is now generally accurate and reliable. In the List of Names, one or two corrections have been made, and in the Glossary, many mistakes in gender, classification, and translation—which are usually unavoidable in a first edition—have been fixed. Wherever these mistakes involve single letters or take up very little space, they have been corrected in the plates; for those that are longer and would be too expensive to fix in the plates, the editors have decided to include them in an Appendix of Corrections and Additions at the back of the book. Students should refer to this Appendix for important longer corrections and additions. They believe the value of the book has been significantly improved by an Appendix of Recent Readings, based on recent criticisms and essays by Sievers, Kluge, Cosijn, Holder, Wülker, and Sweet. A confused student who turns to these suggested readings will often find a lot of help in clarifying obscure or corrupted passages.
The objectionable ä and æ, for the short and the long diphthong, have been retained in the revised edition, owing to the impossibility of removing them without entirely recasting the plates.
The objectionable ä and æ, for the short and the long diphthong, have been kept in the revised edition, because it’s impossible to remove them without completely redesigning the plates.
In conclusion, the editors would acknowledge their great indebtedness to the friends and critics whose remarks and criticisms have materially aided in the correction of the text,—particularly to Profs. C.P.G. Scott, Baskervill, Price, and J.M. Hart; to Prof. J.W. Bright; and to the authorities of Cornell University, for the loan of periodicals necessary to the completeness of the revision. While the second revised edition still contains much that might be improved, the editors cannot but hope that it is an advance on its predecessor, and that it will continue its work of extending the study of Old English throughout the land.
In conclusion, the editors would like to express their deep gratitude to the friends and critics whose feedback has significantly helped in correcting the text—especially to Profs. C.P.G. Scott, Baskervill, Price, and J.M. Hart; to Prof. J.W. Bright; and to the staff at Cornell University for lending the periodicals that were essential for refining the revision. Although the second revised edition still has areas for improvement, the editors sincerely hope that it represents a step forward from the previous edition and will continue to promote the study of Old English across the country.
JUNE, 1885.
JUNE 1885.
NOTE I.
The present work, carefully edited from Heyne's fourth edition, (Paderborn, 1879), is designed primarily for college classes in Anglo-Saxon, rather than for independent investigators or for seekers after a restored or ideal text. The need of an American edition of "Beówulf" has long been felt, as, hitherto, students have had either to send to Germany for a text, or secure, with great trouble, one of the scarce and expensive English editions. Heyne's first edition came out in 1863, and was followed in 1867 and 1873 by a second and a third edition, all three having essentially the same text.
The current edition, carefully edited from Heyne's fourth edition (Paderborn, 1879), is aimed mainly at college classes in Anglo-Saxon, rather than for independent researchers or those looking for a restored or ideal text. There has long been a need for an American edition of "Beowulf," as students have previously had to either order a text from Germany or go through a lot of trouble to find one of the rare and pricey English editions. Heyne's first edition was released in 1863 and was followed by second and third editions in 1867 and 1873, all three containing essentially the same text.
So many important contributions to the "Beówulf" literature were, however, made between 1873 and 1879 that Heyne found it necessary to put forth a new edition (1879). In this new, last edition, the text was subjected to a careful revision, and was fortified by the views, contributions, and criticisms of other zealous scholars. In it the collation of the unique "Beówulf" Ms. (Vitellius A. 15: Cottonian Mss. of the British Museum), as made by E. Kölbing in Herrig's Archiv (Bd. 56; 1876), was followed wherever the present condition of the Ms. had to be discussed; and the researches of Bugge, Bieger, and others, on single passages, were made use of. The discussion of the metrical structure of the poem, as occurring in the second and third editions, was omitted in the fourth, owing to the many controversies in which the subject is still involved. The present editor has thought it best to do the same, though, happily, the subject of Old English Metrik is undergoing a steady illumination through the labors of Schipper and others.
So many significant contributions to the "Beowulf" literature were made between 1873 and 1879 that Heyne found it necessary to release a new edition in 1879. In this final edition, the text was carefully revised and enhanced by the insights, contributions, and critiques of other passionate scholars. It included the collation of the unique "Beowulf" manuscript (Vitellius A. 15: Cottonian manuscripts of the British Museum), as compiled by E. Kölbing in Herrig's Archiv (Bd. 56; 1876), wherever the current state of the manuscript needed discussion; and the research of Bugge, Bieger, and others, on specific passages, was utilized. The analysis of the poem's metrical structure, included in the second and third editions, was left out of the fourth due to the numerous debates that still surround the topic. The current editor has decided to follow this approach as well, although fortunately, the subject of Old English Metrik is steadily being clarified through the work of Schipper and others.
Some errors and misplaced accents in Heyne's text have been corrected in the present edition, in which, as in the general revision of the text, the editor has been most kindly aided by Prof. J.M. Garnett, late Principal of St. John's College, Maryland.
Some mistakes and incorrect accents in Heyne's text have been fixed in this edition. In this overall revision, the editor received generous help from Prof. J.M. Garnett, former Principal of St. John's College, Maryland.
In the preparation of the present school edition it has been thought best to omit Heyne's notes, as they concern themselves principally with conjectural emendations, substitutions of one reading for another, and discussions of the condition of the Ms. Until Wülker's text and the photographic fac-simile of the original Ms. are in the hands of all scholars, it will be better not to introduce such matters in the school room, where they would puzzle without instructing.
In preparing this school edition, we've decided to leave out Heyne's notes because they mainly focus on proposed changes, replacing one version with another, and debates about the condition of the manuscript. Until Wülker's text and the photographic facsimile of the original manuscript are available to all scholars, it’s better not to include these issues in the classroom, where they would confuse rather than educate.
For convenience of reference, the editor has added a head-line to each "fit" of the poem, with a view to facilitate a knowledge of its episodes.
For easier reference, the editor has added a headline to each section of the poem to help readers understand its episodes.
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., June, 1882.
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., June, 1882.
NOTE II.
The editors now have the pleasure of presenting to the public a complete text and a tolerably complete glossary of "Beówulf." The edition is the first published in America, and the first of its special kind presented to the English public, and it is the initial volume of a "Library of Anglo-Saxon Poetry," to be edited under the same auspices and with the coöperation of distinguished scholars in this country. Among these scholars may be mentioned Professors F.A. March of Lafayette College, T.K. Price of Columbia College, and W.M. Baskervill of Vanderbilt University.
The editors are excited to share with everyone a complete text and a fairly comprehensive glossary of "Beowulf." This edition is the first published in America and the first of its kind made available to the English public. It also marks the beginning of a "Library of Anglo-Saxon Poetry," which will be edited under the same leadership and with the collaboration of notable scholars in this country. These scholars include Professors F.A. March from Lafayette College, T.K. Price from Columbia College, and W.M. Baskervill from Vanderbilt University.
In the preparation of the Glossary the editors found it necessary to abandon a literal and exact translation of Heyne for several reasons, and among others from the fact that Heyne seems to be wrong in the translation of some of his illustrative quotations, and even translates the same passage in two or three different ways under different headings. The orthography of his glossary differs considerably from the orthography of his text. He fails to discriminate with due nicety the meanings of many of the words in his vocabulary, while criticism more recent than his latest edition (1879) has illustrated or overthrown several of his renderings. The references were found to be incorrect in innumerable instances, and had to be verified in every individual case so far as this was possible, a few only, which resisted all efforts at verification, having to be indicated by an interrogation point (?). The references are exceedingly numerous, and the labor of verifying them was naturally great. To many passages in the Glossary, where Heyne's translation could not be trusted with entire certainty, the editors have added other translations of phrases and sentences or of special words; and in this they have been aided by a careful study of the text and a comparison and utilization of the views of Kemble and Professor J.M. Garnett (who takes Grein for his foundation). Many new references have been added; and the various passages in which Heyne fails to indicate whether a given verb is weak or strong, or fails to point out the number, etc., of the illustrative form, have been corrected and made to harmonize with the general plan of the work. Numerous misprints in the glossary have also been corrected, and a brief glossary to the Finnsburh-fragment, prepared by Dr. Wm. Hand Browne, and supplemented and adapted by the editor-in-chief, has been added.
In creating the Glossary, the editors decided to move away from a word-for-word translation of Heyne for several reasons. For one, Heyne seems to have misinterpreted some of his illustrative quotes, even translating the same passage in two or three different ways under different headings. The spelling in his glossary differs significantly from that of his main text. He doesn't accurately distinguish the meanings of many words in his vocabulary, while more recent criticism than his last edition (1879) has clarified or disproven several of his translations. The references were found to be incorrect in countless instances and had to be checked individually whenever possible, with only a few, which resisted all efforts at verification, marked with a question mark (?). There are many references, and verifying them was understandably labor-intensive. For many entries in the Glossary where Heyne's translation couldn't be trusted completely, the editors added alternate translations of phrases, sentences, or specific words. They were supported in this by a careful study of the text and by comparing and utilizing the perspectives of Kemble and Professor J.M. Garnett (who bases his work on Grein). Numerous new references have been included; and the various instances where Heyne neglects to clarify whether a given verb is weak or strong, or fails to specify the number, etc., of the illustrative form, have been corrected to align with the overall structure of the work. Many typographical errors in the glossary have also been fixed, and a brief glossary for the Finnsburh fragment, prepared by Dr. Wm. Hand Browne and supplemented and adapted by the editor-in-chief, has been added.
The editors think that they may without immodesty put forth for themselves something more than the claim of being re-translators of a translation: the present edition is, so far as they were able to make it so, an adaptation, correction, and extension of the work of the great German scholar to whose loving appreciation of the Anglo-Saxon epic all students of Old English owe a debt of gratitude. While following his usually sure and cautious guidance, and in the main appropriating his results, they have thought it best to deviate from him in the manner above indicated, whenever it seemed that he was wrong. The careful reader will notice at once the marks of interrogation which point out these deviations, or which introduce a point of view illustrative of, or supplementary to, the one given by the German editor. No doubt the editors are wrong themselves in many places,—"Beówulf" is a most difficult poem,—but their view may at least be defended by a reference to the original text, which they have faithfully and constantly consulted.
The editors believe they can confidently present themselves as more than just re-translators of a translation: this edition is, as much as they were able to make it, an adaptation, correction, and extension of the work by the great German scholar, to whom all students of Old English owe a great deal of gratitude for his appreciation of the Anglo-Saxon epic. While they primarily follow his careful guidance and largely adopt his findings, they have decided to diverge from him in the ways previously mentioned whenever they felt he was incorrect. The attentive reader will quickly notice the question marks that indicate these deviations or introduce an alternative perspective that complements or adds to what the German editor provided. There’s no doubt the editors may be wrong in several instances—"Beówulf" is an extremely challenging poem—but their perspective can at least be supported by a reference to the original text, which they have consistently and diligently consulted.
A good many cognate Modern English words have been introduced here and there in the Glossary with a view to illustration, and other addenda will be found between brackets and parenthetical marks.
A lot of related Modern English words have been added here and there in the Glossary for illustration, and other additions can be found in brackets and parentheses.
It is hoped that the present edition of the most famous of Old English poems will do something to promote a valuable and interesting study.
It is hoped that this edition of the most famous Old English poems will help encourage a valuable and interesting field of study.
JAMES A. HARRISON, Washington and Lee University, Lexington, Va.
JAMES A. HARRISON, Washington and Lee University, Lexington, VA.
ROBERT SHARP, University of Louisiana, New Orleans.
ROBERT SHARP, University of Louisiana, New Orleans.
April, 1883.
April 1883.
The responsibility of the editors is as follows: H. is responsible for the Text, and for the Glossary from hrînan on; S. for the List of Names, and for the Glossary as far as hrînan.
The editors are responsible for the following: H. is in charge of the Text and the Glossary from hrînan onward; S. is responsible for the List of Names and the Glossary up to hrînan.
ARGUMENT.
The only national [Anglo-Saxon] epic which has been preserved entire is Beówulf. Its argument is briefly as follows:—The poem opens with a few verses in praise of the Danish Kings, especially Scild, the son of Sceaf. His death is related, and his descendants briefly traced down to Hroðgar. Hroðgar, elated with his prosperity and success in war, builds a magnificent hall, which he calls Heorot. In this hall Hroðgar and his retainers live in joy and festivity, until a malignant fiend, called Grendel, jealous of their happiness, carries off by night thirty of Hroðgar's men, and devours them in his moorland retreat. These ravages go on for twelve years. Beówulf, a thane of Hygelac, King of the Goths, hearing of Hroðgar's calamities, sails from Sweden with fourteen warriors—to help him. They reach the Danish coast in safety; and, after an animated parley with Hroðgar's coastguard, who at first takes them for pirates, they are allowed to proceed to the royal hall, where they are well received by Hroðgar. A banquet ensues, during which Beówulf is taunted by the envious Hunferhð about his swimming-match with Breca, King of the Brondings. Beówulf gives the true account of the contest, and silences Hunferhð. At night-fall the King departs, leaving Beówulf in charge of the hall. Grendel soon breaks in, seizes and devours one of Beówulf's companions; is attacked by Beówulf, and, after losing an arm, which is torn off by Beówulf, escapes to the fens. The joy of Hroðgar and the Danes, and their festivities, are described, various episodes are introduced, and Beówulf and his companions receive splendid gifts. The next night Grendel's mother revenges her son by carrying off Æschere, the friend and councillor of Hroðgar, during the absence of Beówulf. Hroðgar appeals to Beówulf for vengeance, and describes the haunts of Grendel and his mother. They all proceed thither; the scenery of the lake, and the monsters that dwell in it, are described. Beówulf plunges into the water, and attacks Grendel's mother in her dwelling at the bottom of the lake. He at length overcomes her, and cuts off her head, together with that of Grendel, and brings the heads to Hroðgar. He then takes leave of Hroðgar, sails back to Sweden, and relates his adventures to Hygelac. Here the first half of the poem ends. The second begins with the accession of Beówulf to the throne, after the fall of Hygelac and his son Heardred. He rules prosperously for fifty years, till a dragon, brooding over a hidden treasure, begins to ravage the country, and destroys Beówulf's palace with fire. Beówulf sets out in quest of its hiding-place, with twelve men. Having a presentiment of his approaching end, he pauses and recalls to mind his past life and exploits. He then takes leave of his followers, one by one, and advances alone to attack the dragon. Unable, from the heat, to enter the cavern, he shouts aloud, and the dragon comes forth. The dragon's scaly hide is proof against Beówulf's sword, and he is reduced to great straits. Then Wiglaf, one of his followers, advances to help him. Wiglaf's shield is consumed by the dragon's fiery breath, and he is compelled to seek shelter under Beówulf's shield of iron. Beówulf's sword snaps asunder, and he is seized by the dragon. Wiglaf stabs the dragon from underneath, and Beówulf cuts it in two with his dagger. Feeling that his end is near, he bids Wiglaf bring out the treasures from the cavern, that he may see them before he dies. Wiglaf enters the dragon's den, which is described, returns to Beówulf, and receives his last commands. Beówulf dies, and Wiglaf bitterly reproaches his companions for their cowardice. The disastrous consequences of Beówulf's death are then foretold, and the poem ends with his funeral.—H. Sweet, in Warton's History of English Poetry, Vol. II. (ed. 1871). Cf. also Ten Brink's History of English Literature.
The only national Anglo-Saxon epic that has been fully preserved is Beowulf. Here’s a brief overview of the story: The poem starts with a few lines praising the Danish kings, especially Scild, the son of Sceaf. It recounts his death and briefly traces his lineage down to Hrothgar. Hrothgar, proud of his wealth and success in battles, builds a grand hall named Heorot. In this hall, Hrothgar and his men enjoy joy and festivities until a malevolent creature named Grendel, envious of their happiness, abducts thirty of Hrothgar's warriors during the night and eats them in his moorland lair. This devastation continues for twelve years. Beowulf, a thane of Hygelac, King of the Goths, learns of Hrothgar's troubles and sails from Sweden with fourteen warriors to assist him. They safely reach the Danish shore, and after a lively exchange with Hrothgar's coastguard—who initially mistakes them for pirates—they are allowed to enter the royal hall, where Hrothgar welcomes them warmly. A banquet follows, during which Beowulf is mocked by the envious Unferth about his swimming match with Breca, King of the Brondings. Beowulf sets the record straight about the contest and silences Unferth. As night falls, the King leaves, entrusting Beowulf with the hall's protection. Soon after, Grendel bursts in, grabs one of Beowulf's companions, and eats him; Beowulf confronts Grendel, and after tearing off his arm, the creature escapes to the swamps. The joy of Hrothgar and the Danes and their celebrations are depicted, several episodes unfold, and Beowulf and his men receive lavish gifts. The following night, Grendel's mother avenges her son by snatching Æschere, Hrothgar's friend and advisor, while Beowulf is absent. Hrothgar begs Beowulf for vengeance and explains the lairs of Grendel and his mother. They all head there, with descriptions of the lake and the monsters within. Beowulf dives into the water and battles Grendel's mother in her lair at the lake's bottom. He ultimately defeats her, beheading both her and Grendel and presents the heads to Hrothgar. After this, Beowulf says goodbye to Hrothgar, sails back to Sweden, and shares his adventures with Hygelac. This concludes the first half of the poem. The second part begins with Beowulf rising to the throne after Hygelac and his son Heardred's deaths. He reigns successfully for fifty years until a dragon, guarding a hidden treasure, starts to terrorize the land and burns Beowulf's palace. Beowulf embarks on a quest to find the dragon's lair with twelve men. Sensing his imminent end, he reflects on his life and deeds. He then bids farewell to each of his followers and goes alone to confront the dragon. Unable to enter the cave because of the heat, he calls out, and the dragon emerges. The dragon’s scaly skin proves resistant to Beowulf's sword, putting him in a tight spot. Then Wiglaf, one of his followers, comes to aid him. Wiglaf’s shield is destroyed by the dragon’s flames, forcing him to take cover behind Beowulf’s iron shield. Beowulf's sword shatters, and he is caught by the dragon. Wiglaf stabs the dragon from below, and Beowulf slices it in half with his dagger. Aware that he’s nearing death, Beowulf asks Wiglaf to bring out the treasures from the cave so he can see them before he dies. Wiglaf enters the dragon's lair, which is described, and returns to Beowulf to receive his last orders. Beowulf dies, and Wiglaf angrily criticizes his cowardly companions. The dire consequences of Beowulf's death are then predicted, and the poem concludes with his funeral. — H. Sweet, in Warton's History of English Poetry, Vol. II. (ed. 1871). Cf. also Ten Brink's History of English Literature.
BEÓWULF.
II. THE HALL HEOROT.
† 55III. GRENDEL'S VISITS.
115IV. HYGELAC'S THANE.
† †190V. THE ERRAND.
† 260VI. BEÓWULF'S SPEECH.
†320VII. HROTHGAR'S WELCOME.
† † 375VIII. HROTHGAR TELLS OF GRENDEL.
† 460IX. HUNFERTH OBJECTS TO BEÓWULF.
† 500X. BEÓWULF'S CONTEST WITH BRECA.—THE FEAST.
560XI. THE WATCH FOR GRENDEL.
665XII. GRENDEL'S RAID.
† 715XIII. BEÓWULF TEARS OFF GRENDEL'S ARM.
† 795XIV. THE JOY AT HEOROT.
840XV. HROTHGAR'S GRATULATION.
† 930XVI. THE BANQUET AND THE GIFTS.
† †995XVII. SONG OF HROTHGAR'S POET—THE LAY OF HNAEF AND HENGEST.
1055XVIII. THE GLEEMAN'S TALE IS ENDED.
†1130XIX. BEÓWULF'S JEWELLED COLLAR. THE HEROES REST.
† 1195XX. GRENDEL'S MOTHER ATTACKS THE RING-DANES.
† † †1255XXI. SORROW AT HEOROT: ÆSCHERE'S DEATH
1325XXII. BEÓWULF SEEKS THE MONSTER IN THE HAUNTS OF THE NIXIES.
1385XXIII. THE BATTLE WITH THE WATER-DRAKE.
1475XXIV. BEÓWULF SLAYS THE SPRITE.
1560XXV. HROTHGAR'S GRATITUDE: HE DISCOURSES.
1655XXVI. THE DISCOURSE IS ENDED.—BEÓWULF PREPARES TO LEAVE.
† †1750XXVII. THE PARTING WORDS.
1820XXVIII. BEÓWULF RETURNS TO GEATLAND.—THE QUEENS HYGD AND THRYTHO.
1890XXIX. HIS ARRIVAL. HYGELAC'S RECEPTION.
1965XXX. BEÓWULF'S STORY OF THE SLAYINGS.
2035XXXI. HE GIVES PRESENTS TO HYGELAC. HYGELAC REWARDS HIM. HYGELAC'S DEATH. BEÓWULF REIGNS.
2145XXXII. THE FIRE-DRAKE. THE HOARD.
† † †2225XXXIII. BEOWULF RESOLVES TO KILL THE FIRE-DRAKE.
2315XXXIV. RETROSPECT OF BEÓWULF.—STRIFE BETWEEN SWEONAS AND GEATAS.
† †2395XXXV. MEMORIES OF PAST TIME.—THE FEUD WITH THE FIRE-DRAKE.
2465XXXVI. WIGLAF HELPS BEÓWULF IN THE FEUD
† 2605XXXVII. BEÓWULF WOUNDED TO DEATH.
2695XXXVIII. THE JEWEL-HOARD. THE PASSING OF BEOWULF.
2755XXXIX. THE COWARD-THANES.
2825XL. THE SOLDIER'S DIRGE AND PROPHECY.
2895XLI. HE TELLS OF THE SWEDES AND THE GEATAS
†2950XLII. WÎGLAF SPEAKS. THE BUILDING OF THE BALE-FIRE.
†3060XLIII. BEÓWULF'S FUNERAL PYRE.
3140APPENDIX
†THE ATTACK IN FINNSBURG.‡
† †5LIST OF NAMES; NOTES; AND GLOSSARY.
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
| m.: | masculine. |
| f.: | feminine. |
| n.: | neuter. |
| nom., gen.: | nominative, genitive, etc. |
| w.: | weak. |
| w. v.: | weak verb. |
| st.: | strong. |
| st. v.: | strong verb. |
| I., II., III.: | first, second, third person. |
| comp.: | compound. |
| imper.: | imperative. |
| w.: | with. |
| instr.: | instrumental. |
| G. and Goth.: | Gothic. |
| O.N.: | Old Norse. |
| O.S.: | Old Saxon. |
| O.H.G.: | Old High German. |
| M.H.G.: | Middle High German. |
| The vowel | ä = a in glad | } | |
| The diphthong | æ = a in hair | } | approximately. |
The names Leo, Bugge, Rieger, etc., refer to authors of emendations.
The names Leo, Bugge, Rieger, etc., refer to authors of edits.
Words beginning with ge- will be found under their root-word.
Words that start with ge- can be found under their root word.
Obvious abbreviations, like subj., etc., are not included in this list.
Obvious abbreviations, such as subj., etc., are not included in this list.
LIST OF NAMES.
Abel, Cain's brother, 108.
Abel, Cain's brother, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Bân-stân, father of Breca, 524.
Bân-stân, dad of Breca, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Beó-wulf (Biówulf, 1988, 2390; gen. Beówulfes, 857, etc., Biówulfes, 2195, 2808, etc.; dat. Beówulfe, 610, etc., Biówulfe, 2325, 2843), of the race of the Geátas. His father is the Wægmunding Ecgþeów (263, etc.); his mother a daughter of Hrêðel, king of the Geátas (374), at whose court he is brought up after his seventh year with Hrêðel's sons, Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelâc, 2429 ff. In his youth lazy and unapt (2184 f., 2188 f.); as man he attains in the gripe of his hand the strength of thirty men, 379. Hence his victories in his combats with bare hands (711 ff., 2502 ff.), while fate denies him the victory in the battle with swords, 2683 f. His swimming-match with Breca in his youth, 506 ff. Goes with fourteen Geátas to the assistance of the Danish king, Hrôðgâr, against Grendel, 198 ff. His combat with Grendel, and his victory, 711 ff., 819 ff. He is, in consequence, presented with rich gifts by Hrôðgâr, 1021 ff. His combat with Grendel's mother, 1442 ff. Having again received gifts, he leaves Hrôðgâr (1818-1888), and returns to Hygelâc, 1964 ff.—After Hygelâc's last battle and death, he flees alone across the sea, 2360 f. In this battle he crushes Däghrefn, one of the Hûgas, to death, 2502 f. He rejects at the same time Hygelâc's kingdom and the hand of his widow (2370 ff.), but carries on the government as guardian of the young Heardrêd, son of Hygelâc, 2378 ff. After Heardrêd's death, the kingdom falls to Beówulf, 2208, 2390.—Afterwards, on an expedition to avenge the murdered Heardrêd, he kills the Scylfing, Eádgils (2397), and probably conquers his country. —His fight with the drake, 2539 ff. His death, 2818. His burial, 3135 ff.
Beowulf (Biówulf, 1988, 2390; gen. Beówulfes, 857, etc., Biówulfes, 2195, 2808, etc.; dat. Beówulfe, 610, etc., Biówulfe, 2325, 2843), from the Geatish tribe. His father is Wægmunding Ecgþeów (263, etc.); his mother is a daughter of Hrêðel, the king of the Geats (374), where he is raised after his seventh year alongside Hrêðel's sons, Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelâc, 2429 ff. In his youth, he is lazy and unskilled (2184 f., 2188 f.); as a man, he gains the strength of thirty men in his grip, 379. Thus, he wins his battles using only his hands (711 ff., 2502 ff.), while fate denies him victory in sword fights, 2683 f. He competes in a swimming match with Breca in his youth, 506 ff. He goes with fourteen Geats to aid the Danish king, Hrôðgâr, against Grendel, 198 ff. His battle with Grendel, and his triumph, 711 ff., 819 ff. As a result, he receives lavish gifts from Hrôðgâr, 1021 ff. He battles Grendel's mother, 1442 ff. After receiving more gifts, he leaves Hrôðgâr (1818-1888) and returns to Hygelâc, 1964 ff.—After Hygelâc's final battle and death, he travels alone across the sea, 2360 f. In this battle, he kills Däghrefn, a warrior from the Hûgas, 2502 f. He simultaneously declines Hygelâc's kingdom and the hand of his widow (2370 ff.), but he acts as guardian for the young Heardrêd, Hygelâc's son, 2378 ff. After Heardrêd's death, the kingdom passes to Beowulf, 2208, 2390.—Later, on a mission to avenge the death of Heardrêd, he kills the Scylfing, Eádgils (2397), likely conquering his territory. —His confrontation with the dragon, 2539 ff. His death, 2818. His burial, 3135 ff.
Brondingas (gen. Brondinga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), Breca, their leader, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Brosinga mene, corrupted from, or according to Müllenhoff, written by mistake for, Breosinga mene (O.N., Brisinga men, cf. Haupts Zeitschr. XII. 304), collar, which the Brisingas once possessed.
Brosinga mene, mistakenly derived from, or as Müllenhoff suggests, incorrectly written for, Breosinga mene (O.N., Brisinga men, cf. Haupts Zeitschr. XII. 304), refers to a collar that the Brisingas once owned.
Däg-hrefn (dat. Däghrefne, 2502), a warrior of the Hûgas, who, according to 2504-5, compared with 1203, and with 1208, seems to have been the slayer of King Hygelâc, in his battle against the allied Franks, Frisians, and Hûgas. Is crushed to death by Beówulf in a hand-to-hand combat, 2502 ff.
Däg-hrefn (dat. Däghrefne, 2502), a warrior of the Hûgas, who, according to 2504-5, compared to 1203, and with 1208, appears to have been the killer of King Hygelâc during his battle against the combined forces of the Franks, Frisians, and Hûgas. He is killed by Beówulf in a one-on-one fight, 2502 ff.
Dene (gen. Dena, 242, etc., Denia, 2126, Deniga, 271, etc.; dat. Denum, 768, etc.), as subjects of Scyld and his descendants, they are also called Scyldings; and after the first king of the East Danes, Ing (Runenlied, 22), Ing-wine, 1045, 1320. They are also once called Hrêðmen, 445. On account of their renowned warlike character, they bore the names Gâr-Dene, 1, 1857, Hring-Dene (Armor-Danes), 116, 1280, Beorht-Dene, 427, 610. The great extent of this people is indicated by their names from the four quarters of the heavens: Eást-Dene, 392, 617, etc., West-Dene, 383, 1579, Sûð-Dene, 463, Norð-Dene, 784.—Their dwelling-place "in Scedelandum," 19, "on Scedenigge," 1687, "be sæm tweónum," 1686.
Dene (gen. Dena, 242, etc., Denia, 2126, Deniga, 271, etc.; dat. Denum, 768, etc.), as subjects of Scyld and his descendants, they are also called Scyldings; and after the first king of the East Danes, Ing (Runenlied, 22), Ing-wine, 1045, 1320. They are also once referred to as Hrêðmen, 445. Due to their famous warrior reputation, they were known by names like Gâr-Dene, 1, 1857, Hring-Dene (Armor-Danes), 116, 1280, Beorht-Dene, 427, 610. The vastness of this group is indicated by their names originating from the four corners of the world: Eást-Dene, 392, 617, etc., West-Dene, 383, 1579, Sûð-Dene, 463, Norð-Dene, 784.—Their homeland "in Scedelandum," 19, "on Scedenigge," 1687, "by the sea's two," 1686.
Ecg-laf (gen. Ecglaf's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), Hûnferð's dad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Ecg-þeów (nom. Ecgþeów, 263, Ecgþeó, 373; gen. Ecgþeówes, 529, etc., Ecgþiówes, 2000), a far-famed hero of the Geátas, of the house of the Wægmundings. Beówulf is the son of Ecgþeów, by the only daughter of Hrêðel, king of the Geátas, 262, etc. Among the Wylfings, he has slain Heaðolâf (460), and in consequence he goes over the sea to the Danes (463), whose king, Hrôðgâr, by means of gold, finishes the strife for him, 470.
Ecg-theow (nom. Ecgtheow, 263, Ecgtheó, 373; gen. Ecgtheowes, 529, etc., Ecgthiówes, 2000), a well-known hero of the Geats, from the Wægmundings family. Beowulf is the son of Ecgtheow, by the only daughter of Hrêðel, king of the Geats, 262, etc. Among the Wylfings, he has killed Heaðolaf (460), and as a result, he travels across the sea to the Danes (463), whose king, Hrôðgâr, uses gold to resolve the conflict for him, 470.
Earna-näs, the Eagle Cape in the land of the Geátas, where occurred Beówulf's fight with the drake, 3032.
Earna-näs, the Eagle Cape in the land of the Geátas, where Beowulf fought the dragon, 3032.
The sons of Ôhthere, Eánmund and Eádgils, have rebelled against their father (2382), and must, in consequence, depart with their followers from Swiórîce, 2205-6, 2380. They come into the country of the Geátas to Heardrêd (2380), but whether with friendly or hostile intent is not stated; but, according to 2203 f., we are to presume that they came against Heardrêd with designs of conquest. At a banquet (on feorme; or feorme, MS.) Heardrêd falls, probably through treachery, by the hand of one of the brothers, 2386, 2207. The murderer must have been Eánmund, to whom, according to 2613, "in battle the revenge of Weohstân brings death." Weohstân takes revenge for his murdered king, and exercises upon Eánmund's body the booty-right, and robs it of helm, breastplate, and sword (2616-17), which the slain man had received as gifts from his uncle, Onela, 2617-18. But Weohstân does not speak willingly of this fight, although he has slain Onela's brother's son, 2619-20.—After Heardrêd's and Eánmund's death, the descendant of Ongenþeów, Eádgils, returns to his home, 2388. He must give way before Beówulf, who has, since Heardrêd's death, ascended the throne of the Geátas, 2390. But Beówulf remembers it against him in after days, and the old feud breaks out anew, 2392-94. Eádgils makes an invasion into the land of the Geátas (2394-95), during which he falls at the hands of Beówulf, 2397. The latter must have then obtained the sovereignty over the Sweonas (3005-6, where only the version, Scylfingas, can give a satisfactory sense).
The sons of Ôhthere, Eánmund and Eádgils, have turned against their father (2382), and as a result, they need to leave Swiórîce with their followers, 2205-6, 2380. They enter the land of the Geátas, heading to Heardrêd (2380), but it’s unclear if their intent is friendly or hostile; however, based on 2203 f., we can infer that they came with plans for conquest. During a banquet (on feorme; or feorme, MS.), Heardrêd is killed, likely through treachery, by one of the brothers, 2386, 2207. The killer must have been Eánmund, to whom, according to 2613, "the revenge of Weohstân brings death in battle." Weohstân avenges his murdered king and takes the spoils from Eánmund's body, stripping it of its helmet, breastplate, and sword (2616-17), which the fallen had received as gifts from his uncle, Onela, 2617-18. However, Weohstân doesn't like to talk about this fight, even though he has killed Onela's brother's son, 2619-20. After the deaths of Heardrêd and Eánmund, the descendant of Ongenþeów, Eádgils, returns home, 2388. He has to yield to Beówulf, who has taken the throne of the Geátas since Heardrêd's death, 2390. But Beówulf holds a grudge against him later, and the old feud flares up again, 2392-94. Eádgils invades the Geátas' land (2394-95), during which he is killed by Beówulf, 2397. After that, Beówulf probably gains control over the Sweonas (3005-6, where only the version, Scylfingas, can offer a reasonable meaning).
Finn (gen. Finnes, 1069, etc.; dat. Finne, 1129), son of Folcwalda (1090), king of the North Frisians, i.e. of the Eotenas, husband of Hildeburg, a daughter of Hôc, 1072, 1077. He is the hero of the inserted poem on the Attack in Finnsburg, the obscure incidents of which are, perhaps, as follows: In Finn's castle, Finnsburg, situated in Jutland (1126-28), the Hôcing, Hnäf, a relative—perhaps a brother—of Hildeburg is spending some time as guest. Hnäf, who is a liegeman of the Danish king, Healfdene, has sixty men with him (Finnsburg, 38). These are treacherously attacked one night by Finn's men, 1073. For five days they hold the doors of their lodging-place without losing one of their number (Finnsburg, 41, 42). Then, however, Hnäf is slain (1071), and the Dane, Hengest, who was among Hnäf's followers, assumes the command of the beleaguered band. But on the attacking side the fight has brought terrible losses to Finn's men. Their numbers are diminished (1081 f.), and Hildeburg bemoans a son and a brother among the fallen (1074 f., cf. 1116, 1119). Therefore the Frisians offer the Danes peace (1086) under the conditions mentioned (1087-1095), and it is confirmed with oaths (1097), and money is given by Finn in propitiation (1108). Now all who have survived the battle go together to Friesland, the homo proper of Finn, and here Hengest remains during the winter, prevented by ice and storms from returning home (Grein). But in spring the feud breaks out anew. Gûðlâf and Oslâf avenge Hnäf's fall, probably after they have brought help from home (1150). In the battle, the hall is filled with the corpses of the enemy. Finn himself is killed, and the queen is captured and carried away, along with the booty, to the land of the Danes, 1147-1160.
Finn (gen. Finnes, 1069, etc.; dat. Finne, 1129), son of Folcwalda (1090), king of the North Frisians, also known as the Eotenas, and husband of Hildeburg, a daughter of Hôc, 1072, 1077. He is the hero of the poem about the Attack in Finnsburg, the details of which are maybe as follows: In Finn's castle, Finnsburg, located in Jutland (1126-28), Hnäf, a relative—possibly a brother—of Hildeburg, is staying as a guest. Hnäf, who is a vassal of the Danish king, Healfdene, has sixty men with him (Finnsburg, 38). One night, Finn's men launch a treacherous attack on them, 1073. For five days, they defend their lodgings without losing any of their number (Finnsburg, 41, 42). However, Hnäf is eventually killed (1071), and the Dane, Hengest, who is among Hnäf's followers, takes command of the besieged group. Meanwhile, Finn's men suffer heavy losses during the fighting. Their numbers are reduced (1081 f.), and Hildeburg mourns a son and a brother among the dead (1074 f., cf. 1116, 1119). Therefore, the Frisians offer the Danes peace (1086) under the terms mentioned (1087-1095), which is confirmed with oaths (1097), and Finn offers money as atonement (1108). All who survived the battle then travel together to Friesland, Finn's homeland, where Hengest remains over the winter, unable to return home due to ice and storms (Grein). But in spring, the feud ignites again. Gûðlâf and Oslâf avenge Hnäf's death, likely bringing help from home (1150). During the battle, the hall is filled with the bodies of the fallen enemies. Finn himself is killed, and the queen is captured and taken along with the spoils to the land of the Danes, 1147-1160.
Finna land. Beówulf reaches it in his swimming-race with Breca, 580.
Finally landed. Beowulf arrives at it during his swimming race with Breca, 580.
Fitela, the son and nephew of the Wälsing, Sigemund, and his companion in arms, 876-890. (Sigemund had begotten Fitela by his sister, Signý. Cf. more at length Leo on Beówulf, p. 38 ff., where an extract from the legend of the Walsungs is given.)
Fitela, the son and nephew of the Wälsing, Sigemund, and his battle partner, 876-890. (Sigemund had fathered Fitela with his sister, Signý. See more in Leo on Beówulf, p. 38 ff., where a section from the legend of the Walsungs is provided.)
Folc-walda (gen. Folc-waldan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), Finn's father, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Fresan, Frisan, Frysan (gen. Fresena, 1094, Frysna, 1105, Fresna, 2916: dat. Frysum, 1208, 2913). To be distinguished, are: 1) North Frisians, whose king is Finn, 1069 ff.; 2) West Frisians, in alliance with the Franks and Hûgas, in the war against whom Hygelâc falls, 1208, 2916. The country of the former is called Frysland, 1127; that of the latter, Fresna land, 2916.
Fresan, Frisan, Frysan (gen. Fresena, 1094, Frysna, 1105, Fresna, 2916: dat. Frysum, 1208, 2913). They are divided into: 1) North Frisians, whose king is Finn, 1069 ff.; 2) West Frisians, allied with the Franks and Hûgas, against whom Hygelâc falls, 1208, 2916. The land of the former is called Frysland, 1127; that of the latter, Fresna land, 2916.
Fr..es wäl (in Fr..es wäle, 1071), mutilated proper name.
Fr..es wäl (in Fr..es wäle, 1071), distorted name.
Frôda (gen. Frôdan), father of Ingeld, the husband of Freáware, 2026.
Frôda (gen. Frôdan), father of Ingeld, husband of Freáware, 2026.
Geátas (gen. Geáta, 205, etc.; dat. Geátum, 195, etc.), a tribe in Southern Scandinavia, to which the hero of this poem belongs; also called Wedergeátas, 1493, 2552; or, Wederas, 225, 423, etc.; Gûðgeátas, 1539; Sægeátas, 1851, 1987. Their kings named in this poem are: Hrêðel; Hæðcyn, second son of Hrêðel; Hygelâc, the brother of Hæðcyn; Heardrêd, son of Hygelâc; then Beówulf.
Geats (gen. Geat, 205, etc.; dat. Geats, 195, etc.), a tribe in Southern Scandinavia, to which the hero of this poem belongs; also called Wedergeats, 1493, 2552; or Wederas, 225, 423, etc.; Gūðgeats, 1539; Sægeats, 1851, 1987. Their kings named in this poem are: Hrēðel; Hæðcyn, the second son of Hrēðel; Hygelāc, the brother of Hæðcyn; Heardrēd, son of Hygelāc; then Beowulf.
Grendel, a fen-spirit (102-3) of Cain's race, 107, 111, 1262, 1267. He breaks every night into Hrôðgâr's hall and carries off thirty warriors, 115 ff., 1583ff. He continues this for twelve years, till Beówulf fights with him (147, 711 ff.), and gives him a mortal wound, in that he tears out one of his arms (817), which is hung up as a trophy in the roof of Heorot, 837. Grendel's mother wishes to avenge her son, and the following night breaks into the hall and carries off Äschere, 1295. Beówulf seeks for and finds her home in the fen-lake (1493 ff.), fights with her (1498 ff.), and kills her (1567); and cuts off the head of Grendel, who lay there dead (1589), and brings it to Hrôðgâr, 1648.
Grendel, a swamp-dwelling spirit from the line of Cain, terrorizes the kingdom. Every night, he breaks into Hrothgar's hall and carries off thirty warriors, wreaking havoc. He does this for twelve years until Beowulf confronts him, battling fiercely and ultimately mortally wounding him by tearing off one of his arms. This arm is hung as a trophy in the hall of Heorot. Grendel's mother seeks revenge for her son and attacks the hall the next night, taking Äschere. Beowulf tracks her down to her home in the swamp-lake, fights her, and kills her; he also decapitates Grendel, who lies dead there, and brings the head back to Hrothgar.
Gûð-lâf and Oslâf, Danish warriors under Hnäf, whose death they avenge on Finn, 1149.
Gûð-lâf and Oslâf, Danish warriors under Hnäf, who avenge his death on Finn, 1149.
Hâma wrests the Brosinga mene from Eormenrîc, 1199.
Hâma takes the Brosinga mene from Eormenrîc, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Hæðcyn (dat. Hæðcynne, 2483), second son of Hrêðel, king of the Geátas, 2435. Kills his oldest brother, Herebeald, accidentally, with an arrow, 2438 ff. After Hrêðel's death, he obtains the kingdom, 2475, 2483. He falls at Ravenswood, in the battle against the Swedish king, Ongenþeów, 2925. His successor is his younger brother, Hygelâc, 2944 ff., 2992.
Hæðcyn (dat. Hæðcynne, 2483), the second son of Hrêðel, king of the Geátas, 2435. He accidentally kills his older brother, Herebeald, with an arrow, 2438 ff. After Hrêðel's death, he takes over the kingdom, 2475, 2483. He dies at Ravenswood in the battle against the Swedish king, Ongenþeów, 2925. His successor is his younger brother, Hygelâc, 2944 ff., 2992.
Healf-dene (gen. Healfdenes, 189, etc.), son of Beówulf, the Scylding (57); rules the Danes long and gloriously (57 f.); has three sons, Heorogâr, Hrôðgâr, and Hâlga (61), and a daughter, Elan, who, according to the renewed text of the passage, wäs married to the Scylfing, Ongenþeów, 62, 63.
Healf-dene (gen. Healfdenes, 189, etc.), son of Beowulf, the Scylding (57); rules the Danes for a long time and with great honor (57 f.); has three sons, Heorogar, Hrothgar, and Halga (61), and a daughter, Elan, who, according to the updated text of the passage, was married to the Scylfing, Ongenþeow, 62, 63.
Heard-rêd (dat. Heardrêde, 2203, 2376), son of Hygelâc, king of the Geátas, and Hygd. After his father's death, while still under age, he obtains the throne (2371, 2376, 2379); wherefore Beówulf, as nephew of Heardrêd's father, acts as guardian to the youth till he becomes older, 2378. He is slain by Ôhthere's sons, 2386. This murder Beówulf avenges on Eádgils, 2396-97.
Heard-rêd (dat. Heardrêde, 2203, 2376), son of Hygelâc, king of the Geátas, and Hygd. After his father died, while he was still a minor, he took the throne (2371, 2376, 2379); therefore, Beówulf, as the nephew of Heardrêd's father, serves as a guardian to the young king until he is older, 2378. He is killed by Ôhthere's sons, 2386. Beówulf avenges this murder on Eádgils, 2396-97.
Heaðo-beardnas (gen. -beardna, 2033, 2038, 2068), the tribe of the Lombards. Their king, Frôda, has fallen in a war with the Danes, 2029, 2051. In order to end the feud, King Hrôðgâr has given his daughter, Freáwaru, as wife to the young Ingeld, the son of Frôda, a marriage that does not result happily; for Ingeld, though he long defers it on account of his love for his wife, nevertheless takes revenge for his father, 2021-2070 (Wîdsîð, 45-49).
Heaðo-beardnas (gen. -beardna, 2033, 2038, 2068), the tribe of the Lombards. Their king, Frôda, has died in a war against the Danes, 2029, 2051. To settle the conflict, King Hrôðgâr has given his daughter, Freáwaru, in marriage to the young Ingeld, the son of Frôda, a union that does not go well; for Ingeld, although he postpones it out of love for his wife, ultimately seeks revenge for his father, 2021-2070 (Wîdsîð, 45-49).
Heaðo-ræmas reached by B. in the swimming-race with Beówulf, 519.
Heaðo-ræmas was surpassed by B. in the swimming race with Beowulf, 519.
Heoro-weard (dat. Heorowearde, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), Heorogâr's son, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Heort, 78. Heorot, 166 (gen. Heorotes, 403; dat. Heorote, 475, Heorute, 767, Hiorte, 2100). Hrôðgâr's throne-room and banqueting hall and assembly-room for his liegemen, built by him with unusual splendor, 69, 78. In it occurs Beówulf's fight with Grendel, 720 ff. The hall receives its name from the stag's antlers, of which the one-half crowns the eastern gable, the other half the western.
Heort, 78. Heorot, 166 (gen. Heorotes, 403; dat. Heorote, 475, Heorute, 767, Hiorte, 2100). Hrôðgâr's throne room and banquet hall, as well as the meeting place for his warriors, was built by him with extraordinary grandeur, 69, 78. In it takes place Beówulf's battle with Grendel, 720 ff. The hall gets its name from the stag's antlers, with one half adorning the eastern gable and the other half the western.
Hrêðel (gen. Hrêðles, 1486), son of Swerting, 1204. King of the Geátas, 374. He has, besides, a daughter, who is married to Ecgþeów, and has borne him Beówulf, (374), three sons, Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelâc, 2435. The eldest of these is accidentally killed by the second, 2440. On account of this inexpiable deed, Hrêðel becomes melancholy (2443), and dies, 2475.
Hrêðel (gen. Hrêðles, 1486), son of Swerting, 1204. King of the Geats, 374. He also has a daughter, who is married to Ecgtheow and has given birth to Beowulf, (374), along with three sons: Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelac, 2435. The oldest of these is accidentally killed by the second, 2440. Because of this unforgivable act, Hrêðel becomes sorrowful (2443), and dies, 2475.
Hrêð-rîc, son of Hrôðgâr, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Hreosna-beorh, promontory in the land of the Geátas, near which Ongenþeów's sons, Ôhthere and Onela, had made repeated robbing incursions into the country after Hrêðel's death. These were the immediate cause of the war in which Hrêðel's son, King Hæðcyn, fell, 2478 ff.
Hreosna-beorh, a headland in the land of the Geáts, where Ongenþeów's sons, Ôhthere and Onela, had repeatedly raided the country after Hrêðel's death. These raids were the main reason for the war in which Hrêðel's son, King Hæðcyn, was killed, 2478 ff.
Hrôð-gâr (gen. Hrôðgâres, 235, etc.; dat. Hrôðgâre, 64, etc.), of the dynasty of the Scyldings; the second of the three sons of King Healfdene, 61. After the death of his elder brother, Heorogâr, he assumes the government of the Danes, 465, 467 (yet it is not certain whether Heorogâr was king of the Danes before Hrôðgâr, or whether his death occurred while his father, Healfdene, was still alive). His consort is Wealhþeów (613), of the stock of the Helmings (621), who has borne him two sons, Hrêðrîc and Hrôðmund (1190), and a daughter, Freáware (2023), who has been given in marriage to the king of the Heaðobeardnas, Ingeld. His throne-room (78 ff.), which has been built at great cost (74 ff.), is visited every night by Grendel (102, 115), who, along with his mother, is slain by Beówulf (711 ff., 1493 ff). Hrôðgâr's rich gifts to Beówulf, in consequence, 1021, 1818; he is praised as being generous, 71 ff., 80, 1028 ff., 1868 ff.; as being brave, 1041 ff., 1771 ff.; and wise, 1699, 1725.—Other information about Hrôðgâr's reign for the most part only suggested: his expiation of the murder which Ecgþeów, Beówulf's father, committed upon Heaðolâf, 460, 470; his war with the Heaðobeardnas; his adjustment of it by giving his daughter, Freáware, in marriage to their king, Ingeld; evil results of this marriage, 2021-2070.—Treachery of his brother's son, Hrôðulf, intimated, 1165-1166.
Hrothgar (gen. Hrothgares, 235, etc.; dat. Hrothgare, 64, etc.), from the Scylding dynasty; he is the second of the three sons of King Healfdene, 61. After the death of his older brother, Heorogar, he takes over the leadership of the Danes, 465, 467 (though it’s unclear if Heorogar was king before Hrothgar or if he died while their father, Healfdene, was still alive). His wife is Wealhtheow (613), from the Helmings (621), and they have two sons, Hrethric and Hrothmund (1190), and a daughter, Freawaru (2023), who is married off to Ingeld, the king of the Heaðobeardnas. His throne room (78 ff.), built at great expense (74 ff.), is visited nightly by Grendel (102, 115), who, along with his mother, is killed by Beowulf (711 ff., 1493 ff). As a result, Hrothgar generously rewards Beowulf with rich gifts, 1021, 1818; he is praised for his generosity, 71 ff., 80, 1028 ff., 1868 ff.; for his bravery, 1041 ff., 1771 ff.; and for his wisdom, 1699, 1725. — Other information about Hrothgar's reign is mostly implied: his atonement for the murder committed by Ecgtheow, Beowulf's father, against Heaðolaf, 460, 470; his conflict with the Heaðobeardnas; resolving it by marrying off his daughter, Freawaru, to their king, Ingeld; the negative consequences of this marriage, 2021-2070. — The treachery of his nephew, Hrothulf, is hinted at, 1165-1166.
Hrôð-mund, Hrôðgâr's son, 1190.
Hrothmund, Hrothgar's son, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Hrôð-ulf, probably a son of Hâlga, the younger brother of King Hrôðgâr, 1018, 1182. Wealhþeów expresses the hope (1182) that, in case of the early death of Hrôðgâr, Hrôð-ulf would prove a good guardian to Hrôðgâr's young son, who would succeed to the government; a hope which seems not to have been accomplished, since it appears from 1165, 1166 that Hrôð-ulf has abused his trust towards Hrôðgâr.
Hrôð-ulf, likely a son of Hâlga, the younger brother of King Hrôðgâr, 1018, 1182. Wealhþeów expresses the hope (1182) that if Hrôðgâr dies young, Hrôð-ulf would be a good guardian for Hrôðgâr's young son, who would take over the kingdom; a hope that doesn’t seem to have been fulfilled, since it appears from 1165, 1166 that Hrôð-ulf has betrayed his trust in Hrôðgâr.
[H]ûn-ferð, the son of Ecglâf, þyle of King Hrôðgâr. As such, he has his place near the throne of the king, 499, 500, 1167. He lends his sword, Hrunting, to Beówulf for his battle with Grendel's mother, 1456 f. According to 588, 1168, he slew his brothers. Since his name is always alliterated with vowels, it is probable that the original form was, as Rieger (Zachers Ztschr., 3, 414) conjectures, Unferð.
[H]ûn-ferð, the son of Ecglâf, storyteller of King Hrôðgâr. Because of this, he has his spot close to the king's throne, 499, 500, 1167. He lends his sword, Hrunting, to Beówulf for his fight against Grendel's mother, 1456 f. According to 588, 1168, he killed his brothers. Since his name is always paired with vowels, it's likely that the original form was, as Rieger (Zachers Ztschr., 3, 414) suggests, Unferð.
Hyge-lâc (gen. Hige-lâces, 194, etc., Hygelâces, 2387; dat. Higelâce, 452, Hygelâce, 2170), king of the Geátas, 1203, etc. His grandfather is Swerting, 1204; his father, Hrêðel, 1486, 1848; his older brothers, Herebeald and Hæðcyn, 2435; his sister's son, Beówulf, 374, 375. After his brother, Hæðcyn, is killed by Ongenþeów, he undertakes the government (2992 in connection with the preceding from 2937 on). To Eofor he gives, as reward for slaying Ongenþeów, his only daughter in marriage, 2998. But much later, at the time of the return of Beówulf from his expedition to Hrôðgâr, we see him married to the very young Hygd, the daughter of Häreð, 1930. The latter seems, then, to have been his second wife. Their son is Heardrêd, 2203, 2376, 2387.—Hygelâc falls during an expedition against the Franks, Frisians, and Hûgas, 1206, 1211, 2356-59, 2916-17.
Hyge-lâc (gen. Hige-lâces, 194, etc., Hygelâces, 2387; dat. Higelâce, 452, Hygelâce, 2170), king of the Geátas, 1203, etc. His grandfather is Swerting, 1204; his father, Hrêðel, 1486, 1848; his older brothers, Herebeald and Hæðcyn, 2435; his sister's son, Beówulf, 374, 375. After his brother Hæðcyn is killed by Ongenþeów, he takes on the leadership (2992 in connection with the preceding from 2937 on). He rewards Eofor for killing Ongenþeów by giving him his only daughter in marriage, 2998. Much later, when Beówulf returns from his expedition to Hrôðgâr, we see him married to the very young Hygd, the daughter of Häreð, 1930. It seems that she was his second wife. Their son is Heardrêd, 2203, 2376, 2387. — Hygelâc falls during a campaign against the Franks, Frisians, and Hûgas, 1206, 1211, 2356-59, 2916-17.
Ingeld (dat. Ingelde, 2065), son of Frôda, the Heaðobeard chief, who fell in a battle with the Danes, 2051 ff. in order to end the war, Ingeld is married to Freáwaru, daughter of the Danish king, Hrôðgâr, 2025-30. Yet his love for his young wife can make him forget only for a short while his desire to avenge his father. He finally carries it out, excited thereto by the repeated admonitions of an old warrior, 2042-70 (Wîdsîð, 45-59).
Ingeld (dat. Ingelde, 2065), son of Frôda, the Heaðobeard leader, who died in a fight with the Danes, 2051 ff. to end the conflict, Ingeld marries Freáwaru, the daughter of the Danish king, Hrôðgâr, 2025-30. However, his affection for his young wife can only temporarily distract him from his urge to avenge his father. Eventually, he goes through with it, spurred on by the constant reminders of an older warrior, 2042-70 (Wîdsîð, 45-59).
Onela (gen. Onelan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), Ôhthere's brother, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
Ongen-þeów (nom. -þeów, 2487, -þió, 2952; gen. -þeówes, 2476, -þiówes, 2388; dat. -þió, 2987), of the dynasty of the Scylfings; king of the Swedes, 2384. His wife is, perhaps, Elan, daughter of the Danish king, Healfdene (62), and mother of two sons, Onela and Ôhthere, 2933. She is taken prisoner by Hæðcyn, king of the Geátas, on an expedition into Sweden, which he undertakes on account of her sons' plundering raids into his country, 2480 ff. She is set free by Ongenþeów (2931), who kills Hæðcyn, 2925, and encloses the Geátas, now deprived of their leader, in the Ravenswood (2937 ff.), till they are freed by Hygelâc, 2944. A battle then follows, which is unfavorable to Ongenþeów's army. Ongenþeów himself, attacked by the brothers, Wulf and Eofor, is slain by the latter, 2487 ff., 2962 ff.
Ongen-þeów (nom. -þeów, 2487, -þió, 2952; gen. -þeówes, 2476, -þiówes, 2388; dat. -þió, 2987), from the Scylfing dynasty; king of the Swedes, 2384. His wife may be Elan, the daughter of the Danish king, Healfdene (62), and the mother of two sons, Onela and Ôhthere, 2933. She is captured by Hæðcyn, king of the Geátas, during a campaign into Sweden, which he launches due to her sons' raiding into his territory, 2480 ff. She is rescued by Ongenþeów (2931), who kills Hæðcyn, 2925, and corners the Geátas, now without a leader, in the Ravenswood (2937 ff.), until they are saved by Hygelâc, 2944. A battle then occurs, which goes poorly for Ongenþeów's forces. Ongenþeów himself, attacked by the brothers Wulf and Eofor, is killed by Eofor, 2487 ff., 2962 ff.
Ôs-lâf, a warrior of Hnäf's, who avenges on Finn his leader's death, 1149 f.
Ôs-lâf, a warrior of Hnäf, who seeks revenge on Finn for his leader's death, 1149 f.
Scêf or Sceáf. See Note.
Scêf or Sceáf. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Scyld (gen. Scyldes, 19), a Scêfing. 4. His son is Beówulf, 18, 53: his grandson, Healfdene, 57; his great-grandson, Hrôðgâr, who had two brothers and a sister, 59 ff.—Scyld dies, 26; his body, upon a decorated ship, is given over to the sea (32 ff.), just as he, when a child, drifted alone, upon a ship, to the land of the Danes, 43 ff. After him his descendants bear his name.
Scyld (gen. Scyldes, 19), a Scêfing. 4. His son is Beówulf, 18, 53: his grandson, Healfdene, 57; his great-grandson, Hrôðgâr, who had two brothers and a sister, 59 ff.—Scyld dies, 26; his body, on a decorated ship, is sent out to sea (32 ff.), just like he, as a child, drifted alone on a ship to the land of the Danes, 43 ff. After him, his descendants carry on his name.
Scyldingas (Scyldungas, 2053; gen. Scyldinga, 53, etc., Scyldunga, 2102, 2160; dat. Scyldingum, 274, etc.), a name which is extended also to the Danes, who are ruled by the Scyldings, 53, etc. They are also called Âr-Scyldingas, 464; Sige-Scyldingas, 598, 2005; Þeód-Scyldingas, 1020; Here-Scyldingas, 1109.
Scyldingas (Scyldungas, 2053; gen. Scyldinga, 53, etc., Scyldunga, 2102, 2160; dat. Scyldingum, 274, etc.), a name that also refers to the Danes, who are governed by the Scyldings, 53, etc. They are also known as Âr-Scyldingas, 464; Sige-Scyldingas, 598, 2005; Þeód-Scyldingas, 1020; Here-Scyldingas, 1109.
Scylfingas, a Swedish royal family, whose relationship seems to extend to the Geátas, since Wîglâf, the son of Wihstân, who in another place, as a kinsman of Beówulf, is called a Wægmunding (2815), is also called leód Scylfinga, 2604. The family connections are perhaps as follows:—
Scylfingas, a Swedish royal family, appears to have ties to the Geátas, since Wîglâf, the son of Wihstân, who elsewhere is referred to as a kinsman of Beówulf, is also called leód Scylfinga. The family connections might be as follows:—
Scylf.
|
------------------------
Wægmund. .......
| |
------------------ ----------
Ecgþeów. Weohstân. Ongenþeów.
| | |
-------- -------- ---------------
Beówulf. Wîglâf. Onela. Ôhthere.
|
-----------------
Eáumund. Eádgils.
Scylf.
|
------------------------
Wægmund. .......
| |
------------------ ----------
Ecgþeōw. Weohstan. Ongenþeōw.
| | |
-------- -------- ---------------
Beowulf. Wiglaf. Onela. Óhthere.
|
-----------------
Eáumund. Eádgils.Wäls (gen. Wälses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), father of Sigemund, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
Wendlas (gen. Wendla, 348): their chief is Wulfgâr. See Wulfgâr. The Wendlas are, according to Grundtvig and Bugge, the inhabitants of Vendill, the most northern part of Jutland, between Limfjord and the sea.
Wendlas (gen. Wendla, 348): their leader is Wulfgâr. See Wulfgâr. According to Grundtvig and Bugge, the Wendlas are the people living in Vendill, the northernmost part of Jutland, located between the Limfjord and the sea.
Weoh-stân (gen. Weox-stânes, 2603, Weoh-stânes, 2863, Wih-stânes, 2753, 2908, etc.), a Wægmunding (2608), father of Wîglâf, 2603. In what relationship to him Älfhere, mentioned 2605, stands, is not clear.—Weohstân is the slayer of Eánmund (2612), in that, as it seems, he takes revenge for his murdered king, Heardrêd. See Eánmund.
Weoh-stân (gen. Weox-stânes, 2603, Weoh-stânes, 2863, Wih-stânes, 2753, 2908, etc.), a member of the Wægmunding clan (2608), father of Wîglâf, 2603. It's unclear what relationship he has with Älfhere, mentioned 2605.—Weohstân is the one who kills Eánmund (2612), seemingly taking revenge for the death of his murdered king, Heardrêd. See Eánmund.
Wîg-lâf, Weohstân's son, 2603, etc., a Wægmunding, 2815, and so also a Scylfing, 2604; a kinsman of Älfhere, 2605. For his relationship to Beówulf, see the genealogical table under Scylfingas.—He supports Beówulf in his fight with the drake, 2605 ff., 2662 ff. The hero gives him, before his death, his ring, his helm, and his coat of mail, 2810 ff.
Wiglaf, Weohstan's son, 2603, etc., a Wægmund, 2815, and also a Scylfing, 2604; a relative of Ælfhere, 2605. For his connection to Beowulf, see the genealogical table under Scylfings.—He assists Beowulf in his battle with the dragon, 2605 ff., 2662 ff. The hero gives him, before his death, his ring, his helmet, and his chainmail, 2810 ff.
Wulf (dat. Wulfe, 2994), one of the Geátas, Wonrêd's son. He fights in the battle between the armies of Hygelâc and Ongenþeów with Ongenþeów himself, and gives him a wound (2966), whereupon Ongenþeów, by a stroke of his sword, disables him, 2975. Eofor avenges his brother's fall by dealing Ongenþeów a mortal blow, 2978 ff.
Wulf (also known as Wulfe, 2994), one of the Geátas and the son of Wonrêd. He fights in the battle between Hygelâc's and Ongenþeów's armies, going up against Ongenþeów himself, and manages to wound him (2966). However, Ongenþeów strikes back, leaving him incapacitated, 2975. Eofor takes revenge for his brother's death by delivering a fatal blow to Ongenþeów, 2978 ff.
Yrmen-lâf, younger brother of Äschere, 1325.
Yrmen-lâf, Äschere's younger brother, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ADDITIONAL.
ADDITIONAL.
ABBREVIATIONS.
ABBREVIATIONS.
| B.: | Bugge. |
| Br.: | S.A. Brooke, Hist. of Early Eng. Lit. |
| C.: | Cosijn. |
| E.: | Earle, Deeds of Beowulf in Prose. |
| G.: | Garnett, Translation of Beowulf |
| Gr.: | Grein. |
| H.: | Heyne. |
| Ha.: | Hall, Translation of Beowulf. |
| H.-So.: | Heyne-Socin, 5th ed. |
| Ho.: | Holder. |
| K.: | Kemble. |
| Kl.: | Kluge. |
| Müllenh.: | Müllenhoff. |
| R.: | Rieger. |
| S.: | Sievers. |
| Sw.: | Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Reader, 6th ed. |
| Ten Br.: | Ten Brink. |
| Th.: | Thorpe. |
| Z.: | Zupitza. |
PERIODICALS.
Journals.
| Ang.: | Anglia. |
| Beit.: | Paul und Branne's Beiträge. |
| Eng. Stud.: | Englische Studien. |
| Germ.: | Germania. |
| Haupts Zeitschr.: | Haupts Zeitschrift, etc. |
| Mod. Lang. Notes: | Modern Language Notes. |
| Tidskr.: | Tidskrift for Philologi. |
| Zachers Zeitschr.: | Zachers Zeitschrift, etc. |
NOTES.
l. 1. "Gâr was the javelin, armed with two of which the warrior went into battle, and which he threw over the 'shield-wall.' It was barbed."—Br. 124. Cf. Maldon, l. 296; Judith, l. 224; Gnom. Verses, l. 22; etc.
l. 1. "Gâr was the javelin, and the warrior went into battle carrying two of them, which he threw over the 'shield-wall.' It had barbs."—Br. 124. Cf. Maldon, l. 296; Judith, l. 224; Gnom. Verses, l. 22; etc.
l. 4. "Scild of the Sheaf, not 'Scyld the son of Scaf'; for it is too inconsistent, even in myth, to give a patronymic to a foundling. According to the original form of the story, Sceáf was the foundling; he had come ashore with a sheaf of corn, and from that was named. This form of the story is preserved in Ethelwerd and in William of Malmesbury. But here the foundling is Scyld, and we must suppose he was picked up with the sheaf, and hence his cognomen."—E., p. 105. Cf. the accounts of Romulus and Remus, of Moses, of Cyrus, etc.
l. 4. "Scild of the Sheaf, not 'Scyld the son of Scaf'; because it’s inconsistent, even in myth, to give a surname to an orphan. According to the original version of the story, Sceáf was the orphan; he washed up on shore with a sheaf of corn, and that’s how he got his name. This version of the story is found in Ethelwerd and William of Malmesbury. But here the orphan is Scyld, and we have to assume he was found with the sheaf, which is where his nickname comes from.” —E., p. 105. Cf. the stories of Romulus and Remus, Moses, Cyrus, etc.
S. translates: "For God had seen the dire need which the rulerless ones before endured."
S. translates: "For God had seen the terrible need that the leaderless ones had endured."
l. 18. "Beowulf (that is, Beaw of the Anglo-Saxon genealogists, not our Beowulf, who was a Geat, not a Dane), 'the son of Scyld in Scedeland.' This is our ancestral myth,—the story of the first culture-hero of the North; 'the patriarch,' as Rydberg calls him, 'of the royal families of Sweden, Denmark, Angeln, Saxland, and England.'"—Br., p. 78. Cf. A.-S. Chron. an. 855.
l. 18. "Beowulf (referring to Beaw from the Anglo-Saxon genealogists, not our Beowulf, who was a Geat, not a Dane), 'the son of Scyld in Scedeland.' This is our ancestral myth—the tale of the first culture-hero of the North; 'the patriarch,' as Rydberg calls him, 'of the royal families of Sweden, Denmark, Angeln, Saxland, and England.'"—Br., p. 78. Cf. A.-S. Chron. an. 855.
H.-So. omits parenthetic marks, and reads (after S., Beit. ix. 135) eaferan; cf. Fata Apost.: lof wîde sprang þeódnes þegna.
H.-So. omits parenthetical marks, and reads (after S., Beit. ix. 135) eaferan; see Fata Apost.: lof wîde sprang þeódnes þegna.
"The name Bēowulf means literally 'Bee-wolf,' wolf or ravager of the bees, = bear. Cf. beorn, 'hero,' originally 'bear,' and bēohata, 'warrior,' in Cædmon, literally 'bee-hater' or 'persecutor,' and hence identical in meaning with bēowulf."—Sw.
"The name Bēowulf literally means 'Bee-wolf,' a wolf or attacker of bees, which is a term for a bear. Compare beorn, meaning 'hero,' which originally meant 'bear,' and bēohata, meaning 'warrior,' in Cædmon, literally 'bee-hater' or 'one who persecutes,' and thus has the same meaning as bēowulf."—Sw.
Cf.
See also.
Cf. M. Müller, Science of Lang., Sec. Series, pp. 217, 218; and Hunt's Daniel, 104.
Cf. M. Müller, Science of Lang., Sec. Series, pp. 217, 218; and Hunt's Daniel, 104.
l. 19. Cf. l. 1866, where Scedenig is used, = Scania, in Sweden(?).
l. 19. See l. 1866, where Scedenig refers to Scania, in Sweden(?).
l. 31. The object of âhte is probably geweald, to be supplied from wordum weóld of l. 30.—H.-So.
l. 31. The object of âhte is likely geweald, which should be filled in from wordum weóld of l. 30.—H.-So.
R., Kl., and B. all hold conflicting views of this passage: Beit. xii. 80, ix. 188; Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 382, etc. Kl. suggests lændagas for lange.
R., Kl., and B. all have different interpretations of this passage: Beit. xii. 80, ix. 188; Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 382, etc. Kl. suggests lændagas instead of lange.
l. 32. "hringed-stefna is sometimes translated 'with curved prow,' but it means, I think, that in the prow were fastened rings through which the cables were passed that tied it to the shore."—Br., p. 26. Cf. ll. 1132, 1898. Hring-horni was the mythic ship of the Edda. See Toller-Bosworth for three different views; and cf. wunden-stefna (l. 220), hring-naca (l. 1863).
l. 32. "Hringed-stefna is sometimes translated as 'with a curved prow,' but I think it means that there were rings attached to the prow through which cables were passed to tie it to the shore."—Br., p. 26. Cf. ll. 1132, 1898. Hring-horni was the mythical ship from the Edda. See Toller-Bosworth for three different perspectives; and cf. wunden-stefna (l. 220), hring-naca (l. 1863).
l. 35. "And this [their joy in the sea] is all the plainer from the number of names given to the ship-names which speak their pride and affection. It is the Ætheling's vessel, the Floater, the Wave-swimmer, the Ring-sterned, the Keel, the Well-bound wood, the Sea-wood, the Sea-ganger, the Sea-broad ship, the Wide-bosomed, the Prow-curved, the Wood of the curved neck, the Foam-throated floater that flew like a bird."—Br., p. 168.
l. 35. "And this [their joy in the sea] is even clearer from the many names given to the ship—names that reflect their pride and love. It's the Ætheling's vessel, the Floater, the Wave-swimmer, the Ring-sterned, the Keel, the Well-bound wood, the Sea-wood, the Sea-ganger, the Sea-broad ship, the Wide-bosomed, the Prow-curved, the Wood of the curved neck, the Foam-throated floater that flew like a bird."—Br., p. 168.
l. 51. (1) sele-rædende (K., S., C.); (2) sêle-rædenne (H.); (3) sele-rædende (H.-So.). Cf. l. 1347; and see Ha.
l. 51. (1) sele-rædende (K., S., C.); (2) sêle-rædenne (H.); (3) sele-rædende (H.-So.). Cf. l. 1347; and see Ha.
l. 51. E. compares with this canto Tennyson's "Passing of Arthur" and the legendary burial-journey of St. James of Campostella, an. 800.
l. 51. E. compares this canto with Tennyson's "Passing of Arthur" and the legendary burial journey of St. James of Compostela, in 800.
l. 53. The poem proper begins with this, "There was once upon a time," the first 52 lines being a prelude. Eleven of the "fitts," or cantos, begin with the monosyllable þâ, four with the verb gewîtan, nine with the formula Hrôðgâr (Beówulf, Unferð) maðelode, twenty-four with monosyllables in general (him, swâ, sê, hwät, þâ, hêht, wäs, mäg, cwôm, stræt).
l. 53. The poem actually starts with, "Once upon a time," with the first 52 lines serving as a prelude. Eleven of the "fitts," or cantos, start with the monosyllable þâ, four begin with the verb gewîtan, nine start with the formula Hrôðgâr (Beówulf, Unferð) maðelode, and twenty-four begin with various monosyllables in general (him, swâ, sê, hwât, þâ, hêht, wäs, mäg, cwôm, stræt).
l. 58. gamel. "The ... characteristics of the poetry are the use of archaic forms and words, such as mec for mé, the possessive sín, gamol, dógor, swát for eald, dæg, blód, etc., after they had become obsolete in the prose language, and the use of special compounds and phrases, such as hildenædre (war-adder) for 'arrow,' gold-gifa (gold-giver) for 'king,' ... goldwine gumena (goldfriend of men, distributor of gold to men) for 'king,'" etc.—Sw. Other poetic words are ides, ielde (men), etc.
l. 58. gamel. "The ... characteristics of the poetry include the use of old forms and words, such as mec for mé, the possessive sín, gamol, dógor, swát for eald, dæg, blód, etc., after they had fallen out of use in prose, along with the use of unique compounds and phrases, like hildenædre (war-adder) for 'arrow,' gold-gifa (gold-giver) for 'king,' ... goldwine gumena (goldfriend of men, distributor of gold to men) for 'king,'" etc.—Sw. Other poetic words are ides, ielde (men), etc.
l. 68. For hê, omitted here, cf. l. 300. Pronouns are occasionally thus omitted in subord. clauses.—Sw.
l. 68. For hê, omitted here, see l. 300. Pronouns are sometimes left out in subordinate clauses.—Sw.
ll. 78-83. "The hall was a rectangular, high-roofed, wooden building, its long sides facing north and south. The two gables, at either end, had stag-horns on their points, curving forwards, and these, as well as the ridge of the roof, were probably covered with shining metal, and glittered bravely in the sun."—Br., p. 32.
ll. 78-83. "The hall was a rectangular wooden building with a high roof, its long sides facing north and south. The two gables at each end had stag horns curving forward at their tips, and both the horns and the ridge of the roof were probably covered in shiny metal, sparkling brightly in the sun."—Br., p. 32.
l. 84. Son-in-law and father-in-law; B., a so-called dvanda compound. Cf. l. 1164, where a similar compound means uncle and nephew; and Wîdsîð's suhtorfædran, used of the same persons.
l. 84. Son-in-law and father-in-law; B., a so-called dvanda compound. Cf. l. 1164, where a similar compound means uncle and nephew; and Wîdsîð's suhtorfædran, used of the same people.
l. 88. "The word dreám conveys the buzz and hum of social happiness, and more particularly the sound of music and singing."—E. Cf. l. 3021; and Judith, l. 350; Wanderer, l. 79, etc.
l. 88. "The word dream captures the vibe and energy of social happiness, especially the sounds of music and singing."—E. Cf. l. 3021; and Judith, l. 350; Wanderer, l. 79, etc.
ll. 90-98 are probably the interpolation of a Christian scribe.
ll. 90-98 are likely the addition of a Christian scribe.
ll. 92-97. "The first of these Christian elements [in Beówulf] is the sense of a fairer, softer world than that in which the Northern warriors lived.... Another Christian passage (ll. 107, 1262) derives all the demons, eotens, elves, and dreadful sea-beasts from the race of Cain. The folly of sacrificing to the heathen gods is spoken of (l. 175).... The other point is the belief in immortality (ll. 1202, 1761)."—Br. 71.
ll. 92-97. "One of the first Christian elements [in Beowulf] is the idea of a kinder, gentler world than the one the Northern warriors inhabited.... Another Christian passage (ll. 107, 1262) connects all the demons, giants, elves, and terrifying sea creatures to the lineage of Cain. It mentions the foolishness of worshipping the pagan gods (l. 175).... The other point is the belief in eternal life (ll. 1202, 1761)."—Br. 71.
l. 100. Cf. l. 2211, where the third dragon of the poem is introduced in the same words. Beowulf is the forerunner of that other national dragon-slayer, St. George.
l. 100. Cf. l. 2211, where the third dragon of the poem is introduced in the same words. Beowulf is the precursor to that other national dragon-slayer, St. George.
l. 101. B. and H.-So. read, feónd on healle; cf. l. 142.—Beit. xii.
l. 101. B. and H.-So. read, fiend in the hall; cf. l. 142.—Beit. xii.
ll. 101-151. "Grimm connects [Grendel] with the Anglo-Saxon grindel (a bolt or bar).... It carries with it the notion of the bolts and bars of hell, and hence a fiend. ... Ettmüller was the first ... to connect the name with grindan, to grind, to crush to pieces, to utterly destroy. Grendel is then the tearer, the destroyer."—Br., p. 83.
ll. 101-151. "Grimm links [Grendel] with the Anglo-Saxon grindel (a bolt or bar).... It implies the idea of the bolts and bars of hell, and therefore a fiend. ... Ettmüller was the first ... to connect the name with grindan, to grind, to crush to pieces, to utterly destroy. Grendel is then the tearer, the destroyer."—Br., p. 83.
l. 106. S. destroys period here, reads in Caines, etc., and puts þone ... drihten in parenthesis.
l. 106. S. destroys period here, reads in Caines, etc., and puts þone ... drihten in parentheses.
l. 131. E. translates, majestic rage; adopting Gr.'s view that swyð is = Icel. sviði, a burn or burning. Cf. l. 737.
l. 131. E. translates, majestic rage; adopting Gr.'s view that swyð is = Icel. sviði, a burn or burning. Cf. l. 737.
l. 142. B. supposes heal-þegnes to be corrupted from helþegnes; cf. l. 101.—Beit. xii. 80. See Gûðlâc, l. 1042.
l. 142. B. thinks heal-þegnes is a corrupted version of helþegnes; see l. 101.—Beit. xii. 80. Refer to Gûðlâc, l. 1042.
l. 168. H.-So. plausibly conjectures this parenthesis to be a late insertion, as, at ll. 180-181, the Danes also are said to be heathen. Another commentator considers the throne under a "spell of enchantment," and therefore it could not be touched.
l. 168. H.-So. suggests this parenthesis might have been added later, since, at ll. 180-181, the Danes are described as heathens as well. Another commentator thinks of the throne as being under a "spell of enchantment," which means it couldn’t be touched.
l. 169. myne wisse occurs in Wanderer, l. 27.
l. 169. myne wisse appears in Wanderer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
l. 189. Cf. l. 1993, where similar language is used. H.-So. takes both môd-ceare and mæl-ceare as accus., others as instr.
l. 189. See l. 1993, where similar language is used. H.-So. considers both môd-ceare and mæl-ceare as accusative, while others see them as instrumental.
l. 200. See Andreas, Elene, and Juliana for swan-râd (= sea). "The swan is said to breed wild now no further away than the North of Sweden." —E. Cf. ganotes bäð, l. 1862.
l. 200. See Andreas, Elene, and Juliana for swan-râd (= sea). "The swan is said to breed wild now no more than the North of Sweden." —E. Cf. ganotes bäð, l. 1862.
and Scott's
and Scott’s
l. 239. "A shoal of simple terms express in Beówulf the earliest sea-thoughts of the English.... The simplest term is Sæ.... To this they added Wæter, Flod, Stream, Lagu, Mere, Holm, Grund, Heathu, Sund, Brim, Garsecg, Eagor, Geofon, Fifel, Hron-rad, Swan-rad, Segl-rad, Ganotes-bæð."—Br., p. 163-166.
l. 239. "A collection of basic words in Beówulf captures the earliest thoughts about the sea from the English.... The most basic word is Sæ.... They also included Wæter, Flod, Stream, Lagu, Mere, Holm, Grund, Heathu, Sund, Brim, Garsecg, Eagor, Geofon, Fifel, Hron-rad, Swan-rad, Segl-rad, Ganotes-bæð."—Br., p. 163-166.
l. 250. For a remarkable account of armor and weapons in Beówulf, see S. A. Brooke, Hist. of Early Eng. Lit. For general "Old Teutonic Life in Beówulf," see J. A. Harrison, Overland Monthly.
l. 250. For an impressive overview of armor and weapons in Beowulf, check out S. A. Brooke, Hist. of Early Eng. Lit. For a general look at "Old Teutonic Life in Beowulf," see J. A. Harrison, Overland Monthly.
l. 303. "An English warrior went into battle with a boar-crested helmet, and a round linden shield, with a byrnie of ringmail ... with two javelins or a single ashen spear some eight or ten feet long, with a long two-edged sword naked or held in an ornamental scabbard.... In his belt was a short, heavy, one-edged sword, or rather a long knife, called the seax ... used for close quarters."—Br., p. 121.
l. 303. "An English warrior went into battle wearing a helmet with a boar crest, carrying a round linden shield, and wearing a ringmail shirt ... with either two javelins or a single ash spear about eight to ten feet long, alongside a long double-edged sword, either drawn or in a decorative scabbard.... At his waist was a short, heavy, single-edged sword, or more accurately a long knife, called the seax ... used for close combat."—Br., p. 121.
l. 303. For other references to the boar-crest, cf. ll. 1112, 1287, 1454; Grimm, Myth. 195; Tacitus, Germania, 45. "It was the symbol of their [the Baltic Æstii's] goddess, and they had great faith in it as a preservative from hard knocks."—E. See the print in the illus. ed. of Green's Short History, Harper & Bros.
l. 303. For other references to the boar crest, see ll. 1112, 1287, 1454; Grimm, Myth. 195; Tacitus, Germania, 45. "It was the symbol of their [the Baltic Æstii's] goddess, and they had great faith in it as a protection from hardships."—E. Check the print in the illustrated edition of Green's Short History, Harper & Bros.
l. 303. "See Kemble, Saxons in England, chapter on heathendom, and Grimm's Teutonic Mythology, chapter on Freyr, for the connection these and other writers establish between the Boar-sign and the golden boar which Freyr rode, and his worship."—Br., p. 128. Cf. Elene, l. 50.
l. 303. "See Kemble, Saxons in England, chapter on heathendom, and Grimm's Teutonic Mythology, chapter on Freyr, for the connection these and other writers establish between the Boar-sign and the golden boar that Freyr rode, along with his worship."—Br., p. 128. Cf. Elene, l. 50.
l. 304. Gering proposes hleór-bergan = cheek-protectors; cf. Beit. xii. 26. "A bronze disk found at Öland in Sweden represents two warriors in helmets with boars as their crests, and cheek-guards under; these are the hleór-bergan."—E. Cf. hauberk, with its diminutive habergeon, < A.-S. heals, neck + beorgan, to cover or protect; and harbor, < A.-S. here, army + beorgan, id.—Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 123. Cf. cinberge, Hunt's Exod. l. 175.
l. 304. Gering suggests hleór-bergan = cheek-protectors; see Beit. xii. 26. "A bronze disk found at Öland in Sweden shows two warriors in helmets with boars as their crests, and cheek guards underneath; these are the hleór-bergan."—E. Compare hauberk, with its smaller form habergeon, < A.-S. heals, neck + beorgan, to cover or protect; and harbor, < A.-S. here, army + beorgan, meaning the same.—Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 123. See also cinberge, Hunt's Exod. l. 175.
l. 320. Cf. l. 924; and Andreas, l. 987, where almost the same words occur. "Here we have manifestly before our eye one of those ancient causeways, which are among the oldest visible institutions of civilization." —E.
l. 320. Cf. l. 924; and Andreas, l. 987, where almost the same words occur. "Here we clearly see one of those ancient pathways, which are among the oldest visible signs of civilization." —E.
l. 325. Cf. l. 397. "The deposit of weapons outside before entering a house was the rule at all periods.... In provincial Swedish almost everywhere a church porch is called våkenhus,... i.e. weapon-house, because the worshippers deposited their arms there before they entered the house."—E., after G. Stephens.
l. 325. Cf. l. 397. "Leaving weapons outside before entering a house was a common practice throughout all periods.... In provincial Swedish, almost everywhere a church porch is called våkenhus,... which means weapon-house, because worshippers would leave their arms there before going inside."—E., after G. Stephens.
l. 336. Cf. l. 673 for the functions of an ombiht-þegn.
l. 336. Cf. l. 673 for the roles of an ombiht-þegn.
l. 343. Cf. l. 1714 for the same beód-geneátas,—"the predecessor title to that of the Knights of the Table Round."—E. Cf. Andreas (K.), l. 2177.
l. 343. See l. 1714 for the same beód-geneátas—"the original title for the Knights of the Round Table."—E. See Andreas (K.), l. 2177.
l. 353. sîð here, and at l. 501, probably means arrival. E. translates the former by visit, the latter by adventure.
l. 353. sîð here, and at l. 501, likely means arrival. E. translates the former as visit, and the latter as adventure.
l. 358. eode is only one of four or five preterits of gân (gongan, gangan, gengan), viz. geóng (gióng: ll. 926, 2410, etc.), gang (l. 1296, etc.), gengde (ll. 1402, 1413). Sievers, p. 217, apparently remarks that eode is "probably used only in prose." (?!). Cf. geng, Gen. ll. 626, 834; Exod. (Hunt) l. 102.
l. 358. eode is just one of four or five past forms of gân (gongan, gangan, gengan), namely geóng (gióng: ll. 926, 2410, etc.), gang (l. 1296, etc.), gengde (ll. 1402, 1413). Sievers, p. 217, seems to note that eode is "probably used only in prose." (?!). See geng, Gen. ll. 626, 834; Exod. (Hunt) l. 102.
l. 372. Cf. l. 535 for a similar use; and l. 1220. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, uses the same expression several times. "Here, and in all other places where cniht occurs in this poem, it seems to carry that technical sense which it bore in the military hierarchy [of a noble youth placed out and learning the elements of the art of war in the service of a qualified warrior, to whom he is, in a military sense, a servant], before it bloomed out in the full sense of knight."—E.
l. 372. See l. 535 for a similar use; and l. 1220. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, uses the same term several times. "Here, and in all other places where cniht appears in this poem, it seems to have that specific meaning it had in the military hierarchy [of a noble youth placed out to learn the basics of warfare in the service of a qualified warrior, to whom he is, in a military sense, a servant], before it developed into the full meaning of knight."—E.
l. 404. "Here, as in the later Icelandic halls, Beowulf saw Hrothgar enthroned on a high seat at the east end of the hall. The seat is sacred. It has a supernatural quality. Grendel, the fiend, cannot approach it."—Br., p. 34. Cf. l. 168.
l. 404. "Here, like in the later Icelandic halls, Beowulf saw Hrothgar sitting on a high chair at the east end of the hall. The chair is sacred. It has a supernatural quality. Grendel, the monster, can't come near it."—Br., p. 34. Cf. l. 168.
l. 405. "At Benty Grange, in Derbyshire, an Anglo-Saxon barrow, opened in 1848, contained a coat of mail. 'The iron chain work consists of a large number of links of two kinds attached to each other by small rings half an inch in diameter; one kind flat and lozenge-shaped ... the others all of one kind, but of different lengths.'"—Br., p. 126.
l. 405. "At Benty Grange in Derbyshire, an Anglo-Saxon burial mound that was opened in 1848 contained a suit of armor. 'The iron chain mail is made up of a large number of links of two types connected by small rings half an inch in diameter; one type is flat and diamond-shaped ... the others are all the same type but vary in length.'"—Br., p. 126.
l. 414. Gr. translates hâdor by receptaculum; cf. Gering, Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 124. Toller-Bosw. ignores Gr.'s suggestion.
l. 414. Gr. translates hâdor as receptaculum; see Gering, Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 124. Toller-Bosw. overlooks Gr.'s suggestion.
l. 420. R. reads þæra = of them, for þær.—Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 399; Beit. xii. 367.
l. 420. R. reads þæra = of them, for þær.—Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 399; Beit. xii. 367.
l. 420. "niht has a gen., nihtes, used for the most part only adverbially, and almost certainly to be regarded as masculine."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 158.
l. 420. "niht has a genitive, nihtes, mostly used adverbially, and is almost certainly considered masculine."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 158.
l. 441. þe hine = whom, as at l. 1292, etc. The indeclinable þe is often thus combined with personal pronouns, = relative, and is sometimes separated from them by a considerable interval.—Sw.
l. 441. the hine = whom, as at l. 1292, etc. The indeclinable the is often combined with personal pronouns, = relative, and is sometimes separated from them by a considerable distance.—Sw.
l. 446. Cf. l. 2910. Th. translates: thou wilt not need my head to hide (i.e. bury). Simrock supposes a dead-watch or lyke-wake to be meant. Wood, thou wilt not have to bury so much as my head! H.-So. supposes heáfod-weard, a guard of honor, such as sovereigns or presumptive rulers had, to be meant by hafalan hýdan; hence, you need not give me any guard, etc. Cf. Schmid, Gesetze der A., 370-372.
l. 446. Cf. l. 2910. Th. translates: you won't need my head to hide (i.e. bury). Simrock suggests that a dead-watch or lyke-wake is implied. Wood, you won’t have to bury anything but my head! H.-So. assumes heáfod-weard, a guard of honor, like those that monarchs or heirs would have, is the meaning behind hafalan hýdan; thus, you don’t need to give me any guard, etc. Cf. Schmid, Gesetze der A., 370-372.
l. 455. "The war-smiths, especially as forgers of the sword, were garmented with legend, and made into divine personages. Of these Weland is the type, husband of a swan maiden, and afterwards almost a god."— Br., p. 120. Cf. A. J. C. Hare's account of "Wayland Smith's sword with which Henry II. was knighted," and which hung in Westminster Abbey to a late date.—Walks in London, ii. 228.
l. 455. "The weapons makers, especially those who crafted swords, were wrapped in legend and turned into divine figures. Weland is the prime example, being the husband of a swan maiden, and later became almost a god."—Br., p. 120. Cf. A. J. C. Hare's description of "Wayland Smith's sword with which Henry II. was knighted," which was displayed in Westminster Abbey until relatively recently.—Walks in London, ii. 228.
l. 455. This is the ælces mannes wyrd of Boethius (Sw., p. 44) and the wyrd bið swîðost of Gnomic Verses, 5. There are about a dozen references to it in Beówulf.
l. 455. This is the every person's fate of Boethius (Sw., p. 44) and the fate is strongest of Gnomic Verses, 5. There are about a dozen references to it in Beowulf.
l. 455. E. compares the fatalism of this concluding hemistich with the Christian tone of l. 685 seq.
l. 455. E. compares the fatalism of this concluding line with the Christian tone of l. 685 seq.
l. 480. Cf. l. 1231, where the same sense, "flown with wine," occurs.
l. 480. Cf. l. 1231, where the same meaning, "drunk with wine," occurs.
l. 489. Kl. omits comma after meoto and reads (with B.) sige-hrêð-secgum, = disclose thy thought to the victor-heroes. Others, as Körner, convert meoto into an imperative and divide on sæl = think upon happiness. But cf. onband beadu-rûne, l. 501. B. supposes onsæl meoto =speak courteous words. Tidskr. viii. 292; Haupts Zeitschr. xi. 411; Eng. Stud. ii. 251.
l. 489. Kl. leaves out the comma after meoto and reads (with B.) sige-hrêð-secgum, = share your thoughts with the victorious heroes. Others, like Körner, treat meoto as an imperative and interpret on sæl = focus on happiness. But compare onband beadu-rûne, l. 501. B. interprets onsæl meoto = express pleasant words. Tidskr. viii. 292; Haupts Zeitschr. xi. 411; Eng. Stud. ii. 251.
l. 501. sîð = arrival (?); cf. l. 353.
l. 501. sîð = arrival (?); cf. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
l. 513. "Eagor-stream might possibly be translated the stream of Eagor, the awful terror-striking stormy sea in which the terrible [Scandinavian] giant dwelt, and through which he acted."—Br., p. 164. He remarks, "The English term eagre still survives in provincial dialect for the tide-wave or bore on rivers. Dryden uses it in his Threnod. Angust. 'But like an eagre rode in triumph o'er the tide.' Yet we must be cautious," etc. Cf. Fox's Boethius, ll. 20, 236; Thorpe's Cædmon, 69, etc.
l. 513. "Eagor-stream might be translated as the stream of Eagor, the terrifying and stormy sea where the fearsome [Scandinavian] giant lived and operated."—Br., p. 164. He notes, "The English word eagre is still used in some regional dialects to refer to the tidal wave or bore on rivers. Dryden mentions it in his Threnod. Angust.: 'But like an eagre rode in triumph o'er the tide.' However, we need to be careful," etc. Cf. Fox's Boethius, ll. 20, 236; Thorpe's Cædmon, 69, etc.
l. 534. Insert, under eard-lufa (in Gloss.), earfoð, st. n., trouble, difficulty, struggle; acc. pl. earfeðo, 534.
l. 534. Insert, under eard-lufa (in Gloss.), earfoð, st. n., trouble, difficulty, struggle; acc. pl. earfeðo, 534.
l. 545 seq. "Five nights Beowulf and Breca kept together, not swimming, but sailing in open boats (to swim the seas is to sail the seas), then storm drove them asunder ... Breca is afterwards chief of the Brondings, a tribe mentioned in Wîdsíth. The story seems legendary, not mythical."—Br., pp. 60, 61.
l. 545 seq. "For five nights, Beowulf and Breca stayed together, not swimming, but sailing in open boats (to swim the seas is the same as sailing the seas), then a storm separated them ... Breca later became the leader of the Brondings, a tribe mentioned in Wîdsíth. The story seems more like a legend than a myth."—Br., pp. 60, 61.
l. 612. seq. Cf. the drinking ceremony at l. 1025. "The royal lady offers the cup to Beowulf, not in his turn where he sate among the rest, but after it has gone the round; her approach to Beowulf is an act apart."—E.
l. 612. seq. See the drinking ceremony at l. 1025. "The royal lady offers the cup to Beowulf, not while he is seated among the others, but after it has gone around; her approach to Beowulf is a special act."—E.
l. 623. Cf. the circlet of gold worn by Wealhþeów at l. 1164.
l. 623. Compare the gold ring worn by Wealhþeów at l. 1164.
Cf. giddy.
Cf. excited.
l. 659. Cf. l. 2431 for same formula, "to have and to hold" of the Marriage Service.—E.
l. 659. Cf. l. 2431 for the same phrase, "to have and to hold" from the Marriage Service.—E.
l. 682. gôdra = advantages in battle (Gr.), battle-skill (Ha.), skill in war (H.-So.). Might not nât be changed to nah = ne + âh (cf. l. 2253), thus justifying the translation ability (?) —he has not the ability to, etc.
l. 682. gôdra = advantages in battle (Gr.), battle-skill (Ha.), skill in war (H.-So.). Could nât be changed to nah = ne + âh (cf. l. 2253), thus justifying the translation ability (?) —he does not have the ability to, etc.
l. 698. "Here Destiny is a web of cloth."—E., who compares the Greek Clotho, "spinster of fate." Women are also called "weavers of peace," as l. 1943. Cf. Kent's Elene, l. 88; Wîdsîð, l. 6, etc.
l. 698. "Here, Destiny is a piece of fabric."—E., who compares the Greek Clotho, "the spinner of fate." Women are also referred to as "weavers of peace," as l. 1943. See Kent's Elene, l. 88; Wîdsîð, l. 6, etc.
l. 711. "Perhaps the Gnomic verse which tells of Thyrs, the giant, is written with Grendel in the writer's mind,—þyrs sceal on fenne gewunian âna inuan lande, the giant shall dwell in the fen, alone in the land (Sweet's Read., p. 187)."—Br. p. 36.
l. 711. "Maybe the Gnomic verse about Thyrs, the giant, was written with Grendel in mind,—þyrs sceal on fenne gewunian âna inuan lande, the giant shall dwell in the fen, alone in the land (Sweet's Read., p. 187)."—Br. p. 36.
l. 717. Dietrich, in Haupt. xi. 419, quotes from Ælfric, Hom. ii. 498: hê beworhte þâ bigelsas mid gyldenum læfrum, he covered the arches with gold-leaf,—a Roman custom derived from Carthage. Cf. Mod. Eng. oriel = aureolum, a gilded room.—E. (quoting Skeat). Cf. ll. 2257, 1097, 2247, 2103, 2702, 2283, 333, 1751, for various uses of gold-sheets.
l. 717. Dietrich, in Haupt. xi. 419, quotes from Ælfric, Hom. ii. 498: he covered the arches with gold-leaf, he covered the arches with gold-leaf,—a Roman custom derived from Carthage. Cf. Mod. Eng. oriel = aureolum, a gilded room.—E. (quoting Skeat). Cf. ll. 2257, 1097, 2247, 2103, 2702, 2283, 333, 1751, for various uses of gold-sheets.
l. 720. B. and ten Br. suggest hell-thane (Grendel) for heal-þegnas, and make häle refer to Beowulf. Cf. l. 142.
l. 720. B. and ten Br. suggest hell-thane (Grendel) for heal-þegnas, and make häle refer to Beowulf. Cf. l. 142.
l. 769. The foreign words in Beówulf (as ceaster-here) are not numerous; others are (aside from proper names like Cain, Abel, etc.) deófol (diabolus), candel (l. 1573), ancor (l. 303), scrîfan (for- ge-), segn (l. 47), gigant (l. 113), mîl- (l. 1363), stræt (l. 320), ombeht (l. 287), gim (l. 2073), etc.
l. 770. MS. reads cerwen, a word conceived by B. and others to be part of a fem. compd.: -scerwen like -wenden in ed-wenden, -ræden, etc. (cf. meodu-scerpen in Andreas, l. 1528); emended to -scerwen, a great scare under the figure of a mishap at a drinking-bout; one might compare bescerwan, to deprive, from bescyrian (Grein, i. 93), hence ealu-scerwen would = a sudden taking away, deprivation, of the beer.—H.-So., p. 93. See B., Tidskr. viii. 292.
l. 770. The manuscript reads cerwen, a term believed by B. and others to be part of a feminine compound: -scerwen similar to -wenden in ed-wenden, -ræden, etc. (see meodu-scerpen in Andreas, l. 1528); corrected to -scerwen, a major fright under the guise of an accident at a drinking party; one might compare bescerwan, to strip away, derived from bescyrian (Grein, i. 93), thus ealu-scerwen would equal a sudden loss, deprivation of beer.—H.-So., p. 93. See B., Tidskr. viii. 292.
ll. 850, 851. S. reads deóp for deóg and erases semicolon after weól, = the death-stained deep welled with sword-gore; cf. l. 1424. B. reads deáð-fæges deóp, etc., = the deep welled with the doomed one's gore.—Beit. xii. 89.
ll. 850, 851. S. reads deóp for deóg and removes the semicolon after weól, = the death-stained deep welled with sword-gore; cf. l. 1424. B. reads deáð-fæges deóp, etc., = the deep welled with the doomed one's gore.—Beit. xii. 89.
l. 857. The meaning of blaneum is partly explained by fealwe mearas below, l. 866. Cf. Layamon's "and leop on his blancke" = steed, l. 23900; Kent's Elene, l. 1185.
l. 857. The meaning of blaneum is partly clarified by fealwe mearas below, l. 866. See Layamon's "and leop on his blancke" = steed, l. 23900; Kent's Elene, l. 1185.
ll. 878-98. "It pleases me to think that it is in English literature we possess the first sketch of that mighty saga [the Volsunga Saga = Wälsinges gewin] which has for so many centuries engaged all the arts, and at last in the hands of Wagner the art of music."—Br., p. 63. Cf. Nibelung. Lied, l. 739.
l. 894. Intransitive verbs, as gân, weorðan, sometimes take habban, "to indicate independent action."—Sw. Cf. hafað ... geworden, l. 2027.
l. 894. Intransitive verbs, like gân, weorðan, can sometimes take habban, "to show independent action."—Sw. See hafað ... geworden, l. 2027.
l. 895. "brûcan (enjoy) always has the genitive."—Sw.; cf. l. 895; acc., gen., instr., dat., according to March, A.-S. Gram., p. 151.
l. 895. "brûcan (enjoy) always uses the genitive."—Sw.; see l. 895; accusative, genitive, instrumental, dative, according to March, A.-S. Gram., p. 151.
l. 898. Scherer proposes hâte, = from heat, instr. of hât, heat; cf. l. 2606.
l. 898. Scherer suggests hâte, = from heat, the instrument of hât, heat; see l. 2606.
l. 902. Heremôdes is considered by Heinzel to be a mere epithet = the valiant; which would refer the whole passage to Sigmund (Sigfrid), the eotenas, l. 903, being the Nibelungen. This, says H.-So., gets rid of the contradiction between the good "Heremôd" here and the bad one, l. 1710 seq.—B. however holds fast to Heremôd.—Beit. xii. 41. on feónda geweald, l. 904,—into the hands of devils, says B.; cf. ll. 809, 1721, 2267; Christ, l. 1416; Andreas, l. 1621; for hine fyren onwôd, cf. Gen. l. 2579; Hunt's Dan. 17: hîe wlenco anwôd.
l. 902. Heremôdes is viewed by Heinzel as just an epithet = the brave; which connects the whole passage to Sigmund (Sigfrid), the eotenas, l. 903, referring to the Nibelungen. This, according to H.-So., resolves the inconsistency between the good "Heremôd" here and the bad one, l. 1710 seq.—B. nonetheless sticks with Heremôd.—Beit. xii. 41. on feónda geweald, l. 904,—into the hands of devils, says B.; cf. ll. 809, 1721, 2267; Christ, l. 1416; Andreas, l. 1621; for hine fyren onwôd, cf. Gen. l. 2579; Hunt's Dan. 17: hîe wlenco anwôd.
l. 902 seq. "Heremôd's shame is contrasted with the glory of Sigemund, and with the prudence, patience, generosity, and gentleness of Beowulf as a chieftain."—Br., p. 66.
l. 902 seq. "Heremôd's shame is compared to the glory of Sigemund, along with the wisdom, patience, generosity, and kindness of Beowulf as a leader."—Br., p. 66.
l. 927. May not steápne here = bright, from its being immediately followed by golde fâhne? Cf. Chaucer's "his eyen stepe," Prol. l. 201 (ed. Morris); Cockayne's Ste. Marherete, pp. 9, 108; St. Kath., l. 1647.
l. 927. May not steápne here = bright, because it is immediately followed by golde fâhne? See Chaucer's "his eyen stepe," Prol. l. 201 (ed. Morris); Cockayne's Ste. Marherete, pp. 9, 108; St. Kath., l. 1647.
l. 959. H. explains we as a "plur. of majesty," which Beówulf throws off at l. 964.
l. 959. H. explains we as a "plural of majesty," which Beowulf dismisses at l. 964.
l. 976. synnum. "Most abstract words in the poetry have a very wide range of meanings, diverging widely from the prose usage, synn, for instance, means simply injury, mischief, hatred, and the prose meaning sin is only a secondary one; hata in poetry is not only hater, but persecutor, enemy, just as nîð is both hatred and violence, strength; heard is sharp as well as hard."—Sw.
l. 976. synnum. "Most abstract words in poetry have a broad range of meanings that differ greatly from their use in prose. For example, synn simply means injury, mischief, hatred, while the prose meaning sin is just a secondary interpretation; hata in poetry refers not only to hater, but also to persecutor, enemy, just as nîð means both hatred and violence, strength; heard can mean sharp as well as hard."—Sw.
l. 986. Miller (Anglia, xii. 3) corrects to æghwylene, in apposition to fingras.
l. 986. Miller (Anglia, xii. 3) corrects to both, in apposition to fingers.
l. 1009. Cf. l. 1612 for sæl and mæl, surviving still in E. Anglia in "mind your seals and meals," = times and occasions, i.e. have your wits about you.—E.
l. 1009. See l. 1612 for sæl and mæl, still existing in East Anglia as in "mind your seals and meals," meaning times and occasions, i.e. stay alert.—E.
l. 1014. Cf. l. 327 for similar language.
For Ingwin, see List of Names.
For Ingwin, see Name List.
l. 1106. The pres. part. + be, as myndgiend wære here, is comparatively rare in original A.-S. literature, but occurs abundantly in translations from the Latin. The periphrasis is generally meaningless. Cf. l. 3029.
l. 1106. The present participle + be, as in myndgiend wære here, is relatively uncommon in original Anglo-Saxon literature, but shows up frequently in translations from Latin. This phrasing is mostly without significance. Cf. l. 3029.
l. 1108. Körner suggests ecge, = sword, in reference to a supposed old German custom of placing ornaments, etc., on the point of a sword or spear (Eng. Stud. i. 495). Singer, ince-gold = bright gold; B., andiége = Goth, andaugjo, evidently. Cf. incge lâfe, l. 2578. Possibly: and inge (= young men) gold âhôfon of horde. For inge, cf. Hunt's Exod. l. 190.
l. 1108. Körner suggests ecge, = sword, referring to an old German custom of putting decorations, etc., on the tip of a sword or spear (Eng. Stud. i. 495). Singer, ince-gold = bright gold; B., andiége = Goth, andaugjo, evidently. Cf. incge lâfe, l. 2578. Possibly: and inge (= young men) gold âhôfon of horde. For inge, cf. Hunt's Exod. l. 190.
ll. 1115-1120. R. proposes (hêt þâ ...) bânfatu bärnan ond on bæl dôn, earme on eaxe = to place the arms in the ashes, reading gûðrêc = battle-reek, for -rinc (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 395). B., Sarrazin (Beit. xi. 530), Lichtenfeld (Haupts Zeitschr. xvi. 330), C., etc., propose various emendations. See H.-So., p. 97, and Beit. viii. 568. For gùðrinc âstâh, cf. Old Norse, stiga á bál, "ascend the bale-fire."
ll. 1115-1120. R. suggests (hêt þâ ...) bânfatu bärnan ond on bæl dôn, earme on eaxe = to place the arms in the ashes, interpreting gûðrêc = battle smoke, instead of -rinc (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 395). B., Sarrazin (Beit. xi. 530), Lichtenfeld (Haupts Zeitschr. xvi. 330), C., etc., suggest various corrections. See H.-So., p. 97, and Beit. viii. 568. For gùðrinc âstâh, see Old Norse, stiga á bál, "ascend the funeral pyre."
l. 1119. Cf. wudu-rêc âstâh, l. 3145; and Exod. (Hunt), l. 450: wælmist âstâh.
l. 1119. See wudu-rêc âstâh, l. 3145; and Exod. (Hunt), l. 450: wælmist âstâh.
l. 1130. R. and Gr. read elne unflitme, = loyally and without contest, as at l. 1098. Cf. Ha., p. 39; H.-So., p. 97.
l. 1130. R. and Gr. read elne unflitme, = loyally and without contest, as at l. 1098. Cf. Ha., p. 39; H.-So., p. 97.
l. 1143. B., H.-So., and Möller read: worod rædenne, þonne him Hûn Lâfing, = military brotherhood, when Hûn laid upon his breast (the sword) Lâfing. There is a sword Laufi, Lövi in the Norse sagas; but swords, armor, etc., are often called the leaving (lâf) of files, hammers, etc., especially a precious heirloom; cf. ll. 454, 1033, 2830, 2037, 2629, 796, etc., etc.
l. 1143. B., H.-So., and Möller read: being prepared for battle, when Hûn Lâfing, = military brotherhood, when Hûn laid upon his breast (the sword) Lâfing. There is a sword Laufi, Lövi in the Norse sagas; but swords, armor, etc., are often referred to as the legacy (lâf) of tools, hammers, etc., especially a treasured heirloom; cf. ll. 454, 1033, 2830, 2037, 2629, 796, etc., etc.
l. 1160. For ll. 1069-1160, containing the Finn episode, cf. Möller, Alteng. Volksepos, 69, 86, 94; Heinzel, Anz. f. dtsch. Altert., 10, 226; B., Beit. xii. 29-37. Cf. Wîdsîð, l. 33, etc.
l. 1160. For ll. 1069-1160, which includes the Finn episode, see Möller, Alteng. Volksepos, 69, 86, 94; Heinzel, Anz. f. dtsch. Altert., 10, 226; B., Beit. xii. 29-37. See also Wîdsîð, l. 33, etc.
ll. 1160, 1161. leóð (lied = song, lay) and gyd here appear synonyms.
ll. 1160, 1161. leóð (lied = song, lay) and gyd here appear synonyms.
ll. 1162-1165. "Behind the wars and tribal wanderings, behind the contentions of the great, we watch in this poem the steady, continuous life of home, the passions and thoughts of men, the way they talked and moved and sang and drank and lived and loved among one another and for one another."—Br., p. 18.
l. 1167 almost repeats l. 500, ät fôtum, etc., where Ûnferð is first introduced.
l. 1167 nearly echoes l. 500, ät fôtum, etc., where Ûnferð is first mentioned.
l. 1200. The Breosinga men (Icel. Brisinga men) is the necklace of the goddess Freya; cf. Elder Edda, Hamarshemt. Hâma stole the necklace from the Gothic King Eormenrîc; cf. Traveller's Song, ll. 8, 18, 88, 111. The comparison of the two necklaces leads the poet to anticipate Hygelâc's history,—a suggestion of the poem's mosaic construction.
l. 1200. The Breosinga men (Icel. Brisinga men) is the necklace of the goddess Freya; see Elder Edda, Hamarshemt. Hâma stole the necklace from the Gothic King Eormenrîc; see Traveller's Song, ll. 8, 18, 88, 111. The comparison of the two necklaces leads the poet to foreshadow Hygelâc's story,—an indication of the poem's mosaic structure.
l. 1200. For Brôsinga mene, cf. B., Beit. xii. 72. C. suggests fleáh, = fled, for fealh, placing semicolon after byrig, and making hê subject of fleáh and geceás.
l. 1200. For Brôsinga mene, see B., Beit. xii. 72. C. suggests fleáh, meaning fled, for fealh, placing a semicolon after byrig, and making hê the subject of fleáh and geceás.
l. 1235. Kl. proposes gea-sceaft; but cf. l. 1267.
l. 1235. Kl. suggests gea-sceaft; but see l. 1267.
l. 1254. K., W., and Ho. read farode = wasted; Kolbing reads furode; but cf. wêsten warode, l. 1266. MS. has warode.
l. 1254. K., W., and Ho. read farode = wasted; Kolbing reads furode; but cf. wêsten warode, l. 1266. MS. has warode.
l. 1259. "That this story of Grendel's mother was originally a separate lay from the first seems to be suggested by the fact that the monsters are described over again, and many new details added, such as would be inserted by a new singer who wished to enhance and adorn the original tale."—Br., p. 41.
l. 1259. Cf. l. 107, which also points to the ancestry of murderers and monsters and their descent from "Cain."
l. 1259. Cf. l. 107, which also refers to the heritage of murderers and monsters and their lineage from "Cain."
l. 1261. The MS. has se þe, m.; changed by some to seo þe. At ll. 1393, 1395, 1498, Grendel's mother is referred to as m.; at ll. 1293, 1505, 1541-1546, etc., as f., the uncertain pronoun designating a creature female in certain aspects, but masculine in demonic strength and savageness.—H.-So.; Sw. p. 202. Cf. the masc. epithets at ll. 1380, 2137, etc.
l. 1261. The manuscript has se þe, masculine; some have changed it to seo þe. At ll. 1393, 1395, 1498, Grendel's mother is called masculine; at ll. 1293, 1505, 1541-1546, etc., she is referred to as feminine, the uncertain pronoun indicating a creature that is female in some ways, but masculine in its demonic strength and ferocity.—H.-So.; Sw. p. 202. Cf. the masculine descriptors at ll. 1380, 2137, etc.
l. 1270. âglæca = Grendel, though possibly referring to Beowulf, as at l. 1513.—Sw.
l. 1270. âglæca = Grendel, although it might also refer to Beowulf, as in l. 1513.—Sw.
l. 1298. be sæm tweonum; cf. l. 1192; Hunt's Exod. l. 442; and Mod. Eng. "to us-ward, etc.—Earle's Philol., p. 449. Cf. note, l. 1192.
l. 1298. to the sea between; cf. l. 1192; Hunt's Exod. l. 442; and Mod. Eng. "to us-ward, etc.—Earle's Philol., p. 449. Cf. note, l. 1192.
l. 1321. C. suggests neád-lâðum for neód-laðu, after crushing hostility; but cf. freónd-laðu, l. 1193.
l. 1321. C. suggests neád-lâðum for neód-laðu, after overcoming hostility; but cf. freónd-laðu, l. 1193.
l. 1334. K. and ten Br. conjecture gefägnod = rejoicing in her fill, a parallel to æse wlanc, l. 1333.
l. 1334. K. and ten Br. suggest gefägnod = taking joy in her fullness, similar to æse wlanc, l. 1333.
l. 1347. Cf. sele-rædende at l. 51.
l. 1360. firgenstreám occurs also in the Phoenix (Bright, p. 168) l. 100; Andreas, ll. 779, 3144 (K.); Gnomic Verses, l. 47, etc.
l. 1360. firgenstreám also appears in the Phoenix (Bright, p. 168) l. 100; Andreas, ll. 779, 3144 (K.); Gnomic Verses, l. 47, etc.
l. 1364. Cf. Ruin, hrîmige edoras behrofene, rimy, roofless halls.
l. 1364. Cf. Ruin, crumbling houses in ruins, sprawling, roofless halls.
l. 1373. heafola is found only in poetry.—Sw. It occurs thirteen or fourteen times in this poem. Cf. the poetic gamol, swât (l. 2694), etc., for eald, blôd.
l. 1373. heafola is only found in poetry.—Sw. It appears thirteen or fourteen times in this poem. See the poetic gamol, swât (l. 2694), etc., for eald, blôd.
ll. 1402, 1413 reproduce the wk. form of the pret. of gân (Goth, gaggida). Cf. Andreas, l. 1096, etc.
ll. 1402, 1413 reproduce the weak form of the past tense of gân (Goth, gaggida). See Andreas, l. 1096, etc.
l. 1421. Cf. oncýð, l. 831. The whole passage (ll. 1411-1442) is replete with suggestions of walrus-hunting, seal-fishing, harpooning of sea-animals (l. 1438), etc.
l. 1421. Cf. oncýð, l. 831. The entire passage (ll. 1411-1442) is filled with hints of walrus hunting, seal fishing, harpooning sea creatures (l. 1438), etc.
l. 1457. león is the inf. of lâh; cf. onlâh (< onleón) at l. 1468. lîhan was formerly given as the inf.; cf. læne = læhne.
l. 1457. león is the infinitive of lâh; see onlâh (< onleón) at l. 1468. lîhan was previously listed as the infinitive; see læne = læhne.
l. 1458. H.-So. compares the Icelandic saga account of Grettir's battle with the giant in the cave. häft-mêce may be = Icel. heptisax (Anglia, iii. 83), "hip-knife."
l. 1458. H.-So. compares the Icelandic saga account of Grettir's battle with the giant in the cave. häft-mêce may be = Icel. heptisax (Anglia, iii. 83), "hip-knife."
l. 1507. "This cave under the sea seems to be another of those natural phenomena of which the writer had personal knowledge (ll. 2135, 2277), and which was introduced by him into the mythical tale to give it a local color. There are many places of this kind. Their entrance is under the lowest level of the tide."—Br., p. 45.
l. 1507. "This underwater cave appears to be another one of those natural wonders that the author was personally familiar with (ll. 2135, 2277), and which he incorporated into the myth to add a sense of place. There are numerous spots like this. Their entrance is below the lowest tide level."—Br., p. 45.
l. 1543. and-leán (R.); cf. l. 2095. The MS. has hand-leán.
l. 1543. and-leán (R.); cf. l. 2095. The MS. has hand-leán.
l. 1599. gewearð, impers. vb., = agree, decide = many agreed upon this, that, etc. (Ha., p. 55; cf. ll. 2025-2027, 1997; B., Beit. xii. 97).
l. 1599. gewearð, impers. vb., = to agree, to decide = many people agreed on this, that, etc. (Ha., p. 55; cf. ll. 2025-2027, 1997; B., Beit. xii. 97).
l. 1605. C. supposes wiston = wîscton = wished.—Beit. viii. 571.
l. 1611. wäl-râpas = water-ropes = bands of frost (l. 1610) (?). Possibly the Prov. Eng. weele, whirlpool. Cf. wæl, gurges, Wright, Voc., Gnom. Verses, l. 39.—E.
l. 1611. wäl-râpas = water-ropes = bands of frost (l. 1610) (?). It might relate to the Prov. Eng. weele, whirlpool. See wæl, gurges, Wright, Voc., Gnom. Verses, l. 39.—E.
l. 1611. wægrâpas (Sw.) = wave-bands (Ha.).
l. 1611. wægrâpas (Sw.) = wave strips (Ha.).
l. 1635. cyning-holde (B., Beit. xii. 369); cf. l. 290.
l. 1680. Cf. ceastra ... orðanc enta geweorc, Gnomic Verses, l. 2; Sweet's Reader, p. 186.
l. 1680. Cf. ceastra ... orðanc enta geweorc, Gnomic Verses, l. 2; Sweet's Reader, p. 186.
ll. 1687-1697. "In this description of the writing on the sword, we see the process of transition from heathen magic to the notions of Christian times .... The history of the flood and of the giants ... were substitutes for names of heathen gods, and magic spells for victory."—E. Cf. Mohammedan usage.
ll. 1687-1697. "In this description of what is written on the sword, we can observe the shift from pagan magic to Christian beliefs .... The stories of the flood and the giants ... served as replacements for the names of pagan gods and magical incantations for winning battles."—E. Cf. Islamic practices.
l. 1741. The doctrine of nemesis following close on ὓβρις, or overweening pride, is here very clearly enunciated. The only protector against the things that "assault and hurt" the soul is the "Bishop and Shepherd of our souls" (l. 1743).
l. 1741. The idea of nemesis comes right after ὓβρις, or excessive pride, and is clearly stated here. The only safeguard against the things that "attack and harm" the soul is the "Bishop and Shepherd of our souls" (l. 1743).
l. 1748. See Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 167, for declension of wôh, wrong = gen. wôs or wôges, dat. wô(u)m, etc.; pl. gen. wôra, dat. wô(u)m, etc.; and cf. declension of heáh, hreóh, rûh, etc.
l. 1748. See Cook's Sievers' Grammar, p. 167, for the declension of wôh, wrong = gen. wôs or wôges, dat. wô(u)m, etc.; pl. gen. wôra, dat. wô(u)m, etc.; and see the declension of heáh, hreóh, rûh, etc.
l. 1748. wergan gâstes; cf. Blickl. Hom. vii.; Andreas, l. 1171. "Auld Wearie is used in Scotland, or was used a few years ago, ... to mean the devil."—E. Bede's Eccles. Hist. contains (naturally) many examples of the expression = devil.
l. 1748. wergan gâstes; see Blickl. Hom. vii.; Andreas, l. 1171. "Auld Wearie is used in Scotland, or was used a few years ago, ... to mean the devil."—E. Bede's Eccles. Hist. includes (of course) many examples of the expression = devil.
gâr-holt means spear-shaft; cf. äsc-holt.
ll. 1855-1866. "An ideal picture of international amity according to the experience and doctrine of the eighth century."—E.
ll. 1855-1866. "A perfect depiction of global friendship based on the insights and teachings of the eighth century."—E.
l. 1865. B. proposes geþôhte, = with firm thought, for geworhte; cf. l. 611.
l. 1865. B. suggests geþôhte, = with firm thought, for geworhte; cf. l. 611.
l. 1876. geseón = see again (Kl., Beit. ix. 190). S. and B. insert nâ to modify geseón and explain Hrôðgâr's tears. Ha. and G. follow Heyne's text. Cf. l. 567.
l. 1876. geseón = see again (Kl., Beit. ix. 190). S. and B. add nâ to change geseón and clarify Hrôðgâr's tears. Ha. and G. follow Heyne's text. Cf. l. 567.
l. 1881. Is beorn here = bearn (be-arn?) of l. 67? or more likely = born, barn, = burned?—S., Th.
l. 1881. Is beorn here = bearn (be-arn?) of l. 67? or more likely = born, barn, = burned?—S., Th.
l. 1897. The boat had been left, at ll. 294-302, in the keeping of Hrôðgâr's men; at l. 1901 the bât-weard is specially honored by Beowulf with a sword and becomes a "sworded squire."—E. This circumstance appears to weld the poem together. Cf. also the speed of the journey home with ymb ân-tîd ôþres dôgores of l. 219, and the similarity of language in both passages (fâmig-heals, clifu, nässas, sælde, brim, etc.).—The nautical terms in Beowulf would form an interesting study.
l. 1897. The boat was left at ll. 294-302 with Hrôðgâr's men; at l. 1901 Beowulf specially honors the bât-weard with a sword, making him a "sworded squire."—E. This detail seems to connect the poem cohesively. Also, note the quick journey home with ymb ân-tîd ôþres dôgores of l. 219, and the similar wording in both sections (fâmig-heals, clifu, nässas, sælde, brim, etc.).—The nautical terminology in Beowulf would be an intriguing area of study.
l. 1904. R. proposes, gewât him on naca, = the vessel set out, on alliterating as at l. 2524 (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402). B. reads on nacan, but inserts irrelevant matter (Beit. xii. 97).
l. 1904. R. suggests, the vessel set out, = the vessel set out, on alliterating as at l. 2524 (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402). B. reads on nacan, but adds irrelevant information (Beit. xii. 97).
l. 1927 seq. "The women of Beowulf are of the fine northern type; trusted and loved by their husbands and by the nobles and people; generous, gentle, and holding their place with dignity."—Br., p. 67. Thrytho is the exception, l. 1932 seq.
l. 1927 seq. "The women in Beowulf are great examples of northern beauty; respected and cherished by their husbands and the nobility; kind, nurturing, and maintaining their dignity."—Br., p. 67. Thrytho is the exception, l. 1932 seq.
l. 1933. C. suggests frêcnu, = dangerous, bold, for Thrytho could not be called "excellent." G. writes "Modthrytho" as her name. The womanly Hygd seems purposely here contrasted with the terrible Thrytho, just as, at l. 902 seq., Sigemund and Heremôd are contrasted. For Thrytho, etc., cf. Gr., Jahrb. für rom. u. eng. Lit. iv. 279; Müllenhoff, Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 216; Matthew Paris; Suchier, Beit. iv. 500-521; R. Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402; B., ibid. iv. 206; Körner, Eng. Stud. i. 489-492; H.-So., p. 106.
l. 1933. C. suggests frêcnu, = dangerous, bold, for Thrytho who cannot be called "excellent." G. writes "Modthrytho" as her name. The womanly Hygd seems deliberately contrasted here with the fearsome Thrytho, just as, at l. 902 seq., Sigemund and Heremôd are contrasted. For Thrytho, etc., cf. Gr., Jahrb. für rom. u. eng. Lit. iv. 279; Müllenhoff, Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 216; Matthew Paris; Suchier, Beit. iv. 500-521; R. Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402; B., ibid. iv. 206; Körner, Eng. Stud. i. 489-492; H.-So., p. 106.
l. 2027. Cf. l. 1599 for a similar use of weorðan, = agree, be pleased with (Ha.); appear (Sw., Reader, 6th ed.).
l. 2027. See l. 1599 for a similar use of weorðan, = agree, be pleased with (Ha.); appear (Sw., Reader, 6th ed.).
ll. 2030, 2031. Ten Br. proposes: oft seldan ( = gave) wære äfter leód-hryre: lytle hwîle bongâr bûgeð, þeáh seó brýd duge = oft has a treaty been given after the fall of a prince: but little while the murder-spear resteth, however excellent the bride be. Cf. Kl., Beit. ix. 190; B., Beit. xii. 369; R., Zachers Zeitschr. in. 404; Ha., p. 69; G., p. 62.
ll. 2030, 2031. Ten Br. suggests: often rarely ( = given) that it was after the fall of a leader: only a short time the murder-spear rests, even though the bride is excellent. = often a treaty has been given after the fall of a prince: but for only a little while does the murder-spear rest, however exceptional the bride may be. Cf. Kl., Beit. ix. 190; B., Beit. xii. 369; R., Zachers Zeitschr. in. 404; Ha., p. 69; G., p. 62.
l. 2153. Kl. proposes ealdor, = prince, for eafor. W. proposes the compd. eafor-heáfodsegn, = helm; cf. l. 1245.
l. 2153. Kl. suggests ealdor, = prince, for eafor. W. suggests the compound eafor-heáfodsegn, = helm; cf. l. 1245.
l. 2157. The wk. form of the adj. is frequent in the vocative, especially when postponed: "Beowulf leófa," l. 1759. So, often, in poetry in nom.: wudu selesta, etc.
l. 2157. The weak form of the adjective is often used in the vocative, particularly when it comes after the noun: "Beowulf dear," l. 1759. Similarly, in poetry in the nominative: wood best, etc.
l. 2158. ærest is possibly the verbal subs. from ârîsan, to arise, = arising, origin. R. suggested ærist, arising, origin. Cf. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, where the word is spelt as above, but = (as usual) resurrection. See Sweet, Reader, p. 211; E.-Plummer's Chronicle, p. 302, etc. The MS. has est. See Ha., p. 73; S., Beit. x. 222; and cf. l. 2166.
l. 2158. ærest is possibly the verbal noun from ârîsan, to arise, = arising, origin. R. suggested ærist, arising, origin. Cf. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, where the word is spelled as above, but = (as usual) resurrection. See Sweet, Reader, p. 211; E.-Plummer's Chronicle, p. 302, etc. The MS. has est. See Ha., p. 73; S., Beit. x. 222; and cf. l. 2166.
l. 2188. "The boy was at first slothful, and the Geats thought him an unwarlike prince, and long despised him. Then, like many a lazy third son in the folk tales, a change came, he suddenly showed wonderful daring and was passionate for adventure."—Br., p. 22.
l. 2188. "At first, the boy was lazy, and the Geats considered him a cowardly prince, looking down on him for a long time. Then, like many lazy third sons in folk tales, something changed; he suddenly displayed remarkable bravery and became eager for adventure."—Br., p. 22.
l. 2196. "Seven of thousands, manor and lordship" (Ha.). Kl., Beit. ix. 191, thinks with Ettm. that þûsendo means a hide of land (see Schmid, Ges. der Angl, 610), Bede's familia = 1/2 sq. meter; seofan being used (like hund, l. 2995) only for the alliteration.
l. 2196. "Seven of thousands, manor and lordship" (Ha.). Kl., Beit. ix. 191, agrees with Ettm. that þûsendo refers to a hide of land (see Schmid, Ges. der Angl, 610), with Bede's familia equaling 1/2 square meter; seofan is used (like hund, l. 2995) just for the alliteration.
l. 2196. "A vast Honour of 7000 hides, a mansion, and a judgment-seat" [throne].—E.
l. 2196. "A large estate of 7000 hides, a mansion, and a place for judgment" [throne].—E.
l. 2211. Cf. similar language about the dragon at l. 100. Beowulf's "jubilee" is fitly solemnized by his third and last dragon-fight.
l. 2211. Cf. similar language about the dragon at l. 100. Beowulf's "jubilee" is appropriately marked by his third and final battle with a dragon.
l. 2215. "The dragon lies round the treasures in a cave, as Fafnir, like a Python, lay coiled over his hoard. So constant was this habit among the dragons that gold is called Worms' bed, Fafnir's couch, Worms' bed-fire. Even in India, the cobras ... are guardians of treasure."—Br., p. 50.
l. 2215. "The dragon curls around the treasure in a cave, just like Fafnir, who coiled around his hoard like a Python. This behavior was so typical among dragons that gold is referred to as Worms' bed, Fafnir's couch, or Worms' bed-fire. Even in India, cobras ... are protectors of treasure."—Br., p. 50.
l. 2223. E. begins his "Part Third" at this point as he begins "Part Second" at l. 1252, each dragon-fight forming part of a trilogy.
l. 2223. E. starts his "Part Third" here just like he starts "Part Second" at l. 1252, with each dragon fight being part of a trilogy.
l. 2225. þeów, st. m., slave, serf (not in H.-So.).
l. 2225. þeów, st. m., slave, serf (not in H.-So.).
l. 2246. B. proposed (1) hard-fyndne, = hard to find; (2) hord-wynne dæl,—a deal of treasure-joy (cf. l. 2271).—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 211; Beit. xii. 102.
l. 2246. B. proposed (1) hard-fyndne, = hard to find; (2) hord-wynne dæl,—a lot of treasure-joy (cf. l. 2271).—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 211; Beit. xii. 102.
l. 2264. Cf. Maldon, ll. 8, 9, for a reference to hawking.
l. 2264. Cf. Maldon, ll. 8, 9, for a mention of hawking.
l. 2277. Z. and K. read: hord on hrûsan. "Three hundred winters," at l. 2279, is probably conventional for "a long time," like hund missera, l. 1499; hund þûsenda, l. 2995; þritig (of Beowulf's strength), l. 379; þritig (of the men slain by Grendel), l. 123; seofan þûsendo, l. 2196, etc.
l. 2277. Z. and K. read: hord on hrûsan. "Three hundred winters," at l. 2279, likely represents a standard way of saying "a long time," similar to hund missera, l. 1499; hund þûsenda, l. 2995; þritig (referring to Beowulf's strength), l. 379; þritig (referring to the men killed by Grendel), l. 123; seofan þûsendo, l. 2196, etc.
l. 2285. onberan is found also at line 991, = carry off, with on- = E. un—(un-bind, -loose, -tie, etc.), G. ent-. The negro still pronounces on-do, etc.
l. 2285. onberan is also found at line 991, meaning carry off, with on- = E. un—(un-bind, -loose, -tie, etc.), G. ent-. The black still pronounces on-do, etc.
l. 2346. Cf. l. 425, where Beowulf resolves to fight the dragon single-handed. E. compares Guy of Warwick, ll. 49, 376.
l. 2346. See l. 425, where Beowulf decides to confront the dragon on his own. E. compares Guy of Warwick, ll. 49, 376.
l. 2360. Cf. Beowulf's other swimming-feat with Breca, ll. 506 seq.
l. 2360. See Beowulf's other swimming competition with Breca, ll. 506 seq.
l. 2362. Gr. inserts âna, = lone-going, before xxx.: approved by B.; and Krüger, Beit. ix. 575. Cf. l. 379.
l. 2362. Gr. adds âna, = going alone, before xxx.: approved by B.; and Krüger, Contributions ix. 575. Cf. l. 379.
l. 2362. "Beowulf has the strength of thirty men in the original tale. Here, then, the new inventor makes him carry off thirty coats of mail."—Br., p. 48.
l. 2362. "Beowulf has the strength of thirty men in the original story. Here, the new creator shows him taking away thirty suits of armor."—Br., p. 48.
l. 2364. Hetware = Chattuarii, a nation allied against Hygelâc in his Frisian expedition; cf. ll. 1208 seq., 2917, etc.
l. 2364. Hetware = Chattuarii, a group that teamed up against Hygelâc during his Frisian campaign; cf. ll. 1208 seq., 2917, etc.
l. 2380. hyne—Heardrêd; so him, l. 2358.
l. 2384. E. calls attention to Swió-rîce as identical with the modern Sverige = Sweden; cf. l. 2496.
l. 2384. E. points out that Swió-rîce is the same as the modern Sverige = Sweden; see l. 2496.
l. 2391. Cf. l. 11.
l. 2394. B., Gr., and Mûllenh. understand ll. 2393-2397 to mean that Eádgils, Ôhthere's son, driven from Sweden, returns later, supported by Beowulf, takes the life of his uncle Onela, and probably becomes himself O.'s successor and king of Sweden. For another view see H.-So., p. 115. MS. has freond (l. 2394), which Leo, etc., change to feónd. G. translates friend.—Beit. xii. 13; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. iii. 177.
l. 2394. B., Gr., and Mûllenh. interpret ll. 2393-2397 to mean that Eádgils, Ôhthere's son, who was exiled from Sweden, eventually returns with the help of Beowulf, kills his uncle Onela, and likely becomes Onela's successor and the king of Sweden. For an alternative perspective, see H.-So., p. 115. The manuscript has freond (l. 2394), which Leo and others change to feónd. G. translates it as friend.—Beit. xii. 13; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. iii. 177.
l. 2402. "Twelfsome"; cf. "fifteensome" at l. 207, etc. As Beówulf is essentially the Epic of Philanthropy, of the true love of man, as distinguished from the ordinary love-epic, the number twelve in this passage may be reminiscent of another Friend of Man and another Twelve. In each case all but one desert the hero.
l. 2402. "Twelfsome"; see "fifteensome" at l. 207, etc. Since Beówulf is basically the Epic of Philanthropy, representing the genuine love of people, unlike the typical love stories, the number twelve here might remind us of another Friend of Man and another Twelve. In both situations, almost everyone abandons the hero except for one.
l. 2445. See Ha., pp. 82, 83, for a discussion of ll. 2445-2463. Cf. G., p. 75.
l. 2445. See Ha., pp. 82, 83, for a discussion of ll. 2445-2463. Cf. G., p. 75.
(2) B. proposes:
B. suggests:
ll. 2570, 2571. (1) May not gescîfe (MS. to gscipe) = German schief, "crooked," "bent," "aslant," and hence be a parallel to gebogen, bent, coiled? cf. l. 2568, þâ se wyrm gebeáh snûde tôsomne, and l. 2828. Coiled serpents spring more powerfully for the coiling. (2) Or perhaps destroy comma after tô and read gescäpe, = his fate; cf. l. 26: him þâ Scyld gewât tô gescäp-hwîle. G. appar. adopts this reading, p. 78.
ll. 2570, 2571. (1) May not gescîfe (MS. to gscipe) = German schief, "crooked," "bent," "aslant," and hence be a parallel to gebogen, bent, coiled? cf. l. 2568, þâ se wyrm gebeáh snûde tôsomne, and l. 2828. Coiled serpents spring more powerfully for the coiling. (2) Or perhaps remove the comma after tô and read gescäpe, = his fate; cf. l. 26: him þâ Scyld gewât tô gescäp-hwîle. G. appar. adopts this reading, p. 78.
l. 2589. grund-wong = the field, not the earth (so B.); H.-So., cave, as at l. 2771. So Ha., p. 87.
l. 2589. grund-wong = the field, not the earth (so B.); H.-So., cave, as at l. 2771. So Ha., p. 87.
l. 2649. wutun; l. 3102, uton = pres. subj. pl. 1st person of wîtan, to go, used like Mod. Eng. let us + inf., Lat. eamus, Ital. andiamo, Fr. allons; M. E. (Layamon) uten. Cf. Psa. ii. 3, etc. March, A.-S. Gram., pp. 104, 196.
l. 2649. wutun; l. 3102, uton = present subjunctive plural first person of wîtan, to go, used like modern English let us + infinitive, Latin eamus, Italian andiamo, French allons; Middle English (Layamon) uten. Cf. Psalm ii. 3, etc. March, A.-S. Gram., pp. 104, 196.
ll. 2660, 2661. Why not read beadu-scrûd, as at l. 453, = battle-shirt? B. and R. suppose two half-verses omitted between byrdu-scrûd and bâm gemæne. B. reads býwdu, = handsome, etc. Gr. suggests unc nû, = to us two now, for ûrum; and K. and Grundt. read beón gemæne for bâm, etc. This makes sense. Cf. Ha., p. 89.
ll. 2660, 2661. Why not read beadu-scrûd, as at l. 453, = battle-shirt? B. and R. think there are two half-verses missing between byrdu-scrûd and bâm gemæne. B. reads býwdu, = handsome, etc. Gr. suggests unc nû, = to us two now, for ûrum; and K. and Grundt. read beón gemæne for bâm, etc. This makes sense. Cf. Ha., p. 89.
l. 2688. Cf. l. 2278 for similar language.
l. 2688. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for similar language.
l. 2750. R. proposes sigle searogimmas, as at l. 1158.
l. 2750. R. suggests sigle searogimmas, as at l. 1158.
l. 2778. B. considers bill ... ealdhlâfordes as Beowulf's short sword, with which he killed the dragon, l. 2704 (Tidskr. viii. 299). R. proposes ealdhlâforde. Müllenh. understands ealdhlâford to mean the former possessor of the hoard. W. agrees to this, but conceives ærgescôd as a compd. = ære calceatus, sheathed in brass. Ha. translates ærgescôd as vb. and adv.
l. 2778. B. considers bill ... ealdhlâfordes to be Beowulf's short sword, with which he killed the dragon, l. 2704 (Tidskr. viii. 299). R. suggests ealdhlâforde. Müllenh. interprets ealdhlâford as referring to the previous owner of the hoard. W. agrees with this but thinks of ærgescôd as a compound meaning ære calceatus, sheathed in brass. Ha. translates ærgescôd as a verb and adverb.
l. 2791. Cf. l. 224, eoletes ät ende; landes ät ende, Exod. (Hunt).
l. 2791. Cf. l. 224, the end of the journey; the end of the land, Exod. (Hunt).
l. 2806. "Men saw from its height the whales tumbling in the waves, and called it Whale's Ness (Hrones-næs)."—Br. p. 28. Cf. l. 3137.
l. 2806. "People watched from its height as the whales flipped in the waves, and they named it Whale's Ness (Hrones-næs)."—Br. p. 28. Cf. l. 3137.
l. 2840. geræsde = pret. of geræsan (omitted from the Gloss.), same as ræsan; cf. l. 2691.
l. 2840. geræsde = past tense of geræsan (missing from the Gloss.), same as ræsan; see l. 2691.
Cf. S., Beit. ix. 143. gêtan = cause blood to be shed.
Cf. S., Beit. ix. 143. gêtan = cause someone to bleed.
l. 2995. "A hundred of thousands in land and rings" (Ha., p. 100). Cf. ll. 2196, 3051. Cf. B., Beit. xii. 20, who quotes Saxo's bis senas gentes and remarks: "Hrolf Kraki, who rewards his follower, for the slaying of the foreign king, with jewels, rich lands, and his only daughter's hand, answers to the Jutish king Hygelâc, who rewards his liegeman, for the slaying of Ongentheów, with jewels, enormous estates, and his only daughter's hand."
l. 2995. "Hundreds of thousands in land and rings" (Ha., p. 100). Cf. ll. 2196, 3051. Cf. B., Beit. xii. 20, who quotes Saxo's bis senas gentes and notes: "Hrolf Kraki, who rewards his follower for killing the foreign king, with jewels, rich lands, and his only daughter's hand, is similar to the Jutish king Hygelâc, who rewards his vassal for slaying Ongentheów with jewels, vast estates, and his only daughter's hand."
l. 3006. H.-So. suggests Scilfingas for Scyldingas, because, at l. 2397, Beowulf kills the Scylfing Eádgils and probably acquires his lands. Thus ll. 3002, 3005, 3006, would indicate that, after Beowulf's death, the Swedes desired to shake off his hated yoke. Müllenh., however, regards l. 3006 as a thoughtless repetition of l. 2053.—Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 239.
l. 3006. H.-So. suggests Scilfingas for Scyldingas, because, at l. 2397, Beowulf kills the Scylfing Eádgils and likely takes over his lands. Thus ll. 3002, 3005, 3006, would suggest that, after Beowulf's death, the Swedes wanted to throw off his hated rule. Müllenh., however, sees l. 3006 as a careless repetition of l. 2053.—Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 239.
l. 3008. Cf. the same proverb at l. 256; and Exod. (Hunt.) l. 293.
l. 3008. See the same proverb at l. 256; and Exod. (Hunt.) l. 293.
and from Percy, "The word glee, which peculiarly denoted their art (the minstrels'), continues still in our own language ... it is to this day used in a musical sense, and applied to a peculiar piece of composition."
and from Percy, "The word glee, which specifically referred to their art (the minstrels'), still exists in our language today ... it is still used in a musical sense and refers to a unique type of composition."
Cf. Ha., p. 102. W. and Ho. insert [þær] before gesêgan.
Cf. Ha., p. 102. W. and Ho. add [þær] before gesêgan.
l. 3042. Cf. l. 2561, where gryre-giest occurs as an epithet of the dragon. B. proposes gry[re-fâh].
l. 3042. See l. 2561, where gryre-giest is used as a nickname for the dragon. B. suggests gry[re-fâh].
ll. 3063-3066. (1) B. suggests wundur [deáðe] hwâr þonne eorl ellenrof ende gefêre = let a brave man then somewhere meet his end by wondrous venture, etc.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 241; cf. l. 3038. (2) S. supposes an indirect question introduced by hwâr and dependent upon wundur, = a mystery is it when it happens that the hero is to die, if he is no longer to linger among his people.—Beit. ix. 143. (3) Müllenh. suggests: is it to be wondered at that a man should die when he can no longer live?—Zachers Zeitschr. xiv. 241. (4) Possibly thus:
ll. 3063-3066. (1) B. suggests wundur [deáðe] hwâr þonne eorl ellenrof ende gefêre = let a brave man then somewhere meet his end through a remarkable adventure, etc.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 241; cf. l. 3038. (2) S. thinks it might be an indirect question started by hwâr and linked to wundur, = is it a mystery when it happens that the hero is meant to die, if he is no longer meant to stay with his people.—Beit. ix. 143. (3) Müllenh. suggests: is it surprising that a man should die when he can no longer live?—Zachers Zeitschr. xiv. 241. (4) Possibly thus:
in which hwät would = þurh hwät at l. 3069, and eorl would be subject of the conjectural vb. wundrað: "the valiant earl wondereth then through what he shall attain his life's end, when he no longer may live. ... So Beówulf knew not (wondered how) through what his end should come," etc. W. and Ho. join þonne to the next line. Or, for hwâr read wære: Wundur wære þonne (= gif), etc., = "would it be any wonder if a brave man," etc., which is virtually Müllenhoff's.
in which what would = through what at l. 3069, and earl would be the subject of the hypothetical verb wonders: "the brave earl wonders then how he will reach the end of his life, when he can no longer live. ... So Beowulf did not know (wondered how) through what his end would come," etc. W. and Ho. connect then to the next line. Or, for where read was: Would it be any wonder if a brave man, etc., which is essentially Müllenhoff's.
l. 3053. galdre bewunden, spell-bound, throws light on l. 2770, gelocen leoðo-cräftum. The "accursed" gold of legend is often dragon-guarded and placed under a spell. Even human ashes (as Shakespeare's) are thus banned. ll. 3047-3058 recall the so-called "Treasury of Atreus."
l. 3053. galdre bewunden, spell-bound, sheds light on l. 2770, gelocen leoðo-cräftum. The "cursed" gold of legend is often guarded by dragons and enchanted. Even human ashes (like Shakespeare's) are similarly forbidden. ll. 3047-3058 remind us of the so-called "Treasury of Atreus."
l. 3073. herh, hearh, temple, is conjectured by E. to survive in Harrow. Temple, barrow, etc., have thus been raised to proper names. Cf. Biówulfes biorh of l. 2808.
l. 3073. herh, hearh, temple, is thought by E. to continue in Harrow. Temple, barrow, etc., have now been turned into proper names. Cf. Biówulfes biorh of l. 2808.
l. 3074. H.-So. has strude, = ravage, and compares l. 3127. MS. has strade. S. suggests stride, = tread.
l. 3074. H.-So. has strude, = ravage, and compares l. 3127. MS. has strade. S. suggests stride, = tread.
(lêc from lâcan, see Gloss.).—Beit. xii. 110. Why not windblonda lâc?
(lêc from lâcan, see Gloss.).—Beit. xii. 110. Why not windblonda lâc?
NOTES TO THE FIGHT AT FINNSBURG.
The original MS. of this fragment has vanished, but a copy had been made and printed by Hickes in his Thesaurus Linguarum Septentrionalium, i. 192. The original was written on a single sheet attached to a codex of homilies in the Lambeth Library. Möller, Alteng. Epos, p. 65, places the fragment in the Finn episode, between ll. 1146 and 1147. Bugge (Beit. xii. 20) makes it illustrate the conflict in which Hnäf fell, i.e. as described in Beówulf as antecedent to the events there given. Heinzel (Anzeiger f. d. Altert.), however, calls attention to the fact that Hengest in the fragment is called cyning, whereas in Beówulf, l. 1086, he is called þegn. See H.-So., p. 125.
The original manuscript of this fragment has disappeared, but a copy was made and published by Hickes in his Thesaurus Linguarum Septentrionalium, i. 192. The original was written on a single sheet attached to a collection of homilies in the Lambeth Library. Möller, Alteng. Epos, p. 65, situates the fragment in the Finn episode, between ll. 1146 and 1147. Bugge (Beit. xii. 20) suggests it illustrates the conflict that Hnäf was involved in, i.e. as described in Beówulf as leading up to the events there detailed. Heinzel (Anzeiger f. d. Altert.), however, points out that Hengest in the fragment is referred to as cyning, while in Beówulf, l. 1086, he is referred to as þegn. See H.-So., p. 125.
"The Fight at Finnsburg and the lays from which our Beówulf was composed were, as it seems to me, sung among the English who dwelt in the north of Denmark and the south of Sweden, and whose tribal name was the Jutes or Goths."—Br., p. 101.
"The Fight at Finnsburg and the songs that inspired our Beowulf were, in my view, sung by the English living in the northern part of Denmark and the southern part of Sweden, and their tribal name was the Jutes or Goths."—Br., p. 101.
l. 1. R. supposes [hor]nas, and conjectures such an introductory conversation as follows: "Is it dawning in the east, or is a fiery dragon flying about, or are the turrets of some castle burning?" questions which the king negatives in the same order. Then comes the positive declaration, "rather they are warriors marching whose armor gleams in the moonlight." —Alt- und Angels. Lesebuch, 1861. Heinzel and B. conjecture, [beorhtor hor]nas byrnað næfre. So. G.—Beit. xii. 22; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. x. 229.
l. 1. R. suggests [hor]nas, and imagines an opening conversation like this: "Is it the sunrise in the east, is a fiery dragon flying around, or are the towers of some castle on fire?" Questions that the king denies in the same order. Then comes the clear statement, "rather it is warriors marching whose armor shines in the moonlight." —Alt- und Angels. Lesebuch, 1861. Heinzel and B. speculate, [beorhtor hor]nas byrnað næfre. So. G.—Beit. xii. 22; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. x. 229.
He compares Saxo, p. 95, cristatis galeis hastisque sonantibus instant, as explanatory of l. 6.—Beit. xii. 22. But see Brooke, Early Eng. Literature, who supposes fugelas = raven and eagle, while græg-hama is = wulf (the "grey-coated one"), the ordinary accompaniers of battle.
He references Saxo, p. 95, cristatis galeis hastisque sonantibus instant, as an explanation of l. 6.—Beit. xii. 22. But see Brooke, Early Eng. Literature, who argues that fugelas = raven and eagle, while græg-hama is = wulf (the "grey-coated one"), the usual companions of battle.
ADDENDA.
ll. 105 and 218. MS. and Ho. read won-sæli and fâmi-heals.
ll. 105 and 218. MS. and Ho. read won-sæli and fâmi-heals.
ll. 143, 183, 186, etc. Read þæm for þäm.
ll. 143, 183, 186, etc. Read þæm for þäm.
l. 299. MS. reads gôd-fremmendra. So H.-So.
l. 299. MS. reads gôd-fremmendra. So H.-So.
l. 530. Hwät should here probably be printed as an interj., hwät! Cf. ll. 1, 943, 2249.
l. 530. What should here probably be printed as an interj., what! Cf. ll. 1, 943, 2249.
The editors are much indebted to E. Koeppel (in Eng. Stud. xiii. 3) for numerous corrections in text and glossary.
The editors are very grateful to E. Koeppel (in Eng. Stud. xiii. 3) for many corrections in the text and glossary.
GLOSSARY
aglæca, ahlæca, äglæca, -cea, w. m. (cf. Goth, aglo, trouble, O.N. agi, terror, + lâc, gift, sport: = misery, vexation, = bringer of trouble; hence): 1) evil spirit, demon, a demon-like being; of Grendel, 159, 433, 593, etc.; of the drake, 2535, 2906, etc.—2) great hero, mighty warrior; of Sigemund, 894; of Beówulf: gen. sg. aglæcan(?), 1513; of Beówulf and the drake: nom. pl. þâ aglæcean, 2593.
aglæca, ahlæca, äglæca, -cea, m. (cf. Goth, aglo, trouble, O.N. agi, terror, + lâc, gift, sport: = misery, vexation, = bringer of trouble; hence): 1) evil spirit, demon, a demon-like being; of Grendel, 159, 433, 593, etc.; of the drake, 2535, 2906, etc.—2) great hero, mighty warrior; of Sigemund, 894; of Beówulf: gen. sg. aglæcan(?), 1513; of Beówulf and the drake: nom. pl. þâ aglæcean, 2593.
ambiht-þegn (from ambiht n. officium and þegn, which see), servant, man-servant: dat. sg. ombiht-þegne, of Beówulf's servant, 674.
ambiht-þegn (from ambiht n. duty and þegn, which see), servant, man-servant: dat. sg. ombiht-þegne, of Beowulf's servant, 674.
ancor, m., anchor: dat. sg. ancre, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
ancor-bend, m. (?) f. (?), anchor-cable: dat. pl. oncer-bendum, 1919.
ancor-bend, m. (?) f. (?), anchor-cable: dat. pl. oncer-bendum, 1919.
and-lang, -long, adj., very long. hence 1) at whole length, raised up high: acc. andlongne eorl, 2696 (cf. Bugge upon this point, Zachers Ztschr., 4, 217).—2) continual, entire; andlangne däg, 2116, the whole day; andlonge niht, 2939.
and-lang, -long, adj., very long. hence 1) at full length, raised up high: acc. andlongne eorl, 2696 (cf. Bugge on this point, Zachers Ztschr., 4, 217).—2) continuous, entire; andlangne däg, 2116, the whole day; andlonge niht, 2939.
and-wlita, n., face: acc. sg. -an, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
atelîc, adj., awful, horrible: atelîc egesa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
âdl, noun, disease, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
âð-sweord, st. n., the solemn taking of an oath, the swearing of an oath: nom. pl., 2065. See sweord.
oath-taking, n., the serious act of making a vow, swearing an oath: nom. pl., 2065. See sweord.
âðum-swerian, m. pl., son-in-law and father-in-law: dat. pl., 84.
âðum-swerian, m. pl., son-in-law and father-in-law: dat. pl., 84.
âgend-freá, w. m., owner, lord: gen. sg. âgend-freán, 1884.
âgend-freá, m., owner, lord: gen. sg. âgend-freán, 1884.
ân, num. The meaning of this word betrays its apparent demonstrative character: 1) this, that, 2411, of the hall in the earth mentioned before; similarly, 100 (of Grendel; already mentioned), cf. also 2775.—2) one, a particular one among many, a single one, in numerical sense: ymb âne niht (the next night), 135; þurh ânes cräft, 700; þâra ânum, 1038; ân äfter ânum, one for the other (Hrêðel for Herebeald), 2462: similarly, ân äfter eallum, 2269; ânes hwät, some single thing, a part, 3011; se ân leóda duguðe, the one of the heroes of the people, 2238; ânes willan, for the sake of a single one, 3078, etc.—Hence, again, 3) alone, distinguished, 1459, 1886.—4) a, in the sense of an indefinite article: ân ... feónd, 100; gen. sg. ânre bêne (or to No.2[?]), 428; ân ... draca, 2211—5) gen. pl. ânra, in connection with a pronoun, single; ânra gehwylces, every single one, 733; ânra gehwylcum, 785. Similarly, the dat. pl. in this sense: nemne feáum ânum, except a few single ones, 1082.—6) solus, alone: in the strong form, 1378, 2965; in the weak form, 145, 425, 431, 889, etc.; with the gen., âna Geáta duguðe, alone of the warriors of the Geátas, 2658.—7) solitarius, alone, lonely, see æn.—Comp. nân.
ân, num. The meaning of this word reveals its clear demonstrative nature: 1) this, that, 2411, of the hall in the earth mentioned earlier; similarly, 100 (of Grendel; mentioned previously), see also 2775.—2) one, a specific one among many, a single one, in a numerical sense: ymb âne niht (the next night), 135; þurh ânes cräft, 700; þâra ânum, 1038; ân äfter ânum, one for the other (Hrêðel for Herebeald), 2462: similarly, ân äfter eallum, 2269; ânes hwät, some single thing, a part, 3011; se ân leóda duguðe, the one of the heroes of the people, 2238; ânes willan, for the sake of a single one, 3078, etc.—Thus, again, 3) alone, distinguished, 1459, 1886.—4) a, as in an indefinite article: ân ... feónd, 100; gen. sg. ânre bêne (or to No.2[?]), 428; ân ... draca, 2211—5) gen. pl. ânra, in connection with a pronoun, single; ânra gehwylces, every single one, 733; ânra gehwylcum, 785. Similarly, the dat. pl. in this sense: nemne feáum ânum, except a few single ones, 1082.—6) solus, alone: in the strong form, 1378, 2965; in the weak form, 145, 425, 431, 889, etc.; with the gen., âna Geáta duguðe, alone of the warriors of the Geátas, 2658.—7) solitarius, alone, lonely, see æn.—Comp. nân.
ân-genga, -gengea, w. m., he who goes alone, of Grendel, 165, 449.
ân-genga, -gengea, m., the one who goes alone, of Grendel, 165, 449.
âr, st. m., ambassador, messenger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
âttor-sceaða, w. m., poisonous enemy, of the poisonous dragon: gen. sg. -sceaðan, 2840.
âttor-sceaða, m., poisonous enemy, of the poisonous dragon: gen. sg. -sceaðan, 2840.
äðeling, st. m., nobleman, man of noble descent, especially the appellation of a man of royal birth; so of the kings of the Danes, 3; of Scyld, 33; of Hrôðgâr, 130; of Sigemund, 889; of Beówulf, 1226, 1245, 1597, 1816, 2189, 2343, 2375, 2425, 2716, 3136; perhaps also of Däghrefn, 2507;—then, in a broader sense, also denoting other noble-born men: Äschere, 1295; Hrôðgâr's courtiers, 118, 983; Heremôd's courtiers, 907; Hengest's warriors, 1113; Beówulf's retinue, 1805, 1921, 3172; noble-born in general, 2889. —Comp. sib-äðeling.
äðeling, n., nobleman, man of noble descent, particularly a title for someone of royal lineage; specifically referring to the kings of the Danes, 3; of Scyld, 33; of Hrôðgâr, 130; of Sigemund, 889; of Beówulf, 1226, 1245, 1597, 1816, 2189, 2343, 2375, 2425, 2716, 3136; possibly also of Däghrefn, 2507;—then, in a wider sense, also referring to other noble-born individuals: Äschere, 1295; Hrôðgâr's courtiers, 118, 983; Heremôd's courtiers, 907; Hengest's warriors, 1113; Beówulf's followers, 1805, 1921, 3172; noble-born in general, 2889. —Compare sib-äðeling.
äfter (comparative of af, Ags. of, which see; hence it expresses the idea of forth, away, from, back), a) adv., thereupon, afterwards, 12, 341, 1390, 2155.—ic him äfter sceal, I shall go after them, 2817; in word äfter cwäð, 315, the sense seems to be, spoke back, having turned; b) prep. w. dat., 1) (temporal) after, 119, 128, 187, 825, 1939, etc.; äfter beorne, after the (death of) the hero, 2261, so 2262; äfter mâððum-welan, after (obtaining) the treasure, 2751.—2) (causal) as proceeding from something, denoting result and purpose, hence, in consequence of, conformably to: äfter rihte, in accordance with right, 1050, 2111; äfter faroðe, with the current, 580; so 1321, 1721, 1944, 2180, etc., äfter heaðo-swâte, in consequence of the blood of battle, 1607; äfter wälnîðe, in consequence of mortal enmity, 85; in accordance with, on account of, after, about: äfter äðelum (hæleþum, MS.)frägn, asked about the descent, 332; ne frin þu äfter sælum, ask not after my welfare, 1323; äfter sincgyfan greóteð, weeps for the giver of treasure, 1343; him äfter deórum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880; ân äfter ânum, one for the other, 2462, etc.—3) (local), along: äfter gumcynnum, throughout the races of men, among men, 945; sôhte bed äfter bûrum, sought a bed among the rooms of the castle (the castle was fortified, the hall was not), 140; äfter recede wlât, looked along the hall, 1573; stone äfter stâne, smelt along the rocks, 2289; äfter lyfte, along the air through the air, 2833; similarly, 996, 1068, 1317, etc.
äfter (the comparative of af, Ags. of, which see; therefore it conveys the idea of forth, away, from, back), a) adv., thereupon, afterwards, 12, 341, 1390, 2155.—ic him äfter sceal, I shall go after them, 2817; in word äfter cwäð, 315, the meaning seems to be, spoke back, having turned; b) prep. w. dat., 1) (temporal) after, 119, 128, 187, 825, 1939, etc.; äfter beorne, after the (death of) the hero, 2261, so 2262; äfter mâððum-welan, after (obtaining) the treasure, 2751.—2) (causal) as proceeding from something, indicating result and purpose, hence, in consequence of, conformably to: äfter rihte, in accordance with right, 1050, 2111; äfter faroðe, with the current, 580; so 1321, 1721, 1944, 2180, etc., äfter heaðo-swâte, in consequence of the blood of battle, 1607; äfter wälnîðe, in consequence of mortal enmity, 85; in accordance with, on account of, after, about: äfter äðelum (hæleþum, MS.)frägn, asked about the descent, 332; ne frin þu äfter sælum, ask not after my welfare, 1323; äfter sincgyfan greóteð, weeps for the giver of treasure, 1343; him äfter deórum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880; ân äfter ânum, one for the other, 2462, etc.—3) (local), along: äfter gumcynnum, throughout the races of men, among men, 945; sôhte bed äfter bûrum, sought a bed among the rooms of the castle (the castle was fortified, the hall was not), 140; äfter recede wlât, looked along the hall, 1573; stone äfter stâne, smelt along the rocks, 2289; äfter lyfte, along the air through the air, 2833; similarly, 996, 1068, 1317, etc.
äled-leóma, w. m., (fire-light), torch: acc. sg. leóman, 3126. See leóma.
äled-leóma, n., (fire-light), torch: acc. sg. leóman, 3126. See leóma.
äppel-fealu, adj., dappled sorrel, or apple-yellow: nom. pl. äppel-fealuwe mearas, apple-yellow steeds, 2166.
äppel-fealu, adj., dappled sorrel, or apple-yellow: nom. pl. äppel-fealuwe mearas, apple-yellow steeds, 2166.
ärn, st. n., house, in the compounds heal-, hord-, medo-, þryð-, win-ärn.
ärn, st. n., house, in the compounds heal-, hord-, medo-, þryð-, win-ärn.
ät, prep. w. dat., with the fundamental meaning of nearness to something, hence 1) local, a) with, near, at, on, in (rest): ät hýðe, in harbor, 32; ät symle, at the meal, 81, ät âde, on the funeral-pile, 1111, 1115; ät þe ânum, with thee alone, 1378; ät wîge, in the fight, 1338; ät hilde, 1660, 2682; ät æte, in eating, 3027, etc. b) to, towards, at, on (motion to): deáðes wylm hrân ät heortan, seized upon the heart, 2271; gehêton ät härgtrafum, vowed at (or to) the temples of the gods, 175. c) with verbs of taking away, away from (as starting from near an object): geþeah þät ful ät Wealhþeón, took the cup from W., 630; fela ic gebâd grynna ät Grendle, from Grendel, 931; ät mînum fäder genam, took me from my father to himself, 2430.—2) temporal, at, in, at the time of: ät frumsceafte, in the beginning, 45; ät ende, at an end, 224; fand sînne dryhten ealdres ät ende, at the end of life, dying, 2791; similarly, 2823; ät feohgyftum, in giving gifts, 1090; ät sîðestan, finally, 3014.
ät, prep. w. dat., with the basic meaning of proximity to something, hence 1) local, a) with, near, at, on, in (rest): ät hýðe, in harbor, 32; ät symle, at the meal, 81; ät âde, on the funeral-pile, 1111, 1115; ät þe ânum, with you alone, 1378; ät wîge, in the fight, 1338; ät hilde, 1660, 2682; ät æte, in eating, 3027, etc. b) to, towards, at, on (motion to): deáðes wylm hrân ät heortan, seized upon the heart, 2271; gehêton ät härgtrafum, vowed at (or to) the temples of the gods, 175. c) with verbs of taking away, away from (as starting from near an object): geþeah þät ful ät Wealhþeón, took the cup from W., 630; fela ic gebâd grynna ät Grendle, from Grendel, 931; ät mînum fäder genam, took me from my father to himself, 2430.—2) temporal, at, in, at the time of: ät frumsceafte, in the beginning, 45; ät ende, at an end, 224; fand sînne dryhten ealdres ät ende, at the end of life, dying, 2791; similarly, 2823; ät feohgyftum, in giving gifts, 1090; ät sîðestan, finally, 3014.
āt-grēpe, adj., grabbing, prehendens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ædre, êdre, st. f., aqueduct, canal (not in Beów.), vein (not in Beów.), stream, violent pouring forth: dat. pl. swât ædrum sprong, the blood sprang in streams, 2967; blôd êdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743.
ædre, êdre, n. f., aqueduct, canal (not mentioned in Beowulf), vein (not mentioned in Beowulf), stream, violent pouring forth: dat. pl. swât ædrum sprong, the blood sprang in streams, 2967; blôd êdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743.
evening-gram, adj., hostile at night, night-enemy: nom. sg. m. evening-grom, of Grendel, 2075.
æfen-leóht, st. n., evening-light: nom. sg., 413.
evening light, n., evening light: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
evening-rest, n., evening-rest: acc. sg. -rest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
æfen-spræc, st. f., evening-talk: acc. sg. gemunde ...æfen-spræce, thought about what he had spoken in the evening, 760.
evening-talk, noun, evening conversation: accusative singular gemunde ...evening conversation, reflected on what he had said in the evening, 760.
æg-hwäðer (O.H.G. êo-ga-hwëdar): 1) each (of two): nom. sg. häfde æghwäðer ende gefêred, each of the two (Beówulf and the drake) had reached the end, 2845; dat. sg. æghwäðrum wäs brôga fram ôðrum, to each of the two (Beówulf and the drake) was fear of the other, 2565; gen. sg. æghwäðres ... worda and worca, 287.—2) each (of several): dat. sg. heora æghwäðrum, 1637.
æg-hwäðer (O.H.G. êo-ga-hwëdar): 1) each (of two): nom. sg. häfde æghwäðer ende gefêred, each of the two (Beówulf and the dragon) had reached the end, 2845; dat. sg. æghwäðrum wäs brôga fram ôðrum, to each of the two (Beówulf and the dragon) was fear of the other, 2565; gen. sg. æghwäðres ... worda and worca, 287.—2) each (of several): dat. sg. heora æghwäðrum, 1637.
æg-hwilc (O.H.G. êo-gi-hwëlih), pron., unusquisque, every (one): 1) used as an adj.: acc. sg. m. dæl æghwylcne, 622.—2) as substantive, a) with the partitive genitive: nom. sg. æg-hwylc, 9, 2888; dat. sg. æghwylcum, 1051. b) without gen.: nom. sg. æghwylc, 985, 988; (wäs) æghwylc ôðrum trýwe, each one (of two) true to the other, 1166.
æg-hwilc (O.H.G. êo-gi-hwëlih), pron., each, every (one): 1) used as an adj.: acc. sg. m. dæl æghwylcne, 622.—2) as a noun, a) with the partitive genitive: nom. sg. æg-hwylc, 9, 2888; dat. sg. æghwylcum, 1051. b) without gen.: nom. sg. æghwylc, 985, 988; (was) æghwylc ôðrum trýwe, each one (of two) true to the other, 1166.
æht (abstract form from âgan, denoting the state of possessing), st. f.: 1) possession, power: acc. sg. on flôdes æht, 42; on wäteres æht, into the power of the water, 516; on æht gehwearf Denigea freán, passed over into the possession of a Danish master, 1680.—2) property, possessions, goods: acc. pl. æhte, 2249.—Comp. mâðm-, gold-æht.
æht (abstract form from âgan, meaning the state of having), st. f.: 1) possession, power: acc. sg. on flôdes æht, 42; on wäteres æht, into the power of the water, 516; on æht gehwearf Denigea freán, passed over into the possession of a Danish master, 1680.—2) property, possessions, goods: acc. pl. æhte, 2249.—Comp. mâðm-, gold-æht.
ær (comparative form, from â): 1) adv., sooner, before, beforehand, 15, 656, 695, 758, etc., for a long time, 2596; eft swâ ær, again as formerly, 643; ær ne siððan, neither sooner nor later, 719; ær and sîð, sooner and later (all times), 2501; nô þý ær (not so much the sooner), yet not, 755, 1503, 2082, 2161, 2467.—2) conjunct., before, ere: a) with the ind.: ær hió tô setle geóng, 2020. b) w. subjunc.: ær ge fyr fêran, before you travel farther, 252; ær he on hwurfe 164, so 677, 2819; ær þon däg cwôme, ere the day break, 732; ær correlative to ær adv.: ær he feorh seleð, aldor an ôfre, ær he wille ..., he will sooner (rather) leave his life upon the shore, before (than) he will ..., 1372.—3) prepos. with dat., before ær deáðe, before death, 1389; ær däges hwîle, before daybreak, 2321; ær swylt-däge, before the day of death, 2799.
ear (comparative form, from â): 1) adv., sooner, before, in advance, 15, 656, 695, 758, etc., for a long time, 2596; again just like before, again as formerly, 643; neither sooner nor later, neither sooner nor later, 719; sooner and later (at all times), 2501; not so much the sooner (not so much the sooner), yet not, 755, 1503, 2082, 2161, 2467.—2) conjunct., before, ere: a) with the ind.: sooner she will settle down, 2020. b) w. subjunc.: before you travel further, before you travel farther, 252; before he arrives 164, so 677, 2819; before the day breaks, 732; he will sooner (rather) leave his life on the shore, before (than) he will ..., 1372.—3) prepos. with dat., before before death, 1389; before daybreak, 2321; before the day of death, 2799.
æror, comp. adv., sooner, beforehand, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; previously, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
ear-fathers, st. m., late father, deceased father: nom sg. so his ear-fathers, 2623.
ær-gestreón, st. n., old treasure, possessions dating from old times: acc sg., 1758; gen. sg. swylcra fela ærgestreóna, much of such old treasure, 2233. See gestreón.
ær-gestreón, n., old treasure, possessions from the past: acc sg., 1758; gen. sg. swylcra fela ærgestreóna, a lot of such old treasure, 2233. See gestreón.
ær-geweorc, st. n., work dating from old times: nom. sg. enta ær-geweorc, the old work of the giants (of the golden sword-hilt from Grendel's water-hall), 1680. See geweorc.
earlier work, noun, work from ancient times: nominative singular giants' earlier work, the ancient creation of the giants (of the golden sword-hilt from Grendel's water-hall), 1680. See geweorc.
ættren (see âttor), adj., poisonous: wäs þät blôd tô þäs hât, ættren ellorgâst, se ær inne swealt, so hot was the blood, (and) poisonous the demon (Grendel's mother) who died therein, 1618
ættren (see âttor), adj., poisonous: was that blood to that heat, after an alien creature, he who died there, so hot was the blood, (and) poisonous the demon (Grendel's mother) who died therein, 1618
bana, bona, w. m., murderer, 158, 588, 1103, etc.: acc. sg. bonan Ongenþeówes, of Hygelâc, although in reality his men slew Ongenþeów (2965 ff.), 1969. Figuratively of inanimate objects: ne wäs ecg bona, 2507; wearð wracu Weohstânes bana, 2614.—Comp.: ecg-, feorh-, gâst-, hand-, mûð-bana.
bana, bona, n. m., murderer, 158, 588, 1103, etc.: acc. sg. bonan Ongenþeówes, of Hygelâc, although in reality his men killed Ongenþeów (2965 ff.), 1969. Figuratively referring to inanimate objects: ne was ecg bona, 2507; became wracu Weohstânes bana, 2614.—Comp.: ecg-, feorh-, gâst-, hand-, mûð-bana.
for-bärnan, w. v., consume with fire: inf. hy hine ne môston ... brondefor-bärnan, they (the Danes) could not burn him (the dead Äschere) upon the funeral-pile, 2127.
for-bärnan, w. v., consume with fire: inf. hy hine ne môston ... brondefor-bärnan, they (the Danes) could not burn him (the dead Äschere) upon the funeral-pile, 2127.
ge-bædan, w. v., to press hard: pret. part. bysigum gebæded, distressed by trouble, difficulty, danger (of battle), 2581; to drive, to send forth: stræla storm strengum gebæded, the storm of arrows sent with strength, 3118; overcome: draca ... bealwe gebæded, the dragon ... overcome by the ills of battle, 2827.
ge-bædan, v. tr., to press hard: past participle bysigum gebæded, troubled by hardship, difficulty, danger (of battle), 2581; to drive, to send forth: stræla storm strengum gebæded, the storm of arrows sent with force, 3118; overcome: draca ... bealwe gebæded, the dragon ... overcome by the hardships of battle, 2827.
bæl (O.N. bâl), st. n., fire, flames: (wyrm) mid bæle fôr, passed (through the air) with fire, 2309; häfde landwara lîge befangan, bæle and bronde, with fire and burning, 2323.—Especially, the fire of the funeral-pile, the funeral-pile, 1110, 1117, 2127; ær he bæl cure, ere he sought the burning (i.e. died), 2819; hâtað ... hlæw gewyrcean ... äfter bæle, after I am burned, let a burial mound be thrown up (Beówulf's words), 2804.
bæl (O.N. bâl), n., fire, flames: (wyrm) mid bæle fôr, passed (through the air) with fire, 2309; häfde landwara lîge befangan, bæle and bronde, with fire and burning, 2323.—Especially, the fire of the funeral-pile, the funeral-pile, 1110, 1117, 2127; ær he bæl cure, before he sought the burning (i.e. died), 2819; hâtað ... hlæw gewyrcean ... äfter bæle, after I am burned, let a burial mound be raised (Beówulf's words), 2804.
bæl-wudu, n., wood for the cremation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-bæran, w. v., to conduct one's self, behave: inf. w. adv., ne gefrägen ic þâ mægðe ... sêl gebæran, I did not hear that a troop bore itself better, maintained a nobler deportment, 1013; he on eorðan geseah þone leófestan lîfes ät ende bleáte gebæran, saw the best-beloved upon the earth, at the end of his life, struggling miserably (i.e. in a helpless situation), 2825.
be, prep. w. dat. (with the fundamental meaning near, "but not of one direction, as ät, but more general"): 1) local, near by, near, at, on (rest): be ýdlâfe uppe lægon, lay above, upon the deposit of the waves (upon the strand, of the slain nixies), 566; häfde be honda, held by the hand (Beówulf held Grendel), 815; be sæm tweonum, in the circuit of both the seas, 859, 1686; be mäste, on the mast, 1906; by fýre, by the fire, 2220; be nässe, at the promontory, 2244; sät be þæm gebrôðrum twæm, sat by the two brothers, 1192; wäs se gryre lässa efne swâ micle swâ bið mägða cräft be wæpnedmen, the terror was just so much less, as is the strength of woman to the warrior (i.e. is valued by), 1285, etc.—2) also local, but of motion from the subject in the direction of the object, on, upon, by: gefêng be eaxle, seized by the shoulder, 1538; âlêdon leófne þeóden be mäste, laid the dear lord near the mast, 36; be healse genam, took him by the neck, fell upon his neck, 1873; wæpen hafenade be hiltum, grasped the weapon by the hilt, 1757, etc.—3) with this is connected the causal force, on account of, for, according to: ic þis gid be þe âwräc, I spake this solemn speech for thee, for thy sake, 1724; þû þe lær be þon, learn according to this, from this, 1723; be fäder lâre, according to her father's direction, 1951.—4) temporal, while, during: be þe lifigendum, while thou livest, during thy life, 2666. See bî.
be, prep. w. dat. (with the fundamental meaning near, "but not of one direction, like ät, but more general"): 1) local, nearby, near, at, on (rest): be ýdlâfe uppe lægon, lay above, upon the deposit of the waves (upon the shore, of the slain mermaids), 566; häfde be honda, held by the hand (Beowulf held Grendel), 815; be sæm tweonum, in the circuit of both the seas, 859, 1686; be mäste, on the mast, 1906; by fýre, by the fire, 2220; be nässe, at the promontory, 2244; sät be þæm gebrôðrum twæm, sat by the two brothers, 1192; wäs se gryre lässa efne swâ micle swâ bið mägða cräft be wæpnedmen, the terror was just so much less, as the strength of a woman compared to a warrior (i.e. is valued by), 1285, etc.—2) also local, but indicating motion from the subject toward the object, on, upon, by: gefêng be eaxle, seized by the shoulder, 1538; âlêdon leófne þeóden be mäste, laid the dear lord near the mast, 36; be healse genam, took him by the neck, fell upon his neck, 1873; wæpen hafenade be hiltum, grasped the weapon by the hilt, 1757, etc.—3) with this is connected the causal force, on account of, for, according to: ic þis gid be þe âwräc, I spoke this solemn speech for you, for your sake, 1724; þû þe lär be þon, learn according to this, from this, 1723; be fäder lâre, according to her father's direction, 1951.—4) temporal, while, during: be þe lifigendum, while you live, during your life, 2666. See bî.
begen, fem. bâ, both: nom. m., 536, 770, 2708; acc. fem. on bâ healfa, on two sides (i.e. Grendel and his mother), 1306; dat. m. bâm, 2197; and in connection with the possessive instead of the personal pronoun, ûrum bâm, 2661; gen. n. bega, 1874, 2896; bega gehwäðres, each one of the two, 1044; bega folces, of both peoples, 1125.
begen, fem. bâ, both: nom. m., 536, 770, 2708; acc. fem. on bâ healfa, on two sides (i.e. Grendel and his mother), 1306; dat. m. bâm, 2197; and in connection with the possessive instead of the personal pronoun, ûrum bâm, 2661; gen. n. bega, 1874, 2896; bega gehwäðres, each one of the two, 1044; bega folces, of both peoples, 1125.
ge-belgan, st. v. (properly, to cause to swell, to swell), to irritate: w. dat. (pret. subj.) þät he êcean dryhtne bitre gebulge, that he had bitterly angered the eternal Lord, 2332; pret. part. gebolgen, 1540; (gebolge, MS.), 2222; pl. gebolgne, 1432; more according to the original meaning in torne gebolgen, 2402.
ge-belgan, st. v. (literally, to cause to swell, to swell), to irritate: w. dat. (past subj.) þät he êcean dryhtne bitre gebulge, that he had bitterly angered the eternal Lord, 2332; past part. gebolgen, 1540; (gebolge, MS.), 2222; pl. gebolgne, 1432; more aligned with the original meaning in torne gebolgen, 2402.
bera (O.N. beri), w. m., bearer: in comp. hleor-bera.
bera (O.N. beri), w. m., bearer: in comp. hleor-bera.
beran, st. v. w. acc., to carry; III. sg. pres. byreð, 296, 448; þone mâððum byreð, carries the treasure (upon his person), 2056; pres. subj. bere, 437; pl. beren, 2654; inf. beran, 48, 231, 291, etc.; hêht þâ se hearda Hrunting beran, to bring Hrunting, 1808; up beran, 1921; in beran, 2153; pret. bär, 495, 712, 847, etc.; mandryhtne bär fäted wæge, brought the lord the costly vessel, 2282; pl. bæron, 213, 1636, etc.; bæran, 2851; pret. part. boren, 1193, 1648, 3136.—The following expressions are poetic paraphrases of the forms go, come: þät we rondas beren eft tô earde, 2654; gewîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; ic gefrägn sunu Wihstânes hringnet beran, 2755; wîgheafolan bär, 2662; helmas bæron, 240 (conjecture); scyldas bæran, 2851: they lay stress upon the connection of the man with his weapons.
beran, verb with accusative, to carry; 3rd person singular present byreð, 296, 448; þone mâððum byreð, carries the treasure (on his person), 2056; present subjunctive bere, 437; plural beren, 2654; infinitive beran, 48, 231, 291, etc.; hêht þâ se hearda Hrunting beran, to bring Hrunting, 1808; up beran, 1921; in beran, 2153; past bär, 495, 712, 847, etc.; mandryhtne bär fäted wæge, brought the lord the costly vessel, 2282; plural bæron, 213, 1636, etc.; bæran, 2851; past participle boren, 1193, 1648, 3136.—The following phrases are poetic ways of expressing go, come: þät we rondas beren eft tô earde, 2654; gewîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; ic gefrægn sunu Wihstânes hringnet beran, 2755; wîgheafolan bär, 2662; helmas bæron, 240 (speculation); scyldas bæran, 2851: they emphasize the connection of the man with his weapons.
ät-beran, to carry to: inf. tô beadulâce (battle) ätberan, 1562; pret. þâ hine on morgentîd on Heaðoræmas holm up ätbär, the sea bore him up to the Heaðoræmas, 519; hió Beówulfe medoful ätbär brought Beówulf the mead-cup, 625; mägenbyrðenne ... hider ût ätbär cyninge mînum, bore the great burden hither to my king, 3093; pl. hî hyne ätbæron tô brimes faroðe, 28.
ät-beran, to carry to: inf. tô beadulâce (battle) ätberan, 1562; pret. þâ hine on morgentîd on Heaðoræmas holm up ätbär, the sea bore him up to the Heaðoræmas, 519; hió Beóðulfe medoful ätbär brought Beowulf the mead-cup, 625; mägenbyrðenne ... hider ût ätbär cyninge mînum, bore the great burden hither to my king, 3093; pl. hî hyne ätbæron tô brimes faroðe, 28.
for-beran, to hold, to suppress: inf. þät he þone breóstwylm forberan ne mehte, that he could not suppress the emotions of his breast, 1878.
for-beran, to hold, to suppress: inf. þät he þone breóstwylm forberan ne mehte, that he could not suppress the emotions of his breast, 1878.
ge-beran, to bring forth, to bear: pret. part. þät lâ mäg secgan se þe sôð and riht fremeð on folce ... þät þes eorl wære geboren betera (that may every just man of the people say, that this nobleman is better born), 1704.
ge-beran, to bring forth, to bear: past participle þät lâ mäg secgan se þe sôð and riht fremeð on folce ... þät þes eorl wære geboren betera (that may every just man of the people say, that this nobleman is better born), 1704.
ôð-beran, to bring hither: pret. þâ mec sæ ôðbär on Finna land, 579.
ôð-beran, to bring here: past tense then I was brought to the land of the Finns, 579.
on-beran (O.H.G. in bëran, intpëran, but in the sense of carere), auferre, to carry off, to take away: inf. îren ærgôd þät þäs ahlæcan blôdge beadufolme onberan wolde, excellent sword which would sweep off the bloody hand of the demon, 991; pret. part. (wäs) onboren beága hord, the treasure of the rings had been carried off, 2285.—Compounds with the pres. part.: helm-, sâwl-berend.
on-beran (Old High German in bëran, intpëran, but in the sense of carrying), to bring away, to carry off, to take away: inf. îren ærgôd þät þäs ahlæcan blôdge beadufolme onberan wolde, excellent sword which would sweep off the bloody hand of the demon, 991; pret. part. (was) onboren beága hord, the treasure of the rings had been carried off, 2285.—Compounds with the present part.: helm-, sâwl-berend.
for-berstan, break, to fly asunder: pret. Nägling forbärst, Nägling (Beówulf's sword) broke in two, 2681.
for-berstan, break, to fly asunder: past tense Nägling forbärst, Nägling (Beowulf's sword) broke in two, 2681.
ge-betan: 1) to make good, to remove: pret. ac þu Hrôðgâre wîdcûðne weán wihte gebêttest, hast thou in any way relieved Hrôðgâr of the evil known afar, 1992; pret. part. acc. sg. swylce oncýððe ealle gebêtte, removed all trouble, 831. —2) to avenge: inf. wihte ne meahte on þam feorhbonan fæhðe gebêtan, could in no way avenge the death upon the slayer, 2466.
ge-betan: 1) to make good, to remove: pret. ac þu Hrôðgâre wîdcûðne weán wihte gebêttest, have you in any way relieved Hrôðgâr of the known evil, 1992; pret. part. acc. sg. swylce oncýððe ealle gebêtte, removed all trouble, 831. —2) to avenge: inf. wihte ne meahte on þam feorhbonan fæhðe gebêtan, could in no way avenge the death upon the slayer, 2466.
beadu-folm, st. f., battle-hand: acc. sg. -folme, of Grendel's hand, 991.
beadu-folm, noun, battle-hand: accusative singular -folme, of Grendel's hand, 991.
beado-grîma, w. m., (battle-mask), helmet: acc. pl. -grîman, 2258.
beado-grîma, m., (battle-mask), helmet: acc. pl. -grîman, 2258.
beado-hrägl, st. n., (battle-garment), corselet, shirt of mail, 552.
beado-hrägl, n., (battle-garment), corselet, shirt of mail, 552.
beado-leóma, w. m., (battle-light), sword: nom. sg., 1524.
beado-leóma, n. m., (battle-light), sword: nom. sg., 1524.
beado-mêce, st. m., battle-sword: nom. pl. beado-mêcas, 1455.
beado-mêce, n., battle sword: nom. pl. beado-mêcas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
beado-rinc, st. m., battle-hero, warrior: gen. pl. betst beadorinca, 1110.
beado-rinc, st. m., battle-hero, warrior: gen. pl. betst beadorinca, 1110.
beadu-scearp, adj., battle-sharp, sharp for the battle, 2705.
beadu-scearp, adj., battle-ready, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
beadu-scrûd, st. n., (battle-dress), corselet, shirt of mail: gen. pl. beaduscrûda betst, 453.
beadu-scrûd, n., (battle-dress), corslet, chainmail shirt: gen. pl. beaduscrûda betst, 453.
beadu-serce, w. f., (battle-garment), corselet, shirt of mail: acc. sg. brogdne beadu-sercean (because it consists of interlaced metal rings), 2756.
beadu-serce, n. (battle-garment), corselet, chainmail shirt: acc. sg. brogdne beadu-sercean (because it is made of interlaced metal rings), 2756.
beado-weorc, st. n., (battle-work), battle: gen. sg. gefeh beado-weorces, rejoiced at the battle, 2300.
beado-weorc, n., (battle-work), battle: gen. sg. gefeh beado-weorces, rejoiced at the battle, 2300.
bealo-cwealm, st. m., violent death, death by the sword(?), 2266.
bealo-cwealm, st. m., violent death, death by the sword(?), 2266.
bealo-hycgende, pres. part., thinking of death, meditating destruction: gen. pl. æghwäðrum bealo-hycgendra, 2566.
bealo-hycgende, present participle, contemplating death, reflecting on destruction: general plural æghwäðrum bealo-hycgendra, 2566.
bealo-hydig, adj., thinking of death, meditating destruction: of Grendel, 724.
bealo-hydig, adj., contemplating death, reflecting on destruction: of Grendel, 724.
bearm, m., gremium, sinus, lap, bosom: nom. sg. foldan bearm, 1138; acc. sg. on bearm scipes, 35, 897; on bearm nacan, 214; him on bearm hladan bunan and discas, 2776.—2) figuratively, possession, property, because things bestowed were placed in the lap of the receiver (1145 and 2195, on bearm licgan, âlecgan); dat. sg. him tô bearme cwom mâððumfät mære, came into his possession, 2405.
bearm, m., group, bosom, lap, bosom: nom. sg. foldan bearm, 1138; acc. sg. on bearm scipes, 35, 897; on bearm nacan, 214; him on bearm hladan bunan and discas, 2776.—2) figuratively, possession, property, because things given were placed in the lap of the receiver (1145 and 2195, on bearm licgan, âlecgan); dat. sg. him tô bearme cwom mâððumfät mære, came into his possession, 2405.
bearn, st. n., 1) child, son: nom. sg. bearn Healfdenes, 469, etc.; Ecglâfes bearn, 499, etc.; dat. sg. bearne, 2371; nom. pl. bearn, 59; dat. pl. bearnum, 1075.—2) in a broader sense, scion, offspring, descendant: nom. sg. Ongenþeów's bearn, of his grandson, 2388; nom. pl. yldo. bearn, 70; gumena bearn, children of men, 879; häleða bearn, 1190; äðelinga bearn, 3172; acc. pl. ofer ylda bearn, 606; dat. pl. ylda bearnum, 150; gen. pl. niðða bearna, 1006.—Comp.: brôðor-, dryht-bearn.
bearn, n. 1) child, son: nom. sg. bearn Healfdenes, 469, etc.; Ecglâfes bearn, 499, etc.; dat. sg. bearne, 2371; nom. pl. bearn, 59; dat. pl. bearnum, 1075.—2) in a broader sense, descendant, offspring: nom. sg. Ongenþeów's bearn, of his grandson, 2388; nom. pl. yldo. bearn, 70; gumena bearn, children of men, 879; häleða bearn, 1190; äðelinga bearn, 3172; acc. pl. ofer ylda bearn, 606; dat. pl. ylda bearnum, 150; gen. pl. niðða bearna, 1006.—Comp.: brôðor-, dryht-bearn.
bearn-gebyrdu, f., birth, birth of a son: gen. sg. þät hyre ealdmetod êste wære bearn-gebyrdo, has been gracious through the birth of such a son (i.e. as Beówulf), 947.
bearn-gebyrdu, f., birth, birth of a son: gen. sg. þät hyre ealdmetod êste wære bearn-gebyrdo, has been gracious through the birth of such a son (i.e. as Beowulf), 947.
beág, st. m., ring, ornament: nom. sg. beáh (neck-ring), 1212; acc. sg. beáh (the collar of the murdered king of the Heaðobeardnas), 2042; bêg (collective for the acc. pl.), 3165; dat. sg. cwom Wealhþeó forð gân under gyldnum beáge, she walked along under a golden head-ring, wore a golden diadem, 1164; gen. sg. beáges (of a collar), 1217; acc. pl. beágas (rings in general), 80, 523, etc.; gen. pl. beága, 35, 352, 1488, 2285, etc.— Comp.: earm-, heals-beág.
beág, n. m., ring, ornament: nom. sg. beáh (neck-ring), 1212; acc. sg. beáh (the collar of the murdered king of the Heaðobeardnas), 2042; bêg (collective for the acc. pl.), 3165; dat. sg. cwom Wealhþeó forð gân under gyldnum beáge, she walked along under a golden head-ring, wore a golden diadem, 1164; gen. sg. beáges (of a collar), 1217; acc. pl. beágas (rings in general), 80, 523, etc.; gen. pl. beága, 35, 352, 1488, 2285, etc.— Comp.: earm-, heals-beág.
beág-hroden, adj., adorned with rings, ornamented with clasps: nom. sg. beághroden, cwên, of Hrôðgâr's consort, perhaps with reference to her diadem (cf. 1164, 624.
beág-hroden, adj., decorated with rings, embellished with clasps: nom. sg. beághroden, cwên, of Hrôðgâr's queen, possibly referring to her crown (cf. 1164, 624.
beáh-wriða, w. m. ring-band, ring with prominence given to its having the form of a band: acc. sg. beáh-wriðan, 2019.
beáh-wriða, n. ring-band, a ring that stands out because it looks like a band: acc. sg. beáh-wriðan, 2019.
beám, st. m., tree, only in the compounds fyrgen-, gleó-beám.
beám, st. m., tree, only in the compounds fyrgen-, gleó-beám.
beorh, st. m.: 1) mountain, rock: dat. sg. beorge, 211; gen. sg. beorges, 2525, 2756; acc. pl. beorgas, 222.—2) grave-mound, tomb-hill: acc. sg. biorh, 2808; beorh, 3098, 3165. A grave-mound serves the drake as a retreat (cf. 2277, 2412): nom. sg. beorh, 2242; gen. sg. beorges, 2323.—Comp. stân-beorh.
beorh, st. m.: 1) mountain, rock: dat. sg. beorge, 211; gen. sg. beorges, 2525, 2756; acc. pl. beorgas, 222.—2) grave-mound, tomb-hill: acc. sg. biorh, 2808; beorh, 3098, 3165. A grave-mound serves the drake as a retreat (cf. 2277, 2412): nom. sg. beorh, 2242; gen. sg. beorges, 2323.—Comp. stân-beorh.
beorh, st. f., veil, covering, cap; only in the comp. heáfod-beorh.
beorh, st. f., veil, covering, cap; only in the combination heáfod-beorh.
ymb-beorgan, to surround protectingly: pret. sg. bring ûtan ymb-bearh, 1504.
ymb-beorgan, to surround protectively: past tense singular bring outside ymb-bearh, 1504.
beorht, byrht, adj.: 1) gleaming, shining, radiant, shimmering: nom. sg. beorht, of the sun, 570, 1803; beorhta, of Heorot, 1178; þät beorhte bold, 998; acc. sg. beorhtne, of Beówulf's grave-mound, 2804; dat. sg. tô þære byrhtan (here-byrhtan, MS.) byrig, 1200; acc. pl. beorhte frätwe, 214, 897; beorhte randas, 231; bordwudu beorhtan, 1244; n. beorht hofu, 2314. Superl.: beácna beorhtost, 2778. —2) excellent, remarkable: gen. sg. beorhtre bôte, 158. —Comp.: sadol-, wlite-beorht.
beorht, byrht, adj.: 1) gleaming, shining, radiant, shimmering: nom. sg. beorht, of the sun, 570, 1803; beorhta, of Heorot, 1178; þät beorhte bold, 998; acc. sg. beorhtne, of Beowulf's grave-mound, 2804; dat. sg. tô þære byrhtan (here-byrhtan, MS.) byrig, 1200; acc. pl. beorhte frätwe, 214, 897; beorhte randas, 231; bordwudu beorhtan, 1244; n. beorht hofu, 2314. Superl.: beácna beorhtost, 2778. —2) excellent, remarkable: gen. sg. beorhtre bôte, 158. —Comp.: sadol-, wlite-beorht.
beorhte, adv., brilliantly, brightly, radiantly, 1518.
brightly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
beorn, st. m., hero, warrior, noble man: nom. sg. (Hrôðgâr), 1881, (Beówulf), 2434, etc.; acc. sg. (Beów.), 1025, (Äschere), 1300; dat. sg. beorne, 2261; nom. pl. beornas (Beówulf and his companions), 211, (Hrôðgâr's guests), 857; gen. pl. biorna (Beówulf's liege-men), 2405.—Comp.: folc-, gûð-beorn.
ge-beornan, to be burned: pret. gebarn, 2698.
to be burned: pret. gebarn, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
beorn-cyning, st. m., king of warriors, king of heroes: nom. sg. (as voc.), 2149.
beorn-cyning, st. m., king of warriors, king of heroes: nom. sg. (as voc.), 2149.
beódan, st. v.: 1) to announce, to inform, to make known: inf. biódan, 2893.—2) to offer, to proffer (as the notifying of a transaction in direct reference to the person concerned in it): pret. pl. him geþingo budon, offered them an agreement, 1086; pret. part. þâ wäs æht boden Sweona leódum, then was pursuit offered the Swedish people, 2958; inf. ic þäm gôdan sceal mâðmas beódan, I shall offer the excellent man treasures, 385.
beódan, st. v.: 1) to announce, to inform, to make known: inf. biódan, 2893.—2) to offer, to proffer (as in notifying about a transaction directly related to the person involved): pret. pl. him geþingo budon, they offered him an agreement, 1086; pret. part. þâ wäs æht boden Sweona leódum, then pursuit was offered to the Swedish people, 2958; inf. ic þäm gôdan sceal mâðmas beódan, I shall offer the good man treasures, 385.
ge-beódan: 1) to command, to order: inf. hêt þâ gebeódan byre Wihstânes häleða monegum, þät hie..., the son of Wihstan caused orders to be given to many of the men..., 3111.—2) to offer: him Hygd gebeád hord and rîce, offered him the treasure and the chief power, 2370; inf. gûðe gebeódan, to offer battle, 604.
ge-beódan: 1) to command, to order: inf. hêt þâ gebeódan byre Wihstânes häleða monegum, þät hie..., the son of Wihstan caused orders to be given to many of the men..., 3111.—2) to offer: him Hygd gebeád hord and rîce, offered him the treasure and the chief power, 2370; inf. gûðe gebeódan, to offer battle, 604.
beód-geneát, st. m., table-companion: nom. and acc. pl. geneátas, 343, 1714.
beód-geneát, m., table-companion: nominative and accusative plural geneátas, 343, 1714.
beón, verb, to be, generally in the future sense, will be: pres. sg. I. gûðgeweorca ic beó gearo sôna, I shall immediately be ready for warlike deeds, 1826; sg. III. wâ bið þäm þe sceal..., woe to him who...! 183; so, 186; gifeðe bið is given, 299; ne bið þe wilna gâd (no wish will be denied thee), 661; þær þe bið manna þearf, if thou shalt need the warriors, 1836; ne bið swylc cwênlîc þeáw, is not becoming, honorable to a woman, 1941; eft sôna bið will happen directly, 1763; similarly, 1768, etc.; pl. þonne bióð brocene, then are broken, 2064; feor cýððe beóð sêlran gesôhte þam þe..., "terrae longinquae meliores sunt visitatu ei qui..." (Grein), 1839; imp. beó (bió) þu on ôfeste, hasten! 386, 2748; beó wið Geátas gläd, be gracious to the Geátas, 1174.
beón, verb, to be, generally in the future sense, will be: pres. sg. I. gûðgeweorca ic beó gearo sôna, I shall immediately be ready for warlike deeds, 1826; sg. III. wâ bið þäm þe sceal..., woe to him who...! 183; so, 186; gifeðe bið is given, 299; ne bið þe wilna gâd (no wish will be denied thee), 661; þær þe bið manna þearf, if you need the warriors, 1836; ne bið swylc cwênlîc þeáw, is not becoming or honorable for a woman, 1941; eft sôna bið will happen directly, 1763; similarly, 1768, etc.; pl. þonne bióð brocene, then are broken, 2064; feor cýððe beóð sêlran gesôhte þam þe..., "far-off lands are better visited by him who..." (Grein), 1839; imp. beó (bió) þu on ôfeste, hurry! 386, 2748; beó wið Geátas gläd, be gracious to the Geats, 1174.
beór-scealc, st. m., keeper of the beer, cup-bearer: gen. pl. beór-scealca sum (one of Hrôðgâr's followers, because they served the Geátas at meals), 1241.
beór-scealc, st. m., keeper of the beer, cup-bearer: gen. pl. beór-scealca sum (one of Hrôðgâr's followers, because they served the Geátas at meals), 1241.
biddan, st. v., to beg, to ask, to pray: pres. sg. I. dôð swâ ic bidde! 1232; inf. (w. acc. of the pers. and gen. of the thing asked for) ic þe biddan wille ânre bêne, beg thee for one, 427; pret. swâ he selfa bäd, as he himself had requested, 29; bäd hine blîðne (supply wesan) ät þære beórþege, begged him to be cheerful at the beer-banquet, 618; ic þe lange bäd þät þu..., begged you a long time that you, 1995; frioðowære bäd hlâford sînne, begged his lord for protection (acc. of pers. and gen. of thing), 2283; bäd þät ge geworhton, asked that you..., 3097; pl. wordum bædon þät..., 176.
biddan, st. v., to beg, to ask, to pray: pres. sg. I do as I ask! 1232; inf. (with acc. of the person and gen. of the thing asked for) I want to ask you for one, beg thee for one, 427; pret. as he himself had requested, as he himself had requested, 29; asked him to be cheerful at the beer banquet, begged him to be cheerful at the beer-banquet, 618; I begged you for a long time that you..., begged you a long time that you, 1995; the peace-weaver begged her lord for protection, begged his lord for protection (acc. of person and gen. of thing), 2283; asked that you all do..., asked that you..., 3097; pl. they asked in words that..., 176.
bindan, st. v., to bind, to tie: pret. part. acc. sg. wudu bundenne, the bound wood, i.e. the built ship, 216; bunden golde swurd, a sword bound with gold, i.e. either having its hilt inlaid with gold, or having gold chains upon the hilt (swords of both kinds have been found), 1901; nom. sg. heoru bunden, 1286, has probably a similar meaning.
bindan, st. v., to bind, to tie: past participle singular wudu bundenne, the bound wood, meaning the constructed ship, 216; bunden golde swurd, a sword bound with gold, which means either having its hilt inlaid with gold or having gold chains on the hilt (both types of swords have been discovered), 1901; nominative singular heoru bunden, 1286, likely has a similar meaning.
ge-bindan, to bind: pret. sg. þær ic fîfe geband, where I had bound five(?), 420; pret. part. cyninges þegn word ôðer fand sôðe gebunden, the king's man found (after many had already praised Beówulf's deed) other words (also referring to Beówulf, but in connection with Sigemund) rightly bound together, i.e. in good alliterative verses, as are becoming to a gid, 872; wundenmæl wrättum gebunden, sword bound with ornaments, i.e. inlaid, 1532; bisgum gebunden, bound together by sorrow, 1744; gomel gûðwîga eldo gebunden, hoary hero bound by old age (fettered, oppressed), 2112.
ge-bindan, to bind: past tense singular þar ic fîfe geband, where I had bound five(?), 420; past participle cyninges þegn word ôðer fand sôðe gebunden, the king's man found (after many had already praised Beówulf's deed) other words (also referring to Beówulf, but in connection with Sigemund) rightly bound together, i.e. in good alliterative verses, as are becoming to a gid, 872; wundenmæl wrättum gebunden, sword bound with ornaments, i.e. inlaid, 1532; bisgum gebunden, bound together by sorrow, 1744; gomel gûðwîga eldo gebunden, hoary hero bound by old age (fettered, oppressed), 2112.
on-bindan, to unbind, to untie, to loose: pret. onband, 501.
on-bindan, to unbind, to untie, to loosen: past tense onband, 501.
ge-bind, st. n. coll., that which binds, fetters: in comp. îs-gebind.
ge-bind, st. n. coll., that which binds, restrains: in comp. îs-gebind.
bitre, adv., bitterly (morally), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
bî, big (fuller form of the prep. be, which see), prep. w. dat.: 1) near, at, on, about, by (as under be, No. 1): bî sæm tweónum, in the circuit of both seas, 1957; ârâs bî ronde, raised himself up by the shield, 2539; bî wealle gesät, sat by the wall, 2718. With a freer position: him big stôdan bunan and orcas, round about him, 3048.—2) to, towards (motion): hwearf þâ bî bence, turned then towards the bench, 1189; geóng bî sesse, went to the seat, 2757.
bî, big (fuller form of the prep. be, which see), prep. w. dat.: 1) near, at, on, about, by (as under be, No. 1): bî sæm tweónum, in the circuit of both seas, 1957; ârâs bî ronde, raised himself up by the shield, 2539; bî wealle gesát, sat by the wall, 2718. With a freer position: him big stôdan bunan and orcas, round about him, 3048.—2) to, towards (motion): hwearf þâ bî bence, turned then towards the bench, 1189; geóng bî sesse, went to the seat, 2757.
bîdan, st. v.: 1) to delay, to stay, to remain, to wait: inf. nô on wealle leng bîdan wolde, would not stay longer within the wall (the drake), 2309; pret. in þýstrum bâd, remained in darkness, 87; flota stille bâd, the craft lay still, 301; receda ... on þäm se rîca bâd, where the mighty one dwelt, 310; þær se snottra bâd, where the wise man (Hrôðgâr) waited, 1314; he on searwum bâd, he (Beówulf) stood there armed, 2569; ic on earde bâd mælgesceafta, lived upon the paternal ground the time appointed me by fate, 2737; pret. pl. sume þær bidon, some remained, waited there, 400.—2) to await, to wait for, with the gen. of that which is awaited: inf. bîdan woldon Grendles gûðe, wished to await the combat with Grendel, to undertake it, 482; similarly, 528; wîges bîdan, await the combat, 1269; nalas andsware bîdan wolde, would await no answer, 1495; pret. bâd beadwa geþinges, awaited the event of the battle, 710; sægenga bâd âgend-freán, the sea-goer (boat) awaited its owner, 1883; sele ... heaðowylma bâd, lâðan lîges (the poet probably means to indicate by these words that the hall Heorot was destroyed later in a fight by fire; an occurrence, indeed, about which we know nothing, but which 1165 and 1166, and again 2068 ff. seem to indicate), 82.
bîdan, st. v.: 1) to delay, to stay, to remain, to wait: inf. nô on wealle leng bîdan wolde, would not stay longer within the wall (the drake), 2309; pret. in þýstrum bâd, remained in darkness, 87; flota stille bâd, the craft lay still, 301; receda ... on þäm se rîca bâd, where the mighty one dwelt, 310; þær se snottra bâd, where the wise man (Hrôðgâr) waited, 1314; he on searwum bâd, he (Beówulf) stood there armed, 2569; ic on earde bâd mælgesceafta, lived upon the paternal ground the time appointed me by fate, 2737; pret. pl. sume þær bidon, some remained, waited there, 400. — 2) to await, to wait for, with the gen. of that which is awaited: inf. bîdan woldon Grendles gûðe, wished to await the combat with Grendel, to undertake it, 482; similarly, 528; wîges bîdan, await the combat, 1269; nalas andsware bîdan wolde, would await no answer, 1495; pret. bâd beadwa geþinges, awaited the event of the battle, 710; sægenga bâd âgend-freán, the sea-goer (boat) awaited its owner, 1883; sele ... heaðowylma bâd, lâðan lîges (the poet probably means to indicate by these words that the hall Heorot was destroyed later in a fight by fire; an occurrence, indeed, about which we know nothing, but which 1165 and 1166, and again 2068 ff. seem to indicate), 82.
ge-bîdan: 1) to tarry, to wait: imp. gebîde ge on beorge, wait ye on the mountain, 2530; pret. part. þeáh þe wintra lyt under burhlocan gebiden häbbe Häreðes dôhtor although H's daughter had dwelt only a few years in the castle, 1929.—2) to live through, to experience, to expect (w. acc.): inf. sceal endedäg mînne gebîdan, shall live my last day, 639; ne wênde ... bôte gebîdan, did not hope ... to live to see reparation, 935; fela sceal gebîdan leófes and lâðes, experience much good and much affliction, 1061; ende gebîdan, 1387, 2343; pret. he þäs frôfre gebâd, received consolation (compensation) therefore, 7; gebâd wintra worn, lived a great number of years, 264; in a similar construction, 816, 930, 1619, 2259, 3117. With gen.: inf. tô gebîdanne ôðres yrfeweardes, to await another heir, 2453. With depend, clause: inf. tô gebîdanne þät his byre rîde on galgan, to live to see it, that his son hang upon the gallows, 2446; pret. dreám-leás gebâd þät he..., joyless he experienced it, that he..., 1721; þäs þe ic on aldre gebâd þät ic..., for this, that I, in my old age, lived to see that..., 1780.
ge-bîdan: 1) to linger, to wait: imp. gebîde ge on beorge, wait on the mountain, 2530; pret. part. þeáh þe wintra lyt under burhlocan gebiden häbbe Häreðes dôhtor although H's daughter had lived only a few years in the castle, 1929.—2) to live through, to experience, to expect (w. acc.): inf. sceal endedäg mînne gebîdan, shall live my last day, 639; ne wênde ... bôte gebîdan, did not hope ... to live to see reparation, 935; fela sceal gebîdan leófes and lâðes, experience much good and much hardship, 1061; ende gebîdan, 1387, 2343; pret. he þäs frôfre gebâd, received comfort (compensation) therefore, 7; gebâd wintra worn, lived a long life, 264; in a similar construction, 816, 930, 1619, 2259, 3117. With gen.: inf. tô gebîdanne ôðres yrfeweardes, to wait for another heir, 2453. With depend, clause: inf. tô gebîdanne þät his byre rîde on galgan, to live to see that his son hangs on the gallows, 2446; pret. dreám-leás gebâd þät he..., joylessly he experienced that he..., 1721; þäs þe ic on aldre gebâd þät ic..., for this, that I, in my old age, lived to see that..., 1780.
on-bîdan, to wait, to await: pret. hordweard onbâd earfoðlîce ôð þät æfen cwom, scarcely waited, could scarcely delay till it was evening, 2303.
on-bîdan, to wait, to await: pret. hordweard onbâd earfoðlîce ôð þæt æfen cwom, scarcely waited, could scarcely delay till it was evening, 2303.
ge-bland, ge-blond, st. n., mixture, heaving mass, a turning.—Comp.: sund-, ýð-geblond, windblond.
ge-bland, ge-blond, st. n., mixture, heaving mass, a turning.—Comp.: sund-, ýð-geblond, windblond.
blanden-feax, blonden-feax, adj., mixed, i.e. having gray hair, gray-headed, as epithet of an old man: nom. sg. blondenfeax, 1792; blondenfexa, 2963; dat. sg. blondenfeaxum, 1874; nom. pl. blondenfeaxe, 1595.
blanden-feax, blonden-feax, adj., mixed, meaning having gray hair, gray-headed, as a term for an old man: nom. sg. blondenfeax, 1792; blondenfexa, 2963; dat. sg. blondenfeaxum, 1874; nom. pl. blondenfeaxe, 1595.
blæd, st. m.: 1) strength, force, vigor: nom. sg. wäs hira blæd scacen (of both tribes), strength was gone, i.e. the bravest of both tribes lay slain, 1125; nu is þînes mägnes blæd âne hwîle, now the fulness of thy strength lasts for a time, 1762.—2) reputation, renown, knowledge (with stress upon the idea of filling up, spreading out): nom. sg. blæd, 18; (þîn) blæd is âræred, thy renown is spread abroad, 1704.
blæd, noun, masculine: 1) strength, force, vigor: nominative singular wäs hira blæd scacen (of both tribes), strength was gone, meaning the bravest of both tribes were slain, 1125; now is þînes mägnes blæd âne hwîle, now the fullness of your strength lasts for a time, 1762.—2) reputation, renown, knowledge (focusing on the idea of filling up, spreading out): nominative singular blæd, 18; (þîn) blæd is âræred, your renown is spread abroad, 1704.
blæd-âgend, pt., having renown, renowned: nom. pl. blæd-âgende, 1014.
blæd-âgend, pt., having fame, famous: nom. pl. blæd-âgende, 1014.
bleát, adj., miserable, helpless; only in comp. wäl-bleát.
bleát, adj., unhappy, powerless; only in comp. wäl-bleát.
bleáte, adv., miserably, helplessly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
blîð-heort, adj., joyous in heart, happy: nom. sg., 1803.
blîð-heort, adj., joyful in heart, happy: nom. sg., 1803.
blôd, st. n., blood: nom. sg., 1122; acc. sg., 743; dat. sg. blôde, 848; äfter deórum men him langað beorn wið blôde, the hero (Hrôðgâr) longs for the beloved man contrary to blood, i.e. he loves him although he is not related to him by blood, 1881; dat. as instr. blôde, 486, 935, 1595, etc.
blôd, n., blood: nom. sg., 1122; acc. sg., 743; dat. sg. blôde, 848; after deórum men him langað beorn wið blôde, the hero (Hrôðgâr) longs for the beloved man despite their lack of blood relation, i.e. he loves him even though they aren’t related by blood, 1881; dat. as instr. blôde, 486, 935, 1595, etc.
blod-fag, adj., spotted with blood, bloody, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
blôdig-tôð, adj., with bloody teeth: nom. sg. bona blôdig-tôð (of Grendel, because he bites his victims to death), 2083.
bloody-tooth, adj., with bloody teeth: nom. sg. bona bloody-tooth (of Grendel, because he bites his victims to death), 2083.
be-bod, st. n., command, order; in comp. wundor-bebod.
be-bod, st. n., command, order; in comp. wundor-bebod.
boga, w. m., bow, of the bended form; here of the dragon, in comp. hring-boga; as an instrument for shooting, in the comp. flân-, horn-boga; bow of the arch, in comp. stân-boga.
boga, w. m., bow, in a bent shape; here referring to the dragon, in comp. hring-boga; as a tool for shooting, in comp. flân-, horn-boga; arch-shaped bow, in comp. stân-boga.
bold-âgend, pt., house-owner, property-holder: gen. pl. monegum boldâgendra, 3113.
bold-âgend, pt., house-owner, property-holder: gen. pl. monegum boldâgendra, 3113.
bolgen-môd, adj., angry at heart, angry, 710, 1714.
bolgen-môd, adj., angry at heart, angry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
bora, w. m., carrier, bringer, leader: in the comp. mund-, ræd-, wæg-bora.
bora, w. m., carrier, bringer, leader: in the compounds mund-, ræd-, wæg-bora.
bord-häbbend, pt., one having a shield, shield-bearer: nom. pl. häbbende, 2896.
bord-häbbend, pt., one who carries a shield, shield-bearer: nom. pl. häbbende, 2896.
bord-hreóða, w. m., shield-cover, shield with particular reference to its cover (of hides or linden bark): dat. sg. -hreóðan, 2204.
bord-hreóða, m., shield-cover, shield specifically referring to its cover (made of hides or linden bark): dat. sg. -hreóðan, 2204.
bord-rand, noun, shield: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
bord-weall, st. m., shield-wall, wall of shields: acc. sg., 2981.
bord-weall, st. m., shield-wall, wall of shields: acc. sg., 2981.
brand, brond, st. m.: 1) burning, fire: nom. sg. þâ sceal brond fretan (the burning of the body), 3015; instr. sg. by hine ne môston ... bronde forbärnan (could not bestow upon him the solemn burning), 2127; häfde landwara lîge befangen, bæle and bronde, with glow, fire, and flame, 2323.—2) in the passage, þät hine nô brond ne beadomêcas bîtan ne meahton, 1455, brond has been translated sword, brand (after the O.N. brand-r). The meaning fire may be justified as well, if we consider that the old helmets were generally made of leather, and only the principal parts were mounted with bronze. The poet wishes here to emphasize the fact that the helmet was made entirely of metal, a thing which was very unusual.—3) in the passage, forgeaf þâ Beówulfe brand Healfdenes segen gyldenne, 1021, our text, with other editions, has emendated, bearn, since brand, if it be intended as a designation of Hrôðgâr (perhaps son), has not up to this time been found in this sense in A.-S.
brand, brond, n.: 1) burning, fire: nom. sg. þâ sceal brond fretan (the burning of the body), 3015; instr. sg. by hine ne môston ... bronde forbärnan (could not bestow upon him the solemn burning), 2127; häfde landwara lîge befangen, bæle and bronde, with glow, fire, and flame, 2323.—2) in the passage, þät hine nô brond ne beadomêcas bîtan ne meahton, 1455, brond has been translated sword, brand (after the O.N. brand-r). The meaning fire may also be valid, considering that the old helmets were generally made of leather, and only the key parts were covered with bronze. The poet wants to highlight that the helmet was entirely made of metal, which was very uncommon.—3) in the passage, forgeaf þâ Beówulfe brand Healfdenes segen gyldenne, 1021, our text, along with other versions, has corrected it to bearn, since brand, if it refers to Hrôðgâr (possibly son), hasn't been found in this sense in A.-S.
brant, bront, adj., raging, foaming, going-high, of ships and of waves: acc. sg. brontne, 238, 568.
brant, bront, adj., raging, foaming, high-reaching, of ships and waves: acc. sg. brontne, 238, 568.
brecan, st. v.: 1) to break, to break to pieces: pret. bânhringas bräc, (the sword) broke the joints, 1568. In a moral sense: pret. subj. þät þær ænig mon wære ne bræce, that no one should break the agreement, 1101; pret. part. þonne bióð brocene ... âð-sweord eorla, then are the oaths of the men broken, 2064.—2) probably also simply to break in upon something, to press upon, w. acc.: pret. sg. sædeór monig hildetuxum heresyrcan bräc, many a sea-animal pressed with his battle-teeth upon the shirt of mail (did not break it, for, according to 1549 f., 1553 f., it was still unharmed). 1512.—3) to break out, to spring out: inf. geseah ... streám ût brecan of beorge, saw a stream break out from the rocks, 2547; lêt se hearda Higelâces þegn brâdne mêce ... brecan ofer bordweal, caused the broadsword to spring out over the wall of shields, 2981.—4) figuratively, to vex, not to let rest: pret. hine fyrwyt bräc, curiosity tormented (N.H.G. brachte die Neugier um), 232, 1986, 2785.
brecan, st. v.: 1) to break, to shatter: pret. bânhringas bräc, (the sword) broke the joints, 1568. In a moral sense: pret. subj. þät þær ænig mon wære ne bræce, that no one should break the agreement, 1101; pret. part. þonne bióð brocene ... âð-sweord eorla, then are the oaths of the men broken, 2064.—2) probably also simply to interrupt, to press upon, w. acc.: pret. sg. sædeór monig hildetuxum heresyrcan bräc, many a sea-creature pressed with its battle-teeth upon the mail shirt (did not break it, for, according to 1549 f., 1553 f., it was still unharmed). 1512.—3) to break out, to emerge: inf. geseah ... streám ût brecan of beorge, saw a stream break out from the rocks, 2547; lêt se hearda Higelâces þegn brâdne mêce ... brecan ofer bordweal, caused the broadsword to spring out over the wall of shields, 2981.—4) figuratively, to disturb, to unsettle: pret. hine fyrwyt bräc, curiosity tormented (N.H.G. brachte die Neugier um), 232, 1986, 2785.
bregdan, st. v., properly to swing round, hence: 1) to swing: inf. under sceadu bregdan, swing among the shadows, to send into the realm of shadows, 708; pret. brägd ealde lâfe, swung the old weapon, 796; brägd feorh-genîðlan, swung his mortal enemy (Grendel's mother), threw her down, 1540; pl. git eágorstreám ... mundum brugdon, stirred the sea with your hands (of the movement of the hands in swimming), 514; pret. part. broden (brogden) mæl, the drawn sword, 1617, 1668.—2) to knit, to knot, to plait: inf., figuratively, inwitnet ôðrum bregdan, to weave a waylaying net for another (as we say in the same way, to lay a trap for another, to dig a pit for another), 2168; pret. part. beadohrägl broden, a woven shirt of mail (because it consisted of metal rings joined together), 552; similarly, 1549; brogdne beadusercean, 2756.
bregdan, st. v., properly to swing around, hence: 1) to swing: inf. under sceadu bregdan, swing among the shadows, to send into the realm of shadows, 708; pret. brägd ealde lâfe, swung the old weapon, 796; brägd feorh-genîðlan, swung his mortal enemy (Grendel's mother), threw her down, 1540; pl. git eágorstreám ... mundum brugdon, stirred the sea with your hands (of the movement of the hands in swimming), 514; pret. part. broden (brogden) mæl, the drawn sword, 1617, 1668. — 2) to knit, to tie, to braid: inf., figuratively, inwitnet ôðrum bregdan, to weave a waylaying net for another (as we say in the same way, to lay a trap for someone, to dig a pit for someone), 2168; pret. part. beadohrägl broden, a woven shirt of mail (because it consisted of metal rings joined together), 552; similarly, 1549; brogdne beadusercean, 2756.
â-bregdan, to swing: pret. hond up â-bräd, swung, raised his hand, 2576.
â-bregdan, to swing: pret. hond up â-bräd, swung, raised his hand, 2576.
ge-bregdan: 1) swing: pret. hring-mæl gebrägd, swung the ringed sword, 1565; eald sweord eácen ... þät ic þý wæpne gebrägd, an old heavy sword that I swung as my weapon, 1665; with interchanging instr. and acc. wällseaxe gebräd, biter and beadu-scearp, 2704; also, to draw out of the sheath: sweord ær gebräd, had drawn the sword before, 2563.—2) to knit, to knot, to plait: pret. part. bere-byrne hondum gebroden, 1444.
ge-bregdan: 1) swing: past tense hring-mæl gebrägd, swung the ringed sword, 1565; eald sweord eácen ... þät ic þý wæpne gebrägd, an old heavy sword that I swung as my weapon, 1665; with interchanging instrumental and accusative wällseaxe gebräd, biter and beadu-scearp, 2704; also, to draw out of the sheath: sweord ær gebräd, had drawn the sword before, 2563.—2) to knit, to knot, to plait: past participle bere-byrne hondum gebroden, 1444.
on-bregdan, to tear open, to throw open: pret. onbräd þâ recedes mûðan, had then thrown open the entrance of the hall (onbregdan is used because the opening door swings upon its hinges), 724.
on-bregdan, to tear open, to throw open: pret. onbräd þâ recedes mûðan, had then thrown open the entrance of the hall (onbregdan is used because the opening door swings upon its hinges), 724.
brego, m., prince, ruler: nom. sg. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
brego-stôl, st. m., throne, figuratively for rule: acc. sg. him gesealde seofon þûsendo, bold and brego-stôl, seven thousand see under sceat), a country-seat, and the dignity of a prince, 2197; þær him Hygd gebeád ... brego-stôl, where H. offered him the chief power, 2371; lêt þone bregostôl Beówulf healdan, gave over to Beówulf the chief power (did not prevent Beówulf from entering upon the government), 2390.
brego-stôl, m., throne, in a figurative sense for rule: accusative singular gesealde seofon þûsendo, bold and brego-stôl, seven thousand see under sceat), a country seat, and the dignity of a prince, 2197; there Hygd offered him ... brego-stôl, where H. offered him the chief power, 2371; let þeone bregostôl Beówulf healdan, gave over to Beowulf the chief power (did not prevent Beowulf from taking on the government), 2390.
breóst, st. n.: 1) breast: nom. sg., 2177; often used in the pl., so acc. þät mîne breóst wereð, which protects my breast, 453; dat. pl. beadohrägl broden on breóstum läg. 552.—2) the inmost thoughts, the mind, the heart, the bosom: nom. sg. breóst innan weóll þeóstrum geþoncum, his breast heaved with troubled thoughts, 2332; dat. pl. lêt þâ of breóstum word ût faran, caused the words to come out from his bosom, 2551.
breóst, st. n.: 1) breast: nom. sg., 2177; often used in the plural, so acc. þät mîne breóst wereð, which protects my breast, 453; dat. pl. beadohrägl broden on breóstum läg. 552.—2) the deepest thoughts, the mind, the heart, the bosom: nom. sg. breóst innan weóll þeóstrum geþoncum, his breast heaved with troubled thoughts, 2332; dat. pl. lêt þâ of breóstum word ût faran, caused the words to come out from his bosom, 2551.
breóst-gehygd, st. n. f., breast-thought, secret thought: instr. pl. -gehygdum, 2819.
breóst-gehygd, n. f., breast-thought, secret thought: instrumental plural -gehygdum, 2819.
breóst-gewædu, st. n. pl., breast-clothing, garment covering the breast, of the coat of mail: nom., 1212; acc., 2163.
breóst-gewædu, n. pl., clothing for the chest, garment that covers the chest, of the armor: nom., 1212; acc., 2163.
breóst-hord, st. m., breast-hoard, that which is locked in the breast, heart, mind, thought, soul: nom. sg., 1720; acc. sg., 2793.
breóst-hord, st. m., breast-hoard, what is hidden in the breast, heart, mind, thought, soul: nom. sg., 1720; acc. sg., 2793.
breóst-net, st. n., breast-net, shirt of chain-mail, coat of mail: nom. sg. breóst-net broden, 1549.
breóst-net, n., breast-net, chainmail shirt, coat of mail: nom. sg. breóst-net broden, 1549.
breóst-weorðung, st. f., ornament that is worn upon the breast: acc. sg. breóst-weorðunge, 2505: here the collar is meant which Beówulf receives from Wealhþeów (1196, 2174) as a present, and which B., according to 2173, presents to Hygd, while, according to 1203, it is in the possession of her husband Hygelâc. In front the collar is trimmed with ornaments (frätwe), which hang down upon the breast, hence the name breóst-weorðung.
breóst-weorðung, noun, an ornament worn on the breast: accusative singular breóst-weorðunge, 2505: this refers to the collar that Beowulf receives from Wealhtheow (1196, 2174) as a gift, and which Beowulf, according to 2173, gives to Hygd, while according to 1203, it belongs to her husband Hygelac. The front of the collar is decorated with ornaments (frätwe) that hang down on the breast, which is why it is called breóst-weorðung.
breóst-wylm, st. m., heaving of the breast, emotion of the bosom: acc. sg, 1878.
breóst-wylm, st. m., heaving of the breast, emotion of the bosom: acc. sg, 1878.
â-breótan, same as above: pret. þone þe heó on räste âbreát, whom she killed upon his couch, 1299; pret. part. þâ þät monige gewearð, þät hine seó brimwylf âbroten häfde, many believed that the sea-wolf (Grendel's mother) had killed him, 1600; hî hyne ... âbroten häfdon, had killed him (the dragon), 2708.
â-breótan, same as above: killed the one she killed on his couch, whom she killed upon his couch, 1299; past participle that many believed that the sea-wolf had killed him, many believed that the sea-wolf (Grendel's mother) had killed him, 1600; they... had killed him, had killed him (the dragon), 2708.
brim-lîðend, pt, sea-farer, sailor acc. p. -lîðende, 568.
brim-lîðend, pt, sea-farer, sailor acc. p. -lîðende, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
brim-streám, st. m., sea-stream, the flood of the sea: acc. pl. ofer brim-streámas, 1911.
brim-streám, m., sea-stream, the flood of the sea: acc. pl. ofer brim-streámas, 1911.
brim-wylm, m., sea wave: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
bringan, anom. v., to bring, to bear: prs. sg. I. ic þe þûsenda þegna bringe tô helpe, bring to your assistance thousands of warriors, 1830; inf. sceal hringnaca ofer heáðu bringan lâc and luftâcen, shall bring gifts and love-tokens over the high sea, 1863; similarly, 2149, 2505; pret. pl. we þâs sælâc ... brôhton, brought this sea-offering (Grendel's head), 1654.
bringan, anom. v., to bring, to bear: prs. sg. I. I bring thousands of warriors to help you, bring to your assistance thousands of warriors, 1830; inf. must bring gifts and love-tokens over the high sea, shall bring gifts and love-tokens over the high sea, 1863; similarly, 2149, 2505; pret. pl. we then brought this sea-offering ... brôhton, brought this sea-offering (Grendel's head), 1654.
ge-bringan, to bring: pres. subj. pl. þat we þone gebringan ... on âdfäre, that we bring him upon the funeral-pile, 3010.
ge-bringan, to bring: pres. subj. pl. that we bring him ... on âdfäre, that we bring him upon the funeral-pile, 3010.
brûcan, st. v. w. gen., to use, to make use of: prs. sg. III. se þe longe her worolde brûceð, who here long makes use of the world, i.e. lives long, 1063; imp. brûc manigra mêda, make use of many rewards, give good rewards, 1179; to enjoy: inf. þät he beáhhordes brûcan môste, could enjoy the ring-hoard, 895; similarly, 2242, 3101; pret. breác lîfgesceafta, enjoyed the appointed life, lived the appointed time, 1954. With the genitive to be supplied: breác þonne môste, 1488; imp. brûc þisses beáges, enjoy this ring, take this ring, 1217. Upon this meaning depends the form of the wish, wel brûcan (compare the German geniesze froh!): inf. hêt hine wel brûcan, 1046; hêt hine brûcan well, 2813; imp. brûc ealles well, 2163.
brûcan, st. v. w. gen., to use, to make use of: prs. sg. III. he who uses the world here for a long time, who here long makes use of the world, i.e. lives long, 1063; imp. enjoy many rewards, make use of many rewards, give good rewards, 1179; to enjoy: inf. that he could enjoy the ring-hoard, could enjoy the ring-hoard, 895; similarly, 2242, 3101; pret. enjoyed the appointed life, enjoyed the appointed life, lived the appointed time, 1954. With the genitive to be supplied: enjoyed then he could, 1488; imp. enjoy this ring, enjoy this ring, take this ring, 1217. Upon this meaning depends the form of the wish, may you enjoy (compare the German geniesze froh!): inf. he ordered him to enjoy well, 1046; he ordered him to enjoy well, 2813; imp. enjoy everything well, 2163.
bryne-leóma, w. m., light of a conflagration, gleam of fire : nom. sg., 2314.
bryne-leóma, n., light of a blaze, glow of fire: nom. sg., 2314.
bryne-wylm, st. m., wave of fire: dat. pl. -wylmum, 2327.
bryne-wylm, st. m., wave of fire: dat. pl. -wylmum, 2327.
bunden-stefna, w. m., (that which has a bound prow), the framed ship: nom. sg., 1911.
bunden-stefna, w. m., (the ship with a bound prow), the framed ship: nom. sg., 1911.
burh-stede, st. m., castle-place, place where the castle or city stands: acc. sg. burhstede, 2266.
burh-stede, noun, castle site, place where the castle or city is located: accusative singular burhstede, 2266.
ge-bûan, w. acc., to occupy a house, to take possession: pret. part. heán hûses, hû hit Hring Dene äfter beórþege gebûn häfdon, how the Danes, after their beer-carouse, had occupied it (had made their beds in it), 117.—With the pres. part. bûend are the compounds ceaster-, fold-, grund-, lond-bûend.
ge-bûan, w. acc., to occupy a house, to take possession: pret. part. heán hûses, hû hit Hring Dene äfter beórþege gebûn häfdon, how the Danes, after their beer party, had occupied it (had made their beds in it), 117.—With the pres. part. bûend are the compounds ceaster-, fold-, grund-, lond-bûend.
bûgan, st. v., to bend, to bow, to sink; to turn, to flee: prs. sg. III. bon-gâr bûgeð, the fatal spear sinks, i.e. its deadly point is turned down, it rests, 2032; inf. þät se byrnwîga bûgan sceolde, that the armed hero had to sink down (having received a deadly blow), 2919; similarly, 2975; pret. sg. beáh eft under eorðweall, turned, fled again behind the earth-wall, 2957; pret. pl. bugon tô bence, turned to the bench, 327, 1014; hy on holt bugon, fled to the wood, 2599.
bûgan, st. v., to bend, to bow, to sink; to turn, to flee: prs. sg. III. bon-gâr bûgeð, the fatal spear sinks, i.e. its deadly point is turned down, it rests, 2032; inf. þät se byrnwîga bûgan sceolde, that the armed hero had to sink down (having received a deadly blow), 2919; similarly, 2975; pret. sg. beáh eft under eorðweall, turned, fled again behind the earth-wall, 2957; pret. pl. bugon tô bence, turned to the bench, 327, 1014; hy on holt bugon, fled to the wood, 2599.
â-bûgan, to bend off, to curve away from: pret. fram sylle âbeág medubenc monig, from the threshold curved away many a mead-bench, 776.
â-bûgan, to bend off, to curve away from: pret. fram sylle âbeág medubenc monig, from the threshold curved away many a mead-bench, 776.
ge-bûgan, to bend, to bow, to sink: a) intrans.: heó on flet gebeáh, sank on the floor, 1541; þâ gebeáh cyning, then sank the king, 2981; þâ se wyrm gebeáh snûde tôsomne (when the drake at once coiled itself up), 2568; gewât þâ gebogen scrîðan tô, advanced with curved body (the drake), 2570.—b) w. acc. of the thing to which one bends or sinks: pret. selereste gebeáh, sank upon the couch in the hall, 691; similarly gebeág, 1242.
ge-bûgan, to bend, to bow, to sink: a) intrans.: heó on flet gebeáh, sank on the floor, 1541; þâ gebeáh cyning, then sank the king, 2981; þâ se wyrm gebeáh snûde tôsomne (when the drake at once coiled itself up), 2568; gewât þâ gebogen scrîðan tô, advanced with curved body (the drake), 2570.—b) w. acc. of the thing to which one bends or sinks: pret. selereste gebeáh, sank upon the couch in the hall, 691; similarly gebeág, 1242.
bûtan, bûton (from be and ûtan, hence in its meaning referring to what is without, excluded): 1) conj. with subjunctive following, lest: bûtan his lîc swice, lest his body escape, 967. With ind. following, but: bûton hit wäs mâre þonne ænig mon ôðer tô beadulâce ätberan meahte, but it (the sword) was greater than any other man could have carried to battle, 1561. After a preceding negative verb, except: þâra þe gumena bearn gearwe ne wiston bûton Fitela mid hine, which the children of men did not know at all, except Fitela, who was with him, 880; ne nom he mâðm-æhta mâ bûton þone hafelan, etc., he took no more of the rich treasure than the head alone, 1615.—2) prep, with dat., except: bûton folcscare, 73; bûton þe, 658; ealle bûton ânum, 706.
bûtan, bûton (from be and ûtan, so it means referring to what is outside or excluded): 1) conj. with subjunctive following, lest: bûtan his lîc swice, lest his body escape, 967. With ind. following, but: bûton hit wäs mâre þonne ænig mon ôðer tô beadulâce ätberan meahte, but it (the sword) was greater than any other man could have carried to battle, 1561. After a preceding negative verb, except: þâra þe gumena bearn gearwe ne wiston bûton Fitela mid hine, which the children of men did not know at all, except Fitela, who was with him, 880; ne nom he mâðm-æhta mâ bûton þone hafelan, etc., he took no more of the rich treasure than the head alone, 1615.—2) prep, with dat., except: bûton folcscare, 73; bûton þe, 658; ealle bûton ânum, 706.
be-bycgan, to sell: pret. nu ic on mâðma hord mîne bebohte frôde feorhlege (now I, for the treasure-hoard, gave up my old life), 2800.
be-bycgan, to sell: pret. now I, for the treasure-hoard, gave up my old life, 2800.
ge-byrdu, st. f., birth; in compound, bearn-gebyrdu.
ge-byrdu, st. f., birth; in compound, bearn-gebyrdu.
byrdu-scrûd, st. n., shield-ornament, design upon a shield(?): nom. sg., 2661.
byrdu-scrûd, st. n., shield ornament, design on a shield(?): nom. sg., 2661.
byrðen, st. f., burden; in comp. mägen-byrðen.
byrðen, n., burden; in comp. mägen-byrðen.
ge-byrgea, w. m., protector; in comp. leód-gebyrgea.
ge-byrgea, w. m., protector; in comp. leód-gebyrgea.
byrne, w. f., shirt of mail, mail: nom. sg. byrne, 405, 1630, etc.; hringed byrne, ring-shirt, consisting of interlaced rings, 1246; acc. sg. byrnan, 1023, etc.; sîde byrnan, large coat of mail, 1292; hringde byrnan, 2616; hâre byrnan, gray coat of mail (of iron), 2154; dat. sg. on byrnan, 2705; gen. sg. byrnan hring, the ring of the shirt of mail (i.e. the shirt of mail), 2261; dat. pl. byrnum, 40, 238, etc.; beorhtum byrnum, with gleaming mail, 3141.—Comp.: gûð-, here-, heaðo-, îren-, îsern-byrne.
byrne, w. f., shirt of mail, mail: nom. sg. byrne, 405, 1630, etc.; hringed byrne, ring-shirt, made of interlaced rings, 1246; acc. sg. byrnan, 1023, etc.; sîde byrnan, large coat of mail, 1292; hringde byrnan, 2616; hâre byrnan, gray coat of mail (of iron), 2154; dat. sg. on byrnan, 2705; gen. sg. byrnan hring, the ring of the shirt of mail (i.e. the shirt of mail), 2261; dat. pl. byrnum, 40, 238, etc.; beorhtum byrnum, with gleaming mail, 3141.—Comp.: gûð-, here-, heaðo-, îren-, îsern-byrne.
bysgu, bisigu, st. f., trouble, difficulty, opposition: nom. sg. bisigu, 281; dat. pl. bisgum, 1744, bysigum, 2581.
bysgu, bisigu, n. f., trouble, difficulty, opposition: nom. sg. bisigu, 281; dat. pl. bisgum, 1744, bysigum, 2581.
bysig, adj., opposed, in need, in the compounds lîf-bysig, syn-bysig.
bysig, adj., against, in need, in the compounds life-busy, mind-busy.
cennan, w. v.: 1) to bear, w. acc.: efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ þone magan cende, who bore the son, 944; pret. part. þäm eafera wäs äfter cenned, to him was a son born, 12.—2) reflexive, to show one's self, to reveal one's self: imp. cen þec mid cräfte, prove yourself by your strength, 1220.
cennan, v. transitive: 1) to bear, with accusative: for example, as any woman bears a man, who bore the son, 944; past participle þäm eafera wäs äfter cenned, to him was a son born, 12.—2) reflexive, to show oneself, to reveal oneself: imperative cen þec mid cräfte, prove yourself by your strength, 1220.
â-cennan, to bear: pret. part. nô hie fäder cunnon, hwäðer him ænig wäs ær âcenned dyrnra gâsta, they (the people of the country) do not know his (Grendel's) father, nor whether any evil spirit has been before born to him (whether he has begotten a son), 1357.
â-cennan, to bear: past participle nô hie fäder cunnon, hwäðer him ænig wæs ær âcenned dyrnra gâsta, they (the people of the country) do not know his (Grendel's) father, nor whether any evil spirit has been before born to him (whether he has begotten a son), 1357.
courage, noun, boldness: accusative singular courage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
cearig, adj., troubled, sad: in comp. sorh-cearig.
cearig, adj., worried, unhappy: in comp. sorh-cearig.
ceaster-bûend, pt, inhabitant of a fortified place, inhabitant of a castle: dat. pl. ceaster-bûendum, of those established in Hrôðgâr's castle, 769.
ceaster-bûend, pt, person living in a fortified town, resident of a castle: dat. pl. ceaster-bûendum, of those settled in Hrôðgâr's castle, 769.
ge-ceósan, to choose, to elect: gerund, tô geceósenne cyning ænigne (sêlran), to choose a better king, 1852; imp. þe þät sêlre ge-ceós, choose thee the better (of two: bealonîð and êce rædas), 1759; pret. he ûsic on herge geceás tô þyssum siðfate, selected us among the soldiers for this undertaking, 2639; geceás êcne ræd, chose the everlasting gain, i.e. died, 1202; similarly, godes leóht geceás, 2470; pret. part. acc. pl. häfde ... cempan gecorone, 206.
ge-ceósan, to choose, to elect: gerund, tô geceósenne cyning ænigne (sêlran), to choose a better king, 1852; imp. þe þät sêlre ge-ceós, choose thee the better (of two: bealonîð and êce rædas), 1759; pret. he ûsic on herge geceás tô þyssum siðfate, selected us among the soldiers for this undertaking, 2639; geceás êcne ræd, chose the everlasting gain, i.e. died, 1202; similarly, godes leóht geceás, 2470; pret. part. acc. pl. häfde ... cempan gecorone, 206.
clam, clom, st. m., f. n.? fetter, figuratively of a strong gripe: dat. pl. heardan clammum, 964; heardum clammum, 1336; atolan clommum (horrible claws of the mother of Grendel), 1503.
clam, clom, st. m., f. n.? fetter, figuratively of a strong grip: dat. pl. heardan clammum, 964; heardum clammum, 1336; atolan clommum (horrible claws of Grendel's mother), 1503.
clif, cleof, st. n., cliff, promontory: acc. pl. Geáta clifu, 1912.—Comp.: brim-, êg-, holm-, stân-clif.
clif, cleof, noun, cliff, promontory: accusative plural Geáta clifu, 1912.—Comp.: brim-, êg-, holm-, stân-clif.
on-cnâwan, to recognize, to distinguish: hordweard oncniów mannes reorde, distinguished the speech of a man, 2555.
on-cnâwan, to recognize, to distinguish: hordweard oncniów mannes reorde, distinguished the speech of a man, 2555.
cniht-wesende, prs. part., being a boy or a youth: acc. sg. ic hine cûðe cniht-wesende, knew him while still a boy, 372; nom. pl. wit þät gecwædon cniht-wesende, we both as young men said that, 535.
cniht-wesende, prs. part., being a boy or a youth: acc. sg. ic hine cûðe cniht-wesende, knew him while still a boy, 372; nom. pl. wit þät gecwædon cniht-wesende, we both as young men said that, 535.
collen-ferhð, -ferð, adj., (properly, of swollen mind), of uncommon thoughts, in his way of thinking, standing higher than others, high-minded: nom. sg. cuma collen-ferhð, of Beówulf, 1807; collen-ferð, of Wîglâf, 2786.
collen-ferhð, -ferð, adj., (properly, of swollen mind), of uncommon thoughts, in his way of thinking, standing higher than others, high-minded: nom. sg. cuma collen-ferhð, of Beowulf, 1807; collen-ferð, of Wiglaf, 2786.
côfa, w. m., apartment, sleeping-room, couch: in comp. bân-côfa.
côfa, w. m., apartment, bedroom, sofa: in comp. bân-côfa.
cräft, st. m., the condition of being able, hence: 1) physical strength: nom. sg. mägða cräft, 1284; acc. sg. mägenes cräft, 418; þurh ânes cräft, 700; cräft and cênðu, 2697; dat. (instr.) sg. cräfte, 983, 1220, 2182, 2361.—2) art, craft, skill: dat. sg. as instr. dyrnum cräfte, with secret (magic) art, 2169; dyrnan cräfte, 2291; þeófes cräfte, with thief's craft, 2221; dat. pl. deófles cräftum, by devil's art (sorcery), 2089.—3) great quantity (?): acc. sg. wyrm-horda cräft, 2223.—Comp.: leoðo-, mägen-, nearo-, wîg-cräft.
kraft, n., the state of being capable, thus: 1) physical strength: nom. sg. mägða kraft, 1284; acc. sg. mägenes kraft, 418; through one’s kraft, 700; kraft and courage, 2697; dat. (instr.) sg. krafte, 983, 1220, 2182, 2361.—2) art, craft, skill: dat. sg. as instr. dyrnum krafte, with secret (magic) art, 2169; dyrnan kraft, 2291; þeófes kraft, with thief's craft, 2221; dat. pl. deófles kraftum, by devil's art (sorcery), 2089.—3) large amount (?): acc. sg. wyrm-horda kraft, 2223.—Comp.: leoðo-, mägen-, nearo-, wîg-kraft.
cuman, st. v., to come: pres. sg. II. gyf þu on weg cymest, if thou comest from there, 1383; III. cymeð, 2059; pres. subj. sg. III. cume, 23; pl. þonne we ût cymen, when we come out, 3107; inf. cuman, 244, 281, 1870; pret. sg. com, 430, 569, 826, 1134, 1507, 1601, etc.; cwom, 419, 2915; pret. subj. sg. cwôme, 732; pret. part. cumen, 376; pl. cumene, 361. Often with the inf. of a verb of motion, as, com gongan, 711; com sîðian, 721; com in gân, 1645; cwom gân, 1163; com scacan, 1803; cwômon lædan, 239; cwômon sêcean, 268; cwôman scrîðan, 651, etc. [pret. côm, etc.]
cuman, st. v., to come: pres. sg. II. if you come along, if you come from there, 1383; III. comes, 2059; pres. subj. sg. III. come, 23; pl. when we come out, when we come out, 3107; inf. to come, 244, 281, 1870; pret. sg. came, 430, 569, 826, 1134, 1507, 1601, etc.; came, 419, 2915; pret. subj. sg. would come, 732; pret. part. come, 376; pl. coming, 361. Often used with the infinitive of a verb of motion, like, came walking, 711; came following, 721; came in to go, 1645; came to go, 1163; came to shake, 1803; came leading, 239; came seeking, 268; came sliding, 651, etc. [pret. came, etc.]
be-cuman, to come, to approach, to arrive: pret. syððan niht becom, after the night had come, 115; þe on þâ leóde becom, that had come over the people, 192; þâ he tô hâm becom, 2993. And with inf. following: stefn in becom ... hlynnan under hârne stân, 2553; lyt eft becwom ... hâmes niósan, 2366; ôð þät ende becwom, 1255; similarly, 2117. With acc. of pers.: þâ hyne sió þrag becwom, when this time of battle came over him, 2884.
be-cuman, to come, to approach, to arrive: past tense syððan niht becom, after the night had come, 115; þe on þâ leóde becom, that had come over the people, 192; þâ he tô hâm becom, 2993. And with infinitive following: stefn in becom ... hlynnan under hârne stân, 2553; lyt eft becwom ... hâmes niósan, 2366; ôð þät ende becwom, 1255; similarly, 2117. With accusative of person: þâ hyne sió þrag becwom, when this time of battle came over him, 2884.
ofer-cuman, to overcome, to compel: pret. þý he þone feónd ofercwom, thereby he overcame the foe, 1274: pl. hie feónd heora ... ofercômon, 700; pret. part. (w. gen.) nîða ofercumen, compelled by combats, 846.
ofer-cuman, to overcome, to compel: past tense he overcame the foe, thereby he overcame the enemy, 1274: plural they overcame their foes, 700; past participle (with genitive) compelled by battles, compelled by fights, 846.
cumbol, cumbor, st. m., banner: gen. sg. cumbles hyrde, 2506.—Comp. hilte-cumbor.
cumbol, cumbor, st. m., banner: gen. sg. cumbles hyrde, 2506.—Comp. hilte-cumbor.
cund, adj., originating in, descended from: in comp. feorran-cund.
cund, adj., originating from, descended from: in comp. feorran-cund.
cunnan, verb pret. pres.: 1) to know, to be acquainted with (w. acc. or depend, clause): sg. pres. I. ic mînne can glädne Hrôðulf þät he ... wile, I know my gracious H., that he will..., 1181; II. eard git ne const, thou knowest not yet the land, 1378; III. he þät wyrse ne con, knows no worse, 1740. And reflexive: con him land geare, knows the land well, 2063; pl. men ne cunnon hwyder helrûnan scrîðað, men do not know whither..., 162; pret. sg. ic hine cûðe, knew him, 372; cûðe he duguð þeáw, knew the customs of the distinguished courtiers, 359; so with the acc., 2013; seolfa ne cûðe þurh hwät..., he himself did not know through what..., 3068; pl. sorge ne cûðon, 119; so with the acc., 180, 418, 1234. With both (acc. and depend. clause): nô hie fäder cunnon (scil. nô hie cunnon) hwäðer him ænig wäs ær âcenned dyrnra gâsta, 1356.—2) with inf. following, can, to be able: prs. sg. him bebeorgan ne con, cannot defend himself, 1747; prs. pl. men ne cunnon secgan, cannot say, 50; pret. sg. cûðe reccan, 90; beorgan cûðe, 1446; pret. pl. hêrian ne cûðon, could not praise, 182; pret. subj. healdan cûðe, 2373.
cunnan, verb past present: 1) to know, to be familiar with (with acc. or dependent clause): sg. pres. I. I know my gracious H., that he will..., 1181; II. you do not yet know the land, thou knowest not yet the land, 1378; III. he knows no worse, knows no worse, 1740. And reflexive: knows the land well, con him land geare, 2063; pl. men do not know where..., men ne cunnon hwyder helrûnan scrîðað, 162; past sg. I knew him, ic hine cûðe, 372; he knew the customs of the distinguished courtiers, cûðe he duguð þeáw, 359; so with the acc., 2013; he himself did not know through what..., seolfa ne cûðe þurh hwät, 3068; pl. sorrow did not know, 119; so with the acc., 180, 418, 1234. With both (acc. and dependent clause): they do not know (i.e., they do not know) whether any were born before him of hidden spirits, nô hie fäder cunnon, 1356.—2) with infinitive following, can, to be able: prs. sg. he cannot defend himself, him bebeorgan ne con, 1747; prs. pl. men cannot say, men ne cunnon secgan, 50; past sg. knew to relate, cûðe reccan, 90; defended knew, beorgan cûðe, 1446; past pl. could not praise, hêrian ne cûðon, 182; past subj. knew to hold, healdan cûðe, 2373.
cunnian, w. v., to inquire into, to try, w. gen. or acc.: inf. sund cunnian (figurative for roam over the sea), 1427, 1445; geongne cempan higes cunnian, to try the young warrior's mind, 2046; pret. eard cunnode, tried the home, i.e. came to it, 1501; pl. wada cunnedon, tried the flood, i.e. swam through the sea, 508.
cunnian, v. to inquire about, to attempt, using gen. or acc.: inf. sund cunnian (figurative for roam over the sea), 1427, 1445; geongne cempan higes cunnian, to test the young warrior's mind, 2046; pret. eard cunnode, reached home, i.e. came to it, 1501; pl. wada cunnedon, tried the flood, i.e. swam through the sea, 508.
cûð, adj.: 1) known, well known; manifest, certain: nom. sg. undyrne cûð, 150, 410; wîde cûð, 2924; acc. sg. fern. cûðe folme, 1304; cûðe stræte, 1635; nom. pl. ecge cûðe, 1146; acc. pl. cûðe nässas, 1913.—2) renowned: nom. sg. gûðum cûð, 2179; nom. pl. cystum cûðe, 868.—3) also, friendly, dear, good (see un-cûð).—Comp.: un-, wîd-cûð.
cûð, adj.: 1) known, well-known; clear, certain: nom. sg. undyrne cûð, 150, 410; wîde cûð, 2924; acc. sg. fern. cûðe folme, 1304; cûðe stræte, 1635; nom. pl. ecge cûðe, 1146; acc. pl. cûðe nässas, 1913.—2) renowned: nom. sg. gûðum cûð, 2179; nom. pl. cystum cûðe, 868.—3) also, friendly, dear, good (see un-cûð).—Comp.: un-, wîd-cûð.
cweðan, st. v., to say, to speak: a) absolutely: prs. sg. III. cwið ät beóre, speaks at beer-drinking, 2042.—b) w. acc.: pret. word äfter cwäð, 315; feá worda cwäð, 2247, 2663.—c) with þät following: pret. sg. cwäð, 92, 2159; pl. cwædon, 3182.—d) with þät omitted: pret. cwäð he gûð-cyning sêcean wolde, said he would seek out the war-king, 199; similarly, 1811, 2940.
cweðan, st. v., to say, to speak: a) absolutely: prs. sg. III. cwið ät beóre, speaks at beer-drinking, 2042.—b) w. acc.: pret. word äfter cwäð, 315; feá worda cwäð, 2247, 2663.—c) with þät following: pret. sg. cwäð, 92, 2159; pl. cwædon, 3182.—d) with þät omitted: pret. cwäð he gûð-cyning sêcean wolde, said he would seek out the war-king, 199; similarly, 1811, 2940.
cwealm-bealu, st. n., the evil of murder: acc. sg., 1941.
cwealm-bealu, n., the harm caused by murder: accusative singular, 1941.
cwealm-cuma, w. m., one coming for murder, a new-comer who contemplates murder: acc. sg. þone cwealm-cuman (of Grendel), 793.
cwealm-cuma, m., someone who comes with the intent to kill, a newcomer who plans murder: acc. sg. þone cwealm-cuman (of Grendel), 793.
cwide, st. m., word, speech, saying: in comp. gegn-, gilp-, hleó-, ðor- [non-existant form—KTH], word-cwide.
cwide, st. m., word, speech, saying: in comp. gegn-, gilp-, hleó-, ðor- [non-existent form—KTH], word-cwide.
cyn, st. n., race, both in the general sense, and denoting noble lineage: nom. sg. Fresena cyn, 1094; Wedera (gara, MS.) cyn, 461; acc. sg. eotena cyn, 421; giganta cyn, 1691; dat. sg. Caines cynne, 107; manna cynne, 811, 915, 1726; eówrum (of those who desert Beówulf in battle) cynne, 2886; gen. sg. manna (gumena) cynnes, 702, etc.; mæran cynnes, 1730; lâðan cynnes, 2009, 2355; ûsses cynnes Wægmundinga, 2814; gen. pl. cynna gehwylcum, 98.—Comp.: eormen-, feorh-, frum-, gum-, man-, wyrm-cyn.
cyn, noun, race, both in the general sense and indicating noble lineage: nominative singular Fresena cyn, 1094; Wedera (gara, MS.) cyn, 461; accusative singular eotena cyn, 421; giganta cyn, 1691; dative singular Caines cynne, 107; manna cynne, 811, 915, 1726; eówrum (of those who desert Beówulf in battle) cynne, 2886; genitive singular manna (gumena) cynnes, 702, etc.; mæran cynnes, 1730; lâðan cynnes, 2009, 2355; ûsses cynnes Wægmundinga, 2814; genitive plural cynna gehwylcum, 98.—Compound: eormen-, feorh-, frum-, gum-, man-, wyrm-cyn.
cyning, st. m., king: nom. acc. sg. cyning, II, 864, 921, etc.; kyning, 620, 3173; dat. sg. cyninge, 3094; gen. sg. cyninges, 868, 1211; gen. pl. kyning[a] wuldor, of God, 666.—Comp. beorn-, eorð-, folc-, guð-, heáh-, leód-, sæ-, sôð-, þeód-, worold-, wuldor-cyning.
cyning, m., king: nominative and accusative singular cyning, II, 864, 921, etc.; kyning, 620, 3173; dative singular cyninge, 3094; genitive singular cyninges, 868, 1211; genitive plural kyning[a] wuldor, of God, 666.—Comp. beorn-, eorð-, folc-, guð-, heáh-, leód-, sæ-, sôð-, þeód-, worold-, wuldor-cyning.
cyning-beald, adj., "nobly bold" (Thorpe), excellently brave (?): nom. pl. cyning-balde men, 1635.
cyning-beald, adj., "nobly bold" (Thorpe), excellently brave (?): nom. pl. cyning-balde men, 1635.
cyst (choosing, see ceósan), st. f., the select, the best of a thing, good quality, excellence: nom. sg. îrenna cyst, of the swords, 803, 1698; wæpna cyst, 1560; symbla cyst, choice banquet, 1233; acc. sg. îrena cyst, 674; dat. pl. foldwegas ... cystum cûðe, known through excellent qualities, 868; (cyning) cystum gecýðed, 924.—Comp. gum-, hilde-cyst.
cyst (choosing, see ceósan), feminine noun, the select, the best of a thing, good quality, excellence: nominative singular îrenna cyst, of the swords, 803, 1698; wæpna cyst, 1560; symbla cyst, choice banquet, 1233; accusative singular îrena cyst, 674; dative plural foldwegas ... cystum cûðe, known through excellent qualities, 868; (cyning) cystum gecýðed, 924.—Comp. gum-, hilde-cyst.
ge-cýðan (to make known, hence): 1) to give information, to announce: inf. andsware gecýðan, to give answer, 354; gerund, tô gecýðanne hwanan eówre cyme syndon (to show whence ye come), 257; pret. part. sôð is gecýðed þät ... (the truth has become known, it has shown itself to be true), 701; Higelâce wäs sîð Beówulfes snûde gecýðed, the arrival of B. was quickly announced, 1972; similarly, 2325.—2) to make celebrated, in pret. part.: wäs mîn fäder folcum gecýðed (my father was known to warriors), 262; wäs his môdsefa manegum gecýðed, 349; cystum gecýðed, 924.
ge-cýðan (to make known, hence): 1) to give information, to announce: inf. andsware gecýðan, to give answer, 354; gerund, tô gecýðanne hwanan eówre cyme syndon (to show whence you come), 257; pret. part. sôð is gecýðed þät ... (the truth has become known, it has shown itself to be true), 701; Higelâce wäs sîð Beówulfes snûde gecýðed, the arrival of B. was quickly announced, 1972; similarly, 2325.—2) to make celebrated, in pret. part.: wäs mīn fäder folcum gecýðed (my father was known to warriors), 262; wäs his môdsefa manegum gecýðed, 349; cystum gecýðed, 924.
cýððu (properly, condition of being known, hence relationship), st. f., home, country, land: in comp. feor-cýððu.
cýððu (properly, state of being recognized, therefore connection), st. f., place of origin, nation, territory: in comp. feor-cýððu.
däg, st. m., day: nom. sg. däg, 485, 732, 2647; acc. sg. däg, 2400; andlangne däg, the whole day, 2116; morgenlongne däg (the whole morning), 2895; ôð dômes däg, till judgment-day, 3070; dat. sg. on þäm däge þysses lîfes (eo tempore, tunc), 197, 791, 807; gen. sg. däges, 1601, 2321; hwîl däges, a day's time, a whole day, 1496; däges and nihtes, day and night, 2270; däges, by day, 1936; dat. pl. on tyn dagum, in ten days, 3161.—Comp. ær-, deáð-, ende-, ealdor-, fyrn-, geâr-, læn-, lîf-, swylt-, win-däg, an-däges.
däg, m., day: nom. sg. däg, 485, 732, 2647; acc. sg. däg, 2400; andlangne däg, the whole day, 2116; morgenlongne däg (the whole morning), 2895; ôð dômes däg, till judgment day, 3070; dat. sg. on þäm däge þysses lîfes (eo tempore, tunc), 197, 791, 807; gen. sg. däges, 1601, 2321; hwîl däges, a day's time, a whole day, 1496; däges and nihtes, day and night, 2270; däges, by day, 1936; dat. pl. on tyn dagum, in ten days, 3161.—Comp. ær-, deáð-, ende-, ealdor-, fyrn-, geâr-, læn-, lîf-, swylt-, win-däg, an-däges.
dæl, st. m., part, portion: acc. sg. dæl, 622, 2246, 3128; acc. pl. dælas, 1733.—Often dæl designates the portion of a thing or of a quality which belongs in general to an individual, as, ôð þät him on innan oferhygda dæl weaxeð, till in his bosom his portion of arrogance increases: i.e. whatever arrogance he has, his arrogance, 1741. Biówulfe wearð dryhtmâðma dæl deáðe, forgolden, to Beówulf his part of the splendid treasures was paid with death, i.e. whatever splendid treasures were allotted to him, whatever part of them he could win in the fight with the dragon, 2844; similarly, 1151, 1753, 2029, 2069, 3128.
dæl, st. m., part, portion: acc. sg. dæl, 622, 2246, 3128; acc. pl. dælas, 1733.—Often, dæl refers to the part of a thing or a quality that generally belongs to an individual, as in, ôð þät him on innan oferhygda dæl weaxeð, till in his bosom his portion of arrogance increases: in other words, whatever arrogance he has, that's his arrogance, 1741. Biówulfe wearð dryhtmâðma dæl deáðe, forgolden, to Beówulf his part of the splendid treasures was paid with death, meaning whatever splendid treasures were assigned to him, whatever part of them he could obtain in the battle with the dragon, 2844; similarly, 1151, 1753, 2029, 2069, 3128.
ge-dælan: 1) to distribute: inf. (w. acc. of the thing distributed); bær on innan eall gedælan geongum and ealdum swylc him god sealde, distribute therein to young and old all that God had given him, 71.—2) to divide, to separate, with acc.: inf. sundur gedælan lîf wið lîce, separate life from the body, 2423; so pret. subj. þät he gedælde ... ânra gehwylces lîf wið lîce, 732.
ge-dælan: 1) to distribute: inf. (w. acc. of the thing distributed); bær on innan eall gedælan geongum and ealdum swylc him god sealde, distribute therein to young and old all that God had given him, 71.—2) to divide, to separate, with acc.: inf. sundur gedælan lîf wið lîce, separate life from the body, 2423; so pret. subj. þät he gedælde ... ânra gehwylces lîf wið lîce, 732.
ge-defe, adj.: 1) (impersonal) proper, appropriate: nom. sg. swâ hit gedêfe wäs (bið), as was appropriate, proper, 561, 1671, 3176.—2) good, kind, friendly; nom sg. beó þu suna mînum dædum gedêfe, be friendly to my son by deeds (support my son in deed, namely, when he shall have attained to the government), 1228.—Comp. un-ge-dêfelîce.
ge-defe, adj.: 1) (impersonal) proper, appropriate: nom. sg. swâ hit gedêfe wäs (bið), as was appropriate, proper, 561, 1671, 3176.—2) good, kind, friendly; nom sg. beó þu suna mînum dædum gedêfe, be friendly to my son by deeds (support my son in deed, namely, when he shall have attained to the government), 1228.—Comp. un-ge-dêfelîce.
dêmend, judge: dæda dêmend (of God), 181.
demand, judge: unmet demand (of God), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
deáð-cwalu, st. f., violent death, ruin and death: dat. pl. tô deáð-cwalum, 1713.
deáð-cwalu, st. f., violent death, ruin and death: dat. pl. tô deáð-cwalum, 1713.
deáð-cwealm, st. m., violent death, murder: nom. sg. 1671.
deáð-cwealm, st. m., violent death, murder: nom. sg. 1671.
deáð-scûa, w. m., death-shadow, ghostly being, demon of death: nom. sg. deorc deáð-scûa (of Grendel), 160.
deáð-scûa, w. m., death-shadow, ghostly being, demon of death: nom. sg. deorc deáð-scûa (of Grendel), 160.
deáð-wîc, st. n. death's house, home of death: acc. sg. gewât deáðwîc seón (had died), 1276.
deáð-wîc, st. n. death's house, home of death: acc. sg. gewât deáðwîc seón (had died), 1276.
deógol, dýgol, adj., concealed, hidden, inaccessible, beyond information, unknown: nom. sg. deógol dædhata (of Grendel), 275; acc. sg. dýgel lond, inaccessible land, 1358.
deógol, dýgol, adj., concealed, hidden, inaccessible, beyond information, unknown: nom. sg. deógol dædhata (of Grendel), 275; acc. sg. dýgel lond, inaccessible land, 1358.
diópe, adj., deep: hit ôð dômes däg diópe benemdon þeódnas mære, the illustrious rulers had charmed it deeply till the judgment-day, had laid a solemn spell upon it, 3070.
diópe, adj., deep: the famous rulers had enchanted it profoundly until the end of time, had placed a serious curse on it, 3070.
deór, st. n., animal, wild animal: in comp. mere-, sæ-deór.
deór, st. n., wild animal: in comp. mere-, sæ-deór.
deóre, dýre, adj.: 1) dear, costly (high in price): acc. sg. dýre îren, 2051; drincfät dýre (deóre), 2307, 2255; instr. sg. deóran sweorde, 561; dat. sg. deórum mâðme, 1529; nom. pl. dýre swyrd, 3049; acc. pl. deóre (dýre) mâðmas, 2237, 3132.—2) dear, beloved, worthy: nom. sg. f., äðelum dióre, worthy by reason of origin, 1950; dat. sg. äfter deórum men, 1880; gen. sg. deórre duguðe, 488; superl. acc. sg. aldorþegn þone deórestan, 1310.
deóre, dýre, adj.: 1) dear, expensive (high in price): acc. sg. dýre îren, 2051; drincfät dýre (deóre), 2307, 2255; instr. sg. deóran sweorde, 561; dat. sg. deórum mâðme, 1529; nom. pl. dýre swyrd, 3049; acc. pl. deóre (dýre) mâðmas, 2237, 3132.—2) dear, beloved, worthy: nom. sg. f., äðelum dióre, worthy by reason of origin, 1950; dat. sg. äfter deórum men, 1880; gen. sg. deórre duguðe, 488; superl. acc. sg. aldorþegn þone deórestan, 1310.
dol-sceaða, w. m., bold enemy: acc. sg. þone dol-scaðan (Grendel), 479.
dol-sceaða, m., bold enemy: acc. sg. þone dol-scaðan (Grendel), 479.
dôgor, st. m. n., day; 1) day as a period of 24 hours: gen. sg. ymb ântîd ôðres dôgores, at the same time of the next day, 219; morgen-leóht ôðres dôgores, the morning-light of the second day, 606.—2) day in the usual sense: acc. sg. n. þys dôgor, during this day, 1396; instr. þý dôgore, 1798; forman dôgore, 2574; gen. pl. dôgora gehwâm, 88; dôgra gehwylce, 1091; dôgera dägrim, the number of his days (the days of his life), 824.—3) day in the wider sense of time: dat. pl. ufaran dôgrum, in later days, times, 2201, 2393.—Comp. ende-dôgor.
dôgor, n. m., day; 1) day as a 24-hour period: gen. sg. ymb ântîd ôðres dôgores, at the same time of the next day, 219; morgen-leóht ôðres dôgores, the morning light of the second day, 606.—2) day in the usual sense: acc. sg. n. þys dôgor, during this day, 1396; instr. þý dôgore, 1798; forman dôgore, 2574; gen. pl. dôgora gehwâm, 88; dôgra gehwylce, 1091; dôgera dägrim, the number of his days (the days of his life), 824.—3) day in the broader context of time: dat. pl. ufaran dôgrum, in later days, times, 2201, 2393.—Comp. ende-dôgor.
dôgor-gerîm, st. n., series of days: gen. sg. wäs eall sceacen dôgor-gerîmes, the whole number of his days (his life) was past, 2729.
dôgor-gerîm, noun, series of days: gen. sg. when all the days of his life had passed, was over, 2729.
dôm, st. m.: I., condition, state in general; in comp. cyne-, wis-dôm.—II., having reference to justice, hence: 1) judgment, judicial opinion: instr. sg. weotena dôme, according to the judgment of the Witan, 1099. 2) custom: äfter dôme, according to custom, 1721. 3) court, tribunal: gen. sg. miclan dômes, 979; ôð dômes däg, 3070, both times of the last judgment.—III., condition of freedom or superiority, hence: 4) choice, free will: acc. sg. on sînne sylfes dôm, according to his own choice, 2148; instr. sg. selfes dôme, 896, 2777. 5) might, power: nom. sg. dôm godes, 2859; acc. sg. Eofores ânne dôm, 2965; dat. sg. drihtnes dôme, 441. 6) glory, honor, renown: nom. sg. [dôm], 955; dôm unlytel, not a little glory, 886; þät wäs forma sîð deórum mâðme þät his dôm âläg, it was the first time to the dear treasure (the sword Hrunting) that its fame was not made good, 1529; acc. sg. ic me dôm gewyrce, make renown for myself, 1492; þät þu ne âlæte dôm gedreósan, that thou let not honor fall, 2667; dat. instr. sg. þær he dôme forleás, here he lost his reputation, 1471; dôme gewurðad, adorned with glory, 1646; gen. sg. wyrce se þe môte dômes, let him make himself reputation, whoever is able, 1389. 7) splendor (in heaven): acc. sôð-fästra dôm, the glory of the saints, 2821.
dôm, n.: I., condition, state in general; in comp. cyne-, wis-dôm.—II., related to justice, therefore: 1) judgment, judicial opinion: instr. sg. weotena dôme, according to the judgment of the Witan, 1099. 2) custom: äfter dôme, according to custom, 1721. 3) court, tribunal: gen. sg. miclan dômes, 979; ôð dômes däg, 3070, both times of the last judgment.—III., condition of freedom or superiority, therefore: 4) choice, free will: acc. sg. on sînne sylfes dôm, according to his own choice, 2148; instr. sg. selfes dôme, 896, 2777. 5) might, power: nom. sg. dôm godes, 2859; acc. sg. Eofores ânne dôm, 2965; dat. sg. drihtnes dôme, 441. 6) glory, honor, renown: nom. sg. [dôm], 955; dôm unlytel, not a little glory, 886; þät wäs forma sîð deórum mâðme þät his dôm âläg, it was the first time to the dear treasure (the sword Hrunting) that its fame was not established, 1529; acc. sg. ic me dôm gewyrce, make a name for myself, 1492; þät þu ne âlæte dôm gedreósan, that you do not let honor decline, 2667; dat. instr. sg. þær he dôme forleás, here he lost his reputation, 1471; dôme gewurðad, adorned with glory, 1646; gen. sg. wyrce se þe môte dômes, let him create reputation, whoever is able, 1389. 7) splendor (in heaven): acc. sôð-fästra dôm, the glory of the saints, 2821.
dôn, red. v., to do, to make, to treat: 1) absolutely: imp. dôð swâ ic bidde, do as I beg, 1232.—2) w. acc.: inf. hêt hire selfre sunu on bæl dôn, 1117; pret. þâ he him of dyde îsernbyrnan, took off the iron corselet, 672; (þonne) him Hûnlâfing, ... billa sêlest, on bearm dyde, when he made a present to him of Hûnlâfing, the best of swords, 1145; dyde him of healse hring gyldenne, took off the gold ring from his neck, 2810; ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde, eafoð and ellen, nor did he reckon as anything the drake's fighting, power, and strength, 2349; pl. hi on beorg dydon bêg and siglu, placed in the (grave-) mound rings and ornaments, 3165.—3) representing preceding verbs: inf. tô Geátum sprec mildum wordum! swâ sceal man dôn, as one should do, 1173; similarly, 1535, 2167; pres. metod eallum weóld, swâ he nu git dêð, the creator ruled over all, as he still does, 1059; similarly, 2471, 2860, and (sg. for pl.) 1135; pret. II. swâ þu ær dydest, 1677; III. swâ he nu gyt dyde, 957; similarly, 1382, 1892, 2522; pl. swâ hie oft ær dydon, 1239; similarly, 3071. With the case also which the preceding verb governs: wên' ic þät he wille ... Geátena leóde etan unforhte, swâ he oft dyde mägen Hrêðmanna, I believe he will wish to devour the Geát people, the fearless, as he often did (devoured) the bloom of the Hrêðmen, 444; gif ic þät gefricge ... þät þec ymbesittend egesan þýwað, swâ þec hetende hwîlum dydon, that the neighbors distress thee as once the enemy did thee (i.e. distressed), 1829; gif ic ôwihte mäg þînre môd-lufan mâran tilian þonne ic gyt dyde, if I can with anything obtain thy greater love than I have yet done, 1825; similarly, pl. þonne þâ dydon, 44.
dôn, red. v., to do, to make, to treat: 1) absolutely: imp. dôð swâ ic bidde, do as I ask, 1232.—2) w. acc.: inf. hêt hire selfre sunu on bæl dôn, 1117; pret. þâ he him of dyde îsernbyrnan, took off the iron corselet, 672; (þonne) him Hûnlâfing, ... billa sêlest, on bearm dyde, when he gifted him Hûnlâfing, the best of swords, 1145; dyde him of healse hring gyldenne, took off the gold ring from his neck, 2810; ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde, eafoð and ellen, nor did he regard the dragon's fighting, power, and strength as anything, 2349; pl. hi on beorg dydon bêg and siglu, placed rings and ornaments in the (grave-) mound, 3165.—3) representing preceding verbs: inf. tô Geátum sprec mildum wordum! swâ sceal man dôn, as one should do, 1173; similarly, 1535, 2167; pres. metod eallum weóld, swâ he nu git dêð, the creator rules over all, as he still does, 1059; similarly, 2471, 2860, and (sg. for pl.) 1135; pret. II. swâ þu ær dydest, 1677; III. swâ he nu gyt dyde, 957; similarly, 1382, 1892, 2522; pl. swâ hie oft ær dydon, 1239; similarly, 3071. With the case also which the preceding verb governs: wên' ic þät he wille ... Geátena leóde etan unforhte, swâ he oft dyde mägen Hrêðmanna, I believe he will want to devour the Geát people, the fearless, as he often did (devoured) the best of the Hrêðmen, 444; gif ic þät gefricge ... þät þec ymbesittend egesan þýwað, swâ þec hetende hwîlum dydon, that the neighbors distress you as the enemy once did you (i.e. distressed), 1829; gif ic ôwihte mäg þînre môd-lufan mâran tilian þonne ic gyt dyde, if I can use anything to earn your greater love than I have yet done, 1825; similarly, pl. þonne þâ dydon, 44.
ge-dôn, to do, to make, with the acc. and predicate adj.: prs. (god) gedêð him swâ gewealdene worolde dælas, makes the parts of the world (i.e. the whole world) so subject that ..., 1733; inf. ne hyne on medo-bence micles wyrðne drihten wereda gedôn wolde, nor would the leader of the people much honor him at the mead-banquet, 2187. With adv.: he mec þær on innan ... gedôn wolde, wished to place me in there, 2091.
ge-dôn, to do, to make, with the acc. and predicate adj.: prs. (god) gedêð him swâ gewealdene worolde dælas, makes the parts of the world (i.e. the whole world) so subject that ..., 1733; inf. ne hyne on medo-bence micles wyrðne drihten wereda gedôn wolde, nor would the leader of the people much honor him at the mead-banquet, 2187. With adv.: he mec þær on innan ... gedôn wolde, wished to place me in there, 2091.
dreám, st. m., rejoicing, joyous actions, joy: nom. sg. häleða dreám, 497; acc. sg. dreám hlûdne, 88; þu ... dreám healdende, thou who livest in rejoicing (at the drinking-carouse), who art joyous, 1228: dat. instr. sg. dreáme bedæled, 1276; gen. pl. dreáma leás, 851; dat. pl. dreámum (here adverbial) lifdon, lived in rejoicing, joyously, 99; dreámum bedæled, 722; the last may refer also to heavenly joys.—Comp. gleó-, gum-, man-, sele-dreám.
dreám, noun, joy, happy activities, happiness: nominative singular häleða dreám, 497; accusative singular dreám hlûdne, 88; þu ... dreám healdende, you who live in joy (at the drinking party), who are happy, 1228: dative instrumental singular dreáme bedæled, 1276; genitive plural dreáma leás, 851; dative plural dreámum (used adverbially) lifdon, lived in joy, happily, 99; dreámum bedæled, 722; the last may also refer to heavenly joys.—Comp. gleó-, gum-, man-, sele-dreám.
dreám-leás, adj., without rejoicing, joyless: nom. sg. of King Heremôd, 1721.
dream-less, adj., without rejoicing, joyless: nom. sg. of King Heremod, 1721.
dreógan, st. v.: 1) to lead a life, to be in a certain condition: pret. dreáh äfter dôme, lived in honor, honorably, 2180; pret. pl. fyren-þearfe ongeat, þät hie ær drugon aldorleáse lange hwile, (God) had seen the great distress, (had seen) that they had lived long without a ruler (?), 15.—2) to experience, to live through, to do, to make, to enjoy: imp. dreóh symbelwynne, pass through the pleasure of the meal, to enjoy the meal, 1783; inf. driht-scype dreógan (do a heroic deed), 1471; pret. sundnytte dreáh (had the occupation of swimming, i.e. swam through the sea), 2361; pret. pl. hie gewin drugon (fought), 799; hî sîð drugon, made the way, went, 1967.—3) to experience, to bear, to suffer: scealt werhðo dreógan, shall suffer damnation, 590; pret. þegn-sorge dreáh, bore sorrow for his heroes, 131; nearoþearfe dreáh, 422; pret. pl. inwidsorge þe hie ær drugon, 832; similarly, 1859.
dreógan, st. v.: 1) to live a life, to be in a certain condition: pret. dreáh äfter dôme, lived in honor, honorably, 2180; pret. pl. fyren-þearfe ongeat, þät hie ær drugon aldorleáse lange hwile, (God) had seen the great distress, (had seen) that they had lived long without a ruler (?), 15.—2) to experience, to live through, to do, to make, to enjoy: imp. dreóh symbelwynne, pass through the pleasure of the meal, to enjoy the meal, 1783; inf. driht-scype dreógan (do a heroic deed), 1471; pret. sundnytte dreáh (had the occupation of swimming, i.e. swam through the sea), 2361; pret. pl. hie gewin drugon (fought), 799; hî sîð drugon, made the way, went, 1967.—3) to experience, to bear, to suffer: scealt werhðo dreógan, shall suffer damnation, 590; pret. þegn-sorge dreáh, bore sorrow for his heroes, 131; nearoþearfe dreáh, 422; pret. pl. inwidsorge þe hie ær drugon, 832; similarly, 1859.
â-dreógan, to suffer, to endure: inf. wræc âdreógan, 3079.
â-dreógan, to suffer, to endure: inf. wræc âdreógan, 3079.
ge-dreógan, to live through, to enjoy, pret. part. þät he ... gedrogen häfde eorðan wynne, that he had now enjoyed the pleasures of earth (i.e. that he was at his death), 2727.
ge-dreógan, to live through, to enjoy, pret. part. þät he ... gedrogen häfde eorðan wynne, that he had now enjoyed the pleasures of earth (i.e. that he was at his death), 2727.
drincan, st. v., to drink (with and without the acc.): pres. part. nom. pl. ealo drincende, 1946; pret. blôd êdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743; pret. pl. druncon wîn weras, the men drank wine, 1234; þær guman druncon, where the men drank, 1649. The pret. part., when it stands absolutely, has an active sense: nom. pl. druncne dryhtguman, ye warriors who have drunk, are drinking, 1232; acc. pl. nealles druncne slôg heorð-geneátas, slew not his hearth-companions who had drunk with him, i.e. at the banquet, 2180. With the instr. it means drunken: nom. sg. beóre (wîne) druncen, 531, 1468; nom. pl. beóre druncne, 480.
drincan, verb, to drink (with and without the object): present participle nominative plural ealo drincende, 1946; past tense blôd êdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743; past tense plural druncon wîn weras, the men drank wine, 1234; þær guman druncon, where the men drank, 1649. The past participle, when standing alone, has an active meaning: nominative plural druncne dryhtguman, you warriors who have drunk, are drinking, 1232; accusative plural nealles druncne slôg heorð-geneátas, slew not his hearth-companions who had drunk with him, i.e. at the banquet, 2180. With the instrumental it means drunken: nominative singular beóre (wîne) druncen, 531, 1468; nominative plural beóre druncne, 480.
to-drîfan, to drive apart, to disperse: pret. ôð þät unc flôd tôdrâf, 545.
to-drîfan, to drive apart, to disperse: past tense ôð that we were flooded apart, 545.
dryht, driht, st. f., company, troop, band of warriors; noble band: in comp. mago-driht.
dryht, driht, st. f., company, troop, group of warriors; noble group: in comp. mago-driht.
dryht-bearn, st. n., youth from a noble warrior band, noble young man: nom. sg. dryhtbearn Dena, 2036.
dryht-bearn, st. n., youth from a noble warrior group, noble young man: nom. sg. dryhtbearn Dena, 2036.
dryhten, drihten, st. m., commander, lord: a) temporal lord: nom. sg. dryhten, 1485, 2001, etc.; drihten, 1051; dat. dryhtne, 2483, etc.; dryhten, 1832.—b) God: nom. drihten, 108, etc.; dryhten, 687, etc.; dat. sg. dryhtne, 1693, etc.; drihtne, 1399, etc.; gen. sg. dryhtnes, 441; drihtnes, 941.—Comp.: freá-, freó-, gum-, man-, sige-, wine-dryhten.
dryhten, drihten, noun, commander, lord: a) temporal lord: nominative singular dryhten, 1485, 2001, etc.; drihten, 1051; dative dryhtne, 2483, etc.; dryhten, 1832. — b) God: nominative drihten, 108, etc.; dryhten, 687, etc.; singular dative dryhtne, 1693, etc.; drihtne, 1399, etc.; singular genitive dryhtnes, 441; drihtnes, 941. — Comp.: freá-, freó-, gum-, man-, sige-, wine-dryhten.
dryht-guma, w. m., one of a troop of warriors, noble warrior: dat. sg. drihtguman, 1389; nom. pl. drihtguman, 99; dryhtguman, 1232; dat. pl. ofer dryhtgumum, 1791 (of Hrôðgâr's warriors).
dryht-guma, m., one of a group of warriors, noble warrior: dat. sg. drihtguman, 1389; nom. pl. drihtguman, 99; dryhtguman, 1232; dat. pl. ofer dryhtgumum, 1791 (of Hrôðgâr's warriors).
dryht-mâðum, st. m., excellent jewel, splendid treasure: gen. pl. dryhtmâðma, 2844.
dryht-mâðum, st. m., excellent jewel, splendid treasure: gen. pl. dryhtmâðma, 2844.
dryht-scipe, st. m., (lord-ship) warlike virtue, bravery; heroic deed: acc. sg. drihtscype dreógan, to do a heroic deed, 1471.
dryht-scipe, n., (lord-ship) warlike virtue, bravery; heroic act: acc. sg. drihtscype dreógan, to perform a heroic act, 1471.
dryht-sele, st. m., excellent, splendid hall: nom. sg. driht-sele, 485; dryhtsele, 768; acc. sg. dryhtsele, 2321.
dryht-sele, st. m., magnificent, impressive hall: nom. sg. driht-sele, 485; dryhtsele, 768; acc. sg. dryhtsele, 2321.
dugan, v., to avail, to be capable, to be good: pres. sg. III. hûru se aldor deáh, especially is the prince capable, 369; ðonne his ellen deáh, if his strength avails, is good, 573; þe him selfa deáh, who is capable of himself, who can rely on himself, 1840; pres. subj. þeáh þîn wit duge, though, indeed, your understanding be good, avail, 590; similarly, 1661, 2032; pret. sg. þu ûs wel dohtest, you did us good, conducted yourself well towards us, 1822; similarly, nu seó hand ligeð se þe eów welhwylcra wilna dohte, which was helpful to each one of your desires, 1345; pret. subj. þeáh þu heaðoræsa gehwær dohte, though thou wast everywhere strong in battle, 526.
dugan, v., to be useful, to be capable, to be good: pres. sg. III. hûru se aldor deáh, especially the prince is able, 369; ðonne his ellen deáh, if his strength is useful, is good, 573; þe him selfa deáh, who is capable of himself, who can depend on himself, 1840; pres. subj. þeáh þîn wit duge, though indeed, your understanding is good, is useful, 590; similarly, 1661, 2032; pret. sg. þu ûs wel dohtest, you treated us well, conducted yourself well towards us, 1822; similarly, nu seó hand ligeð se þe eów welhwylcra wilna dohte, which was helpful to each one of your desires, 1345; pret. subj. þeáh þu heaðoræsa gehwær dohte, though you were strong in battle everywhere, 526.
duguð (state of being fit, capable), st. f.: 1) capability, strength: dat. pl. for dugeðum, in ability(?), 2502; duguðum dêmdon, praised with all their might(?), 3176.—2) men capable of bearing arms, band of warriors, esp., noble warriors: nom. sg. duguð unlytel, 498; duguð, 1791, 2255; dat. sg. for duguðe, before the heroes, 2021; nalles frätwe geaf ealdor duguðe, gave the band of heroes no treasure (more), 2921; leóda duguðe on lâst, upon the track of the heroes of the people, i.e. after them, 2946; gen. sg. cûðe he duguðe þeáw, the custom of the noble warriors, 359; deórre duguðe, 488; similarly, 2239, 2659; acc. pl. duguða, 2036.—3) contrasted with geogoð, duguð designates the noted warriors of noble birth (as in the Middle Ages, knights in contrast with squires): so gen. sg. duguðe and geogoðe, 160; gehwylc ... duguðe and iogoðe, 1675; duguðe and geogoðe dæl æghwylcne, 622.
duguð (state of being fit, capable), st. f.: 1) capability, strength: dat. pl. for dugeðum, in ability(?), 2502; duguðum dêmdon, praised with all their might(?), 3176.—2) men capable of bearing arms, band of warriors, esp., noble warriors: nom. sg. duguð unlytel, 498; duguð, 1791, 2255; dat. sg. for duguðe, before the heroes, 2021; nalles frätwe geaf ealdor duguðe, gave the band of heroes no treasure (more), 2921; leóda duguðe on lâst, upon the track of the heroes of the people, i.e. after them, 2946; gen. sg. cûðe he duguðe þeáw, the custom of the noble warriors, 359; deórre duguðe, 488; similarly, 2239, 2659; acc. pl. duguða, 2036.—3) contrasted with geogoð, duguð designates the noted warriors of noble birth (as in the Middle Ages, knights in contrast with squires): so gen. sg. duguðe and geogoðe, 160; gehwylc ... duguðe and iogoðe, 1675; duguðe and geogoðe dæl æghwylcne, 622.
þurh-dûfan, to dive through; to swim through, diving: pret. wäter up þurh-deáf, swam through the water upwards (because he was before at the bottom), 1620.
þurh-dûfan, to dive through; to swim through, diving: pret. wáter up þurh-deáf, swam through the water upwards (because he was before at the bottom), 1620.
dyrne, adj.: 1) concealed, secret, retired: nom. sg. dyrne, 271; acc. sg. dryhtsele dyrnne (of the drake's cave-hall), 2321.—2) secret, malicious, hidden by sorcery: dat. instr. sg. dyrnan cräfte, with secret magic art, 2291; dyrnum cräfte, 2169; gen. pl. dyrnra gâsta, of malicious spirits (of Grendel's kin), 1358.—Comp. un-dyrne.
dyrne, adj.: 1) hidden, secret, secluded: nom. sg. dyrne, 271; acc. sg. dryhtsele dyrnne (of the dragon's cave-hall), 2321.—2) secret, harmful, concealed through magic: dat. instr. sg. dyrnan cräfte, with secret magical skill, 2291; dyrnum cräfte, 2169; gen. pl. dyrnra gâsta, of harmful spirits (of Grendel's kin), 1358.—Comp. un-dyrne.
dyrne, adv., in secret, secretly: him ...äfter deórum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880.
dyrne, adv., in secret, secretly: him ...äfter deórum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880.
ge-dýgan, ge-dîgan, w. v., to endure, to overcome, with the acc. of the thing endured: pres. sg. II. gif þu þät ellenweorc aldre gedîgest, if thou survivest the heroic work with thy life, 662; III. þät þone hilderæs hâl gedîgeð, that he survives the battle in safety, 300; similarly, inf. unfæge gedîgan weán and wräcsîð, 2293; hwäðer sêl mæge wunde gedýgan, which of the two can stand the wounds better (come off with life), 2532; ne meahte unbyrnende deóp gedýgan, could not endure the deep without burning (could not hold out in the deep), 2550; pret. sg. I. III. ge-dîgde, 578, 1656, 2351, 2544.
ge-dýgan, ge-dîgan, w. v., to endure, to overcome, with the accusative case of the thing endured: present singular II. if you survive the heroic work with your life, if you survive the heroic work with your life, 662; III. that he survives the battle unharmed, that he survives the battle in safety, 300; similarly, infinitive to endure sorrow and revenge journey, 2293; which of the two can endure wounds better, which of the two can stand the wounds better (come off with life), 2532; could not withstand the deep without burning, could not endure the deep without burning (could not hold out in the deep), 2550; past singular I. III. survived, 578, 1656, 2351, 2544.
ecg, st. f., edge of the sword, point: nom. sg. sweordes ecg, 1107; ecg, 1525, etc.; acc. sg. wið ord and wið ecge ingang forstôd, defended the entrance against point and edge (i.e. against spear and sword), 1550; mêces ecge, 1813; nom. pl. ecge, 1146.—Sword, battle-axe, any cutting weapon: nom. sg. ne wäs ecg bona (not the sword killed him), 2507; sió ecg brûn (Beówulf's sword Nägling), 2578; hyne ecg fornam, the sword snatched him away, 2773, etc.; nom. pl. ecga, 2829; dat. pl. äscum and ecgum, 1773; dat. pl. (but denoting only one sword) eácnum ecgum, 2141; gen. pl. ecga, 483, 806, 1169;—blade: ecg wäs îren, 1460.—Comp.: brûn-, heard-, stýl-ecg, adj.
ecg, noun, edge of the sword, point: nom. sg. sweordes ecg, 1107; ecg, 1525, etc.; acc. sg. wið ord and wið ecge ingang forstôd, defended the entrance against point and edge (i.e. against spear and sword), 1550; mêces ecge, 1813; nom. pl. ecge, 1146.—Sword, battle-axe, any cutting weapon: nom. sg. ne wäs ecg bona (not the sword killed him), 2507; sió ecg brûn (Beówulf's sword Nägling), 2578; hyne ecg fornam, the sword snatched him away, 2773, etc.; nom. pl. ecga, 2829; dat. pl. äscum and ecgum, 1773; dat. pl. (but denoting only one sword) eácnum ecgum, 2141; gen. pl. ecga, 483, 806, 1169;—blade: ecg wäs îren, 1460.—Comp.: brûn-, heard-, stýl-ecg, adj.
efne, adv., even, exactly, precisely, just, united with swâ or swylc: efne swâ swîðe swâ, just so much as, 1093; efne swâ sîde swâ, 1224; wäs se gryre lässa efne swâ micle swâ, by so much the less as ..., 1284; leóht inne stôd efne swâ ... scîneð, a gleam stood therein (in the sword) just as when ... shines, 1572; efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ þone magan cende (a woman who has borne such a son), 944; efne swâ hwylcum manna swâ him gemet þûhte, to just such a man as seemed good to him, 3058; efne swylce mæla swylce ... þearf gesælde, just at the times at which necessity commanded it, 1250.
efne, adv., even, exactly, precisely, just, combined with swâ or swylc: efne swâ swîðe swâ, just so much as, 1093; efne swâ sîde swâ, 1224; wäs se gryre lässa efne swâ micle swâ, by so much the less as ..., 1284; leóht inne stôd efne swâ ... scîneð, a gleam stood therein (in the sword) just as when ... shines, 1572; efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ þone magan cende (a woman who has borne such a son), 944; efne swâ hwylcum manna swâ him gemet þûhte, to just such a man as seemed good to him, 3058; efne swylce mæla swylce ... þearf gesælde, just at the times at which necessity commanded it, 1250.
eft, adv.: l) thereupon, afterwards: 56, 1147, 2112, 3047, etc.; eft sôna bið, then it happens immediately, 1763; bôt eft cuman, help come again, 281.—2) again, on the other side: þät hine on ylde eft gewunigen wilgesîðas, that in old age again (also on their side) willing companions should be attached to him, 22;—anew, again: 135, 604, 693, 1557, etc.; eft swâ ær, again as formerly, 643.—3) retro, rursus, back: 123, 296, 854, etc.; þät hig äðelinges eft ne wêndon (did not believe that he would come back), 1597.
eft, adv.: 1) thereupon, afterwards: 56, 1147, 2112, 3047, etc.; eft sôna bið, then it happens immediately, 1763; bôt eft cuman, help come again, 281.—2) again, on the other side: þät hine on ylde eft gewunigen wilgesîðas, that in old age again (also on their side) willing companions should be attached to him, 22;—anew, again: 135, 604, 693, 1557, etc.; eft swâ ær, again as formerly, 643.—3) retro, rursus, back: 123, 296, 854, etc.; þät hig äðelinges eft ne wêndon (did not believe that he would come back), 1597.
egesa, egsa (state of terror, active or passive): l) frightfulness: acc. sg. þurh egsan, 276; gen. egesan ne gýmeð, cares for nothing terrible, is not troubled about future terrors(?), 1758.—2) terror, horror, fear: nom. sg. egesa, 785; instr. sg. egesan, 1828, 2737.—Comp.: glêd-, lîg-, wäter-egesa.
egesa, egsa (state of terror, active or passive): 1) frightfulness: acc. sg. þurh egsan, 276; gen. egesan ne gýmeð, doesn't care about anything terrible, is not bothered about future fears(?), 1758.—2) terror, horror, fear: nom. sg. egesa, 785; instr. sg. egesan, 1828, 2737.—Comp.: glêd-, lîg-, wäter-egesa.
ellen, st. n., strength, heroic strength, bravery: nom. sg. ellen, 573; eafoð and ellen, 903; Geáta ... eafoð and ellen, 603; acc. sg. eafoð and ellen, 2350; ellen cýðan, show bravery, 2696; ellen fremedon, exercised heroic strength, did heroic deeds, 3; similarly, ic gefremman sceal eorlîc ellen, 638; ferh ellen wräc, life drove out the strength, i.e. with the departing life (of the dragon) his strength left him, 2707; dat. sg. on elne, 2507, 2817; as instr. þâ wäs ät þam geongum grim andswaru êðbegête þâm þe ær his elne forleás, then it was easy for (every one of) those who before had lost his hero-courage, to obtain rough words from the young man (Wîglâf), 2862; mid elne, 1494, 2536; elne, alone, in adverbial sense, strongly, zealously, and with the nearly related meaning, hurriedly, transiently, 894, 1098, 1968, 2677, 2918; gen. sg. elnes lät, 1530; þâ him wäs elnes þearf, 2877.—Comp. mägen-ellen.
ellen, noun, strength, heroic strength, bravery: nominative singular ellen, 573; eafoð and ellen, 903; Geáta ... eafoð and ellen, 603; accusative singular eafoð and ellen, 2350; ellen cýðan, show bravery, 2696; ellen fremedon, exercised heroic strength, did heroic deeds, 3; similarly, ic gefremman sceal eorlîc ellen, 638; ferh ellen wräc, life drove out the strength, i.e. with the departing life (of the dragon) his strength left him, 2707; dative singular on elne, 2507, 2817; as instrumental þâ wäs ät þam geongum grim andswaru êðbegête þâm þe ær his elne forleás, then it was easy for (everyone) who had previously lost his hero-courage, to obtain rough words from the young man (Wîglâf), 2862; mid elne, 1494, 2536; elne, alone, in adverbial sense, strongly, zealously, and with the closely related meaning, hurriedly, transiently, 894, 1098, 1968, 2677, 2918; genitive singular elnes lät, 1530; þâ him wäs elnes þearf, 2877.—Comp. mägen-ellen.
ellen-gæst, st. m., strength-spirit, demon with heroic strength: nom. sg. of Grendel, 86.
ellen-gæst, st. m., strength-spirit, demon with heroic strength: nom. sg. of Grendel, 86.
ellen-lîce, adv., strongly, with heroic strength, 2123.
ellen-lîce, adv., strongly, with heroic strength, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ellen-mærðu, st. f., renown of heroic strength, dat. pl. -mærðum, 829, 1472.
ellen-mærðu, noun, fame for bravery, dative plural -mærðum, 829, 1472.
ellen-seóc, adj., infirm in strength: acc. sg. þeóden ellensiócne (the mortally wounded king, Beówulf), 2788.
ellen-seóc, adj., weak in strength: acc. sg. þeóden ellensiócne (the mortally wounded king, Beowulf), 2788.
ellen-weorc, st. n., (strength-work), heroic deed, achievement in battle: acc. sg. 662, 959, 1465, etc.; gen. pl. ellen-weorca, 2400.
ellen-weorc, noun, (strength-work), heroic act, accomplishment in battle: accusative singular 662, 959, 1465, etc.; genitive plural ellen-weorca, 2400.
ellor, adv., to another place, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
ellor-gâst, -gæst, st. m., spirit living elsewhere (standing outside of the community of mankind): nom. sg. se ellorgâst (Grendel), 808; (Grendel's mother), 1622; ellorgæst (Grendel's mother), 1618; acc. pl. ellorgæstas, 1350.
ellor-gâst, -gæst, st. m., spirit living elsewhere (outside of the human community): nom. sg. se ellorgâst (Grendel), 808; (Grendel's mother), 1622; ellorgæst (Grendel's mother), 1618; acc. pl. ellorgæstas, 1350.
ende, st. m., the extreme: hence, 1) end: nom. sg. aldres (lîfes) ende, 823, 2845; ôð þät ende becwom (scil. unrihtes), 1255; acc. sg. ende lîfgesceafta (lîfes, læn-daga), 3064, 1387, 2343; häfde eorðscrafa ende genyttod, had used the end of the earth-caves (had made use of the caves for the last time), 3047; dat. sg. ealdres (lîfes) ät ende, 2791, 2824; eoletes ät ende, 224.—2) boundary: acc. sg. sîde rîce þät he his selfa ne mäg ... ende geþencean, the wide realm, so that he himself cannot comprehend its boundaries, 1735.—3) summit, head: dat. sg. eorlum on ende, to the nobles at the end (the highest courtiers), 2022.—Comp. woruld-ende.
end, n., the extreme: thus, 1) end: nom. sg. of life (life) end, 823, 2845; or that end came (especially of injustice), 1255; acc. sg. end of life (life, loan-days), 3064, 1387, 2343; had used the end of the earth-caves (had made use of the caves for the last time), 3047; dat. sg. of life at end, 2791, 2824; work at end, 224. — 2) boundary: acc. sg. wide realm that he himself cannot comprehend its boundaries, the wide realm, so that he himself cannot comprehend its boundaries, 1735. — 3) summit, head: dat. sg. to the nobles at the end (the highest courtiers), to the nobles at the end, 2022. — Comp. world-end.
ende-dôgor, st. m., last day, day of death: gen. sg. bega on wênum endedôgores and eftcymes leótes monnes (hesitating between the belief in the death and in the return of the dear man), 2897.
ende-dôgor, n., last day, day of death: gen. sg. bega on wênum endedôgores and eftcymes leótes monnes (hesitating between the belief in the death and in the return of the dear man), 2897.
ende-leán, noun, final reparation: accepted singular __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
þurh-etan, to eat through: pret. part. pl. nom. swyrd ... þurhetone, swords eaten through (by rust), 3050.
þurh-etan, to eat through: pret. part. pl. nom. swyrd ... þurhetone, swords eaten through (by rust), 3050.
êce, adj., everlasting; nom. êce drihten (God), 108; acc. sg. êce eorðreced, the everlasting earth-hall (the dragon's cave), 2720; geceás êcne ræd, chose the everlasting gain (died), 1202; dat. sg. êcean dryhtne, 1693, 1780, 2331; acc. pl. geceós êce rædas, 1761.
everlasting, adj., everlasting; nom. everlasting God (God), 108; acc. sg. everlasting earth-hall, the everlasting earth-hall (the dragon's cave), 2720; chose everlasting gain, chose the everlasting gain (died), 1202; dat. sg. to the everlasting Lord, 1693, 1780, 2331; acc. pl. chose everlasting gains, 1761.
êðel, st. m., hereditary possessions, hereditary estate: acc. sg. swæsne êðel, 520; dat. sg. on êðle, 1731.—In royal families the hereditary possession is the whole realm: hence, acc. sg. êðel Scyldinga, of the kingdom of the Scyldings, 914; (Offa) wîsdôme heóld êðel sînne, ruled with wisdom his inherited kingdom, 1961.
êðel, n., hereditary possessions, hereditary estate: acc. sg. sweet êðel, 520; dat. sg. in êðle, 1731.—In royal families the hereditary possession is the entire kingdom: therefore, acc. sg. êðel Scyldinga, of the kingdom of the Scyldings, 914; (Offa) ruled wisely his inherited kingdom, ruled with wisdom his inherited kingdom, 1961.
êðel-riht, st. n., hereditary privileges (rights that belong to a hereditary estate): nom. sg. eard êðel-riht, estate and inherited privileges, 2199.
éthel-right, n., hereditary privileges (rights that belong to a hereditary estate): nom. sg. eard éthel-right, estate and inherited privileges, 2199.
êðel-weard, st. m., lord of the hereditary estate (realm): nom. sg. êðelweard (king), 1703, 2211; dat. sg. Eást-Dena êðel wearde (King Hrôðgâr), 617.
êðel-weard, m. noun, lord of the hereditary estate (realm): nom. sg. êðelweard (king), 1703, 2211; dat. sg. Eást-Dena êðel wearde (King Hrôðgâr), 617.
êðel-wyn, st. f., joy in, or enjoyment of, hereditary possessions: nom. sg. nu sceal ... eall êðelwyn eówrum cynne, lufen âlicgean, now shall your race want all home-joy, and subsistence(?) (your race shall be banished from its hereditary abode), 2886; acc. sg. he me lond forgeaf, eard êðelwyn, presented me with land, abode, and the enjoyment of home, 2494.
êð-gesýne, ýð-gesêne, adj., easy to see, visible to all: nom. sg. 1111, 1245.
easy to see, noticeable to everyone, adj., easy to see, visible to all: nom. sg. 1111, 1245.
êg-streám, st. m., sea-stream, sea-flood: dat. pl. on êg-streámum, in the sea-floods, 577. See eágor-streám.
êg-stream, st. m., sea-stream, sea-flood: dat. pl. on êg-streams, in the sea-floods, 577. See eágor-streám.
êst, st. m. f., favor, grace, kindness: acc. sg. he him êst geteáh meara and mâðma (honored him with horses and jewels), 2166; gearwor häfde âgendes êst ær gesceáwod, would rather have seen the grace of the Lord (of God) sooner, 3076.—dat. pl., adverbial, libenter: him on folce heóld, êstum mid âre, 2379; êstum geýwan (to present), 2150; him wäs ... wunden gold êstum geeáwed (presented), 1195; we þät ellenweorc êstum miclum fremedon, 959.
êst, noun, feminine, favor, grace, kindness: accusative singular he him êst honored him with horses and jewels (honored him with horses and jewels), 2166; years had shown the grace of the Lord (would rather have seen the grace of the Lord), 3076.—dative plural, adverbial, willingly: he held among the people, with kindness, 2379; to present (to present), 2150; he was presented with wound gold (presented), 1195; we greatly accomplished that heroic work, 959.
eafoð, st. n., power, strength: nom, sg. eafoð and ellen, 603, 903; acc. sg. eafoð and ellen, 2350; we frêcne genêðdon eafoð uncûðes, we have boldly ventured against the strength of the enemy (Grendel) have withstood him, 961; gen. sg. eafoðes cräftig, 1467; þät þec âdl oððe ecg eafoðes getwæfed, shall rob of strength, 1764; acc. pl. eafeðo (MS. earfeðo), 534; dat. pl. hine mihtig god ... eafeðum stêpte, made him great through strength, 1718. See Note for l. 534.
eafoð, n. noun, power, strength: nominative singular eafoð and ellen, 603, 903; accusative singular eafoð and ellen, 2350; we frêcne genêðdon eafoð uncûðes, we have boldly ventured against the strength of the enemy (Grendel) have withstood him, 961; genitive singular eafoðes kräftig, 1467; þät þec âdl oððe ecg eafoðes getwæfed, shall rob of strength, 1764; accusative plural eafeðo (MS. earfeðo), 534; dative plural hine mihtig god ... eafeðum stêpte, made him great through strength, 1718. See Note for l. 534.
eafora (offspring), w. m.: 1) son: nom. sg. eafera, 12, 898; eafora, 375; acc. sg. eaferan, 1548, 1848; gen. sg. eafera, 19; nom. pl. eaferan, 2476; dat. pl. eaferum, 1069, 2471; uncran eaferan, 1186.—2) in broader sense, successor: dat. pl. eaforum, 1711.
eafora (offspring), m.: 1) son: nominative singular eafera, 12, 898; eafora, 375; accusative singular eaferan, 1548, 1848; genitive singular eafera, 19; nominative plural eaferan, 2476; dative plural eaferum, 1069, 2471; uncran eaferan, 1186.—2) in a broader sense, successor: dative plural eaforum, 1711.
eahtian, w. v.: 1) to consider; to deliberate: pret. pl. w. acc. ræd eahtedon, consulted about help, 172; pret. sg. (for the plural) þone sêlestan þâra þe mid Hrôðgâre hâm eahtode, the best one of those who with Hrôðgâr deliberated about their home (ruled), 1408.—2) to speak with reflection of (along with the idea of praise): pret. pl. eahtodan eorlscipe, spoke of his noble character, 3175.
eahtian, v. trans.: 1) to think about; to consider: past tense plural with acc. ræd eahtedon, consulted about help, 172; past tense singular (for the plural) þone sêlestan þâra þe mid Hrôðgâre hâm eahtode, the best one of those who deliberated with Hrôðgâr about their home (ruled), 1408.—2) to talk reflectively about (implying praise): past tense plural eahtodan eorlscipe, spoke of his noble character, 3175.
eal, eall, adj., all, whole: nom. sg. werod eall, 652; pl. eal bencþelu, 486; sg. eall êðelwyn, 2886; eal worold, 1739, etc.; þät hit wearð eal gearo, healärna mæst, 77; þät hit (wîgbil) eal gemealt, 1609. And with a following genitive: þær wäs eal geador Grendles grâpe, there was all together Grendel's hand, the whole hand of Grendel, 836; eall ... lissa, all favor, 2150; wäs eall sceacen dôgorgerîmes, 2728. With apposition: þûhte him eall tô rûm, wongas and wîcstede, 2462; acc. sg. beót eal, 523; similarly, 2018, 2081; oncýððe ealle, all distress, 831; heals ealne, 2692; hlæw ... ealne ûtan-weardne, 2298; gif he þät eal gemon, 1186, 2428; þät eall geondseh, recedes geatwa, 3089; ealne wîde-ferhð, through the whole wide life, through all time, 1223; instr. sg. ealle mägene, with all strength, 2668; dat. sg. eallum ... manna cynne, 914; gen. sg. ealles moncynnes, 1956. Subst. ic þäs ealles mäg ... gefeán habban, 2740; brûc ealles well, 2163; freán ealles þanc secge, give thanks to the Lord of all, 2795; nom. pl. untydras ealle, 111; sceótend ... ealle, 706; we ealle, 942; acc. pl. feónd ealle, 700; similarly, 1081, 1797, 2815; subst. ofer ealle, 650; ealle hie deáð fornam, 2237; lîg ealle forswealg þâra þe þær gûð fornam, all of those whom the war had snatched away, 1123; dat. pl. eallum ceaster-bûendum, 768; similarly, 824, 907, 1418; subst. âna wið eallum, one against all, 145; with gen. eallum gumena cynnes, 1058; gen. pl. äðelinga bearn ealra twelfa, the kinsmen of all twelve nobles (twelve nobles hold the highest positions of the court), 3172; subst. he âh ealra geweald, has power over all, 1728.
eal, eall, adj., all, whole: nom. sg. werod eall, 652; pl. eal bencþelu, 486; sg. eall êðelwyn, 2886; eal worold, 1739, etc.; þät hit wearð eal gearo, healärna mæst, 77; þät hit (wîgbil) eal gemealt, 1609. And with a following genitive: þær wäs eal geador Grendles grâpe, there was all together Grendel's hand, the whole hand of Grendel, 836; eall ... lissa, all favor, 2150; wäs eall sceacen dôgorgerîmes, 2728. With apposition: þûhte him eall tô rûm, wongas and wîcstede, 2462; acc. sg. beót eal, 523; similarly, 2018, 2081; oncýððe ealle, all distress, 831; heals ealne, 2692; hlæw ... ealne ûtan-weardne, 2298; gif he þät eal gemon, 1186, 2428; þät eall geondseh, recedes geatwa, 3089; ealne wîde-ferhð, through the whole wide life, through all time, 1223; instr. sg. ealle mägene, with all strength, 2668; dat. sg. eallum ... manna cynne, 914; gen. sg. ealles moncynnes, 1956. Subst. ic þäs ealles mäg ... gefeán habban, 2740; brûc ealles well, 2163; freán ealles þanc secge, give thanks to the Lord of all, 2795; nom. pl. untydras ealle, 111; sceótend ... ealle, 706; we ealle, 942; acc. pl. feónd ealle, 700; similarly, 1081, 1797, 2815; subst. ofer ealle, 650; ealle hie deáð fornam, 2237; lîg ealle forswealg þâra þe þær gûð fornam, all of those whom the war had snatched away, 1123; dat. pl. eallum ceaster-bûendum, 768; similarly, 824, 907, 1418; subst. âna wið eallum, one against all, 145; with gen. eallum gumena cynnes, 1058; gen. pl. äðelinga bearn ealra twelfa, the kinsmen of all twelve nobles (twelve nobles hold the highest positions of the court), 3172; subst. he âh ealra geweald, has power over all, 1728.
eald, adj., old: a) of the age of living beings: nom. sg. eald, 357, 1703, 2211, etc.; dat. sg. ealdum, 2973; gen. sg. ealdes uhtflogan (dragon), 2761; dat. sg. ealdum, 1875; geongum and ealdum, 72.—b) of things and of institutions: nom. sg. helm monig eald and ômig, 2764; acc. sg. ealde lâfe (sword), 796, 1489; ealde wîsan, 1866; eald sweord, 1559, 1664, etc.; eald gewin, old (lasting years), distress, 1782; eald enta geweorc (the precious things in the drake's cave), 2775; acc. pl. ealde mâðmas, 472; ofer ealde riht, against the old laws (namely, the Ten Commandments; Beówulf believes that God has sent him the drake as a punishment, because he has unconsciously, at some time, violated one of the commandments), 2331.
eald, adj., old: a) referring to the age of living beings: nom. sg. eald, 357, 1703, 2211, etc.; dat. sg. ealdum, 2973; gen. sg. ealdes uhtflogan (dragon), 2761; dat. sg. ealdum, 1875; geongum and ealdum, 72.—b) concerning things and institutions: nom. sg. helm monig eald and ômig, 2764; acc. sg. ealde lâfe (sword), 796, 1489; ealde wîsan, 1866; eald sweord, 1559, 1664, etc.; eald gewin, old (lasting years), distress, 1782; eald enta geweorc (the precious things in the drake's cave), 2775; acc. pl. ealde mâðmas, 472; ofer ealde riht, against the old laws (namely, the Ten Commandments; Beowulf believes that God has sent him the drake as a punishment because he has unconsciously, at some time, violated one of the commandments), 2331.
eald-fäder, st. m., old-father, grandfather, ancestor: nom. sg. 373.
eald-fäder, st. m., old-father, grandfather, ancestor: nom. sg. 373.
eald-gesegen, st. f., traditions from old times: gen. pl. eal-fela eald-gesegena, very many of the old traditions, 870.
eald-gesegen, st. f., traditions from old times: gen. pl. eal-fela eald-gesegena, very many of the old traditions, 870.
eald-gesîð, st. m., companion ever since old times, courtier for many years: nom. pl. eald-gesîðas, 854.
eald-gesîð, st. m., companion from ancient times, long-time courtier: nom. pl. eald-gesîðas, 854.
eald-gestreón, st. n., treasure out of the old times: dat. pl. eald-gestreónum, 1382; gen. pl. -gestreóna, 1459.
eald-gestreón, n., treasure from ancient times: dat. pl. eald-gestreónum, 1382; gen. pl. -gestreóna, 1459.
eald-gewinna, w. m., old-enemy, enemy for many years: nom. sg. of Grendel, 1777.
eald-gewinna, m., old enemy, long-time foe: nom. sg. of Grendel, 1777.
eald-gewyrht, st. n., merit on account of services rendered during many years: nom. pl. þät næron eald-gewyrht, þät he âna scyle gnorn þrowian, that has not been his desert ever since long ago, that he should bear the distress alone, 2658.
eald-gewyrht, st. n., merit due to services provided over many years: nom. pl. þät næron eald-gewyrht, þät he âna scyle gnorn þrowian, that has not been his due for a long time, that he should suffer the burden alone, 2658.
eald-hlâford, st. m., lord through many years: gen. sg. bill eald-hlâfordes (of the old Beówulf(?)), 2779.
eald-hlâford, st. m., lord for many years: gen. sg. bill eald-hlâfordes (of the old Beówulf(?)), 2779.
eald-metod, st. m., God ruling ever since ancient times: nom. sg. 946.
eald-metod, st. m., God who has been in charge since ancient times: nom. sg. 946.
ealdor, aldor, st. n., life: acc. sg. aldor, 1372; dat. sg. aldre, 1448, 1525; ealdre, 2600; him on aldre stôd herestræl hearda (in vitalibus), 1435; nalles for ealdre mearn, was not troubled about his life, 1443; of ealdre gewât, went out of life, died, 2625; as instr. aldre, 662, 681, etc.; ealdre, 1656, 2134, etc.; gen. sg. aldres, 823; ealdres, 2791, 2444; aldres orwêna, despairing of life, 1003, 1566; ealdres scyldig, having forfeited life, 1339, 2062; dat. pl. aldrum nêðdon, 510, 538.—Phrases: on aldre (in life), ever, 1780; tô aldre (for life), always, 2006, 2499; âwa tô aldre, for ever and ever, 956.
life, st. n., life: acc. sg. life, 1372; dat. sg. life, 1448, 1525; life, 2600; him on life stôd herestræl hearda (in vitalibus), 1435; nalles for life mearn, was not troubled about his life, 1443; of life gewât, went out of life, died, 2625; as instr. life, 662, 681, etc.; life, 1656, 2134, etc.; gen. sg. life, 823; life, 2791, 2444; life orwêna, despairing of life, 1003, 1566; life scyldig, having forfeited life, 1339, 2062; dat. pl. life nêðdon, 510, 538.—Phrases: on life (in life), ever, 1780; tô life (for life), always, 2006, 2499; âwa tô life, for ever and ever, 956.
ealdor-bealu, st. n., life's evil: acc. sg. þu ... ondrædan ne þearft ... aldorbealu eorlum, thou needest not fear death for the courtiers, 1677.
ealdor-bealu, st. n., the evil of life: acc. sg. þu ... you don't need to fear ... life's evil from the nobles, you need not fear death for the courtiers, 1677.
ealdor-cearu, st. f., trouble that endangers life, great trouble: dat. sg. he his leódum wearð ... tô aldor-ceare, 907.
ealdor-cearu, st. f., serious trouble that puts life at risk, major hardship: dat. sg. he his leódum wearð ... tô aldor-ceare, 907.
ealdor-dagas, st. m. pl., days of one's life: dat. pl. næfre on aldor-dagum (never in his life), 719; on ealder-dagum ær (in former days), 758.
ealdor-dagas, st. m. pl., days of one's life: dat. pl. næfre on aldor-dagum (never in his life), 719; on ealder-dagum ær (in former days), 758.
ealdor-gedâl, st. n., severing of life, death, end: nom. sg. aldor-gedâl, 806.
ealdor-gedâl, st. n., breaking of life, death, end: nom. sg. aldor-gedâl, 806.
ealdor-gewinna, w. m., life-enemy, one who strives to take his enemy's life (in N.H.G. the contrary conception, Tod-feind): nom. sg. ealdorgewinna (the dragon), 2904.
ealdor-gewinna, n., life-enemy, someone who tries to take their enemy's life (in New High German, the opposite idea, Tod-feind): nom. sg. ealdorgewinna (the dragon), 2904.
ealdor-leás, adj., without a ruler(?): nom. pl. aldor-leáse, 15.
ealdor-leás, adj., without a ruler(?): nom. pl. aldor-leáse, 15.
ealdor-leás, adj., lifeless, dead: acc. sg. aldor-leásne, 1588; ealdor-leásne, 3004.
ealdor-leás, adj., lifeless, dead: acc. sg. aldor-leásne, 1588; ealdor-leásne, 3004.
ealdor-þegn, st. m., nobleman at the court, distinguished courtier: acc. sg. aldor-þegn (Hrôðgâr's confidential adviser, Äschere), 1309.
ealdor-þegn, st. m., nobleman at the court, distinguished courtier: acc. sg. aldor-þegn (Hrôðgâr's confidential adviser, Äschere), 1309.
eal-gylden, adj., all golden, entirely of gold: nom. sg. swýn ealgylden, 1112; acc. sg. segn eallgylden, 2768.
eal-gylden, adj., fully golden, made entirely of gold: nom. sg. swýn ealgylden, 1112; acc. sg. segn eallgylden, 2768.
eal-îrenne, adj., entirely of iron: acc. sg. eall-îrenne wîgbord, a wholly iron battle-shield, 2339.
eal-îrenne, adj., completely made of iron: acc. sg. eall-îrenne wîgbord, an entirely iron battle shield, 2339.
ealu-scerwen, st. f., terror, under the figure of a mishap at an ale-drinking, probably the sudden taking away of the ale: nom. sg. Denum eallum wearð ... ealuscerwen, 770.
ealu-scerwen, st. f., fear, represented as a mishap during a drinking session, likely the sudden loss of ale: nom. sg. To everyone came ... ealuscerwen, 770.
eal-wealda, w. adj., all ruling (God): nom. sg. fäder alwalda, 316; alwalda, 956, 1315; dat. sg. al-wealdan, 929.
eal-wealda, w. adj., all ruling (God): nom. sg. fäder alwalda, 316; alwalda, 956, 1315; dat. sg. al-wealdan, 929.
eard, st. m., cultivated ground, estate, hereditary estate; in a broader sense, ground in general, abode, place of sojourn: nom. sg. him wäs bâm ... lond gecynde, eard êðel-riht, the land was bequeathed to them both, the land and the privileges attached to it. 2199; acc. sg. fîfel-cynnes eard, the ground of the giant race, place of sojourn, 104; similarly, älwihta eard, 1501; eard gemunde, thought of his native ground, his home, 1130; eard git ne const, thou knowest not yet the place of sojourn. 1378; eard and eorlscipe, prædium et nobilitatem, 1728; eard êðelwyn, land and the enjoyment of home, 2494; dat. sg. ellor hwearf of earde, went elsewhere from his place of abode, i.e. died, 56; þät we rondas beren eft tô earde, that we go again to our homes, 2655; on earde, 2737; nom. pl. eácne eardas, the broad expanses (in the fen-sea where Grendel's home was), 1622.
eard, st. m., cultivated land, estate, hereditary property; in a broader sense, land in general, home, place of residence: nom. sg. him wäs bâm ... lond gecynde, eard êðel-riht, the land was passed down to them both, the land and the rights that came with it. 2199; acc. sg. fîfel-cynnes eard, the land of the giant race, place of residence, 104; similarly, älwihta eard, 1501; eard gemunde, thought of his homeland, his home, 1130; eard git ne const, you do not yet know the place of residence. 1378; eard and eorlscipe, property and nobility, 1728; eard êðelwyn, land and the enjoyment of home, 2494; dat. sg. ellor hwearf of earde, went elsewhere from his place of residence, i.e. died, 56; þät we rondas beren eft tô earde, that we go again to our homes, 2655; on earde, 2737; nom. pl. eácne eardas, the broad expanses (in the fen-sea where Grendel's home was), 1622.
eardian, w. v.: 1) to have a dwelling-place, to live; to rest: pret. pl. dýre swyrd swâ hie wið eorðan fäðm þær eardodon, costly swords, as they had rested in the earth's bosom, 3051.—2) also transitively, to inhabit: pret. sg. Heorot eardode, 166; inf. wîc eardian elles hwergen, inhabit a place elsewhere (i.e. die), 2590.
eardian, v. 1) to have a home, to live; to rest: past plural dýre swyrd swâ hie wið eorðan fäðm þær eardodon, valuable swords, as they had rested in the earth's embrace, 3051.—2) also transitively, to inhabit: past singular Heorot eardode, 166; infinitive wîc eardian elles hwergen, inhabit a place elsewhere (i.e. die), 2590.
earfoð-þrag, st. f., time full of troubles, sorrowful time: acc. sg. -þrage, 283.
earfoð-þrag, st. f., time filled with difficulties, a sorrowful time: acc. sg. -þrage, 283.
earm-hreád, st. f., arm-ornament. nom. pl. earm-hreáde twâ, 1195 (Grein's conjecture, MS. earm reade).
earm-hreád, n. f., arm-ornament. nom. pl. earm-hreáde twâ, 1195 (Grein's conjecture, MS. earm reade).
earm-sceapen, pret. part. as adj. (properly, wretched by the decree of fate), wretched: nom. sg. 1352.
earm-sceapen, past participle used as an adjective (essentially, miserable due to fate's will), miserable: singular nominative 1352.
earn, noun, eagle: dative singular earne, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
eaxl, st. f., shoulder: acc. sg. eaxle, 836, 973; dat. sg. on eaxle, 817, 1548; be eaxle, 1538; on eaxle ides gnornode, the woman sobbed on the shoulder (of her son, who has fallen and is being burnt), 1118; dat. pl. sät freán eaxlum neáh, sat near the shoulders of his lord (Beówulf lies lifeless upon the earth, and Wîglâf sits by his side, near his shoulder, so as to sprinkle the face of his dead lord), 2854; he for eaxlum gestôd Deniga freán, he stood before the shoulders of the lord of the Danes (i.e. not directly before him, but somewhat to the side, as etiquette demanded), 358.
eaxl, f. shoulder: acc. sg. eaxle, 836, 973; dat. sg. on eaxle, 817, 1548; be eaxle, 1538; on eaxle ides gnornode, the woman sobbed on the shoulder (of her son, who has fallen and is being burnt), 1118; dat. pl. sät freán eaxlum neáh, sat near the shoulders of his lord (Beówulf lies lifeless upon the earth, and Wîglâf sits by his side, near his shoulder, so as to sprinkle the face of his dead lord), 2854; he for eaxlum gestôd Deniga freán, he stood before the shoulders of the lord of the Danes (i.e. not directly before him, but somewhat to the side, as etiquette demanded), 358.
eaxl-gestealla, w. m., he who has his position at the shoulder (sc. of his lord), trusty courtier, counsellor of a prince: nom. sg. 1327; acc. pl. -gesteallan, 1715.
eaxl-gestealla, n., someone who is positioned at the shoulder (of their lord), loyal courtier, advisor to a prince: nom. sg. 1327; acc. pl. -gesteallan, 1715.
eác, conj., also: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, etc.; êc, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.
eácen (pret. part. of a not existing eacan, augere), adj., wide-spread, large: nom. pl. eácne eardas, broad plains, 1622.—great, heavy: eald sweord eácen, 1664; dat. pl. eácnum ecgum, 2141, both times of the great sword in Grendel's habitation.—great, mighty, powerful: äðele and eácen, of Beówulf, 198.
eácen (past participle of a non-existent eacan, augment), adj., widespread, large: nom. pl. eácne eardas, broad plains, 1622. —great, heavy: eald sweord eácen, 1664; dat. pl. eácnum ecgum, 2141, referring to the great sword in Grendel's dwelling. —great, mighty, powerful: äðele and eácen, of Beówulf, 198.
eácen-cräftig, adj., immense (of riches), enormously great: acc. sg. hord-ärna sum eácen-cräftig, that enormous treasure-house, 2281; nom. sg. þät yrfe eácen-cräftig, iúmonna gold, 3052.
eácen-cräftig, adj., immense (of riches), enormously great: acc. sg. hord-ärna sum eácen-cräftig, that enormous treasure-house, 2281; nom. sg. þät yrfe eácen-cräftig, iúmonna gold, 3052.
eádig-lîce, adv., in abundance, in joyous plenty: dreámum lifdon eádiglîce, lived in rejoicing and plenty, 100.
eádig-lîce, adv., in abundance, in joyous plenty: we lived eádiglîce, in happiness and abundance, 100.
eáðe, êðe, ýðe, adj., easy, pleasant: nom. pl. gode þancedon þäs þe him ýð-lâde eáðe wurdon, thanked God that the sea-ways (the navigation) had become easy to them, 228; ne wäs þät êðe sîð, no pleasant way, 2587; näs þät ýðe ceáp, no easy purchase, 2416; nô þät ýðe byð tô befleónne, not easy (as milder expression for in no way, not at all), 1003.
easy, pleasant, adj., easy, pleasant: nom. pl. good thanked God that the sea routes had become easy for them, 228; it was no pleasant journey, 2587; it was not an easy deal, 2416; indeed it is not easy (used as a softer way of saying in no way, not at all), 1003.
easily, easily, adv., easily. easily, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
easy to find, adj., easy to find: nom. sg. 138.
eágor-streám, st. m., sea-stream sea: acc. sg. 513.
eágor-streám, n.m., sea-stream sea: acc. sg. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
eáwan, w. v., to disclose, to show, to prove: pres. sg. III. eáweð ... uncûðne nîð, shows evil enmity, 276. See eówan, ýwan.
eáwan, v. to reveal, to display, to demonstrate: pres. sg. III. eáweð ... uncûðne nîð, reveals wicked hostility, 276. See eówan, ýwan.
ge-eáwan, to show, to offer: pret. part. him wäs ... wunden gold êstum ge-eáwed, was graciously presented, 1195.
ge-eáwan, to show, to offer: pret. part. him wäs ... wunden gold êstum ge-eáwed, was graciously presented, 1195.
eodor, st. m., fence, hedge, railing. Among the old Germans, an estate was separated by a fence from the property of others. Inside of this fence the laws of peace and protection held good, as well as in the house itself. Hence eodor is sometimes used instead of house: acc. pl. hêht eahta mearas on flet teón, in under eoderas, gave orders to lead eight steeds into the hall, into the house, 1038.—2) figuratively, lord, prince, as protector: nom. sg. eodor, 428, 1045; eodur, 664.
eodor, st. m., fence, hedge, railing. Among the early Germans, an estate was marked off by a fence from the properties of others. Within this fence, the laws of peace and protection applied, just like inside the house. Because of this, eodor is sometimes used as a synonym for house: acc. pl. hêht eahta mearas on flet teón, in under eoderas, gave orders to lead eight steeds into the hall, into the house, 1038.—2) figuratively, lord, prince, as protector: nom. sg. eodor, 428, 1045; eodur, 664.
eofer, st. m.: 1) boar, here of the metal boar-image upon the helmet: nom. sg. eofer îrenheard, 1113.—2) figuratively, bold hero, brave fighter (O.N. iöfur): nom. pl. þonne ... eoferas cnysedan, when the heroes rushed upon each other, 1329, where eoferas and fêðan stand in the same relation to each other as cnysedan and hniton.
eofer, n. m.: 1) boar, specifically referring to the metal boar-image on the helmet: nominative singular eofer îrenheard, 1113.—2) metaphorically, bold hero, brave fighter (O.N. iöfur): nominative plural þonne ... eoferas cnysedan, when the heroes charged at each other, 1329, where eoferas and fêðan are related to each other in the same way as cnysedan and hniton.
eofor-spreót, st. m., boar-spear: dat. pl. mid eofer-spreótum heóro-hôcyhtum, with hunting-spears which were provided with sharp hooks, 1438.
eofor-spreót, st. m., boar-spear: dat. pl. with eofer-spreótum heóro-hôcyhtum, with hunting-spears that had sharp hooks, 1438.
eoguð, ioguð. See geogoð.
eoguð, ioguð. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
eorclan-stân, st. m., precious stone: acc. pl. -stânas, 1209.
eorclan-stân, noun, precious stone: accusative plural -stânas, 1209.
eorð-cyning, st. m., king of the land: gen. sg. eorð-cyninges (Finn), 1156.
earth-king, n., king of the land: gen. sg. earth-king's (Finn), 1156.
eorð-draca, w. m., earth-drake, dragon that lives in the earth: nom. sg. 2713, 2826.
eorð-draca, m., earth-drake, dragon that lives in the earth: nom. sg. 2713, 2826.
eorðe, w. f.: 1) earth (in contrast with heaven), world: acc. sg. älmihtiga eorðan worhte, 92; wîde geond eorðan, far over the earth, through the wide world, 266; dat. sg. ofer eorðan, 248, 803; on eorðan, 1823, 2856, 3139; gen. sg. eorðan, 753.—2) earth, ground: acc. sg. he eorðan gefeóll, fell to the ground, 2835; forlêton eorla gestreón eorðan healdan, let the earth hold the nobles' treasure, 3168; dat. sg. þät hit on eorðan läg, 1533; under eorðan, 2416; gen. sg. wið eorðan fäðm (in the bosom of the earth), 3050.
eorðe, w. f.: 1) earth (as opposed to heaven), world: acc. sg. älmihtiga eorðan worhte, 92; wîde geond eorðan, far over the earth, through the wide world, 266; dat. sg. ofer eorðan, 248, 803; on eorðan, 1823, 2856, 3139; gen. sg. eorðan, 753.—2) earth, ground: acc. sg. he eorðan gefeóll, fell to the ground, 2835; forlêton eorla gestreón eorðan healdan, let the earth hold the nobles' treasure, 3168; dat. sg. þät hit on eorðan läg, 1533; under eorðan, 2416; gen. sg. wið eorðan fäðm (in the bosom of the earth), 3050.
eorð-reced, st. n., hall in the earth, rock-hall: acc. sg. 2720.
eorð-reced, st. n., earth hall, rock hall: acc. sg. 2720.
eorð-scräf, st. n., earth-cavern, cave: dat. sg. eorð-[scräfe], 2233; gen. pl. eorð-scräfe, 3047.
eorð-scräf, n. singular, earth-cavern, cave: dat. sg. eorð-[scräfe], 2233; gen. pl. eorð-scräfe, 3047.
eorð-weall, st. m., earth-wall: acc. sg. (Ongenþeów) beáh eft under eorðweall, fled again under the earth-wall (into his fortified camp), 2958; þâ me wäs ... sîð âlýfed inn under eorðweall, then the way in, under the earth-wall was opened to me (into the dragon's cave), 3091.
eorð-weall, st. m., earth-wall: acc. sg. (Ongenþeów) beáh eft under eorðweall, fled again under the earth-wall (into his fortified camp), 2958; þâ me wäs ... sîð âlýfed inn under eorðweall, then the way in, under the earth-wall was opened to me (into the dragon's cave), 3091.
eorð-weard, st. m., land-property, estate: acc. sg. 2335.
earth-guardian, noun, land-property, estate: acc. sg. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
eorl, st. m., noble born man, a man of the high nobility: nom. sg. 762, 796, 1229, etc.; acc. sg. eorl, 573, 628, 2696; gen. sg. eorles, 690, 983, 1758, etc.; acc. pl. eorlas, 2817; dat. pl. eorlum, 770, 1282, 1650, etc.; gen. pl. eorla, 248, 357, 369, etc.—Since the king himself is from the stock of the eorlas, he is also called eorl, 6, 2952.
eorl, st. m., noble-born man, a man of high nobility: nom. sg. 762, 796, 1229, etc.; acc. sg. eorl, 573, 628, 2696; gen. sg. eorles, 690, 983, 1758, etc.; acc. pl. eorlas, 2817; dat. pl. eorlum, 770, 1282, 1650, etc.; gen. pl. eorla, 248, 357, 369, etc.—Since the king himself comes from the lineage of the eorlas, he is also referred to as eorl, 6, 2952.
eorl-gestreón, st. n., wealth of the nobles: gen. pl. eorl-gestreóna ... hardfyrdne dæl, 2245.
eorl-gestreón, noun, wealth of the nobles: gen. pl. eorl-gestreóna ... hardfyrdne dæl, 2245.
eorl-gewæde, st. n., knightly dress, armor: dat. pl. -gewædum, 1443.
eorl-gewæde, n., knightly dress, armor: dat. pl. -gewædum, 1443.
eorl-weorod, st. n., followers of nobles: nom. sg. 2894.
eorl-weorod, n., followers of nobles: nom. sg. 2894.
eormen-cyn, st. n., very extensive race, mankind: gen. sg. eormen-cynnes, 1958.
eormen-cyn, noun, very large race, humanity: gen. sing. eormen-cynnes, 1958.
eormen-grund, st. m., immensely wide plains, the whole broad earth: acc. sg. ofer eormen-grund, 860.
eormen-grund, st. m., vast open plains, the entire wide earth: acc. sg. ofer eormen-grund, 860.
eormen-lâf, st. f., enormous legacy: acc. sg. eormen-lâfe äðelan cynnes (the treasures of the dragon's cave) 2235.
eormen-lâf, st. f., huge legacy: acc. sg. eormen-lâfe äðelan cynnes (the treasures of the dragon's cave) 2235.
eóred-geatwe, st. f. pl., warlike adornments: acc. pl., 2867.
eóred-geatwe, st. f. pl., warlike adornments: acc. pl., 2867.
eówan, w. v., to show, to be seen: pres. sg. III. ne gesacu ôhwær, ecghete eóweð, nowhere shows itself strife, sword-hate, 1739. See eáwan, ýwan.
eówan, w. v., to show, to be seen: pres. sg. III. ne gesacu ôhwær, ecghete eóweð, nowhere shows itself strife, sword-hate, 1739. See eáwan, ýwan.
ge-fandian, -fondian, w. v., to try, to search for, to find out, to experience: w. gen. pret. part. þät häfde gumena sum goldes gefandod, that a man had discovered the gold, 2302; þonne se ân hafað þurh deâðes nýd dæda gefondad, now the one (Herebeald) has with death's pang experienced the deeds (the unhappy bow-shot of Hæðcyn), 2455.
ge-fandian, -fondian, w. v., to try, to search for, to find out, to experience: w. gen. pret. part. þät häfde gumena sum goldes gefandod, that a man had discovered the gold, 2302; þonne se ân hafað þurh deâðes nýd dæda gefondad, now the one (Herebeald) has with death's pang experienced the deeds (the unhappy bow-shot of Hæðcyn), 2455.
faran, st. v., to move from one place to another, to go, to wander: inf. tô hâm faran, to go home, 124; lêton on geflît faran fealwe mearas, let the fallow horses go in emulation, 865; cwom faran flotherge on Fresna land, had come to Friesland with a fleet, 2916; com leóda dugoðe on lâst faran, came to go upon the track of the heroes of his people, i.e. to follow them, 2946; gerund wæron äðelingas eft tô leódum fûse tô farenne, the nobles were ready to go again to their people, 1806; pret. sg. gegnum fôr [þâ] ofer myrcan môr, there had (Grendel's mother) gone away over the dark fen, 1405; sægenga fôr, the seafarer (the ship) drove along, 1909; (wyrm) mid bæle fôr, (the dragon) fled away with fire, 2309; pret. pl. þät ... scawan scîrhame tô scipe fôron, that the visitors in glittering attire betook themselves to the ship, 1896.
faran, v. to move from one place to another, to go, to wander: inf. tô hâm faran, to go home, 124; lêton on geflît faran fealwe mearas, let the fallow horses go in emulation, 865; cwom faran flotherge on Fresna land, had come to Friesland with a fleet, 2916; com leóda dugoðe on lâst faran, came to go upon the track of the heroes of his people, i.e. to follow them, 2946; gerund wæron äðelingas eft tô leódum fûse tô farenne, the nobles were ready to go again to their people, 1806; pret. sg. gegnum fôr [þâ] ofer myrcan môr, there had (Grendel's mother) gone away over the dark fen, 1405; sægenga fôr, the seafarer (the ship) drove along, 1909; (wyrm) mid bæle fôr, (the dragon) fled away with fire, 2309; pret. pl. þät ... scawan scîrhame tô scipe fôron, that the visitors in glittering attire betook themselves to the ship, 1896.
gefaran, to proceed, to act: inf. hû se mânsceaða under færgripum gefaran wolde, how he would act in his sudden attacks, 739.
gefaran, to proceed, to act: inf. hû se mânsceaða under færgripum gefaran wolde, how he would act in his sudden attacks, 739.
ût faran, to go out: w. acc. lêt of breóstum ... word ût faran, let words go out of his breast, uttered words, 2552.
ût faran, to go out: w. acc. lêt of breóstum ... word ût faran, let words escape from his heart, spoken words, 2552.
faru, st. f., way, passage, expedition: in comp. âd-faru.
faru, st. f., way, passage, expedition: in comp. âd-faru.
fâcen-stäf (elementum nequitiae), st. m., wickedness, treachery, deceit. acc. pl. fâcen-stafas, 1019.
fâcen-stäf (element of evil), n. m., wickedness, treachery, deceit. acc. pl. fâcen-stafas, 1019.
fâh, fâg, adj., many-colored, variegated, of varying color (especially said of the color of gold, of bronze, and of blood, in which the beams of light are refracted): nom. sg. fâh (covered with blood), 420; blôde fâh, 935; âtertânum fâh (sc. îren) [This is the MS reading; emmended to âterteárum in text--KTH], 1460; sadol searwum fâh (saddle artistically ornamented with gold), 1039; sweord swâte fâh, 1287; brim blôde fâh, 1595; wäldreóre fâg, 1632; (draca) fýrwylmum fâh (because he spewed flame), 2672; sweord fâh and fäted, 2702; blôde fâh, 2975; acc. sg. dreóre fâhne, 447; goldsele fättum fâhne, 717; on fâgne flôr treddode, trod the shining floor (of Heorot), 726; hrôf golde fâhne, the roof shining with gold, 928; nom. pl. eoforlîc ... fâh and fýr-beard, 305; acc. pl. þâ hilt since fâge, 1616; dat. pl. fâgum sweordum, 586.—Comp. bân-, blôd-, brûn-, dreór-, gold-, gryre-, searo-, sinc-, stân-, swât-, wäl-, wyrm-fâh.
fâh, fâg, adj., many-colored, variegated, of varying color (especially referring to the color of gold, bronze, and blood, in which the beams of light are refracted): nom. sg. fâh (covered with blood), 420; blôde fâh, 935; âtertânum fâh (sc. îren) [This is the MS reading; amended to âterteárum in text--KTH], 1460; sadol searwum fâh (saddle artistically ornamented with gold), 1039; sweord swâte fâh, 1287; brim blôde fâh, 1595; wäldreóre fâg, 1632; (draca) fýrwylmum fâh (because he spewed flame), 2672; sweord fâh and fäted, 2702; blôde fâh, 2975; acc. sg. dreóre fâhne, 447; goldsele fättum fâhne, 717; on fâgne flôr treddode, trod the shining floor (of Heorot), 726; hrôf golde fâhne, the roof shining with gold, 928; nom. pl. eoforlîc ... fâh and fýr-beard, 305; acc. pl. þâ hilt since fâge, 1616; dat. pl. fâgum sweordum, 586.—Comp. bân-, blôd-, brûn-, dreór-, gold-, gryre-, searo-, sinc-, stân-, swât-, wäl-, wyrm-fâh.
fâh, fâg, fâ, adj.: 1) hostile: nom. sg. fâh feónd-scaða, 554; he wäs fâg wið god (Grendel), 812; acc. sg. fâne (the dragon), 2656; gen. pl. fâra, 578, 1464.—2) liable to pursuit, without peace, outlawed: nom. sg. fâg, 1264; mâne fâh, outlawed through crime, 979; fyren-dædum fâg, 1002.—Comp. nearo-fâh.
fâh, fâg, fâ, adj.: 1) hostile: nom. sg. fâh feónd-scaða, 554; he was fâg against God (Grendel), 812; acc. sg. fâne (the dragon), 2656; gen. pl. fâra, 578, 1464.—2) liable to pursuit, without peace, outlawed: nom. sg. fâg, 1264; mâne fâh, outlawed through crime, 979; fyren-dædum fâg, 1002.—Comp. nearo-fâh.
fâmig-heals, adj., with foaming neck: nom. sg. flota fâmig-heals, 218; (sægenga) fâmig-heals, 1910.
fâmig-heals, adj., with foaming neck: nom. sg. flota fâmig-heals, 218; (sægenga) fâmig-heals, 1910.
fädera, w. m., father's brother in comp. suhter-gefäderan.
fädera, w. m., father's brother in comp. suhter-gefäderan.
fäder-äðelo, st. n. pl., paternus principatus (?): dat. pl. fäder-äðelum, 912.
fäder-äðelo, n. pl., paternus principatus (?): dat. pl. fäder-äðelum, 912.
fäderen-mæg, st. m., kinsman descended from the same father, co-descendant: dat. sg. fäderen-mæge, 1264.
fäderen-mæg, n., kinsman descended from the same father, co-descendant: dat. sg. fäderen-mæge, 1264.
fäðm, st. m.: 1) the outspread, encircling arms: instr. pl. feóndes fäð[mum], 2129.—2) embrace, encircling: nom. sg. lîges fäðm, 782; acc. sg. in fýres fäðm, 185.—3) bosom, lap: acc. sg. on foldan fäðm, 1394; wið eorðan fäðm, 3050; dat. pl. tô fäder (God's) fäðmum, 188.—4) power, property: acc. in Francna fäðm, 1211.—Cf. sîd-fäðmed, sîð-fäðme.
fäðm, noun: 1) the outspread, encircling arms: instrumental plural feóndes fäð[mum], 2129.—2) embrace, encircling: nominative singular lîges fäðm, 782; accusative singular in fýres fäðm, 185.—3) bosom, lap: accusative singular on foldan fäðm, 1394; wið eorðan fäðm, 3050; dative plural tô fäder (God's) fäðmum, 188.—4) power, property: accusative in Francna fäðm, 1211.—See also sîd-fäðmed, sîð-fäðme.
fäst, adj., bound, fast: nom. sg. bið se slæp tô fäst, 1743; acc. sg. freóndscipe fästne, 2070; fäste frioðuwære, 1097.—The prep. on stands to denote the where or wherein: wäs tô fäst on þâm (sc. on fæhðe and fyrene), 137; on ancre fäst, 303. Or, oftener, the dative: feónd-grâpum fäst, (held) fast in his antagonist's clutch, 637; fýrbendum fäst, fast in the forged hinges, 723; handa fäst, 1291, etc.; hygebendum fäst (beorn him langað), fast (shut) in the bonds of his bosom, the man longs for (i.e. in secret), 1879.—Comp: âr-, blæd-, gin-, sôð-, tîr-, wîs-fäst.
fäst, adj., bound, fast: nom. sg. it is said to be fast, 1743; acc. sg. friendship fast, 2070; fast in peace, 1097.—The prep. on indicates the place or location: was to be fast in the (sc. in enmity and fire), 137; in anchors fast, 303. Or, more often, the dative: in the enemy’s grip fast, (held) tightly in his opponent's grasp, 637; fast in the forged hinges, securely held in the crafted joints, 723; hand fast, 1291, etc.; in the bonds of his heart fast (the man longs for) fast (shut) in the ties of his soul, the man desires (i.e. in secret), 1879.—Comp: early-, glory-, trap-, true-, honor-, wise-fast.
fäste, adv., fäst __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.—Comp. fästor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.
fät, st. n. (?), plate, sheet of metal, especially gold plate (Dietrich Hpt. Ztschr. XI. 420): dat. pl. gold sele ... fättum fâhne, shining with gold plates (the walls and the inner part of the roof were partly covered with gold), 717; sceal se hearda helm hyrsted golde fätum befeallen (sc. wesan), the gold ornaments shall fall away from it, 2257.
fät, noun (?), plate, sheet of metal, especially gold plate (Dietrich Hpt. Ztschr. XI. 420): dative plural gold sele ... fättum fâhne, shining with gold plates (the walls and the inner part of the roof were partly covered with gold), 717; the hard helmet should be adorned with gold plates (sc. to be), the gold ornaments shall fall away from it, 2257.
fäted, fätt, part., ornamented with gold beaten into plate-form: gen. sg. fättan goldes, 1094, 2247; instr. sg. fättan golde, 2103. Elsewhere, covered, ornamented with gold plate: nom. sg. sweord ... fäted, 2702; acc. sg. fäted wæge, 2254, 2283; acc. pl. fätte scyldas, 333; fätte beágas, 1751. [fæted, etc.]
fäted, fätt, part., decorated with gold shaped into thin plates: gen. sg. fättan goldes, 1094, 2247; instr. sg. fättan golde, 2103. In other contexts, covered, adorned with gold plate: nom. sg. sweord ... fäted, 2702; acc. sg. fäted wæge, 2254, 2283; acc. pl. fätte scyldas, 333; fätte beágas, 1751. [fæted, etc.]
fäted-hleór, adj., phaleratus gena (Dietr.): acc. pl. eahta mearas fäted-hleóre (eight horses with bridles covered with plates of gold), 1037.
fäted-hleór, adj., decorated cheeks (Dietr.): acc. pl. eight horses with bridle coverings made of gold plates, 1037.
fæge, adj.: 1) forfeited to death, allotted to death by fate: nom. sg. fæge, 1756, 2142, 2976; fæge and ge-flýmed, 847; fûs and fæge, 1242; acc. sg. fægne flæsc-homan, 1569; dat. sg. fægum, 2078; gen. sg. fæges, 1528.—2) dead: dat. pl. ofer fægum (over the warriors fallen in the battle), 3026.—Comp.: deáð-, un-fæge.
fæge, adj.: 1) doomed to die, destined for death by fate: nom. sg. fæge, 1756, 2142, 2976; fæge and ge-flýmed, 847; fûs and fæge, 1242; acc. sg. fægne flæsc-homan, 1569; dat. sg. fægum, 2078; gen. sg. fæges, 1528.—2) dead: dat. pl. ofer fægum (over the warriors who fell in battle), 3026.—Comp.: deáð-, un-fæge.
fæhð (state of hostility, see fâh), st. f., hostile act, feud, battle: nom. sg. fæhð, 2404, 3062; acc. sg. fæhðe, 153, 459, 470, 596, 1334, etc.; also of the unhappy bowshot of the Hrêðling, Hæðcyn, by which he killed his brother, 2466; dat. sg. fore fæhðe and fyrene, 137; nalas for fæhðe mearn (did not recoil from the combat), 1538; gen. sg, ne gefeah he þære fæhðe, 109; gen. pl. fæhða gemyndig, 2690.—Comp. wäl-fæhð.
feud (state of hostility, see fâh), f., hostile act, feud, battle: nom. sg. feud, 2404, 3062; acc. sg. feud, 153, 459, 470, 596, 1334, etc.; also referring to the unfortunate bowshot of the Hrêðling, Hæðcyn, by which he killed his brother, 2466; dat. sg. fore feud and fyrene, 137; nalas for feud mearn (did not recoil from the combat), 1538; gen. sg, ne gefeah he þære feud, 109; gen. pl. feuds gemyndig, 2690.—Comp. wäl-feud.
færinga, adv., unexpectedly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
feðer-gearwe, st. f. pl. (feather-equipment), the feathers of the shaft of the arrow: dat. (instr.) pl. sceft feðer-gearwum fûs, 3120.
feðer-gearwe, st. f. pl. (feather-equipment), the feathers of the arrow shaft: dat. (instr.) pl. sceft feðer-gearwum fûs, 3120.
fela, I., adj. indecl., much, many: as subst.: acc. sg. fela fricgende, 2107. With worn placed before: hwät þu worn fela ... ymb Brecan spræce, how very much you spoke about Breca, 530.—With gen. sg.: acc. sg. fela fyrene, 810; wyrm-cynnes fela, 1426; worna fela sorge, 2004; tô fela micles ... Denigea leóde, too much of the race of the Danes, 695; uncûðes fela, 877; fela lâðes, 930; fela leófes and lâðes, 1061.—With gen. pl.: nom. sg. fela mâdma, 36; fela þæra wera and wîfa, 993, etc.; acc. sg. fela missera, 153; fela fyrena, 164; ofer landa fela, 311; mâððum-sigla fela (falo, MS.), 2758; ne me swôr fela âða on unriht, swore no false oaths, 2739, etc.; worn fela mâðma, 1784; worna fela gûða, 2543.—Comp. eal-fela.
fela, I., adj. indecl., much, many: as subst.: acc. sg. fela fricgende, 2107. With worn placed before: hwæt þu worn fela ... about Breca, how very much you spoke about Breca, 530.—With gen. sg.: acc. sg. fela fyrene, 810; wyrm-cynnes fela, 1426; worna fela sorge, 2004; tô fela micles ... Denigea leóde, too much of the race of the Danes, 695; uncûðes fela, 877; fela lâðes, 930; fela leófes and lâðes, 1061.—With gen. pl.: nom. sg. fela mâdma, 36; fela þæra wera and wîfa, 993, etc.; acc. sg. fela missera, 153; fela fyrena, 164; ofer landa fela, 311; mâððum-sigla fela (falo, MS.), 2758; ne me swôr fela âða on unriht, swore no false oaths, 2739, etc.; worn fela mâðma, 1784; worna fela gûða, 2543.—Comp. eal-fela.
II., adverb, very, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
fela-môdig, adj., very courageous: gen. pl. -môdigra, 1638, 1889.
fela-môdig, adj., very brave: gen. pl. -môdigra, 1638, 1889.
fela-synnig, adj., very criminal, very guilty: acc. sg. fela-sinnigne secg (in MS., on account of the alliteration, changed to simple sinnigne), 1380.
fela-synnig, adj., very criminal, very guilty: acc. sg. fela-sinnigne secg (in MS., due to the alliteration, altered to simple sinnigne), 1380.
ät-feólan, w. dat., insistere, adhærere: pret. nô ic him þäs georne ätfealh (held him not fast enough, 969.
ät-feólan, w. dat., insistere, adhærere: pret. nô ic him þäs georne ätfealh (held him not fast enough, 969.
fen-freoðo, st. f., refuge in the fen: dat. sg. in fen-freoðo, 852.
fen-freoðo, st. f., refuge in the fen: dat. sg. in fen-freoðo, 852.
fen-ge-lâd, st. n., fen-paths, fen with paths: acc. pl. frêcne fengelâd (fens difficult of access), 1360.
fen-ge-lâd, n., fens with paths: plural accusative frêcne fengelâd (hard-to-reach fens), 1360.
ferhð, st. m., heart, soul: dat. sg. on ferhðe, 755, 949, 1719; gehwylc hiora his ferhðe treówde, þät ..., each of them trusted to his (Hûnferð's) heart, that ..., 1167; gen. sg. ferhðes fore-þanc, 1061; dat. pl. (adverbial) ferhðum fägne, happy at heart, 1634; þät mon ... ferhðum freóge, that one ... heartily love, 3178.—Comp.: collen-, sarig-, swift-, wide-ferhð.
ferhð, n., heart, soul: dat. sg. on ferhðe, 755, 949, 1719; each of them trusted to his ferhð, that ..., each of them trusted to his (Hûnferð's) heart, that ..., 1167; gen. sg. ferhðes fore-þanc, 1061; dat. pl. (adverbial) ferhðum fägne, happy at heart, 1634; that one ... ferhðum freóge, that one ... heartily love, 3178.—Comp.: collen-, sarig-, swift-, wide-ferhð.
ferhð-frec, adj., having good courage, bold, brave: acc. sg. ferhð-frecan Fin, 1147.
ferhð-frec, adj., showing strong courage, daring, fearless: acc. sg. ferhð-frecan Fin, 1147.
ferhð-genîðla, w. m., mortal enemy: acc. sg. ferhð-genîðlan, of the drake, 2882.
ferhð-genîðla, m., mortal enemy: acc. sg. ferhð-genîðlan, of the drake, 2882.
ät-ferian, to carry away, to bear off: pret. ic þät hilt þanan feóndum ätferede, 1669.
ät-ferian, to carry away, to bear off: pret. I that held there the treasure carried off, 1669.
ge-ferian, bear, to bring, to lead: pres. subj. I. pl. þonne (we) geferian freán ûserne, 3108; inf. geferian ... Grendles heáfod, 1639; pret. þät hi ût geferedon dýre mâðmas, 3131; pret. part. her syndon geferede feorran cumene ... Geáta leóde, men of the Geátas, come from afar, have been brought hither (by ship), 361.
ge-ferian, bear, to bring, to lead: pres. subj. I. pl. þonne (we) geferian freán ûserne, 3108; inf. geferian ... Grendles heáfod, 1639; pret. þät hi ût geferedon dýre mâðmas, 3131; pret. part. her syndon geferede feorran cumene ... Geáta leóde, men of the Geátas, come from afar, have been brought here (by ship), 361.
ôð-ferian, to tear away, to take away: pret. sg. I. unsôfte þonan feorh ôð-ferede, 2142.
ôð-ferian, to tear away, to take away: pret. sg. I. unsôfte then took away life, 2142.
of-ferian, to carry off, to take away, to tear away: pret. ôðer swylc ût offerede, took away another such (sc. fifteen), 1584.
of-ferian, to carry off, to take away, to tear away: past tense ôðer swylc ût offerede, took away another such (meaning fifteen), 1584.
fetel-hilt, st. n., sword-hilt, with the gold chains fastened to it: acc. (sg. or pl.?), 1564. (See "Leitfaden f. nord. Altertumskunde," pp.45, 46.)
fetel-hilt, noun, sword-hilt, with the gold chains attached to it: accusative (singular or plural?), 1564. (See "Guide to North European Archaeology," pp.45, 46.)
ge-fetian, to bring: inf. hêt þâ eorla hleó in gefetian Hrêðles lâfe, caused Hrêðel's sword to be brought, 2191.
ge-fetian, to bring: inf. hêt þâ eorla hleó in gefetian Hrêðles lâfe, caused Hrêðel's sword to be brought, 2191.
fêðe-cempa, w. m., foot-soldier: nom. sg., 1545, 2854.
fêðe-cempa, m., infantryman: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
fêran, w. v., iter (A.S. fôr) facere, to come, to go, to travel: pres. subj. II. pl. ær ge ... on land Dena furður fêran, ere you go farther into the land of the Danes, 254; inf. fêran on freán wære (to die), 27; gewiton him þâ fêran (set out upon their way), 301; mæl is me tô fêran, 316; fêran ... gang sceáwigan, go, so as to see the footprints, 1391; wîde fêran, 2262; pret. fêrdon folctogan ... wundor sceáwian, the princes came to see the wonder, 840; fêrdon forð, 1633.
fêran, v. (A.S. fôr) to make a journey, to come, to go, to travel: pres. subj. II. pl. ær ge ... into the land of the Danes, are you going further into the land of the Danes, 254; inf. fêran on freán wære (to die), 27; gewiton him þâ fêran (set out upon their way), 301; mæl is me tô fêran, 316; fêran ... gang sceáwigan, go, so as to see the footprints, 1391; wîde fêran, 2262; pret. fêrdon folctogan ... wundor sceáwian, the princes came to see the wonder, 840; fêrdon forð, 1633.
ge-fêran: 1) adire, to arrive at: pres. subj. þonne eorl ende gefêre lîfgesceafta, reach the end of life, 3064; pret. part. häfde æghwäðer ende gefêred lænan lîfes, frail life's end had both reached, 2845.—2) to reach, to accomplish, to bring about: pret. hafast þu gefêred þät ..., 1222, 1856.—3) to behave one's self, to conduct one's self: pret. frêcne gefêrdon, had shown themselves daring, 1692.
ge-fêran: 1) to arrive at: pres. subj. when the noble reaches the end of life, reach the end of life, 3064; pret. part. had both reached frail life's end, frail life's end had both reached, 2845.—2) to reach, to accomplish, to bring about: pret. have you accomplished that..., 1222, 1856.—3) to behave oneself, to conduct oneself: pret. the daring had shown themselves, had shown themselves daring, 1692.
ge-feohan, ge-feón, st. v. w. gen. and instr., to enjoy one's self, to rejoice at something: a) w. gen.: pret. sg. ne gefeah he þære fæhðe, 109; hilde gefeh, beado-weorces, 2299; pl. fylle gefægon, enjoyed themselves at the bounteous repast, 1015; þeódnes gefêgon, rejoiced at (the return of) the ruler, 1628.—b) w. instr.: niht-weorce gefeh, ellen-mærðum, 828; secg weorce gefeh, 1570; sælâce gefeah, mägen-byrðenne þâra þe he him mid häfde, rejoiced at the gift of the sea, and at the great burden of that (Grendel's head and the sword-hilt) which he had with him, 1625.
ge-feohan, ge-feón, st. v. w. gen. and instr., to enjoy oneself, to rejoice at something: a) w. gen.: pret. sg. ne gefeah he þære fæhðe, 109; hilde gefeh, beado-weorces, 2299; pl. fylle gefægon, enjoyed themselves at the bounteous feast, 1015; þeódnes gefêgon, rejoiced at (the return of) the ruler, 1628.—b) w. instr.: niht-weorce gefeh, ellen-mærðum, 828; secg weorce gefeh, 1570; sælâce gefeah, mägen-byrðenne þâra þe he him mid häfde, rejoiced at the gift of the sea, and at the great burden of that (Grendel's head and the sword-hilt) which he had with him, 1625.
feoh-gift, -gyft, st. f., bestowing of gifts or treasures: gen. sg. þære feoh-gyfte, 1026; dat. pl. ät feohgyftum, 1090; fromum feohgiftum, with rich gifts, 21.
feoh-gift, -gyft, n. sing., the giving of gifts or treasures: gen. sing. þære feoh-gyfte, 1026; dat. pl. ät feohgyftum, 1090; fromum feohgiftum, with generous gifts, 21.
feohte, w. f., combat: acc. sg. feohtan, 576, 960. See were-fyhte.
feohte, n., fight: acc. sg. feohtan, 576, 960. See were-fyhte.
feor-bûend, pt., dwelling far away: nom. pl. ge feor-bûend, 254.
feor-bûend, pt., dwelling far away: nom. pl. ge feor-bûend, 254.
feorh, ferh (Goth. fairhvu-s, world), st. m. and n., life, principle of life, soul: nom. sg. feorh, 2124; nô þon lange wäs feorh äðelinges flæsce bewunden, not for much longer was the soul of the prince enveloped in the body (he was near death), 2425; ferh ellen wräc, life expelled the strength (i.e. with the departing life the strength disappeared also), 2707; acc. sg. feorh ealgian, 797, 2656, 2669; feorh gehealdan, preserve his life, 2857; feorh âlegde, gave up his life, 852; similarly, ær he feorh seleð, 1371; feorh oðferede, tore away her life, 2142; ôð þät hie forlæddan tô þam lindplegan swæse gesîðas ond hyra sylfra feorh, till in an evil hour they carried into battle their dear companions and their lives (i.e. led them to their death), 2041; gif þu þîn feorh hafast, 1850; ymb feorh sacan (to fight for life), 439; wäs in feorh dropen, was wounded into his life, i.e. mortally, 2982; wîdan feorh, as temporal acc., through a wide life, i.e. always, 2015; dat. sg. feore, 1294, 1549; tô wîdan feore, for a wide life, i.e. at all times, 934; on swâ geongum feore (at a so youthful age), 1844; as instr., 578, 3014; gen. sg. feores, 1434, 1943; dat. pl. bûton ... feorum gumena, 73; freónda feorum, 1307.—Also, body, corpse: þâ wäs heal hroden feónda feorum (the hall was covered with the slain of the enemy), 1153; gehwearf þâ in Francna fäðm feorh cyninges, then the body of the king (Hygelâc) fell into the power of the Franks, 1211. —Comp. geogoð-feorh.
feorh, ferh (Goth. fairhvu-s, world), st. m. and n., life, principle of life, soul: nom. sg. feorh, 2124; no longer was the soul of the prince trapped in the body, not for much longer was the soul of the prince enveloped in the body (he was near death), 2425; ferh ellen wräc, life expelled the strength (i.e. with the departing life the strength disappeared also), 2707; acc. sg. feorh ealgian, 797, 2656, 2669; feorh gehealdan, preserve his life, 2857; feorh âlegde, gave up his life, 852; similarly, before he feorh seleð, 1371; feorh oðferede, tore away her life, 2142; until they led their dear companions and their lives into battle in an evil hour, till in an evil hour they carried into battle their dear companions and their lives (i.e. led them to their death), 2041; if you have your feorh, 1850; about feorh sacan (to fight for life), 439; was in feorh dropen, was wounded into his life, i.e. mortally, 2982; wîdan feorh, as temporal acc., through a wide life, i.e. always, 2015; dat. sg. feore, 1294, 1549; tô wîdan feore, for a wide life, i.e. at all times, 934; at such a young feore (at a so youthful age), 1844; as instr., 578, 3014; gen. sg. feores, 1434, 1943; dat. pl. except ... feorum gumena, 73; freónda feorum, 1307.—Also, body, corpse: then the hall was covered with the slain of the enemy, þâ wäs heal hroden feónda feorum (the hall was covered with the slain of the enemy), 1153; then the body of the king fell into the power of the Franks, gehwearf þâ in Francna fäðm feorh cyninges, then the body of the king (Hygelâc) fell into the power of the Franks, 1211. —Comp. geogoð-feorh.
feorh-bana, w. m., (life-slayer), man-slayer, murderer: dat. sg. feorh-bonan, 2466.
feorh-bana, m., (life-slayer), man-slayer, murderer: dat. sg. feorh-bonan, 2466.
feorh-bealu, st. n., evil destroying life, violent death: nom. sg., 2078, 2251, 2538; acc. sg., 156.
feorh-bealu, n. (singular), evil that destroys life, violent death: nominative singular, 2078, 2251, 2538; accusative singular, 156.
feorh-genîðla, w. m., he who seeks life, life's enemy (N.H.G. Tod-feind), mortal enemy: acc. sg. -genîðlan, 1541; dat. sg. -genîðlan, 970; acc. sg. brægd feorh-genîðlan, 1541; acc. pl. folgode feorh-genîðlan, (Ongenþeów) pursued his mortal enemies, 2934.
feorh-genîðla, m., one who seeks life, enemy of life (N.H.G. Tod-feind), mortal enemy: acc. sg. -genîðlan, 1541; dat. sg. -genîðlan, 970; acc. sg. brægd feorh-genîðlan, 1541; acc. pl. folgode feorh-genîðlan, (Ongenþeów) chased his mortal enemies, 2934.
feorh-lagu, st. f., the life allotted to anyone, life determined by fate: acc. sg. on mâðma hord mine (mînne, MS.) bebohte frôde feorh-lege, for the treasure-hoard I sold my old life, 2801.
feorh-lagu, st. f., the life assigned to anyone, life shaped by fate: acc. sg. on mâðma hord mine (mînne, MS.) bebohte frôde feorh-lege, for the treasure-hoard I sold my old life, 2801.
feorh-lâst, st. m., trace of (vanishing) life, sign of death : acc. pl. feorh-lâstas bär, 847.
feorh-lâst, st. m., trace of (vanishing) life, sign of death : acc. pl. feorh-lâstas bär, 847.
feorh-seóc, adj., mortally wounded: nom. sg., 821.
feorh-seóc, adj., mortally wounded: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
feorh-sweng, st. m., (stroke robbing of life), fatal blow: acc. sg., 2490.
feorh-sweng, n., (a hit that takes away life), deadly strike: gen. sg., 2490.
feorh-wund, st. f., mortal wound, fatal injury: acc. sg. feorh-wunde hleát, 2386.
feorh-wund, st. f., mortal wound, fatal injury: acc. sg. feorh-wunde hleát, 2386.
feormend-leás, adj., wanting the. cleanser: acc. pl. geseah ... fyrn-manna fatu feormend-leáse, 2762.
feormend-leás, adj., lacking the cleanser: acc. pl. geseah ... ancient people's vessels lacking cleanser, 2762.
ge-feormian, w. v., to feast, to eat; pret. part. sôna häfde unlyfigendes eal gefeormod fêt and folma, 745.
ge-feormian, w. v., to feast, to eat; pret. part. sôna had an unearthly feast prepared with food and drink, 745.
feorran, adv., from afar: a) of space, 361, 430, 826, 1371, 1820, etc.; siððan äðelingas feorran gefricgean fleám eówerne, when noble men afar learn of your flight (when the news of your flight reaches distant lands), 2890; fêrdon folctogan feorran and neán, from far and from near, 840; similarly, neán and feorran þu nu [friðu] hafast, 1175; wäs þäs wyrmes wîg wîde gesýne ... neán and feorran, visible from afar, far and near, 2318.—b) temporal: se þe cûðe frumsceaft fira feorran reccan (since remote antiquity), 91; similarly, feorran rehte, 2107.
feorran, adv., from afar: a) of space, 361, 430, 826, 1371, 1820, etc.; siððan äðelingas feorran gefricgean fleám eówerne, when noble men from afar learn of your flight (when the news of your flight reaches distant lands), 2890; fêrdon folctogan feorran and neán, from far and from near, 840; similarly, neán and feorran þu nu [friðu] hafast, 1175; wäs þäs wyrmes wîg wîde gesýne ... neán and feorran, visible from afar, far and near, 2318.—b) temporal: se þe cûðe frumsceaft fira feorran reccan (since remote antiquity), 91; similarly, feorran rehte, 2107.
feorran-cund, adj., foreign-born: dat. sg. feorran-cundum, 1796.
feorran-cund, adj., born abroad: dat. sg. feorran-cundum, 1796.
feónd-grâp, st. f., foe's clutch: dat. (instr.) pl. feónd-grâpum fäst, 637.
feónd-grâp, st. f., foe's clutch: dat. (instr.) pl. feónd-grâpum fäst, 637.
feónd-sceaða, w. m., one who is an enemy and a robber: nom. sg. fâh feónd-scaða (a hostile sea-monster), 554.
feónd-sceaða, m., one who is both an enemy and a thief: nom. sg. fâh feónd-scaða (a hostile sea monster), 554.
feónd-scipe, st. m., hostility: nom. sg., 3000.
feónd-scipe, st. m., hostility: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
feówer-tyne, num., fourteen: nom. with following gen. pl. feówertyne Geáta, 1642.
feówer-tyne, num., fourteen: nominative with following genitive plural feówki Geáta, 1642.
findan, st. v., to find, to invent, to attain: a) with simple object in acc.: inf. þâra þe he cênoste findan mihte, 207; swylce hie at Finnes-hâm findan meahton sigla searo-gimma, 1157; similarly, 2871; mäg þær fela freónda findan, 1839; wolde guman findan, 2295; swâ hyt weorðlîcost fore-snotre men findan mihton, so splendidly as only very wise men could devise it, 3164; pret. sg. healþegnas fand, 720; word ôðer fand, found other words, i.e. went on to another narrative, 871; grimne gryrelîcne grund-hyrde fond, 2137; þät ic gôdne funde beága bryttan, 1487; pret. part. syððan ærest wearð feásceaft funden (discovered), 7.—b) with acc. and pred. adj.: pret. sg. dryhten sînne driórigne fand, 2790.—c) with acc. and inf.: pret. fand þâ þær inne äðelinga gedriht swefan, 118; fand wäccendne wer wîges bîdan, 1268; hord-wynne fond opene standan, 2271; ôð þät he fyrgen-beámas ... hleonian funde, 1416; pret. pl. fundon þâ sâwulleásne hlim-bed healdan, 3034.—d) with dependent clause: inf. nô þý ær feásceafte findan meahton ät þam äðelinge þät he Heardrêde hlâford wære (could by no means obtain it from the prince), 2374.
findan, st. v., to find, to invent, to attain: a) with simple object in acc.: inf. þâra þe he cênoste findan mihte, 207; swylce hie at Finnes-hâm findan meahton sigla searo-gimma, 1157; similarly, 2871; mäg þær fela freónda findan, 1839; wolde guman findan, 2295; swâ hyt weorðlîcost fore-snotre men findan mihton, so splendidly as only very wise men could devise it, 3164; pret. sg. healþegnas fand, 720; word ôðer fand, found other words, i.e. went on to another narrative, 871; grimne gryrelîcne grund-hyrde fond, 2137; þät ic gôdne funde beága bryttan, 1487; pret. part. syððan ærest wearð feásceaft funden (discovered), 7.—b) with acc. and pred. adj.: pret. sg. dryhten sînne driórigne fand, 2790.—c) with acc. and inf.: pret. fand þâ þar inne äðelinga gedriht swefan, 118; fand wäccendne wer wîges bîdan, 1268; hord-wynne fond opene standan, 2271; ôð þät he fyrgen-beámas ... hleonian funde, 1416; pret. pl. fundon þâ sâwulleásne hlim-bed healdan, 3034.—d) with dependent clause: inf. nô þý ær feásceafte findan meahton ät þam äðelinge þät he Heardrêde hlâford wære (could by no means obtain it from the prince), 2374.
on-findan, to be sensible of, to perceive, to notice: a) w. acc.: pret. sg. landweard onfand eftsîð eorla, the coast-guard observed the return of the earls, 1892; pret. part. þâ heó onfunden wäs (was discovered), 1294.—b) w. depend, clause: pret. sg. þâ se gist onfand þät se beado-leóma bîtan nolde, the stranger (Beówulf) perceived that the sword would not cut, 1523; sôna þät onfunde, þät ..., immediately perceived that..., 751; similarly, 810, 1498.
on-findan, to be aware of, to notice: a) w. acc.: pret. sg. landweard onfand eftsîð eorla, the coast-guard noticed the return of the earls, 1892; pret. part. þâ heó onfunden wäs (was discovered), 1294.—b) w. depend, clause: pret. sg. þâ se gist onfand þät se beado-leóma bîtan nolde, the stranger (Beówulf) noticed that the sword would not cut, 1523; sôna þät onfunde, þät ..., immediately noticed that..., 751; similarly, 810, 1498.
firen, fyren, st. f., cunning waylaying, insidious hostility, malice, outrage: nom. sg. fyren, 916; acc. sg. fyrene and fæhðe, 153; fæhðe and fyrene, 880, 2481; firen' ondrysne, 1933; dat. sg. fore fæhðe and fyrene, 137; gen. pl. fyrena, 164, 629; and fyrene, 812; fyrena hyrde (of Grendel), 751. The dat. pl., fyrenum, is used adverbially in the sense of maliciously, 1745, or fallaciously, with reference to Hæðcyn's killing Herebeald, which was done unintentionally, 2442.
firen, fyren, noun, clever ambush, sneaky hostility, spite, wrongdoing: nominative singular fyren, 916; accusative singular fyrene and fæhðe, 153; fæhðe and fyrene, 880, 2481; firen' ondrysne, 1933; dative singular fore fæhðe and fyrene, 137; genitive plural fyrena, 164, 629; and fyrene, 812; fyrena hyrde (of Grendel), 751. The dative plural, fyrenum, is used adverbially to mean maliciously, 1745, or deceptively, referring to Hæðcyn's accidental killing of Herebeald, 2442.
firen-þearf, st. f., misery through the malignity of enemies: acc. sg. fyren-þearfe, 14.
firen-þearf, st. f., misery caused by the evil of enemies: acc. sg. fyren-þearfe, 14.
firgen-beám, st. m., tree of a mountain-forest: acc. pl. fyrgen-beámas, 1415.
firgen-beám, n., tree of a mountain forest: acc. pl. fyrgen-beámas, 1415.
firgen-holt, st. m., mountain-wood, mountain-forest: acc. sg. on fyrgen-holt, 1394.
firgen-holt, st. m., mountain-wood, mountain-forest: acc. sg. on fyrgen-holt, 1394.
firgen-streám, st. m., mountain-stream: nom. sg. fyrgen-streám, 1360; acc. sg. under fyrgen-streám (marks the place where the mountain-stream, according to 1360, empties into Grendel's sea), 2129.
firgen-streám, noun, mountain-stream: nominative singular fyrgen-streám, 1360; accusative singular under fyrgen-streám (marks the spot where the mountain-stream, according to 1360, flows into Grendel's sea), 2129.
fîf-tene, fîf-tyne, num., fifteen: acc. fýftyne, 1583; gen. fîftena sum, 207.
fîf-tene, fîf-tyne, num., fifteen: acc. fýftyne, 1583; gen. fîftena sum, 207.
flæsc-hama, w. m., clothing of flesh, i.e. the body: acc. sg. flæsc-homan, 1569.
flæsc-hama, n., body: acc. sg. flæsc-homan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
flet, st. n.: 1) ground, floor of a hall: acc. sg. heó on flet gebeáh, fell to the ground, 1541; similarly, 1569.—2) hall, mansion: nom. sg. 1977; acc. sg. flet, 1037, 1648, 1950, 2018, etc.; flett, 2035; þät hie him ôðer flet eal gerýmdon, that they should give up entirely to them another hall, 1087; dat. sg. on flette, 1026.
flet, n. : 1) ground, floor of a hall: acc. sg. heó on flet gebeáh, fell to the ground, 1541; similarly, 1569.—2) hall, mansion: nom. sg. 1977; acc. sg. flet, 1037, 1648, 1950, 2018, etc.; flett, 2035; þät hie him ôðer flet eal gerýmdon, that they should give up entirely to them another hall, 1087; dat. sg. on flette, 1026.
flet-sittend, pres. part., sitting in the hall: acc. pl -sittende, 2023; dat. pl. -sittendum, 1789.
flet-sittend, present participle, sitting in the hall: accusative plural -sittende, 2023; dative plural -sittendum, 1789.
flet-werod, st. n., troop from the hall: nom. sg., 476.
flet-werod, n., troop from the hall: nom. sg., 476.
ofer-fleón, w. acc., to flee from one, to yield: inf. nelle ic beorges weard oferfleón fôtes trem, will not yield to the warder of the mountain (the drake) a foot's breadth, 2526.
ofer-fleón, w. acc., to flee from someone, to give in: inf. nelle ic beorges weard oferfleón fôtes trem, will not give in to the warden of the mountain (the drake) by a foot's width, 2526.
fleótan, st. v., to float upon the water, to swim: inf. nô he wiht fram me flôd-ýðum feor fleótan meahte. hraðor on helme, no whit, could he swim from me farther on the waves (regarded as instrumental, so that the waves marked the distance), more swiftly in the sea, 542; pret. sægenga fleát fâmigheals forð ofer ýðe, floated away over the waves, 1910.
fleótan, st. v., to float on the water, to swim: inf. nô he wiht fram me flôd-ýðum feor fleótan meahte. hraðor on helme, not a bit could he swim away from me further on the waves (considered as instrumental, showing that the waves indicated the distance), more quickly in the sea, 542; pret. sægenga fleát fâmigheals forð ofer ýðe, floated away over the waves, 1910.
ofer-flîtan, to surpass one in a contest, to conquer, to overcome: pret. w. acc. he þe ät sunde oferflât (overcome thee in a swimming-wager), 517.
ofer-flîtan, to surpass someone in a contest, to conquer, to overcome: past tense with accusative he þe ät sunde oferflât (overcome you in a swimming wager), 517.
floga, w. m., flyer; in the compounds: gûð-, lyft-, uht-, wîd-floga.
floga, w. m., flyer; in the compounds: battle-, lift-, dawn-, wide-flyer.
flyht, fliht, st. m., flight: nom. sg. gâres fliht, flight of the spear, 1766.
flyht, fliht, n. m., flight: nom. sg. gâres fliht, flight of the spear, 1766.
folc, st. n., troop, band of warriors; folk, in the sense of the whole body of the fighting men of a nation: acc. sg. folc, 522, 694, 912; Sûðdene folc, 464; folc and rîce, 1180; dat. sg. folce, 14, 2596; folce Deninga, 465; as instr. folce gestepte ofer sæ sîde, went with a band of warriors over the wide sea, 2394; gen. sg. folces, 1125; folces Denigea, 1583.—The king is called folces hyrde, 611, 1833, 2645, 2982; freáwine folces, 2358; or folces weard, 2514. The queen, folces cwên, 1933.—The pl., in the sense of warriors, fighting men: nom. pl. folc, 1423, 2949; dat. pl. folcum, 55, 262, 1856; gen. pl. freó- (freá-) wine folca, of the king, 430, 2430; friðu-sibb folca, of the queen, 2018.—Comp. sige-folc.
folc, noun, group, band of warriors; people, referring to the entire body of soldiers in a nation: acc. sg. folc, 522, 694, 912; Sûðdene folc, 464; folc and rîce, 1180; dat. sg. folce, 14, 2596; folce Deninga, 465; as instr. folce gestepte ofer sæ sîde, went with a band of warriors over the wide sea, 2394; gen. sg. folces, 1125; folces Denigea, 1583.—The king is referred to as folces hyrde, 611, 1833, 2645, 2982; freáwine folces, 2358; or folces weard, 2514. The queen, folces cwên, 1933.—The plural, meaning warriors, fighting men: nom. pl. folc, 1423, 2949; dat. pl. folcum, 55, 262, 1856; gen. pl. freó- (freá-) wine folca, of the king, 430, 2430; friðu-sibb folca, of the queen, 2018.—Comp. sige-folc.
folc-âgend, pres. part., leader of a band of warriors: nom. pl. folc-âgende, 3114.
folc-âgend, pres. part., leader of a group of warriors: nom. pl. folc-âgende, 3114.
folc-beorn, st. m., man of the multitude, a common man: nom. sg. folc-beorn, 2222.
folc-beorn, st. m., man of the people, an ordinary person: nom. sg. folc-beorn, 2222.
folc-cyning, st. m., king of a warlike host: nom. sg., 2734, 2874.
folc-cyning, st. m., king of a warlike host: nom. sg., 2734, 2874.
folc-scearu, st. f., part of a host of warriors, nation: dat. sg. folc-scare, 73.
folc-scearu, st. f., part of a group of warriors, nation: dat. sg. folc-scare, 73.
folc-stede, st. m., position of a band of warriors, place where a band of warriors is quartered: acc. sg. folcstede, of the hall, Heorot, 76; folcstede fâra (the battle-field), 1464.
folc-stede, n., the position of a group of warriors, the place where a group of warriors is based: acc. sg. folcstede, of the hall, Heorot, 76; folcstede fâra (the battlefield), 1464.
fold-bûend, pres. part. dweller on earth, man: nom. pl. fold-bûend, 2275; fold-bûende, 1356; dat. pl. fold-bûendum, 309.
fold-bûend, present participle dweller on earth, man: nominative plural fold-bûend, 2275; fold-bûende, 1356; dative plural fold-bûendum, 309.
for, prep. w. dat., instr., and acc.: 1) w. dat. local, before, ante: þät he for eaxlum gestôd Deniga freán, 358; for hlâwe, 1121.—b) before, coram, in conspectu: no he þære feohgyfte for sceótendum scamigan þorfte, had no need to be ashamed of the gift before the warriors, 1027; for þäm werede, 1216; for eorlum, 1650; for duguðe, before the noble band of warriors, 2021.—Causal, a) to denote a subjective motive, on account of, through, from: for wlenco, from bravery, through warlike courage, 338, 1207; for wlence, 508; for his wonhýdum, 434; for onmêdlan, 2927, etc.—b) objective, partly denoting a cause, through, from, by reason of: for metode, for the creator, on account of the creator, 169; for þreánýdum, 833; for þreánêdlan, 2225; for dolgilpe, on account of, in accordance with the promise of bold deeds (because you claimed bold deeds for yourself), 509; him for hrôfsele hrînan ne mehte fær-gripe flôdes, on account of the roofed hall the malicious grasp of the flood could not reach him, 1516; lîg-egesan wäg for horde, on account of (the robbing of) the treasure, 2782; for mundgripe mînum, on account of, through the gripe of my hand, 966; for þäs hildfruman hondgeweorce, 2836; for swenge, through the stroke, 2967; ne meahte ... deóp gedýgan for dracan lêge, could not hold out in the deep on account of the heat of the drake, 2550. Here may be added such passages as ic þäm gôdan sceal for his môdþräce mâðmas beódan, will offer him treasures on account of his boldness of character, for his high courage, 385; ful-oft for lässan leán teohhode, gave often reward for what was inferior, 952; nalles for ealdre mearn, was not uneasy about his life, 1443; similarly, 1538. Also denoting purpose: for ârstafum, to the assistance, 382, 458.—2) w. instr. causal, because of, for: he hine feor forwräc for þý mane, 110.—3) w. acc., for, as, instead of: for sunu freógan, love as a son, 948; for sunu habban, 1176; ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde, held the drake's fighting as nothing, 2349.
for, prep. with dat., instr., and acc.: 1) with dat. loc., before, ante: that he for eaxes gestôd Deniga freán, 358; for hlâwe, 1121.—b) before, coram, in sight: he had no need to be ashamed of the gift before the warriors, 1027; for þäm werede, 1216; for eorlum, 1650; for duguðe, before the noble band of warriors, 2021.—Causal, a) to denote a subjective motive, on account of, through, from: for wlenco, from bravery, through warlike courage, 338, 1207; for wlence, 508; for his wonhýdum, 434; for onmêdlan, 2927, etc.—b) objective, partly denoting a cause, through, from, by reason of: for metode, for the creator, on account of the creator, 169; for þreánýdum, 833; for þreánêdlan, 2225; for dolgilpe, on account of, in accordance with the promise of bold deeds (because you claimed bold deeds for yourself), 509; him for hrôfsele hrînan ne mehte fær-gripe flôdes, on account of the roofed hall the malicious grasp of the flood could not reach him, 1516; lîg-egesan wäg for horde, on account of (the robbing of) the treasure, 2782; for mundgripe mînum, on account of, through the grip of my hand, 966; for þäs hildfruman hondgeweorce, 2836; for swenge, through the stroke, 2967; ne meahte ... deóp gedýgan for dracan lêge, could not hold out in the deep on account of the heat of the drake, 2550. Here may be added such passages as ic þäm gôdan sceal for his môdþräce mâðmas beódan, will offer him treasures on account of his boldness of character, for his high courage, 385; ful-oft for lässan leán teohhode, gave often reward for what was inferior, 952; nalles for ealdre mearn, was not uneasy about his life, 1443; similarly, 1538. Also denoting purpose: for ârstafum, to the assistance, 382, 458.—2) with instr. causal, because of, for: he hine feor forwräc for þý mane, 110.—3) with acc., for, as, instead of: for sunu freógan, love as a son, 948; for sunu habban, 1176; ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde, held the drake's fighting as nothing, 2349.
foran, adv., before, among the first, forward: siððan ... sceáwedon feóndes fingras, foran æghwylc (each before himself), 985; þät wäs ân foran ealdgestreóna, that was one among the first of the old treasures, i.e. a splendid old treasure, 1459; þe him foran ongeán linde bæron, bore their shields forward against him (went out to fight against him), 2365.
foran, adv., before, among the first, forward: siððan ... showed the enemy's fingers, in front of each (each before himself), 985; that was one among the first of the old treasures, that was one among the first of the old treasures, i.e. a splendid old treasure, 1459; that they bore their shields forward against him, bore their shields forward against him (went out to fight against him), 2365.
forð: 1) local, forth, hither, near: forð near ätstôp, approached nearer, 746; þâ cwom Wealhþeó forð gân, 1163; similarly, 613; him seleþegn forð wîsade, led him (Beówulf) forth (to the couch that had been prepared for him in Heorot), 1796; þät him swât sprong forð under fexe, forth under the hair of his head, 2968. Forward, further: gewîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; he tô forð gestôp, 2290; freoðo-wong þone forð ofereodon, 2960. Away, forth, 45, 904; fyrst forð gewât, the time (of the way to the ship) was out, i.e. they had arrived at the ship, 210; me ... forð-gewitenum, to me the departed, 1480; fêrdon forð, went forth (from Grendel's sea), 1633; þonne he forð scile, when he must (go) forth, i.e. die, 3178; hine mihtig god ... ofer ealle men forð gefremede, carried him forth, over all men, 1719.—2) temporal, forth, from now on: heald forð tela niwe sibbe, 949; ic sceal forð sprecan gen ymbe Grendel, shall from now on speak again of Grendel, 2070. See furðum and furðor.
forð: 1) local, forth, here, near: forð near ätstôp, came closer, 746; þâ cwom Wealhþeó forð gân, 1163; similarly, 613; him seleþegn forð wîsade, led him (Beówulf) forth (to the couch that had been prepared for him in Heorot), 1796; þät him swât sprong forð under fexe, forth under the hair of his head, 2968. Forward, further: gewîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; he tô forð gestôp, 2290; freoðo-wong þone forð oferêodon, 2960. Away, forth, 45, 904; fyrst forð gewât, the time (of the way to the ship) was out, i.e. they had arrived at the ship, 210; me ... forð-gewitenum, to me the departed, 1480; fêrdon forð, went forth (from Grendel's sea), 1633; þonne he forð scile, when he must (go) forth, i.e. die, 3178; hine mihtig god ... ofer ealle men forð gefremede, carried him forth, over all men, 1719.—2) temporal, forth, from now on: heald forð tela niwe sibbe, 949; ic sceal forð sprecan gen ymbe Grendel, shall from now on speak again of Grendel, 2070. See furðum and furðor.
forð-gerîmed, pres. part., in unbroken succession, 59.
forð-gerîmed, present participle, in unbroken succession, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
forð-gesceaft, st. f., that which is determined for farther on, future destiny: acc. sg. he þâ forð-gesceaft forgyteð and forgýmeð, 1751.
forð-gesceaft, noun, that which is set for later, future fate: accusative singular he then forgets and forgives that future fate, 1751.
fore, prep. w. dat., local, before, coram, in conspectu: heó fore þäm werede spräc, 1216. Causal, through, for, because of: nô mearn fore fæhðe and fyrene, 136; fore fäder dædum, because of the father's deeds, 2060,—Allied to this is the meaning, about, de, super: þær wäs sang and swêg samod ätgädere fore Healfdenes hildewîsan, song and music about Healfdene's general (the song of Hnäf), 1065.
fore, prep. w. dat., local, before, in front of, visible to: heó fore þäm werede spräc, 1216. Causal, through, for, because of: nô mearn fore fæhðe and fyrene, 136; fore fäder dædum, because of the father's deeds, 2060,—Allied to this is the meaning, about, regarding, on: þær wäs sang and swêg samod ätgädere fore Healfdenes hildewîsan, song and music about Healfdene's general (the song of Hnäf), 1065.
fore-mihtig, adj., able beyond (others), præpotens: nom. sg. wäs tô foremihtig feónd on fêðe, the enemy was too strong in going (could flee too rapidly), 970.
fore-mihtig, adj., more capable than others, præpotens: nom. sg. wäs tô foremihtig feónd on fêðe, the enemy was too powerful in their escape (could flee too quickly), 970.
fore-snotor, adj., wise beyond (others), sapientissimus: nom. pl. foresnotre men, 3164.
fore-snotor, adj., wiser than (others), sapientissimus: nom. pl. foresnotre men, 3164.
fyrmest, adv. superl., first of all, in the first place: he fyrmest läg, 2078.
fyrmest, adv. superl., first of all, in the first place: he fyrmest läg, 2078.
fôn, st. v., to catch, to grasp, to take hold, to take: prs. sg. III. fêhð ôðer tô, another lays hold (takes possession), 1756; inf. ic mid grâpe sceal fôn wið feónde, 439; pret. sg. him tôgeánes fêng, caught at him, grasped at him, 1543; w. dat. he þâm frätwum fêng, received the rich adornments (Ongenþeów's equipment), 2990.
fôn, st. v., to catch, to grasp, to take hold, to take: prs. sg. III. fêhð ôðer tô, another takes hold (takes possession), 1756; inf. ic mid grâpe sceal fôn wið feónde, 439; pret. sg. him tôgeánes fêng, caught at him, grasped at him, 1543; w. dat. he þâm frätwum fêng, received the rich adornments (Ongenþeów's equipment), 2990.
be-fôn, to surround, to ensnare, to encompass, to embrace: pret. part. hyne sâr hafað ... nearwe befongen balwon bendum, 977; heó äðelinga ânne häfde fäste befangen (had seized him firmly), 1296; helm ... befongen freáwrâsnum (encircled by an ornament like a diadem), 1452; fenne bifongen, surrounded by the fen, 2010; (draca) fýre befongen, encircled by fire, 2275, 2596; häfde landwara lîge befangen, encompassed by fire, 2322.
be-fôn, to surround, to ensnare, to encompass, to embrace: pret. part. hyne sâr hafað ... nearwe befongen balwon bendum, 977; heó äðelinga ânne häfde fäste befangen (had seized him firmly), 1296; helm ... befongen freáwrâsnum (encircled by an ornament like a diadem), 1452; fenne bifongen, surrounded by the fen, 2010; (draca) fýre befongen, encircled by fire, 2275, 2596; häfde landwara lîge befangen, encompassed by fire, 2322.
ge-fôn, w. acc., to seize, to grasp: pret. he gefêng slæpendne rinc, 741; gûðrinc gefêng atolan clommum, 1502; gefêng þâ be eaxle ... Gûðgeáta leód Grendles môdor, 1538; gefêng þâ fetelhilt, 1564; hond rond gefêng, geolwe linde, 2610; ic on ôfoste gefêng micle mid mundum mägen-byrðenne, hastily I seized with my hands the enormous burden, 3091.
ge-fôn, w. acc., to seize, to grasp: pret. he gefêng slæpendne rinc, 741; gûðrinc gefêng atolan clommum, 1502; gefêng þâ be eaxle ... Gûðgeáta leód Grendles môdor, 1538; gefêng þâ fetelhilt, 1564; hond rond gefêng, geolwe linde, 2610; ic on ôfoste gefêng micle mid mundum mägen-byrðenne, hastily I seized with my hands the enormous burden, 3091.
on-fôn, w. dat., to receive, to accept, to take: pres. imp. sg. onfôh þissum fulle, accept this cup, 1170; inf. þät þät þeódnes bearn ... scolde fäder-äðelum onfôn, receive the paternal rank, 912; pret. sg. hwâ þäm hläste onfêng, who received the ship's lading, 52; hleór-bolster onfêng eorles andwlitan, the pillow received the nobleman's face, 689; similarly, 853, 1495; heal swêge onfêng, the hall received the loud noise, 1215; he onfêng hraðe inwit-þancum, he (Beówulf) at once clutched him (Grendel) devising malice, 749.
on-fôn, w. dat., to receive, to accept, to take: pres. imp. sg. onfôh þissum fulle, accept this cup, 1170; inf. þät þät þeódnes bearn ... scolde fäder-äðelum onfôn, receive the paternal rank, 912; pret. sg. hwâ þäm hläste onfêng, who received the ship's lading, 52; hleór-bolster onfêng eorles andwlitan, the pillow received the nobleman's face, 689; similarly, 853, 1495; heal swêge onfêng, the hall received the loud noise, 1215; he onfêng hraðe inwit-þancum, he (Beówulf) at once clutched him (Grendel) devising malice, 749.
þurh-fôn, w. acc., to break through with grasping, to destroy by grasping: inf. þät heó þone fyrd-hom þurh-fôn ne mihte, 1505.
þurh-fôn, w. acc., to break through with grasping, to destroy by grasping: inf. that she could not break through the army with grasping, 1505.
wið-fôn, w. dat., (to grasp at), to seize, to lay hold of: pret. sg. him fäste wið-fêng, 761.
wið-fôn, w. dat., (to grasp at), to seize, to lay hold of: pret. sg. him fäste wið-fêng, 761.
ymbe-fôn, w. acc., to encircle: pret. heals ealne ymbefêng biteran bânum, encircled his (Beówulf's) whole neck with sharp bones (teeth), 2692.
ymbe-fôn, w. acc., to encircle: pret. heals ealne ymbefêng biteran bânum, encircled his (Beówulf's) whole neck with sharp bones (teeth), 2692.
fôt-gemearc, st. n., measure, determining by feet, number of feet: gen. sg. se wäs fîftiges fôtgemearces lang (fifty feet long), 3043.
fôt-gemearc, n., measure, determining by feet, number of feet: gen. sg. se wäs fîftiges fôtgemearces lang (fifty feet long), 3043.
fram, from, I. prep. w. dat. loc. away from something: þær fram sylle âbeág medubenc monig, 776, 1716; þanon eft gewiton ealdgesîðas ... fram mere, 856; cyning-balde men from þäm holmclife hafelan bæron, 1636; similarly, 541, 543, 2367. Standing after the dat.: he hine feor forwräc ... mancynne fram, 110; similarly, 1716. Also, hither from something: þâ ic cwom ... from feóndum, 420; æghwäðrum wäs ... brôga fram ôðrum, 2566.—Causal with verbs of saying and hearing, of, about, concerning: sägdest from his sîðe, 532; nô ic wiht fram þe swylcra searo-nîða secgan hýrde, 581; þät he fram Sigemunde secgan hyrde, 876. II adv., away, thence: nô þý ær fram meahte, 755; forth, out: from ærest cwom oruð aglæcean ût of stâne, the breath of the dragon came forth first from the rock 2557.
fram, from, I. prep. with dat. loc. away from something: there away many warriors brought mead, 776, 1716; then the old companions returned from the sea, 856; the king's bold men carried off from the shoreline, 1636; similarly, 541, 543, 2367. Standing after the dat.: he drove him far away ... from mankind, 110; similarly, 1716. Also, hither from something: then I came ... from foes, 420; each was ... a fright from another, 2566.—Causal with verbs of saying and hearing, of, about, concerning: you said of his journey, 532; nor will I say anything from you of such crafty sorrows, 581; that he heard from Sigemund, 876. II adv., away, thence: nor might that be away from me, 755; forth, out: first the dragon's breath came out of stone, the breath of the dragon came forth first from the rock 2557.
fram, from, adj.: 1) directed forwards, striving forwards; in comp. sîð-fram.—2) excellent, splendid, of a man with reference to his warlike qualities: nom. sg. ic eom on môde from, 2528; nom. pl. frome fyrd-hwate, 1642, 2477. Of things: instr. pl. fromum feoh-giftum, 21.—Comp. un-from; see freme, forma.
fram, from, adj.: 1) facing forward, eager to progress; in comp. sîð-fram.—2) exceptional, remarkable, describing a man in terms of his martial qualities: nom. sg. I am in spirit from, 2528; nom. pl. frome fyrd-hwate, 1642, 2477. Of things: instr. pl. fromum feoh-giftum, 21.—Comp. un-from; see freme, forma.
frätwe, st. f. pl., ornament, anything costly, originally carved objects (cf. Dietrich in Hpts. Ztschr. X. 216 ff.), afterwards of any costly and artistic work: acc. pl. frätwe, 2920; beorhte frätwe, 214; beorhte frätwa, 897; frätwe.. eorclan-stânas, 1208; frätwe,... breóst-weorðunge, 2504, both times of Hygelâc's collar; frätwe and fät-gold, 1922; frätwe (Eanmund's sword and armor), 2621; dat. instr. pl. þâm frätwum, 2164; on frätewum, 963; frätwum (Heaðobeard sword) hrêmig, 2055; frätwum, of the drake's treasures, 2785; frätwum (Ongenþeów's armor), 2990; gen. pl. fela ... frätwa, 37; þâra frätwa (drake's treasure), 2795; frätwa hyrde (drake), 3134.
frätwe, f. pl., ornament, anything expensive, originally carved objects (see Dietrich in Hpts. Ztschr. X. 216 ff.), later referring to any expensive and artistic work: acc. pl. frätwe, 2920; beorhte frätwe, 214; beorhte frätwa, 897; frätwe.. eorclan-stânas, 1208; frätwe,... breóst-weorðunge, 2504, both times of Hygelâc's collar; frätwe and fät-gold, 1922; frätwe (Eanmund's sword and armor), 2621; dat. instr. pl. þâm frätwum, 2164; on frätewum, 963; frätwum (Heaðobeard sword) hrêmig, 2055; frätwum, of the drake's treasures, 2785; frätwum (Ongenþeów's armor), 2990; gen. pl. fela ... frätwa, 37; þâra frätwa (drake's treasure), 2795; frätwa hyrde (drake), 3134.
ge-frægnian, w. v., to become known through hearsay: pret. part. fylle gefrægnod (of Grendel's mother, who had become known through the carrying off of Äschere), 1334?
ge-frægnian, w. v., to become known through hearsay: pret. part. fylle gefrægnod (of Grendel's mother, who had become known through the taking of Äschere), 1334?
freme, adj., excellent, splendid: nom. sg. fem. fremu folces cwên, of Þryðo, 1933(?).
freme, adj., excellent, splendid: nom. sg. fem. fremu folces queen, of Þryðo, 1933(?).
fremman, w. v., to press forward, to further, hence: 1) in general, to perform, to accomplish, to do, to make: pres. subj. without an object, fremme se þe wille, let him do (it) whoever will, 1004. With acc.: imp. pl. fremmað ge nu leóda þearfe, 2801; inf. fyrene fremman, 101; säcce fremman, 2500; fæhðe ... mærðum fremman, 2515, etc.; pret. sg. folcræd fremede (did what was best for his men, i.e. ruled wisely), 3007; pl. hû þâ äðelingas ellen fremedon, 3; feohtan fremedon, 960; nalles fâcenstafas ... þenden fremedon, 1020; pret. subj. þät ic ... mærðo fremede, 2135. —2) to help on, to support: inf. þät he mec fremman wile wordum and worcum (to an expedition), 1833.
fremman, v., to press forward, to further, hence: 1) in general, to perform, to accomplish, to do, to make: pres. subj. without an object, fremme se þe wille, let him do (it) whoever will, 1004. With acc.: imp. pl. fremmað ge nu leóda þearfe, 2801; inf. fyrene fremman, 101; säcce fremman, 2500; fæhðe ... mærðum fremman, 2515, etc.; pret. sg. folcræd fremede (did what was best for his men, i.e. ruled wisely), 3007; pl. hû þâ äðelingas ellen fremedon, 3; feohtan fremedon, 960; nalles fâcenstafas ... þenden fremedon, 1020; pret. subj. þät ic ... mærðo fremede, 2135. —2) to help on, to support: inf. þät he mec fremman wile wordum and worcum (to an expedition), 1833.
ge-fremman, w. acc., to do, to make, to render: inf. gefremman eorlîc ellen, 637; helpan gefremman, to give help, 2450; äfter weáspelle wyrpe gefremman, to work a change after sorrow (to give joy after sorrow), 1316; gerund, tô gefremmanne, 174, 2645; pret. sg. gefremede, 135, 165, 551, 585, etc.; þeáh þe hine mihtig god ... ofer ealle men forð gefremede, placed him away, above all men, i.e. raised him, 1719; pret. pl. gefremedon, 1188, 2479; pret. subj. gefremede, 177; pret. part. gefremed, 476; fem, nu scealc hafað ... dæd gefremede, 941; absolutely, þu þe self hafast dædum gefremed, þät ..., hast brought it about by thy deeds that, 955.
ge-fremman, w. acc., to do, to make, to render: inf. gefremman eorlîc ellen, 637; helpan gefremman, to give help, 2450; äfter weáspelle wyrpe gefremman, to work a change after sorrow (to give joy after sorrow), 1316; gerund, tô gefremmanne, 174, 2645; pret. sg. gefremede, 135, 165, 551, 585, etc.; þeáh þe hine mihtig god ... ofer ealle men forð gefremede, placed him away, above all men, i.e. raised him, 1719; pret. pl. gefremedon, 1188, 2479; pret. subj. gefremede, 177; pret. part. gefremed, 476; fem, nu scealc hafað ... dæd gefremede, 941; absolutely, þu þe self hafast dædum gefremed, þät ..., hast brought it about by thy deeds that, 955.
boldly, audaciously, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
freá, w. m., ruler, lord, of a temporal ruler: nom. sg. freá, 2286; acc. sg. freán, 351, 1320, 2538, 3003, 3108; gen. sg. freán, 359, 500, 1167, 1681; dat. sg. freán, 271, 291, 2663. Of a husband: dat. sg. eode ... tô hire freán sittan, 642. Of God: dat. sg. freán ealles, the Lord of all, 2795; gen. sg. freán, 27.— Comp.: âgend-, lîf-, sin-freá.
freá, m., ruler, lord, referring to a temporal ruler: nom. sg. freá, 2286; acc. sg. freán, 351, 1320, 2538, 3003, 3108; gen. sg. freán, 359, 500, 1167, 1681; dat. sg. freán, 271, 291, 2663. Referring to a husband: dat. sg. eode ... tô hire freán sittan, 642. Referring to God: dat. sg. freán ealles, the Lord of all, 2795; gen. sg. freán, 27. — Comp.: âgend-, lîf-, sin-freá.
freá-dryhten, st. m., lord, ruling lord: gen. sg. freá-drihtnes, 797.
freá-dryhten, st. m., lord, ruling lord: gen. sg. freá-drihtnes, 797.
freá-wrâsn, st. f., encircling ornament like a diadem: instr. pl. helm ... befongen freáwrâsnum, 1452; see wrâsn.
freá-wrâsn, noun, an ornamental crown or diadem: instrumental plural. helm ... adorned with freáwrâsnum, 1452; see wrâsn.
freoðu, friðu, f., protection, asylum, peace: acc. sg. wel bið þäm þe môt ... tô fäder fäðmum freoðo wilnian, who may obtain an asylum in God's arms, 188; neán and feorran þu nu [friðu] hafast, 1175.—Comp. fen-freoðo.
freoðu, friðu, f., protection, asylum, peace: acc. sg. Well is it for those who may ... wish for peace in the arms of God, who may obtain an asylum in God's arms, 188; near and far you now [have peace], 1175.—Comp. fen-freoðo.
freoðo-burh, st. f., castle, city affording protection: acc. sg. freoðoburh fägere, 522.
freoðo-burh, n., fortress, city that provides safety: acc. sg. freoðoburh fägere, 522.
freoðo-wong, st. m., field of peace, field of protection: acc. sg., 2960; seems to have been the proper name of a field.
freoðo-wong, noun, peaceful field, protective field: accusative singular, 2960; appears to have been the name of a specific field.
freoðo-wær, st. f., peace-alliance, security of peace: acc. sg. þâ hie getrûwedon on twâ healfa fäste frioðu-wære, 1097; gen. sg. frioðowære bäd hlâford sînne, entreated his lord for the protection of peace (i.e. full pardon for his delinquency), 2283.
freoðo-wær, st. f., peace-alliance, security of peace: acc. sg. then they made a strong peace-alliance on both sides, 1097; gen. sg. peace-alliance begged his lord for the protection of peace (i.e. full pardon for his wrongdoing), 2283.
freoðo-webbe, w. f., peace-weaver, designation of the royal consort (often one given in marriage as a confirmation of a peace between two nations): nom. sg., 1943.
freoðo-webbe, w. f., peace-weaver, a term for the royal partner (often given in marriage to confirm peace between two nations): nom. sg., 1943.
freód, st. f., friendship: acc. sg. freóde ne woldon ofer heafo healdan, 2477; gen. sg. näs þær mâra fyrst freóde tô friclan, was no longer time to seek for friendship, 2557; —favor, acknowledgement: acc. sg. ic þe sceal mîne gelæstan freóde (will show myself grateful, with reference to 1381 ff.), 1708.
freód, n. f., friendship: acc. sg. freóde ne woldon ofer heafo healdan, 2477; gen. sg. näs þær mâra fyrst freóde tô friclan, there was no longer time to seek for friendship, 2557; —favor, acknowledgment: acc. sg. ic þe sceal míne gelæstan freóde (will show myself grateful, with reference to 1381 ff.), 1708.
freó-dryhten (= freá-dryhten), st. m., lord, ruler; according to Grein, dominus ingenuus vel nobilis: nom. sg. as voc. freó-drihten min! 1170; dat. sg. mid his freó-dryhtne, 2628.
freó-dryhten (= freá-dryhten), n. m., lord, ruler; according to Grein, a lord from a noble or free background: nominative singular used as a vocative. freó-drihten min! 1170; dative singular with his freó-dryhtne, 2628.
freónd-laðu, st. f., friendly invitation: nom. sg. him wäs ful boren and freónd-laðu (friendly invitation to drink) wordum bewägned, 1193.
freónd-laðu, st. f., friendly invitation: nom. sg. him was fully born and friendly invitation (friendly invitation to drink) expressed in words, 1193.
freónd-lâr, st. f., friendly counsel: dat. (instr.) pl. freónd-lârum, 2378.
freónd-lâr, st. f., friendly advice: dat. (instr.) pl. freónd-lârum, 2378.
freónd-lîce, adv., in a friendly manner, kindly: compar. freónd-lîcor, 1028.
freónd-lîce, adv., in a friendly manner, kindly: compar. freónd-lîcor, 1028.
freónd-scipe, st. m., friendship: acc. sg. freónd-scipe fästne, 2070.
friendship, n., friendship: singular form friendship
fricgean, w. v., to ask, to inquire into: inf. ongan sînne geseldan fägre fricgean hwylce Sæ-Geáta sîðas wæron, 1986; pres. part, gomela Scilding fela fricgende feorran rehte, the old Scilding, asking many questions (having many things related to him), told of old times (the conversation was alternate), 2107.
fricgean, v. to ask, to inquire: inf. ongan sînne geseldan fägre fricgean which Sæ-Geáta journeys were, 1986; pres. part, old Scilding often inquired from afar, the old Scilding, asking many questions (having many things to discuss), talked about the past (the conversation was back and forth), 2107.
friðo-sib, st. f., kin for the confirming of peace, designation of the queen (see freoðo-webbe), peace-bringer: nom. sg. friðu-sibb folca, 2018.
friðo-sib, n. f., kin for the confirming of peace, a title for the queen (see freoðo-webbe), peace-bringer: nom. sg. friðu-sibb folca, 2018.
ge-frignan, ge-fringan, ge-frinan, to find out by inquiry, to learn by narration. pret. sg. (w. acc.) þät fram hâm gefrägn Higelâces þegn Grendles dæda, 194; nô ic gefrägn heardran feohtan, 575; (w. acc. and inf.) þâ ic wîde gefrägn weorc gebannan, 74; similarly, 2485, 2753, 2774; ne gefrägen ic þâ mægðe mâran weorode ymb hyra sincgyfan sêl gebæran, I never heard that any people, richer in warriors, conducted itself better about its chief, 1012; similarly, 1028; pret. pl. (w. acc.) we þeódcyninga þrym gefrunon, 2; (w. acc. and inf.) geongne gûðcyning gôdne gefrunon hringas dælan, 1970; (parenthetical) swâ guman gefrungon, 667, (after þonne) medo-ärn micel (greater) ... þone yldo bearn æfre gefrunon, 70; pret. part. häfde Higelâces hilde gefrunen, 2953; häfdon gefrunen þät..., had learned that ..., 695; häfde gefrunen hwanan sió fæhð ârâs, 2404; healsbeága mæst þâra þe ic on foldan gefrägen häbbe, 1197.
ge-frignan, ge-fringan, ge-frinan, to find out by inquiry, to learn by narration. past tense singular (with accusative) that from home I heard about Hygelac's thane's deeds against Grendel, 194; I have not heard of harder fighting, 575; (with accusative and infinitive) when I widely heard about work being commanded, 74; similarly, 2485, 2753, 2774; I have not heard then the people of greater warriors regarding their treasure-giver better, I never heard that any people, richer in warriors, conducted itself better about its chief, 1012; similarly, 1028; past tense plural (with accusative) we heard the glory of the kin of kings, 2; (with accusative and infinitive) the young war-king heard good tales of distributing rings, 1970; (parenthetical) thus men heard, 667, (after then) a great mead hall (greater) ... that the elder children had ever learned, 70; past participle Hygelac’s battle had been learned, 2953; had learned that..., had learned that ..., 695; had learned from where the feud arose, 2404; the greatest of the treasures that I have heard of on earth, 1197.
frôd, adj.: 1) ætate provectus, old, gray: nom. sg. frôd, 2626, 2951; frôd cyning, 1307, 2210; frôd folces weard, 2514; wintrum frôd, 1725, 2115, 2278; se frôda, 2929; ac. sg. frôde feorhlege (the laying down of my old life), 2801; dat. sg. frôdan fyrnwitan (may also, from its meaning, belong under No. 2), 2124.—2) mente excellentior, intelligent, experienced, wise: nom. sg. frôd, 1367; frôd and gôd, 279; on môde frôd, 1845.—Comp.: in-, un-frôd.
frôd, adj.: 1) advanced in age, old, gray: nom. sg. frôd, 2626, 2951; frôd king, 1307, 2210; frôd guardian of the people, 2514; winter frôd, 1725, 2115, 2278; the frôda, 2929; ac. sg. frôde feorhlege (the laying down of my old life), 2801; dat. sg. frôdan fyrnwitan (may also, from its meaning, belong under No. 2), 2124.—2) exceptionally wise in mind, intelligent, experienced, wise: nom. sg. frôd, 1367; frôd and good, 279; in spirit frôd, 1845.—Comp.: in-, un-frôd.
fruma (see forma), w. m., the foremost, hence: l) beginning: nom. sg. wäs se fruma egeslîc leódum on lande, swâ hyt lungre wearð on hyra sincgifan sâre geendod (the beginning of the dragon-combat was terrible, its end distressing through the death of Beówulf), 2310.—2) he who stands first, prince; in comp. dæd-, hild-, land-, leód-, ord-, wîg-fruma.
fruma (see forma), m., the foremost, therefore: l) beginning: nom. sg. wäs se fruma egeslîc leódum on lande, swâ hyt lungre wearð on hyra sincgifan sâre geendod (the beginning of the dragon fight was terrifying, its end distressing because of Beowulf's death), 2310.—2) the one who stands first, prince; in comp. dæd-, hild-, land-, leód-, ord-, wîg-fruma.
frum-sceaft, st. f., prima creatio, beginning: acc. sg. se þe cûðe frumsceaft fira feorran reccan, who could tell of the beginning of mankind in old times, 91; dat. sg. frum-sceafte, in the beginning, i.e at his birth, 45.
frum-sceaft, noun, first creation, beginning: accusative singular. he who could tell of the beginning of mankind in old times, who could tell of the beginning of mankind in old times, 91; dative singular frum-sceafte, in the beginning, i.e. at his birth, 45.
fullæstian, w. v. w. dat, to give help: pres. sg. ic þe fullæstu, 2669.
fullæstian, v. w. dat, to give help: pres. sg. I give you help, 2669.
furðum, adv., primo, just, exactly; then first: þâ ic furðum weóld folce Deninga, then first governed the people of the Danes (had just assumed the government), 465; þâ hie tô sele furðum ... gangan cwômon, 323; ic þær furðum cwom tô þam hringsele, 2010;—before, previously: ic þe sceal mîne gelæstan freóde, swâ wit furðum spræcon, 1708.
furðum, adv., first, just, exactly; then first: when I first governed the people of the Danes, then first governed the people of the Danes (had just assumed the government), 465; then they came to the hall first ... to go, 323; I then came to the ring hall, 2010;—before, previously: I must fulfill my promise to you, just as we talked first, 1708.
furður, adv., further, forward, more distant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
fûs, adj., inclined to, favorable, ready: nom. sg. nu ic eom sîðes fûs, 1476; leófra manna fûs, prepared for the dear men, i.e. expecting them, 1917; sigel sûðan fûs, the sun inclined from the south (midday sun), 1967; se wonna hrefn fûs ofer fægum, eager over the slain, 3026; sceft ... feðer-gearwum fûs, 3120; nom. pl. wæron ... eft to leódum fûse tô farenne, 1806.—Sometimes fûs means ready for death, moribundus: fûs and fæge, 1242.—Comp.: hin-, ût-fûs.
fûs, adj., inclined to, favorable, ready: nom. sg. nu ic eom sîðes fûs, 1476; leófra manna fûs, prepared for the dear men, i.e. expecting them, 1917; sigel sûðan fûs, the sun inclined from the south (midday sun), 1967; se wonna hrefn fûs ofer fægum, eager over the slain, 3026; sceft ... feðer-gearwum fûs, 3120; nom. pl. wæron ... eft to leódum fûse tô farenne, 1806.—Sometimes fûs means ready for death, moribundus: fûs and fæge, 1242.—Comp.: hin-, ût-fûs.
fyrde, adj., movable, that can be moved.—Comp. hard-fyrde.—Leo.
fyrde, adj., able to be moved.—Comp. hard-fyrde.—Leo.
fyrd-gestealla, w. m., comrade on an expedition, companion in battle: dat. pl. fyrd-gesteallum, 2874
fyrd-gestealla, w. m., comrade on an expedition, companion in battle: dat. pl. fyrd-gesteallum, 2874
fyrd-hrägl, st. n., coat of mail, war-dress: acc. sg. fyrd-hrägl, 1528.
fyrd-hrägl, n., armor, battle gear: acc. sg. fyrd-hrägl, 1528.
fyrd-searu, st. n., equipment for an expedition: acc. sg. fyrd-searu fûslîc, 2619; acc. pl. fyrd-searu fûslîcu, 232.
fyrd-searu, n., equipment for an expedition: acc. sg. fyrd-searu fûslîc, 2619; acc. pl. fyrd-searu fûslîcu, 232.
fyrd-wyrðe, adj., of worth in war, excellent in battle: nom. sg. fyrd-wyrðe man (Beówulf), 1317.
fyrd-wyrðe, adj., valuable in battle, outstanding in war: nom. sg. fyrd-wyrðe man (Beowulf), 1317.
fyrn-dagas, st. m. pl., by-gone days: dat. pl. fyrndagum (in old times), 1452.
fyrn-dagas, st. m. pl., past days: dat. pl. fyrndagum (in former times), 1452.
fyrn-geweorc, st. n., work, something done in old times: acc. sg. fira fyrn-geweorc (the drinking-cup mentioned in 2283, 2287.
fyrn-geweorc, n. singular, work, something that was done in the past: accusative singular of fira fyrn-geweorc (the drinking cup mentioned in 2283, 2287.
fyrn-gewin, st. n., combat in ancient times: gen. sg. ôr fyrn-gewinnes (the origin of the battles of the giants), 1690.
fyrn-gewin, n., ancient combat: gen. sg. ôr fyrn-gewinnes (the source of the giants' battles), 1690.
fyrst, st. m., portion of time, definite time, time: nom. sg. näs hit lengra fyrst, ac ymb âne niht ..., 134; fyrst forð gewât, the time (of going to the harbor) was past, 210; näs þær mâra fyrst freóde tô friclan, 2556; acc. sg. niht-longne fyrst, 528; fîf nihta fyrst, 545; instr. sg. þý fyrste, 2574; dat. sg. him on fyrste gelomp ..., within the fixed time, 76.
fyrst, n., period of time, a specific time, time: nom. sg. näs hit lengra fyrst, ac ymb âne niht ..., 134; fyrst forð gewât, the time (of going to the harbor) had passed, 210; nâs þær mâra fyrst freóde tô friclan, 2556; acc. sg. niht-longne fyrst, 528; fîf nihta fyrst, 545; instr. sg. þý fyrste, 2574; dat. sg. him on fyrste gelomp ..., within the specified time, 76.
fyr-wit, -wet, -wyt, st. n., prying spirit, curiosity: nom. sg. fyrwyt, 232; fyrwet, 1986, 2785.
fyr-wit, -wet, -wyt, n., curiosity, inquisitive nature: nom. sg. fyrwyt, 232; fyrwet, 1986, 2785.
ge-fýsan (fûs), w. v., to make ready, to prepare: part. winde gefýsed flota, the ship provided with wind (for the voyage), 217; (wyrm) fýre gefýsed, provided with fire, 2310; þâ wäs hringbogan (of the drake) heorte gefýsed säcce tô sêceanne, 2562; with gen., in answer to the question, for what? gûðe gefýsed, ready for battle, determined to fight, 631.
ge-fýsan (fûs), v., to get ready, to prepare: part. winde gefýsed flota, the ship equipped with wind (for the voyage), 217; (wyrm) fýre gefýsed, equipped with fire, 2310; þâ wäs hringbogan (of the drake) heorte gefýsed säcce tô sêceanne, 2562; with gen., in response to the question, for what? gûðe gefýsed, prepared for battle, determined to fight, 631.
fýr-leóht, st. n., fire-light: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
â-galan, to sing, to sound: pret. sg. þät hire on hafelan hringmæl âgôl grædig gûðleóð, that the sword caused a greedy battle-song to sound upon her head, 1522.
â-galan, to sing, to sound: past tense singular þät hire on hafelan hringmæl âgôl grædig gûðleóð, that the sword caused a greedy battle-song to sound upon her head, 1522.
gamen-wâð, st. f., way offering social enjoyment, journey in joyous society: dat. sg. of gomen-wâðe, 855.
gamen-wāð, st. f., way to enjoy social happiness, journey in joyful company: dat. sg. of gomen-wāðe, 855.
gamen-wudu, st. m., wood of social enjoyment, i.e. harp: nom. sg. þær wäs ... gomenwudu grêted, 1066; acc. sg. gomenwudu grêtte, 2109.
gamen-wudu, n., wood of social enjoyment, i.e. harp: nom. sg. there was ... gomenwudu greeted, 1066; acc. sg. gomenwudu greeted, 2109.
gamol, gomol, gomel, adj., old; of persons, having lived many years, gray: gamol, 58, 265; gomol, 3096; gomel, 2113, 2794; se gomela, 1398; gamela (gomela) Scylding, 1793, 2106; gomela, 2932; acc. sg. þone gomelan, 2422; dat. sg. gamelum rince, 1678; gomelum ceorle, 2445; þam gomelan, 2818; nom. pl. blondenfeaxe gomele, 1596.—Also, late, belonging to former time: gen. pl. gomelra lâfe (legacy), 2037.—Of things, old, from old times: nom. sg. sweord ... gomol, 2683; acc. sg. gomele lâfe, 2564; gomel swyrd, 2611; gamol is a more respectful word than eald.
gamol, gomol, gomel, adj., old; for people, having lived many years, gray: gamol, 58, 265; gomol, 3096; gomel, 2113, 2794; se gomela, 1398; gamela (gomela) Scylding, 1793, 2106; gomela, 2932; acc. sg. þone gomelan, 2422; dat. sg. gamelum rince, 1678; gomelum ceorle, 2445; þam gomelan, 2818; nom. pl. blondenfeaxe gomele, 1596.—Also, late, belonging to a former time: gen. pl. gomelra lâfe (legacy), 2037.—For things, old, from old times: nom. sg. sweord ... gomol, 2683; acc. sg. gomele lâfe, 2564; gomel swyrd, 2611; gamol is a more respectful word than eald.
gamol-feax, adj., with gray hair: nom. sg., 609.
gamol-feax, adj., with gray hair: nom. sg., 609.
gân, expanded = gangan, st. v., to go: pres. sg. III. gæð â Wyrd swâ hió scel, 455; gæð eft ... tô medo, 605; þonne he ... on flett gæð, 2035; similarly, 2055; pres. subj. III. sg. gâ þær he wille, let him go whither he will, 1395; imp. sg. II. gâ nu tô setle, 1783; nu þu lungre geong, hord sceáwian, under hârne stân, 2744; inf. in gân, to go in, 386, 1645 'forð gân, to go forth, to go thither, 1164; þat hie him tô mihton gegnum gangan, to go towards, to go to, 314; tô sele ... gangan cwômon, 324; in a similar construction, gongan, 1643; nu ge môton gangan ... Hrôðgâr geseón, 395; þâ com of môre ... Grendel gongan, there came Grendel (going) from the fen, 712; ongeán gramum gangan, to go to meet the enemy, to go to the war, 1035; cwom ... tô hofe gongan, 1975; wutun gangan tô, let us go thither, 2649.—As preterite, serve, 1) geóng or gióng: he tô healle geóng, 926; similarly, 2019; se þe on orde geóng, who went at the head, went in front, 3126; on innan gióng, went in, 2215; he ... gióng tô þäs þe he eorðsele ânne wisse, went thither, where he knew of that earth-hall, 2410; þâ se äðeling, gióng, þät he bî wealle gesät, then went the prince (Beówulf) that he might sit down by the wall, 2716.—2) gang: tô healle gang Healfdenes sunu, 1010; similarly, 1296; gang þâ äfter flôre, went along the floor, along the hall, 1317.—3) gengde (Goth. gaggida): he ... beforan gengde ..., wong sceáwian, went in front to inspect the fields, 1413; gengde, also of riding, 1402.—4) from another stem, eode (Goth. iddja): eode ellenrôf, þät he for eaxlum gestôd Deniga freán, 358; similarly, 403; [wið duru healle Wulfgâr eode], went towards the door of the hall, 390; eode Wealhþeów forð, went forth, 613; eode tô hire freán sittan, 641; eode yrremôd, went with angry feeling, 727; eode ... tô sele, 919; similarly, 1233; eode ... þær se snottra bâd, 1313; eode weorð Denum äðeling tô yppan, the prince (Beówulf), honored by the Danes, went to the high seat, 1815; eode ... under inwit-hrôf, 3124; pl. þær swîðferhðe sittan eodon, 493; eodon him þâ tôgeánes, went to meet him, 1627; eodon under Earna näs, 3032.
gân, expanded = gangan, st. v., to go: pres. sg. III. gæð â Wyrd swâ hió scel, 455; gæð eft ... tô medo, 605; þonne he ... on flett gæð, 2035; similarly, 2055; pres. subj. III. sg. gâ þær he wille, let him go wherever he wants, 1395; imp. sg. II. gâ nu tô setle, 1783; nu þu lungre geong, hord sceáwian, under hârne stân, 2744; inf. in gân, to go in, 386, 1645 'forð gân, to go forth, to go there, 1164; þat hie him tô mihton gegnum gangan, to go towards, to go to, 314; tô sele ... gangan cwômon, 324; in a similar construction, gongan, 1643; nu ge môton gangan ... Hrôðgâr geseón, 395; þâ com of môre ... Grendel gongan, there came Grendel (going) from the fen, 712; ongeán gramum gangan, to go to meet the enemy, to go to the war, 1035; cwom ... tô hofe gongan, 1975; wutun gangan tô, let us go there, 2649.—As preterite, serve, 1) geóng or gióng: he tô healle geóng, 926; similarly, 2019; se þe on orde geóng, who went at the head, went in front, 3126; on innan gióng, went in, 2215; he ... gióng tô þäs þe he eorðsele ânne wisse, went there, where he knew of that earth-hall, 2410; þâ se äðeling, gióng, þät he bî wealle gesät, then went the prince (Beówulf) that he might sit down by the wall, 2716.—2) gang: tô healle gang Healfdenes sunu, 1010; similarly, 1296; gang þâ äfter flôre, went along the floor, along the hall, 1317.—3) gengde (Goth. gaggida): he ... beforan gengde ..., wong sceáwian, went in front to inspect the fields, 1413; gengde, also of riding, 1402.—4) from another stem, eode (Goth. iddja): eode ellenrôf, þät he for eaxlum gestôd Deniga freán, 358; similarly, 403; [wið duru healle Wulfgâr eode], went towards the door of the hall, 390; eode Wealhþeów forð, went forth, 613; eode tô hire freán sittan, 641; eode yrremôd, went with angry feeling, 727; eode ... tô sele, 919; similarly, 1233; eode ... þær se snottra bâd, 1313; eode weorð Denum äðeling tô yppan, the prince (Beówulf), honored by the Danes, went to the high seat, 1815; eode ... under inwit-hrôf, 3124; pl. þær swîðferhðe sittan eodon, 493; eodon him þâ tôgeánes, went to meet him, 1627; eodon under Earna näs, 3032.
â-gangan, to go out, to go forth, to befall: pret. part. swâ bit âgangen wearð eorla manegum (as it befell many a one of the earls), 1235.
â-gangan, to go out, to go forth, to happen: past participle swâ bit âgangen became eorla manegum (as it happened to many of the earls), 1235.
full-gangan, to emulate, to follow after: pret. sg. þonne ... sceft nytte heóld, feðer-gearwum fûs flâne full-eode, when the shaft had employment, furnished with feathers it followed the arrow, did as the arrow, 3120.
full-gangan, to emulate, to follow after: pret. sg. þonne ... the shaft had a purpose, outfitted with feathers it followed the arrow, did as the arrow, 3120.
ge-gân, ge-gangan: 1) to go, to approach: inf. (w. acc.) his môdor ... gegân wolde sorhfulne sîð, 1278; se þe gryre-sîðas gegân dorste, who dared to go the ways of terror (to go into the combat), 1463; pret. sg. se maga geonga under his mæges scyld elne geeode, went quickly under his kinsman's shield, 2677; pl. elne geeodon tô þäs þe ..., went quickly thither where ..., 1968; pret. part. syððan hie tô-gädre gegân häfdon, when they (Wîglâf and the drake) had come together, 2631; þät his aldres wäs ende gegongen, that the end of his life had come, 823; þâ wäs endedäg gôdum gegongen, þät se gûðcyning ... swealt, 3037.—2) to obtain, to reach: inf. (w. acc.) þonne he ät gûðe gegân þenceð longsumne lof, 1536; ic mid elne sceall gold gegangan, 2537; gerund, näs þät ýðe ceáp tô gegangenne gumena ænigum, 2417; pret. pl. elne geeodon ... þät se byrnwîga bûgan sceolde, 2918; pret. part. häfde ... gegongen þät, had attained it, that ..., 894; hord ys gesceáwod, grimme gegongen, 3086.—3) to occur, to happen: pres. sg. III. gif þät gegangeð þät ..., if that happen, that ..., 1847; pret. sg. þät geiode ufaran dôgrum hilde-hlämmum, it happened in later times to the warriors (the Geátas), 2201; pret. part. þâ wäs gegongen guman unfrôdum earfoðlîce þät, then it had happened to the young man in sorrowful wise that ..., 2822.
ge-gân, ge-gangan: 1) to go, to approach: inf. (w. acc.) his môdor ... wanted to take a sorrowful journey, 1278; the one who dared to take the paths of terror, who dared to go the ways of terror (to go into the combat), 1463; pret. sg. se maga geonga under his mæges scyld elne geeode, went quickly under his kinsman's shield, 2677; pl. elne geeodon tô þäs þe ..., went quickly thither where ..., 1968; pret. part. syððan hie tô-gädre gegân häfdon, when they (Wîglâf and the drake) had come together, 2631; þät his aldres wäs ende gegongen, that the end of his life had come, 823; þâ wäs endedäg gôdum gegongen, þät se gûðcyning ... swealt, 3037.—2) to obtain, to reach: inf. (w. acc.) þonne he ät gûðe gegân þenceð longsumne lof, 1536; ic mid elne sceall gold gegangan, 2537; gerund, näs þät ýðe ceáp tô gegangenne gumena ænigum, 2417; pret. pl. elne geeodon ... þät se byrnwîga bûgan sceolde, 2918; pret. part. häfde ... gegongen þät, had attained it, that ..., 894; hord ys gesceáwod, grimme gegongen, 3086.—3) to occur, to happen: pres. sg. III. gif þät gegangeð þät ..., if that happen, that ..., 1847; pret. sg. þät geiode ufaran dôgrum hilde-hlämmum, it happened in later times to the warriors (the Geátas), 2201; pret. part. þâ wäs gegongen guman unfrôdum earfoðlîce þät, then it had happened to the young man in sorrowful wise that ..., 2822.
ôð-gangan, to-go thither: pret. pl. oð þät hi ôðeodon ... in Hrefnesholt, 2935.
ôð-gangan, to-go thither: pret. pl. oð þät hi ôðeodon ... in Hrefnesholt, 2935.
ymb-gangan, w. acc., to go around: pret. ymb-eode þâ ides Helminga duguðe and geogoðe dæl æghwylcne, went around in every part, among the superior and the inferior warriors, 621.
ymb-gangan, w. acc., to go around: pret. ymb-eode þâ ides Helminga duguðe and geogoðe dæl æghwylcne, went around in every part, among the superior and the inferior warriors, 621.
gâr-cêne, adj., spear-bold: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gâr-cwealm, st. m., murder, death by the spear: acc. sg. gâr-cwealm gumena, 2044.
gâr-cwealm, n., murder, death by the spear: acc. sg. gâr-cwealm gumena, 2044.
gâr-wîgend, pres. part., fighting with spear, spear-fighter: acc. pl. gâr-wîgend, 2642.
gâr-wîgend, present participle, fighting with a spear, spear fighter: accusative plural gâr-wîgend, 2642.
ät-gädere, adv., together, united: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__; samod ätgädere, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__.
tô-gadere, adv., together, 2631.
tô-gadere, adv., together, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gäst, gist, gyst, st. m., stranger, guest: nom. sg. gäst, 1801; se gäst (the drake), 2313; se grimma gäst (Grendel), 102; gist, 1139, 1523; acc. sg. gryre-lîcne gist (the nixy slain by Beówulf), 1442; dat. sg. gyste, 2229; nom. pl. gistas, 1603; acc. pl. gäs[tas], 1894.—Comp.: fêðe-, gryre-, inwit-, nîð-, sele-gäst (-gyst).
gäst, gist, gyst, n., stranger, guest: nom. sg. gäst, 1801; see gäst (the drake), 2313; see grimma gäst (Grendel), 102; gist, 1139, 1523; acc. sg. gryre-lîcne gist (the nixy killed by Beowulf), 1442; dat. sg. gyste, 2229; nom. pl. gistas, 1603; acc. pl. gäs[tas], 1894.—Comp.: fêðe-, gryre-, inwit-, nîð-, sele-gäst (-gyst).
gegn-cwide, st. m., reply: gen. pl. þînra gegn-cwida, 367.
gegn-cwide, noun, reply: gen. pl. þînra gegn-cwida, 367.
gehðu, geohðu, st. f., sorrow, care: instr. sg. giohðo mænde, 2268; dat. sg. on gehðo, 3096; on giohðe, 2794.
gehðu, geohðu, st. f., sorrow, care: instr. sg. giohðo mænde, 2268; dat. sg. on gehðo, 3096; on giohðe, 2794.
gen (from gegn), adv., yet, again. ne wäs hit lenge þâ gen, þät ..., it was not then long before ..., 83; ic sceal forð sprecan gen ymb Grendel, shall from now on speak again of Grendel, 2071; nô þý ær ût þâ gen ... gongan wolde (still he would not yet go out), 2082; gen is eall ät þe lissa gelong (yet all my favor belongs to thee), 2150; þâ gen, then again, 2678, 2703; swâ he nu gen dêð, as he still does, 2860; furður gen, further still, besides, 3007; nu gen, now again, 3169; ne gen, no more, no farther: ne wäs þät wyrd þâ gen, that was no more fate (fate no longer willed that), 735.
gen (from gegn), adv., yet, again. it wasn’t long after that ..., it was not then long before ..., 83; I shall from now on speak again of Grendel, shall from now on speak again of Grendel, 2071; still he would not yet go out (still he would not yet go out), 2082; yet all my favor belongs to thee (yet all my favor belongs to thee), 2150; then again, then again, 2678, 2703; as he still does, as he still does, 2860; further still, further still, besides, 3007; now again, now again, 3169; no more, no farther: that was no more fate (that was no more fate) (fate no longer willed that), 735.
gena, still: cwico wäs þâ gena, was still living, 3094.
gena, still: cwico was þá gena, was still living, 3094.
genga, w. m., goer; in comp. in-, sæ-, sceadu-genga.
genga, w. m., goer; in comp. in-, sæ-, sceadu-genga.
genunga (from gegnunga), adv., exactly, fully, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gerwan, gyrwan, w. v.: 1) to prepare, to make ready, to put in condition: pret. pl. gestsele gyredon, 995.—2) to equip, to arm for battle: pret. sg. gyrede hine Beówulf eorl-gewædum (dressed himself in the armor), 1442.
gerwan, gyrwan, w. v.: 1) to prepare, to make ready, to get in shape: past tense plural gestsele gyredon, 995.—2) to equip, to arm for battle: past tense singular gyrede hine Beowulf eorl-gewædum (dressed himself in the armor), 1442.
ge-gyrwan: 1) to make, to prepare: pret. pl. him þâ gegiredan Geáta leóde âd ... unwâclîcne, 3138; pret. part. glôf ... eall gegyrwed deófles cräftum and dracan fellum, 2088.—2) to fit out, to make ready: inf. ceól gegyrwan hilde-wæpnum and heaðowædum, 38; hêt him ýðlidan gôdne gegyrwan, had (his) good ship fitted up for him, 199. Also, to provide warlike equipment: pret. part. syððan he hine tô gûðe gegyred häfde, 1473.—3) to endow, to provide, to adorn: pret. part. nom. sg. beado-hrägl ... golde gegyrwed, 553; acc. sg. lâfe ... golde gegyrede, 2193; acc. pl. mâdmas ... golde gegyrede, 1029.
ge-gyrwan: 1) to make, to prepare: past tense plural him þâ gegiredan Geáta leóde âd ... unwâclîcne, 3138; past participle glôf ... all gegyrwed deófles cräftum and dracan fellum, 2088.—2) to fit out, to make ready: infinitive ceól gegyrwan hilde-wæpnum and heaðowædum, 38; had him ýðlidan gôdne gegyrwan, had (his) good ship fitted up for him, 199. Also, to provide warlike equipment: past participle syððan he hine tô gûðe gegyred häfde, 1473.—3) to endow, to provide, to adorn: past participle nominative singular beado-hrägl ... golde gegyrwed, 553; accusative singular lâfe ... golde gegyrede, 2193; accusative plural mâdmas ... golde gegyrede, 1029.
geador, adv., together, jointly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; geador ätsomne, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
on-geador, adv., unitedly, together, 1596.
together, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gealg-treów, st. n., gallows: dat. pl. on galg-treówu[m], 2941.
gealg-treów, st. n., gallows: dat. pl. on galg-treówu[m], 2941.
geard, st. m., residence; in Beówulf corresponding to the house-complex of a prince's residence, used only in the plur.: acc. in geardas (in Finn's castle), 1135; dat. in geardum, 13, 2460; of geardum, 1139; ær he on weg hwurfe ... of geardum, before he went away from his dwelling-place, i.e. died, 265.—Comp. middan-geard.
gearo, adj., properly, made, prepared; hence, ready, finished, equipped: nom. sg. þät hit wearð eal gearo, heal-ärna mæst, 77; wiht unhælo ... gearo sôna wäs, the demon of destruction was quickly ready, did not delay long, 121; Here-Scyldinga betst beadorinca wäs on bæl gearu, was ready for the funeral-pile (for the solemn burning), 1110; þeód (is) eal gearo, the warriors are altogether ready, always prepared, 1231; hraðe wäs ät holme hýð-weard gearo (geara, MS.), 1915; gearo gûð-freca, 2415; sîe sió bær gearo ädre geäfned, let the bier be made ready at once, 3106. With gen.: gearo gyrnwräce, ready for revenge for harm done, 2119, acc. sg. gearwe stôwe, 1007; nom. pl. beornas gearwe, 211; similarly, 1814.
gearo, adj., properly, made, prepared; hence, ready, finished, equipped: nom. sg. þät hit wearð eal gearo, heal-ärna mæst, 77; wiht unhælo ... gearo sôna wäs, the demon of destruction was quickly ready, did not delay long, 121; Here-Scyldinga betst beadorinca wäs on bæl gearu, was ready for the funeral-pile (for the solemn burning), 1110; þeód (is) eal gearo, the warriors are altogether ready, always prepared, 1231; hraðe wäs ät holme hýð-weard gearo (geara, MS.), 1915; gearo gûð-freca, 2415; sîe sió bær gearo ädre geäfned, let the bier be made ready at once, 3106. With gen.: gearo gyrnwräce, ready for revenge for harm done, 2119, acc. sg. gearwe stôwe, 1007; nom. pl. beornas gearwe, 211; similarly, 1814.
gearwe, gearo, geare, adv., completely, entirely: ne ge ... gearwe ne wisson, you do not know at all ..., 246; similarly, 879; hine gearwe geman witena welhwyle (remembers him very well), 265; wisse he gearwe þät ..., he knew very well that ..., 2340, 2726; þät ic ... gearo sceáwige swegle searogimmas (that I may see the treasures altogether, as many as they are), 2749; ic wât geare þät ..., 2657.—Comp. gearwor, more readily, rather, 3077.—Superl. gearwost, 716.
gearwe, gearo, geare, adv., completely, entirely: ne ge ... gearwe ne wisson, you do not know at all ..., 246; similarly, 879; hine gearwe geman witena welhwyle (remembers him very well), 265; wisse he gearwe þät ..., he knew very well that ..., 2340, 2726; þät ic ... gearo sceáwige swegle searogimmas (that I may see the treasures altogether, as many as they are), 2749; ic wât geare þät ..., 2657.—Comp. gearwor, more readily, rather, 3077.—Superl. gearwost, 716.
gearo-folm, adj., with ready hand, 2086.
gearo-folm, adj., with ready hand, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gearwe, st. f., equipment, dress; in comp. feðer-gearwe.
gearwe, st. f., gear, clothing; in comp. feðer-gearwe.
geat, st. n., opening, door; in comp. ben-, hilde-geat.
geat, st. n., opening, door; in comp. ben-, hilde-geat.
geán (from gegn), adv. in
geán (from gegn), adv. in
tô-geánes, tô-genes, prep, against, towards: Grendle tôgeánes, towards Grendel, against Grendel, 667; grâp þâ tôgeánes, she grasped at (Beówulf), 1502; similarly, him tôgeánes fêng, 1543; eodon him þâ tôgeánes, went towards him, 1627; hêt þâ gebeódan ... þät hie bæl-wudu feorran feredon gôdum tôgênes, had it ordered that they should bring the wood from far for the funeral-pyre towards the good man (i.e. to the place where the dead Beówulf lay), 3115.
tô-geánes, tô-genes, prep, against, towards: Grendel tôgeánes, towards Grendel, against Grendel, 667; grâp þâ tôgeánes, she grasped at (Beowulf), 1502; similarly, him tôgeánes fêng, 1543; eodon him þâ tôgeánes, went towards him, 1627; hêt þâ gebeódan ... þät hie bæl-wudu feorran feredon gôdum tôgênes, had it ordered that they should bring the wood from far for the funeral-pyre towards the good man (i.e. to the place where the dead Beowulf lay), 3115.
geâr-dagas, st. m. pl., former days: dat. pl. in (on) geâr-dagum, 1, 1355.
geâr-dagas, st. m. pl., former days: dat. pl. in (on) geâr-dagum, 1, 1355.
geofon, gifen, gyfen (see Kuhn Zeitschr. I. 137), st. n., sea, flood: nom. sg. geofon, 515; gifen geótende, the streaming flood, 1691; gen. sg. geofenes begang, 362; gyfenes, 1395.
geofon, gifen, gyfen (see Kuhn Zeitschr. I. 137), noun, sea, flood: nominative singular geofon, 515; gifen geótende, the streaming flood, 1691; genitive singular geofenes begang, 362; gyfenes, 1395.
geogoð, st. f.: 1) youth, time of youth: dat. sg. on geogoðe, 409, 466, 2513; on giogoðe, 2427; gen. gioguðe, 2113.—2) contrasted with duguð, the younger warriors of lower rank (about as in the Middle Ages, the squires with the knights): nom. sg. geogoð, 66; giogoð, 1191; acc. sg. geogoðe, 1182; gen. duguðe and geogoðe, 160; duguðe and iogoðe (geogoðe), 1675, 622.
geogoð, st. f.: 1) youth, time of youth: dat. sg. on geogoðe, 409, 466, 2513; on giogoðe, 2427; gen. gioguðe, 2113.—2) contrasted with duguð, the younger warriors of lower rank (about as in the Middle Ages, the squires with the knights): nom. sg. geogoð, 66; giogoð, 1191; acc. sg. geogoðe, 1182; gen. duguðe and geogoðe, 160; duguðe and iogoðe (geogoðe), 1675, 622.
geoguð-feorh, st. n., age of youth, i.e. age in which one still belongs in the ranks of the geogoð: on geogoð- (geoguð-) feore, 537, 2665.
geoguð-feorh, n., youth, meaning the time when someone is still part of the young generation: on geogoð- (geoguð-) life, 537, 2665.
geolo-rand, st. m., yellow shield (shield with a covering of interlaced yellow linden bark): acc. sg., 438.
geolo-rand, n., yellow shield (a shield covered with woven yellow linden bark): acc. sg., 438.
geond, prep. w. acc., through, throughout, along, over: geond þisne middangeard, through the earth, over the earth, 75; wide geond eorðan, 266, 3100; fêrdon folctogan ... geond wîd-wegas, went along the ways coming from afar, 841; similarly, 1705; geond þät säld, through the hall, through the extent of the hall, 1281; similarly, 1982, 2265.
geond, prep. with acc., through, throughout, along, over: through this middle earth, through the earth, over the earth, 75; widely throughout the earth, 266, 3100; they traveled ... along the broad roads, went along the ways coming from afar, 841; similarly, 1705; through that hall, through the hall, through the extent of the hall, 1281; similarly, 1982, 2265.
geong, adj., young, youthful: nom. sg., 13, 20, 855, etc.; giong, 2447; w. m. se maga geonga, 2676; acc. sg. geongne gûðcyning, 1970; dat. sg. geongum, 1949, 2045, 2675, etc.; on swâ geongum feore, at a so youthful age, 1844; geongan cempan, 2627; acc. pl. geonge, 2019; dat. pl. geongum and ealdum, 72.—Superl. gingest, the last: nom. sg. w. f. gingeste word, 2818.
geong, adj., young, youthful: nom. sg., 13, 20, 855, etc.; giong, 2447; w. m. se maga geonga, 2676; acc. sg. geongne gûðcyning, 1970; dat. sg. geongum, 1949, 2045, 2675, etc.; on swâ geongum feore, at a so youthful age, 1844; geongan cempan, 2627; acc. pl. geonge, 2019; dat. pl. geongum and ealdum, 72.—Superl. gingest, the last: nom. sg. w. f. gingeste word, 2818.
georne, adv., readily, willingly: þät him wine-mâgas georne hýrdon, 66; georne trûwode, 670.—zealously, eagerly: sôhte georne äfter grunde, eagerly searched over the ground, 2295.—carefully, industriously: nô ic him þäs georne ätfealh (held him not fast enough), 969.—completely, exactly: comp. wiste þê geornor, 822.
georne, adv., readily, willingly: that his wine relatives eagerly supported him, 66; eagerly believed, 670.—zealously, eagerly: searched eagerly after the ground, eagerly searched over the ground, 2295.—carefully, industriously: no, I did not hold him tightly enough (held him not fast enough), 969.—completely, exactly: comp. knew that more eagerly, 822.
geó-man, iú-man, st. m., man of former times: gen. pl. iú-manna, 3053.
geó-man, iú-man, st. m., man of the past: gen. pl. iú-manna, 3053.
geó-meowle, w. f., (formerly a virgin), wife: acc. sg. ió-meowlan, 2932.
geo-meowle, n. f., (formerly a virgin), wife: acc. sg. io-meowlan, 2932.
geômor-gid, st. n., dirge: acc. sg. giômor-gyd, 3151.
geômor-gid, noun, dirge: accusative singular giômor-gyd, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
geômor-lîc, adj., sad, painful: swâ bið geômorlîc gomelum ceorle tô gebîdanne þät..., it is painful to an old man to experience it, that ..., 2445.
geômor-lîc, adj., sad, painful: so it is painful for an old man to experience this... it is painful to an old man to experience it, that ..., 2445.
geômor-môd, adj., sad, sorrowful: nom. sg., 2045, 3019; giômor-môd, 2268.
geômor-môd, adj., sad, sorrowful: nom. sg., 2045, 3019; giômor-môd, 2268.
geó-sceaft, st. f., (fixed in past times), fate: acc. sg. geósceaft grimme, 1235.
geo-sceaft, noun, (determined in earlier times), destiny: acc. sg. geo-sceaft grim, 1235.
geósceaft-gâst, st. m., demon sent by fate: gen. pl. fela geósceaft-gâsta, of Grendel and his race, 1267.
geósceaft-gâst, m., demon sent by fate: gen. pl. several geósceaft-gâstas, of Grendel and his lineage, 1267.
gid, gyd, st. n., speech, solemn alliterative song: nom. sg. þær wäs ... gid oft wrecen, 1066; leóð wäs âsungen, gleómannes gyd, the song was sung, the gleeman's lay, 1161; þær wäs gidd and gleó, 2106; acc. sg. ic þis gid âwräc, 1724; gyd âwräc, 2109; gyd äfter wräc, 2155; þonne he gyd wrece, 2447; dat. pl. giddum, 151, 1119; gen. pl. gidda gemyndig, 869.—Comp.: geômor-, word-gid.
gid, gyd, n., song, serious rhythmic poem: nom. sg. there was ... a song often recited, 1066; a tune was performed, the gleeman's song, the song was sung, the gleeman's lay, 1161; there was singing and joy, 2106; acc. sg. I recited this song, 1724; a song recited, 2109; a song after recitation, 2155; when he performs a song, 2447; dat. pl. songs, 151, 1119; gen. pl. songs remembered, 869. —Comp.: geômor-, word-gid.
gifa, geofa, w. m., giver; in comp. gold-, sinc-, wil-gifa (-geofa).
gifa, geofa, w. m., giver; in comp. gold-, sinc-, wil-gifa (-geofa).
gifan, st. v., to give: inf. giofan, 2973; pret. sg. nallas beágas geaf Denum, 1720; he me [mâðmas] geaf, 2147; and similarly, 2174, 2432, 2624, etc.; pret. pl. geâfon (hyne) on gârsecg, 49; pret. part. þâ wäs Hrôðgâre here-spêd gyfen, 64; þâ wäs gylden hilt gamelum rince ... on hand gyfen, 1679; syððan ærest wearð gyfen ... geongum cempan (given in marriage), 1949.
gifan, st. v., to give: inf. giofan, 2973; pret. sg. nallas beágas geaf Denum, 1720; he me [mâðmas] geaf, 2147; and similarly, 2174, 2432, 2624, etc.; pret. pl. geâfon (hyne) on gârsecg, 49; pret. part. þâ wäs Hrôðgâre here-spêd gyfen, 64; þâ wäs gylden hilt gamelum rince ... on hand gyfen, 1679; syððan ærest wearð gyfen ... geongum cempan (given in marriage), 1949.
for-gyfan, to give, to grant: pret. sg. him þäs lîf-freá ... worold-âre forgeaf, 17; þäm tô hâm forgeaf Hrêðel Geáta ângan dôhtor (gave in marriage), 374; similarly, 2998; he me lond forgeaf, granted me land, 2493; similarly, 697, 1021, 2607, 2617; mägen-ræs forgeaf hilde-bille, he gave with his battle-sword a mighty blow, i.e. he struck with full force, 1520.
for-gyfan, to give, to grant: past tense, he granted the lord of life ... the world granted, 17; he gave to home, Hrêðel Geáta's only daughter (gave in marriage), 374; likewise, 2998; he granted me land, granted me land, 2493; likewise, 697, 1021, 2607, 2617; he dealt a mighty blow with his battle-sword, he delivered a powerful strike, meaning he struck with full force, 1520.
of-gifan, (to give up), to leave: inf. þät se mæra maga Ecgþeówes grund-wong þone ofgyfan wolde (was fated to leave the earth-plain), 2589; pret. sg. þâs worold ofgeaf gromheort guma, 1682; similarly, gumdreám ofgeaf, 2470; Dena land ofgeaf, 1905; pret. pl. näs ofgeâfon hwate Scyldingas, left the promontory, 1601; þät þâ hildlatan holt ofgêfan, that the cowards left the wood (into which they had fled), 2847; sg. pret. for pl. þâra þe þis [lîf] ofgeaf, 2252.
of-gifan, (to give up), to leave: inf. that the greater cousin of Ecgþeow’s earth-plan was destined to leave, 2589; pret. sg. this world left the sorrowful man, 1682; similarly, the joyful man left, 2470; the land of the Danes left, 1905; pret. pl. did not leave the brave Scyldings, left the promontory, 1601; that the cowards left the wood (into which they had fled), 2847; sg. pret. for pl. those who left this [life], 2252.
gifeðe, adj., given, granted: Gûðfremmendra swylcum gifeðe bið þät..., to such a warrior is it granted that..., 299; similarly, 2682; swâ me gifeðe wäs, 2492; þær me gifeðe swâ ænig yrfeweard äfter wurde, if an heir, (living) after me, had been given me, 2731.—Neut. as subst.: wäs þät gifeðe tô swîð, þe þone [þeóden] þyder ontyhte, the fate was too harsh that has drawn hither the king, 3086; gyfeðe, 555, 820.—Comp. un-gifeðe.
gifu, geofu, st. f., gift, present, grant; fief: nom. sg. gifu, 1885 acc. sg. gimfäste gife þe him god sealde, the great gift that God had granted him (i.e. the enormous strength), 1272; ginfästan gife þe him god sealde, 2183; dat. pl. (as instr.) geofum, 1959; gen. pl. gifa, 1931; geofena, 1174.—Comp.: mâððum-, sinc-gifu.
gifu, geofu, f. gift, present, grant; fief: nom. sg. gifu, 1885 acc. sg. gimfäste gife þe him god sealde, the great gift that God had granted him (i.e. the enormous strength), 1272; ginfästan gife þe him god sealde, 2183; dat. pl. (as instr.) geofum, 1959; gen. pl. gifa, 1931; geofena, 1174.—Comp.: mâððum-, sinc-gifu.
gild, gyld, st. n., reparation: in comp. wiðer-gyld(?).
gild, gyld, st. n., reparation: in comparison with wiðer-gyld(?).
gildan, gyldan, st. v., to do something in return, to repay, to reward, to pay: inf. gomban gyldan, pay tribute, 11; he mid gôde gyldan wille uncran eaferan, 1185; we him þâ gûðgeatwa gyldan woldon, 2637; pret. sg. heaðoræsas geald mearum and mâðmum, repaid the battles with horses and treasures, 1048; similarly, 2492; geald þone gûðræs ... Jofore and Wulfe mid ofermâðmum, repaid Eofor and Wulf the battle with exceedingly great treasures, 2992.
gildan, gyldan, st. v., to do something in return, to repay, to reward, to pay: inf. gomban gyldan, pay tribute, 11; he mid gôde gyldan wille uncran eaferan, 1185; we him þâ gûðgeatwa gyldan woldon, 2637; pret. sg. heaðoræsas geald mearum and mâðmum, repaid the battles with horses and treasures, 1048; similarly, 2492; geald þone gûðræs ... Jofore and Wulfe mid ofermâðmum, repaid Eofor and Wulf the battle with exceedingly great treasures, 2992.
an-gildan, to pay for: pret. sg. sum sâre angeald æfenräste, one (Äschere) paid for the evening-rest with death's pain, 1252.
an-gildan, to pay for: pret. sg. sum sâre angeald æfenräste, one (Äschere) paid for the evening-rest with death's pain, 1252.
for-gildan, to repay, to do something in return, to reward: pres. subj. sg. III. alwalda þec gôde forgylde, may the ruler of all reward thee with good, 957; inf. þone ænne hêht golde forgyldan, he ordered that the one (killed by Grendel) be paid for (atoned for) with gold, 1055; he ... wolde Grendle for-gyldan gûðræsa fela, wished to pay Grendel for many attacks, 1578; wolde se lâða lîge forgyldan drinc-fät dýre, the enemy wished to repay with fire the costly drinking vessel (the theft of it), 2306; pret. sg. he him þäs leán forgeald, he gave them the reward therefore, 114; similarly, 1542, 1585, 2095; forgeald hraðe wyrsan wrixle wälhlem þone, repaid the murderous blow with a worse exchange, 2969.
for-gildan, to repay, to do something in return, to reward: pres. subj. sg. III. alwalda þec gôde forgylde, may the ruler of all reward you with good, 957; inf. þone ænne hêht golde forgyldan, he ordered that the one (killed by Grendel) be paid for (atoned for) with gold, 1055; he ... wolde Grendle for-gyldan gûðræsa fela, wished to pay Grendel for many attacks, 1578; wolde se lâða lîge forgyldan drinc-fät dýre, the enemy wished to repay with fire the costly drinking vessel (the theft of it), 2306; pret. sg. he him þäs leán forgeald, he gave them the reward therefore, 114; similarly, 1542, 1585, 2095; forgeald hraðe wyrsan wrixle wälhlem þone, repaid the murderous blow with a worse exchange, 2969.
gilp, gylp, st. m., speech in which one promises great things for himself in a coming combat, defiant speech, boasting speech: acc. sg. häfde ... Geát-mecga leód gilp gelæsted (had fulfilled what he had claimed for himself before the battle), 830; nallas on gylp seleð fätte beágas, gives no chased gold rings for a boastful speech, 1750; þät ic wið þone gûðflogan gylp ofersitte, restrain myself from the speech of defiance, 2529; dat. sg. gylpe wiðgrîpan (fulfil my promise of battle), 2522.—Comp. dol-gilp.
gilp, gylp, n. m., speech in which someone boasts about great things they will achieve in an upcoming battle, defiant speech, bragging speech: acc. sg. häfde ... Geát-mecga leód gilp gelæsted (had done what he promised for himself before the battle), 830; nallas on gylp seleð fätte beágas, doesn't give away chased gold rings for a bragging speech, 1750; þät ic wið þone gûðflogan gylp ofersitte, hold myself back from the speech of defiance, 2529; dat. sg. gylpe wiðgrîpan (fulfill my battle promise), 2522.—Comp. dol-gilp.
gilpan, gylpan, st. v. w. gen., acc., and dat., to make a defiant speech, to boast, to exult insolently: pres. sg. I. nô ic þäs gilpe (after a break in the text), 587; sg. III. morðres gylpeð, boasts of the murder, 2056; inf. swâ ne gylpan þearf Grendles maga ænig ... uhthlem þone, 2007; nealles folc-cyning fyrdgesteallum gylpan þorfte, had no need to boast of his fellow-warrior, 2875; pret. sg. hrêðsigora ne gealp goldwine Geáta, did not exult at the glorious victory (could not gain the victory over the drake), 2584.
gilpan, gylpan, st. v. w. gen., acc., and dat., to make a defiant speech, to boast, to exult insolently: pres. sg. I. nô ic þäs gilpe (after a break in the text), 587; sg. III. morðres gylpeð, boasts of the murder, 2056; inf. swâ ne gylpan þearf Grendles maga ænig ... uhthlem þone, 2007; nealles folc-cyning fyrdgesteallum gylpan þorfte, had no need to boast of his fellow-warrior, 2875; pret. sg. hrêðsigora ne gealp goldwine Geáta, did not exult at the glorious victory (could not gain the victory over the drake), 2584.
gilp-cwide, st. m., speech in which a man promises much for himself for a coming combat, speech of defiance: nom. sg., 641.
gilp-cwide, st. m., talk in which a man makes grand promises for himself for an upcoming fight, talk of defiance: nom. sg., 641.
gilp-hläden, pret. part., laden with boasts of defiance (i.e. he who has made many such boasts, and consequently has been victorious in many combats), covered with glory: nom. sg. guma gilp-hläden, 869.
gilp-hläden, past participle, loaded with claims of defiance (i.e. someone who has made many such claims and as a result has won many battles), adorned with glory: nominative singular guma gilp-hläden, 869.
gilp-spræc, same as gilp-cwide, speech of defiance, boastful speech: dat. sg. on gylp-spræce, 982.
gilp-spræc, same as gilp-cwide, defiant speech, boastful speech: dat. sg. on gylp-spræce, 982.
gimme-rîce, adj., rich in jewels: acc. sg. gimme-rîce hord-burh häleða, 466.
gimme-rîce, adj., rich in jewels: acc. sg. gimme-rîce hord-burh häleða, 466.
ginnan, st. v., original meaning, to be open, ready; in
ginnan, st. v., original meaning, to be open, ready; in
on-ginnan, to begin, to undertake: pret. ôð þät ân ongan fyrene fremman feónd on helle, 100; secg eft ongan sîð Beówulfes snyttrum styrian, 872; þâ þät sweord ongan ... wanian, the sword began to diminish, 1606; Higelâc ongan sînne geseldan ... fägre fricgean, began with propriety to question his companion, 1984, etc.; ongon, 2791; pret. pl. nô her cûðlîcor cuman ongunnon lindhäbbende, no shield-bearing men e'er undertook more openly to come hither, 244; pret. part. häbbe ic mærða fela ongunnen on geogoðe, have in my youth undertaken many deeds of renown, 409.
on-ginnan, to begin, to undertake: pret. ôð þät ân ongan fyrene fremman feónd on helle, 100; secg eft ongan sîð Beówulfes snyttrum styrian, 872; þâ þät sweord ongan ... wanian, the sword began to diminish, 1606; Higelâc ongan sînne geseldan ... fägre fricgean, began with propriety to question his companion, 1984, etc.; ongon, 2791; pret. pl. nô her cûðlîcor cuman ongunnon lindhäbbende, no shield-bearing men e'er undertook more openly to come hither, 244; pret. part. häbbe ic mærða fela ongunnen on geogoðe, have in my youth undertaken many deeds of renown, 409.
gistran, adv., yesterday: last night, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gitan (original meaning, to take hold of, to seize, to attain), in
gitan (original meaning, to take hold of, to seize, to attain), in
be-gitan, w. acc., to grasp, to seize, to reach: pret. sg. begeat, 1147, 2231; þâ hine wîg beget, when war seized him, came upon him, 2873; similarly, begeat, 1069; pret. pl. hit ær on þe gôde be-geâton, good men received it formerly from thee, 2250; subj. sg. for pl. þät wäs Hrôðgâre hreówa tornost þâra þe leódfruman lange begeâte, the bitterest of the troubles that for a long time had befallen the people's chief, 2131.
be-gitan, w. acc., to grasp, to seize, to reach: pret. sg. begeat, 1147, 2231; þâ hine wîg beget, when war seized him, came upon him, 2873; similarly, begeat, 1069; pret. pl. hit ær on þe gôde be-geâton, good men received it formerly from thee, 2250; subj. sg. for pl. þät wäs Hrôðgâre hreówa tornost þâra þe leódfruman lange begeâte, the bitterest of the troubles that for a long time had befallen the people's chief, 2131.
for-gitan, w. acc., to forget: pres. sg. III. he þâ forðgesceaft forgyteð and forgýmeð, 1752.
for-gitan, w. acc., to forget: pres. sg. III. he then forgets his destiny and is careless, 1752.
an-gitan, on-gitan, w. acc.: 1) to take hold of, to grasp: imp. sg. gumcyste ongit, lay hold of manly virtue, of what becomes the man, 1724; pret. sg. þe hine se brôga angeat, whom terror seized, 1292.—2) to grasp intellectually, to comprehend, to perceive, to distinguish, to behold: pres. subj. I. þät ic ærwelan ... ongite, that I may behold the ancient wealth (the treasures of the drake's cave), 2749; inf. säl timbred ... ongytan, 308, 1497; Geáta clifu ongitan, 1912; pret. sg. fyren-þearfe ongeat, had perceived their distress from hostile snares, 14; ongeat ... grund-wyrgenne, beheld the she-wolf of the bottom, 1519; pret. pl. bearhtm ongeâton, gûðhorn galan, perceived the noise, (heard) the battle-trumpet sound, 1432; syððan hie Hygelâces horn and býman gealdor ongeâton, 2945.
an-gitan, on-gitan, w. acc.: 1) to take hold of, to grasp: imp. sg. gumcyste ongit, lay hold of manly virtue, of what becomes the man, 1724; pret. sg. þe hine se brôga angeat, whom terror seized, 1292.—2) to grasp intellectually, to comprehend, to perceive, to distinguish, to behold: pres. subj. I. þät ic ærwelan ... ongite, that I may behold the ancient wealth (the treasures of the drake's cave), 2749; inf. säl timbred ... ongytan, 308, 1497; Geáta clifu ongitan, 1912; pret. sg. fyren-þearfe ongeat, had perceived their distress from hostile snares, 14; ongeat ... grund-wyrgenne, beheld the she-wolf of the bottom, 1519; pret. pl. bearhtm ongeâton, gûðhorn galan, perceived the noise, (heard) the battle-trumpet sound, 1432; syððan hie Hygelâces horn and býman gealdor ongeâton, 2945.
gio-, gió-. see geo-, geó-.
gio-, gió-. see __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
glêd-egesa, w. m., terror on account of fire, fire-terror: nom. sg. glêd-egesa grim (the fire-spewing of the drake), 2651.
glêd-egesa, n. m., fear caused by fire, fire fear: nom. sg. glêd-egesa grim (the fire-breathing of the dragon), 2651.
gleáw (Goth, glaggwu-s), adj., considerate, well-bred, of social conduct; in comp. un-gleáw.
gleáw (Goth, glaggwu-s), adj., thoughtful, well-mannered, of social behavior; in comp. un-gleáw.
gleó-dreám, st. m., joyous carrying-on in social entertainment, mirth, social gaiety: acc. sg. gamen and gleó-dreám, 3022.
gleó-dreám, st. m., joyful celebration in social gatherings, laughter, social fun: acc. sg. gamen and gleó-dreám, 3022.
tô-glîdan (to glide asunder), to separate, to fall asunder: pret. gûð-helm tô-glâd (Ongenþeów's helmet was split asunder by the blow of Eofor), 2488.
tô-glîdan (to glide apart), to separate, to break apart: pret. gûð-helm tô-glâd (Ongenþeów's helmet was torn apart by the blow of Eofor), 2488.
be-gnornian, w. acc., to bemoan, to mourn for: pret. pl. begnornodon ... hlâfordes [hry]re, bemoaned their lord's fall, 3180.
be-gnornian, w. acc., to bemoan, to mourn for: pret. pl. begnornodon ... hlâfordes [hry]re, mourned their lord's downfall, 3180.
gold, st. n., gold: nom. sg., 3013, 3053; icge gold, 1108; wunden gold, wound gold, gold in ring-form, 1194, 3136; acc. sg. gold, 2537, 2759, 2794, 3169; hæðen gold, heathen gold (that from the drake's cave), 2277; brâd gold, massive gold, 3106; dat. instr. sg. golde, 1055, 2932, 3019; fättan golde, with chased gold, with gold in plate-form, 2103; gehroden golde, covered with gold, gilded, 304; golde gegyrwed (gegyrede), provided with, ornamented with gold, 553, 1029, 2193; golde geregnad, adorned with gold, 778; golde fâhne (hrôf), the roof shining with gold, 928; bunden golde, bound with gold (see under bindan), 1901; hyrsted golde (helm), the helmet ornamented with, mounted with gold, 2256; gen. sg. goldes, 2302; fättan goldes, 1094, 2247; scîran goldes, of pure gold, 1695. —Comp. fät-gold.
gold, noun, gold: nominative singular, 3013, 3053; icge gold, 1108; wunden gold, wound gold, gold in ring shape, 1194, 3136; accusative singular gold, 2537, 2759, 2794, 3169; hæðen gold, heathen gold (from the dragon's cave), 2277; brâd gold, solid gold, 3106; dative instrumental singular golde, 1055, 2932, 3019; fättan golde, with chased gold, with gold shaped like a plate, 2103; gehroden golde, covered in gold, gilded, 304; golde gegyrwed (gegyrede), adorned with, decorated with gold, 553, 1029, 2193; golde geregnad, decorated with gold, 778; golde fâhne (hrôf), the roof shining with gold, 928; bunden golde, bound with gold (see under bindan), 1901; hyrsted golde (helm), the helmet decorated with, mounted with gold, 2256; genitive singular goldes, 2302; fättan goldes, 1094, 2247; scîran goldes, of pure gold, 1695. —Comp. fät-gold.
gold-hroden, pret. part., (covered with gold), ornamented with gold: nom. sg., 615, 641, 1949, 2026; epithet of women of princely rank.
gold-hroden, past participle, (covered in gold), decorated with gold: nominative singular, 615, 641, 1949, 2026; a term used for women of royal status.
gold-weard, st. m., gold-ward, defender of the gold: acc. sg. (of the drake), 3082.
gold-weard, m., gold-ward, protector of the gold: acc. sg. (of the drake), 3082.
gold-wlanc, adj., proud of gold: nom. sg. gûðrinc goldwlanc (Beówulf rewarded with gold by Hrôðgâr on account of his victory), 1882.
gold-wlanc, adj., proud of gold: nom. sg. gûðrinc goldwlanc (Beowulf rewarded with gold by Hrothgar for his victory), 1882.
gomban, gomel, gomen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gong, gongan. See gang, gangan.
gong, gongan. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gôd, adj., good, fit, of persons and things: nom. sg., 11, 195, 864, 2264, 2391, etc.; frôd and gôd, 279; w. dat. cyning äðelum gôd, the king noble in birth, 1871; gumcystum gôd, 2544; w. gen. wes þu ûs lârena gôd, be good to us with teaching (help us thereto through thy instruction), 269; in weak form, se gôda, 205, 355, 676, 1191, etc.; acc. sg. gôdne, 199, 347, 1596, 1970, etc.; gumcystum gôdne, 1487; neut. gôd, 1563; dat. sg. gôdum, 3037, 3115; þäm gôdan, 384, 2328; nom. pl. gôde, 2250; þâ gôdan, 1164; acc. pl. gôde, 2642; dat. pl. gôdum dædum, 2179; gen. pl. gôdra gûðrinca, 2649.—Comp. ær-gôd.
good, adj., good, suitable, for people and things: nominative singular, 11, 195, 864, 2264, 2391, etc.; noble and good, 279; with dative king äðelum good, the king noble in birth, 1871; in virtue good, 2544; with genitive be good to us with teaching, help us through your instruction, 269; in weak form, the good one, 205, 355, 676, 1191, etc.; accusative singular good, 199, 347, 1596, 1970, etc.; in virtue good, 1487; neuter good, 1563; dative singular good, 3037, 3115; the good one, 384, 2328; nominative plural good, 2250; those good ones, 1164; accusative plural good, 2642; dative plural good deeds, 2179; genitive plural of the good warriors, 2649.—Comp. earlier-good.
gram-heort, adj., of a hostile heart, hostile: nom. sg. grom-heort guma, 1683.
gram-heort, adj., having a hostile heart, aggressive: nom. sg. grom-heort guma, 1683.
gram-hydig, adj., with hostile feeling, maliciously inclined: nom. sg. gromhydig, 1750.
gram-hydig, adj., with hostile feelings, inclined to be malicious: nom. sg. gromhydig, 1750.
grâp, st. f., the hand ready to grasp, hand, claw: dat. sg. mid grâpe, 438; on grâpe, 555; gen. sg. eal ... Grendles grâpe, all of Grendel's claw, the whole claw, 837; dat. pl. on grames grâpum, 766; (as instr.) grimman grâpum, with grim claws, 1543.—Comp.: feónd-, hilde-grâp.
grâp, noun, the hand ready to grasp, hand, claw: dative singular mid grâpe, 438; on grâpe, 555; genitive singular eal ... Grendles grâpe, all of Grendel's claw, the whole claw, 837; dative plural on grames grâpum, 766; (as instrumental) grimman grâpum, with grim claws, 1543.—Comp.: feónd-, hilde-grâp.
gräs-molde, w. f., grass-plot: acc. sg. gräsmoldan träd, went over the grass-plot, 1882.
gräs-molde, w. f., grass-plot: acc. sg. gräsmoldan träd, went over the grass-plot, 1882.
grêtan, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to greet, to salute: inf. hine swâ gôdne grêtan, 347; Hrôðgâr grêtan, 1647, 2011; eówic grêtan hêt (bade me bring you his last greeting), 3096; pret. sg. grêtte Geáta leód, 626; grêtte þâ guma ôðerne, 653; Hrôðgâr grêtte, 1817.— 2) to come on, to come near, to seek out; to touch; to take hold of: inf. gifstôl grêtan, take possession of the throne, mount it as ruler, 168; näs se folccyning ænig ... þe mec gûðwinum grêtan dorste (attack with swords), 2736; Wyrd ... se þone gomelan grêtan sceolde, 2422; þät þone sin-scaðan gûðbilla nân grêtan nolde, that no sword would take hold upon the irreconcilable enemy, 804; pret. sg. grêtte goldhroden guman on healle, the gold-adorned (queen) greeted the men in the hall, 615; nô he mid hearme ... gästas grêtte, did not approach the strangers with insults, 1894; gomenwudu grêtte, touched the wood of joy, played the harp, 2109; pret. subj. II. sg. þät þu þone wälgæst wihte ne grêtte, that thou shouldst by no means seek out the murderous spirit (Grendel), 1996; similarly, sg. III. þät he ne grêtte goldweard þone, 3082; pret. part. þær wäs ... gomenwudu grêted, 1066.
grêtan, v. trans. acc.: 1) to greet, to salute: inf. him this good greeting, 347; Hrôðgâr greeted, 1647, 2011; he bade me bring you his last greeting (bade me bring you his last greeting), 3096; pret. sg. greeted Geáta leader, 626; greeted one man another, 653; Hrôðgâr greeted, 1817.— 2) to come on, to come near, to seek out; to touch; to take hold of: inf. take possession of the throne, mount it as ruler, 168; there was no king among the people ... who dared to attack with swords (attack with swords), 2736; Fate ... must greet the old man, 2422; that no sword would take hold of the irreconcilable enemy, 804; pret. sg. greeted the gold-adorned men in the hall, the gold-adorned (queen) greeted the men in the hall, 615; he did not approach the strangers with insults, did not approach the strangers with insults, 1894; touched the wood of joy, played the harp, 2109; pret. subj. II. sg. that you should by no means seek out the murderous spirit (Grendel), 1996; similarly, sg. III. that he did not greet the gold-keeper, 3082; pret. part. there was ... touched the wood of joy, 1066.
ge-grêtan, w. acc.: 1) to greet, to salute, to address: pret. sg. holdne gegrêtte meaglum wordum, greeted the dear man with formal words, 1981; gegrêtte þâ gumena gehwylcne ... hindeman siðe, spoke then the last time to each of the men, 2517.—2) to approach, to come near, to seek out: inf. sceal ... manig ôðerne gôdum gegrêtan ofer ganotes bäð, many a one will seek another across the sea with gifts, 1862.
ge-grêtan, w. acc.: 1) to greet, to salute, to address: pret. sg. holdne gegrêtte meaglum wordum, greeted the dear man with formal words, 1981; gegrêtte þâ gumena gehwylcne ... hindeman siðe, spoke then the last time to each of the men, 2517. — 2) to approach, to come near, to seek out: inf. sceal ... manig ôðerne gôdum gegrêtan ofer ganotes bäð, many a one will seek another across the sea with gifts, 1862.
grindan, st. v., to grind, in
grindan, st. v., to grind, in
for-grindan, to destroy, to ruin: pret. sg. w. dat. forgrand gramum, destroyed the enemy, killed them (?), 424; pret. part. w. acc. häfde lîgdraca leóda fästen ... glêdum forgrunden, had with flames destroyed the people's feasts, 2336; þâ his âgen (scyld) wäs glêdum forgrunden, since his own (shield) had been destroyed by the fire, 2678.
for-grindan, to destroy, to ruin: past tense singular with dative forgrand gramum, destroyed the enemy, killed them (?), 424; past participle with accusative häfde lîgdraca leóda fästen ... glêdum forgrunden, had with flames destroyed the people's feasts, 2336; þâ his âgen (scyld) wäs glêdum forgrunden, since his own (shield) had been destroyed by the fire, 2678.
grîma, w. m., mask, visor: in comp. beado-, here-grîma.
grîma, w. m., mask, visor: in comp. beado-, here-grîma.
for-grîpan (to gripe vehemently), to gripe so as to kill, to kill by the grasp, w. dat.: pret. sg. ät gûðe forgrâp Grendeles mægum, 2354. wið-grîpan, w. dat., (to seize at), to maintain, to hold erect: inf. hû wið þam aglæcean elles meahte gylpe wið-grîpan, how else I might maintain my boast of battle against the monster, 2522.
for-grip (to grip strongly), to grip so as to kill, to kill by the grasp, with dative: past tense sg. at battle for-gripped Grendel's kin, 2354. against-grip, with dative, (to seize at), to maintain, to hold up: infinitive how against the monster else might I maintain my boast of battle, how else I might maintain my boast of battle against the monster, 2522.
grund, st. m.: 1) ground, plain, fields in contrast with highlands; earth in contrast with heaven: dat. sg. sôhte ... äfter grunde, sought along the ground, 2295; acc. pl. ofer grundas, 1405, 2074.—2) bottom, the lowest part: acc. sg. grund (of the sea of Grendel), 1368; on gyfenes grund, 1395; under gynne grund (bottom of the sea) 1552; dat. sg. tô grunde (of the sea), 553; grunde (of the drake's cave) getenge, 2759; so, on grunde, 2766.—Comp.: eormen-, mere-, sæ-grund.
grund, st. m.: 1) ground, flat land, fields compared to highlands; earth compared to heaven: dat. sg. sôhte ... efter grunde, sought along the ground, 2295; acc. pl. ofer grundas, 1405, 2074. — 2) bottom, the lowest part: acc. sg. grund (of the sea of Grendel), 1368; on gyfenes grund, 1395; under gynne grund (bottom of the sea) 1552; dat. sg. tô grunde (of the sea), 553; grunde (of the drake's cave) getenge, 2759; so, on grunde, 2766. — Comp.: eormen-, mere-, sæ-grund.
grund-bûend, pres. part., inhabitant of the earth: gen. pl. grund-bûendra, 1007.
ground-dweller, present participle, inhabitant of the earth: gen. pl. ground-dwellers, 1007.
grund-hyrde, st. m., warder of the bottom (of the sea): acc. sg. (of Grendel's mother), 2137.
grund-hyrde, n., warden of the depths (of the sea): acc. sg. (of Grendel's mother), 2137.
grund-sele, st. m., hall at the bottom (of the sea): dat sg. in þam [grund]sele, 2140.
grund-sele, n., room at the bottom (of the sea): dat sg. in þam [grund]sele, 2140.
grund-wang, st. m., ground surface, lowest surface: acc. sg. þone grund-wong (bottom of the sea), 1497; (bottom of the drake's cave), 2772, 2589.
grund-wang, n., ground surface, lowest surface: acc. sg. þone grund-wong (bottom of the sea), 1497; (bottom of the drake's cave), 2772, 2589.
grund-wyrgen, st. f., she-wolf of the bottom (of the sea): acc. sg. grund-wyrgenne (Grendel's mother), 1519.
grund-wyrgen, f., she-wolf of the bottom (of the sea): acc. sg. grund-wyrgenne (Grendel's mother), 1519.
gryre, st. m., horror, terror, anything causing terror: nom. sg., 1283; acc. sg. wið Grendles gryre, 384; hie Wyrd forsweóp on Grendles gryre, snatched them away into the horror of Grendel, to the horrible Grendel, 478; dat. pl. mid gryrum ecga, 483; gen. pl. swâ fela gryra, 592.—Comp.: fær-, wîg-gryre.
gryre, noun, horror, terror, anything that causes fear: nom. sg., 1283; acc. sg. wið Grendles gryre, 384; hie Wyrd forsweóp on Grendles gryre, snatched them away into the terror of Grendel, to the terrifying Grendel, 478; dat. pl. mid gryrum ecga, 483; gen. pl. swâ fela gryra, 592.—Comp.: fær-, wîg-gryre.
gryre-brôga, w. m., terror and horror, amazement: nom. sg. [gryre-]br[ô]g[a], 2229.
gryre-brôga, n., terror and horror, amazement: nom. sg. [gryre-]br[ô]g[a], 2229.
gryre-gäst, st. m., terror-guest, stranger causing terror: nom. sg. grimlîc gry[regäst], 3042; dat. sg. wið þam gryregieste (the dragon), 2561.
gryre-gäst, m., terror-guest, a stranger who causes fear: nom. sg. grimlîc gry[regäst], 3042; dat. sg. wið þam gryregieste (the dragon), 2561.
gryre-geatwe, st. f. pl., terror-armor, warlike equipment: dat. pl. in hyra gryre-geatwum, 324.
gryre-geatwe, n. pl., terror-armor, war gear: dat. pl. in hyra gryre-geatwum, 324.
gryre-leóð, st. n., terror-song, fearful song: acc. sg. gehýrdon gryreleóð galan godes and-sacan (heard Grendel's cry of agony), 787.
gryre-leóð, st. n., terror-song, fearful song: acc. sg. heard Grendel’s cry of agony, 787.
guma, w. m., man, human being: nom. sg., 653, 869, etc.; acc. sg. guman, 1844, 2295; dat. sg. guman (gumum, MS.), 2822; nom pl. guman, 215, 306, 667, etc.; acc. pl. guman, 615; dat. pl. gumum, 127, 321; gen. pl. gumena, 73, 328, 474, 716, etc.—Comp.: driht-, seld-guma.
guma, m., man, human being: nominative singular, 653, 869, etc.; accusative singular guman, 1844, 2295; dative singular guman (gumum, MS.), 2822; nominative plural guman, 215, 306, 667, etc.; accusative plural guman, 615; dative plural gumum, 127, 321; genitive plural gumena, 73, 328, 474, 716, etc.—Comp.: driht-, seld-guma.
gum-dryhten, st. m., lord of men: nom. sg. 1643.
gum-dryhten, st. m., lord of men: nom. sg. 1643.
gûð-byrne, n. f., battle corselet: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gûð-cyning, st. m., king in battle, king directing a battle: nom. sg., 199, 1970, 2336, etc.
gûð-cyning, st. m., battle king, king leading a battle: nom. sg., 199, 1970, 2336, etc.
gûð-fremmend, pres. part., fighting a battle, warrior: gen. pl. gûð-fremmendra, 246; gûð- (gôd-, MS.) fremmendra swylcum, such a warrior (meaning Beówulf), 299.
gûð-fremmend, present participle, fighting a battle, warrior: general plural gûð-fremmendra, 246; gûð- (gôd-, MS.) fremmendra swylcum, such a warrior (meaning Beowulf), 299.
gûð-geweorc, st. n., battle-work warlike deed: gen. pl., -geweorca, 679, 982, 1826.
gûð-geweorc, n., battle-work, a military action: gen. pl., -geweorca, 679, 982, 1826.
gûð-geatwe, st. f. pl., equipment for combat: acc. þâ gûð-geatwa (-getawa, MS.), 2637; dat. in eówrum gûð-geatawum, 395.
gûð-geatwe, st. f. pl., combat gear: acc. þâ gûð-geatwa (-getawa, MS.), 2637; dat. in eówrum gûð-geatawum, 395.
guth-horn, n. (neuter), battle-horn: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
guth-hraed, st. f., battle fame: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
guth-leod, n., battle song: acc., sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gûð-sceaða, w. m., battle-foe, enemy in combat: nom. sg., of the drake, 2319.
gûð-sceaða, m., battle foe, enemy in combat: nom. sg., of the drake, 2319.
gûð-scearu, st. f., decision of the battle: dat. sg. äfter gûð-sceare, 1214.
gûð-scearu, st. f., the outcome of the battle: dat. sg. after the battle's outcome, 1214.
gûð-sweord, st. n., battle-sword: acc. sg., 2155.
gûð-sweord, st. n., battle sword: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gyrn, noun, grief, injury: nominative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
gyrn-wracu, st. f., revenge for harm: dat. sg. tô gyrn-wräce, 1139; gen. sg. þâ wäs eft hraðe gearo gyrn-wräce Grendeles môdor, then was Grendel's mother in turn immediately ready for revenge for the injury, 2119.
gyrn-wracu, f., revenge for harm: dat. sg. tô gyrn-wräce, 1139; gen. sg. þâ wäs eft hraðe gearo gyrn-wräce Grendeles môdor, then Grendel's mother was immediately prepared for revenge for the injury, 2119.
habban, w. v., to have: 1) w. acc.: pres. sg. I. þäs ic wên häbbe (as I hope), 383; þe ic geweald häbbe, 951; ic me on hafu bord and byrnan, have on me shield and coat of mail, 2525; hafo, 3001; sg. II. þu nu [friðu] hafast, 1175; pl. I. habbað we ... micel ærende, 270; pres. subj. sg. III. þät he þrittiges manna mägencräft on his mundgripe häbbe, 381. Blended with the negative: pl. III. þät be Sæ-Geátas sêlran näbben tô geceósenne cyning ænigne, that the Sea-Geátas will have no better king than you to choose, 1851; imp. hafa nu and geheald hûsa sêlest, 659; inf. habban, 446, 462, 3018; pret. sg. häfde, 79, 518, 554; pl. häfdon, 539.—2) used as an auxiliary with the pret. part.: pres. sg. I. häbbe ic ... ongunnen, 408; häbbe ic ... geâhsod, 433; II. hafast, 954, 1856; III. hafað, 474, 596; pret. sg. häfde, 106, 220, 666, 2322, 2334, 2953, etc.; pl. häfdon, 117, 695, 884, 2382, etc. Pret. part. inflected: nu scealc hafað dæd gefremede, 940; häfde se gôda ... cempan gecorone, 205. With the pres. part. are formed the compounds: bord-, rond-häbbend.
habban, v. to have: 1) with acc.: pres. sg. I. þäs ic wên häbbe (as I hope), 383; þe ic geweald häbbe, 951; ic me on hafu bord and byrnan, have on me shield and coat of mail, 2525; hafo, 3001; sg. II. þu nu [friðu] hafast, 1175; pl. I. habbað we ... micel ærende, 270; pres. subj. sg. III. þät he þrittiges manna mägencräft on his mundgripe häbbe, 381. Blended with the negative: pl. III. þät be Sæ-Geátas sêlran näbben tô geceósenne cyning ænigne, that the Sea-Geátas will have no better king than you to choose, 1851; imp. hafa nu and geheald hûsa sêlest, 659; inf. habban, 446, 462, 3018; pret. sg. häfde, 79, 518, 554; pl. häfdon, 539.—2) used as an auxiliary with the pret. part.: pres. sg. I. häbbe ic ... ongunnen, 408; häbbe ic ... geâhsod, 433; II. hafast, 954, 1856; III. hafað, 474, 596; pret. sg. häfde, 106, 220, 666, 2322, 2334, 2953, etc.; pl. häfdon, 117, 695, 884, 2382, etc. Pret. part. inflected: nu scealc hafað dæd gefremede, 940; häfde se gôda ... cempan gecorone, 205. With the pres. part. are formed the compounds: bord-, rond-häbbend.
wið-habban, to resist, to offer resistance: pret. þät se wînsele wið-häfde heaðo-deórum, that the hall resisted them furious in fight, 773.
wið-habban, to resist, to offer resistance: pret. þät se wînsele wið-häfde heaðo-deórum, that the hall resisted them fiercely in battle, 773.
hafela, heafola, w. m., head: acc. sg. hafelan, 1373, 1422, 1615, 1636, 1781; nâ þu mînne þearft hafalan hýdan, 446; þonne we on orlege hafelan weredon, protected our heads, defended ourselves, 1328; se hwîta helm hafelan werede, 1449; dat. sg. hafelan, 673, 1522; heafolan, 2680; gen. sg. heafolan, 2698; nom. pl. hafelan, 1121.—Comp. wîg-heafola.
hafela, heafola, w. m., head: acc. sg. hafelan, 1373, 1422, 1615, 1636, 1781; don't you need to protect your head, 446; then we protect our heads in battle, protected our heads, defended ourselves, 1328; the white helmet protected the head, 1449; dat. sg. hafelan, 673, 1522; heafolan, 2680; gen. sg. heafolan, 2698; nom. pl. hafelan, 1121.—Comp. wîg-heafola.
hafoc, noun, hawk: nominative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hama, homa, w. m., dress: in the comp. flæsc-, fyrd-, lîc-hama, scîr-ham (adj.).
hama, homa, w. m., dress: in the comp. flesh-, army-, body-dress, bright-dress (adj.).
hand-gemôt, st. n., hand-to-hand conflict, battle: gen. pl. (ecg) þolode ær fela hand-gemôta, 1527; nô þät läsest wäs hond-gemôta, 2356.
hand-gemôt, n., hand-to-hand conflict, battle: gen. pl. (ecg) endured before many hand-gemôts, 1527; nor was that less than hand-gemôts, 2356.
hand-gesella, w. m., hand-companion, man of the retinue: dat. pl. hond-gesellum, 1482.
hand-gesella, m., hand-companion, member of the entourage: dat. pl. hond-gesellum, 1482.
hand-gestealla, w. m., (one whose position is near at hand), comrade, companion, attendant: dat. sg. hond-gesteallan, 2170; nom. pl. hand-gesteallan, 2597.
hand-gestealla, n. m., (someone whose position is close by), friend, partner, helper: dat. sg. hond-gesteallan, 2170; nom. pl. hand-gesteallan, 2597.
hand-geweorc, st. n., work done with the hands, i.e. achievement in battle: dat. sg. for þäs hild-fruman hondgeweorce, 2836.
hand-geweorc, n. (neuter), work done with the hands, i.e. achievement in battle: dat. sg. for þäs hild-fruman hondgeweorce, 2836.
hand-gewriðen, pret. part. hand-wreathed, bound with the hand. acc. pl. wälbende ... hand-gewriðene, 1938.
hand-gewriðen, past participle hand-wreathed, bound with the hand. accusative plural wälbende ... hand-gewriðene, 1938.
hand-locen, pret. part., joined, united by hand: nom. sg. (gûð-byrne, lîc-syrce) hondlocen (because the shirts of mail consisted of interlaced rings), 322, 551.
hand-locen, past participle, joined, united by hand: nominative singular (gûð-byrne, lîc-syrce) handlocen (because the mail shirts were made of interlaced rings), 322, 551.
hand-scalu, st. f., hand-attendance, retinue: dat. sg. mid his hand-scale (hond-scole), 1318, 1964.
hand-scalu, st. f., hand-attendance, retinue: dat. sg. mid his hand-scale (hand-school), 1318, 1964.
hand-sporu, st. f., finger (on Grendel's hand), under the figure of a spear: nom. pl. hand-sporu, 987.
hand-sporu, n. f., finger (on Grendel's hand), shown as a spear: nom. pl. hand-sporu, 987.
hand-wundor, st. n., wonder done by the hand, wonderful handwork: gen. pl. hond-wundra mæst, 2769.
hand-wundor, n., wonder made by the hand, amazing craftsmanship: gen. pl. hond-wundra mæst, 2769.
hâdre, adv., clearly, brightly, 1572.
hâdre, adv., clearly, brightly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hâm, st. m., home, residence, estate, land: acc. sg. hâm, 1408; Hrôðgâres hâm, 718. Usually in adverbial sense: gewât him hâm, betook himself home, 1602; tô hâm, 124, 374, 2993; fram hâm, at home, 194; ät hâm, at home, 1249, 1924, 1157; gen. sg. hâmes, 2367; acc. pl. hâmas, 1128.—Comp. Finnes-hâm, 1157.
hâm-weorðung, st. f., honor or ornament of home: acc. sg. hâm-weorðunge (designation of the daughter of Hygelâc, given in marriage to Eofor), 2999.
hâm-weorðung, n. f., honor or decoration of home: acc. sg. hâm-weorðunge (name of Hygelâc's daughter, who was married to Eofor), 2999.
hâtan, st. v.: 1) to bid, to order, to direct, with acc. and inf., and acc. of the person: pres. sg. I. ic maguþegnas mîne hâte ... flotan eówerne ârum healdan, I bid my thanes take good care of your craft, 293; imp. sg. II. hât in gân ... sibbegedriht, 386; pl. II. hâtað heaðo-mære hlæw gewyrcean, 2803; inf. þät healreced hâtan wolde ... men gewyrcean, that he wished to command men to build a hall-edifice, 68. Pret. sg. hêht: hêht ... eahta mearas ... on flet teón, gave command to bring eight horses into the hall, 1036; þonne ænne hêht golde forgyldan, commanded to make good that one with gold, 1054; hêht þâ þät heaðo-weorc tô hagan biódan, ordered the combat to be announced at the hedge(?), 2893; swâ se snottra hêht, as the wise (Hrôðgâr) directed, 1787; so, 1808, 1809. hêt: hêt him ýðlidan gôdne gegyrwan, ordered a good vessel to be prepared for him, 198; so, hêt, 391, 1115, 3111. As the form of a wish: hêt hine wel brûcan, 1064; so, 2813; pret. part. þâ wäs hâten hraðe Heort innan-weard folmum gefrätwod, forthwith was ordered Heorot, adorned by hand on the inside (i.e. that the edifice should be adorned by hand on the inside), 992.—2) to name, to call: pres. subj. III. pl. þät hit sælîðend ... hâtan Biówulfes biorh, that mariners may call it Beówulf's grave-mound, 2807; pret. part. wäs se grimma gäst Grendel hâten, 102; so, 263, 373, 2603.
hâtan, st. v.: 1) to bid, to order, to direct, with acc. and inf., and acc. of the person: pres. sg. I. I tell my warriors to take good care of your work, I bid my thanes take good care of your craft, 293; imp. sg. II. command in go ... kinship, 386; pl. II. command the warrior mound to be built, 2803; inf. that the hall should be commanded ... men to build, that he wished to command men to build a hall-edifice, 68. Pret. sg. he ordered: he ordered eight horses to be brought into the hall, gave command to bring eight horses into the hall, 1036; then he commanded to repay that one with gold, commanded to make good that one with gold, 1054; he ordered the battle to be announced at the hedge, ordered the combat to be announced at the hedge(?), 2893; as the wise one commanded, as the wise (Hrôðgâr) directed, 1787; so, 1808, 1809. he commanded: he ordered a good ship to be prepared for him, ordered a good vessel to be prepared for him, 198; so, he commanded, 391, 1115, 3111. As the form of a wish: he wished him to use it well, ordered him well to use, 1064; so, 2813; pret. part. then was Heorot promptly ordered, adorned on the inside by hand, forthwith was ordered Heorot, adorned by hand on the inside (i.e. that the edifice should be adorned by hand on the inside), 992.—2) to name, to call: pres. subj. III. pl. that it may be called Beowulf's grave mound, that mariners may call it Beówulf's grave-mound, 2807; pret. part. the fierce guest Grendel was called, wäs se grimma gæst Grendel hâten, 102; so, 263, 373, 2603.
ge-hâtan, to promise, to give one's word, to vow, to threaten: pres. sg. I. ic hit þe gehâte, 1393; so, 1672; pret. sg. he me mêde gehêt, promised me reward, 2135; him fägre gehêt leána (gen. pl.), promised them proper reward, 2990; weán oft gehêt earmre teohhe, with woe often threatened the unhappy band, 2938; pret. pl. gehêton ät härgtrafum wig-weorðunga, vowed offerings at the shrines of the gods, 175; þonne we gehêton ûssum hlâforde þät ..., when we promised our lord that..., 2635; pret. part. sió gehâten [wäs] ... gladum suna Frôdan, betrothed to the glad son of Froda, 2025.
ge-hâtan, to promise, to give one's word, to vow, to threaten: pres. sg. I. ic hit þe gehâte, 1393; so, 1672; pret. sg. he me mêde gehêt, promised me reward, 2135; him fägre gehêt leána (gen. pl.), promised them proper reward, 2990; weán oft gehêt earmre teohhe, with woe often threatened the unhappy band, 2938; pret. pl. gehêton ät härgtrafum wig-weorðunga, vowed offerings at the shrines of the gods, 175; þonne we gehêton ûssum hlâforde þät ..., when we promised our lord that..., 2635; pret. part. sió gehâten [wäs] ... gladum suna Frôdan, betrothed to the glad son of Froda, 2025.
häft-mêce, st. m., sword with fetters or chains (cf. fetel-hilt): dat. sg. þäm häft-mêce, 1458. See Note.
häft-mêce, n., sword with chains or shackles (cf. fetel-hilt): dative singular þäm häft-mêce, 1458. See Note.
häg-steald, st. m., man, liegeman, youth: gen. pl. häg-stealdra, 1890.
häg-steald, noun, man, vassal, youth: gen. pl. häg-stealdra, 1890.
hæð-stapa, w. m., that which goes about on the heath (stag): nom. sg., 1369
hæð-stapa, w. m., that which roams the heath (stag): nom. sg., 1369
he, fem. heó, neut. hit, pers. pron., he, she, it; in the oblique cases also reflexive, himself, herself, itself: acc. sg. hine, hî, hit; dat. sg. him, hire, him; gen. sg. his, hire, his; plur. acc. nom. hî, hig, hie; dat. him; gen. hira, heora, hiera, hiora.—he omitted before the verb, 68, 300, 2309, 2345.
he, feminine she, neuter it, personal pronoun, he, she, it; in the oblique cases also reflexive, himself, herself, itself: accusative singular hine, hî, hit; dative singular him, hire, him; genitive singular his, hire, his; plural accusative nominative hî, hig, hie; dative him; genitive hira, heora, hiera, hiora.—he omitted before the verb, 68, 300, 2309, 2345.
â-hebban, raise, to lift from, to take away: wäs ... icge gold âhafen of horde, taken up from the hoard, 1109; þâ wäs ... wôp up âhafen, a cry of distress raised, 128
â-hebban, raise, to lift from, to take away: wäs ... icge gold âhafen of horde, taken up from the hoard, 1109; þâ wäs ... wôp up âhafen, a cry of distress raised, 128
hel-rûna, m., sorcerer: nom. pl. helrûnan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
helm, st. m.: 1) protection in general, defence, covering that protects: acc. sg. on helm, 1393; under helm, 1746.—2) helmet: nom. sg., 1630; acc. sg. helm, 673, 1023, 1527, 2988; (helo, MS.), 2724; brûn-fâgne, gold-fâhne helm, 2616, 2812; dat. sg. under helme, 342, 404; gen. sg. helmes, 1031; acc. pl. helmas, 240, 2639.—3) defence, protector, designation of the king: nom. sg. helm Scyldinga (Hrôðgâr), 371, 456, 1322; acc. sg. heofena helm (the defender of the heavens = God), 182; helm Scylfinga, 2382.—Comp.: grîm-, gûð-, heaðo-, niht-helm.
helm, noun: 1) general protection, defense, a covering that shields: accusative singular on helm, 1393; under helm, 1746.—2) helmet: nominative singular, 1630; accusative singular helm, 673, 1023, 1527, 2988; (helo, MS.), 2724; brûn-fâgne, gold-fâhne helm, 2616, 2812; dative singular under helme, 342, 404; genitive singular helmes, 1031; accusative plural helmas, 240, 2639.—3) defense, protector, a title for the king: nominative singular helm Scyldinga (Hrôðgâr), 371, 456, 1322; accusative singular heofena helm (the defender of the heavens = God), 182; helm Scylfinga, 2382.—Compound: grîm-, gûð-, heaðo-, niht-helm.
helm-berend, pres. part., helm-wearing (warrior): acc. pl. helmberend, 2518, 2643.
helm-berend, present participle, wearing a helmet (warrior): plural form helmberend, 2518, 2643.
helpan, st. v., to help: inf. þät him holt-wudu helpan ne meahte, lind wið lîge, that a wooden shield could not help him, a linden shield against flame, 2341; þät him îrenna ecge mihton helpan ät hilde, 2685; wutun gangan to, helpan hildfruman, let us go thitherto help the battle-chief, 2650; w. gen. ongan ... mæges helpan, began to help my kinsman, 2880; so, pret. sg. þær he his mæges (MS. mägenes) healp, 2699.
hende, -handed: in comp. îdel-hende.
her, adv., here, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, etc.; hither, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__.
here-brôga, w. m., terror of the army, fear of war: dat. sg. for here-brôgan, 462.
here-brôga, n., terror of the army, fear of war: dat. sg. for here-brôgan, 462.
here-byrne, w. f., battle-mail, coat of mail: nom. sg., 1444.
here-byrne, w. f., battle-mail, coat of mail: nom. sg., 1444.
here-grîma, w. m., battle-mask, i.e. helmet (with visor): dat. sg. -grîman, 396, 2050, 2606.
here-grîma, n., battle-mask, or helmet (with visor): dat. sg. -grîman, 396, 2050, 2606.
here-sceaft, st. m., battle-shaft, i.e. spear: gen. pl. here-sceafta heáp, 335.
here-sceaft, st. m., battle-spear, i.e. spear: gen. pl. here-sceafta heáp, 335.
here-stræl, st. m., war-arrow, missile: nom. sg., 1436.
here-stræl, n., war-arrow, missile: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
here-syrce, w. f., battle-shirt, shirt of mail: acc. sg. here-syrcan, 1512.
here-syrce, w. f., battle-shirt, shirt of mail: acc. sg. here-syrcan, 1512.
here-wæsma, w. m., war-might, fierce strength in battle: dat. pl. an here-wæsmum, 678.—Leo.
here-wæsma, w. m., battle power, fierce strength in combat: dat. pl. an here-wæsmum, 678.—Leo.
herg, hearg, st. m., image of a god, grove where a god was worshipped, hence to the Christian a wicked place(?): dat. pl. hergum geheaðerod, confined in wicked places (parallel with hell-bendum fäst), 3073.
herg, hearg, n., image of a god, grove where a god was worshipped, thus seen as an evil place by Christians(?): dat. pl. hergum geheaðerod, confined in evil places (parallel with hell-bendum fäst), 3073.
hetend, hettend, (pres. part. of hetan, see hatian), enemy, hostis: nom. pl. hetende, 1829; dat. pl. wið hettendum, 3005.
hetend, hettend, (present participle of hetan, see hatian), enemy, hostis: nominative plural hetende, 1829; dative plural wið hettendum, 3005.
hete-sweng, st. m., a blow from hate: acc. pl. hete-swengeas, 2226.
hete-sweng, st. m., a hit driven by hate: acc. pl. hete-swengeas, 2226.
hêdan, ge-hêdan, w. v. w. gen.: 1) to protect: pret. sg. ne hêdde he þäs heafolan, did not protect his head, 2698.—2) to obtain: subj. pret. sg. III. gehêdde, 505.
hêdan, ge-hêdan, w. v. w. gen.: 1) to protect: past tense singular he did not protect his head, did not protect his head, 2698.—2) to obtain: subjunctive past tense singular III. gehêdde, 505.
hêrian, w. v. w. acc., to praise, to commend: with reference to God, to adore: inf. heofena helm hêrian ne cûðon, could not worship the defence of the heavens (God), 182; ne hûru Hildeburh hêrian þorfte Eotena treówe, had no need to praise the fidelity of the Eotens, 1072; pres. subj. þät mon his wine-dryhten wordum hêrge, 3177.
hêrian, v. w. acc., to praise, to commend: referring to God, to adore: inf. heofena helm hêrian ne cûðon, could not worship the defense of the heavens (God), 182; ne hûru Hildeburh hêrian þorfte Eotena treówe, had no need to praise the loyalty of the Eotens, 1072; pres. subj. þät mon his wine-dryhten wordum hêrge, 3177.
heaðo-byrne, w. f., battle-mail, shirt of mail: nom. sg., 1553.
heaðo-byrne, n. f., battle-mail, shirt of mail: nom. sg., 1553.
heaðo-deór, adj., bold in battle, brave: nom. sg., 689; dat. pl. heaðo-deórum, 773.
heaðo-deór, adj., bold in battle, brave: nom. sg., 689; dat. pl. heaðo-deórum, 773.
heaðo-grim, adj., grim in battle, 548.
heaðo-grim, adj., grim in battle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heaðo-helm, st. m., battle-helmet, war-helmet: nom. sg., 3157(?).
heaðo-helm, st. m., battle helmet, war helmet: nom. sg., 3157(?).
heaðo-mære, adj., renowned in battle: acc. pl. -mære, 2803.
heaðo-mære, adj., famous for fighting: acc. pl. -mære, 2803.
heaðo-reáf, st. n., battle-dress, equipment for battle: acc. sg. heaðo-reáf heóldon (kept the equipments), 401.
heaðo-reáf, st. n., battle gear, equipment for battle: acc. sg. heaðo-reáf heóldon (kept the gear), 401.
heaðo-rinc, st. m., battle-hero, warrior: acc. sg. þone heaðo-rinc (Hrêðel's son, Hæðcyn), 2467; dat. pl. þæm heaðo-rincum, 370.
heaðo-rinc, st. m., battle-hero, warrior: acc. sg. þone heaðo-rinc (Hrêðel's son, Hæðcyn), 2467; dat. pl. þæm heaðo-rincum, 370.
heaðo-scearp, adj., sharp in battle, bold: n. m. pl. (-scearde, MS.), 2830.
heaðo-scearp, adj., sharp in battle, bold: n. m. pl. (-scearde, MS.), 2830.
heaðo-seóc, adj., battle-sick: dat. sg. -siócum, 2755.
heaðo-seók, adj., battle-sick: dat. sg. -siócum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heaðo-steáp, adj., high in battle, excelling in battle: nom. sg. in weak form, heaðo-steápa, 1246; acc. sg. heaðo-steápne, 2154, both times of the helmet.
heaðo-steáp, adj., skilled in battle, outstanding in combat: nom. sg. in weak form, heaðo-steápa, 1246; acc. sg. heaðo-steápne, 2154, both referring to the helmet.
heaðo-swât, st. m., blood of battle: dat. sg. heaðo-swâte, 1607; as instr., 1461; gen. pl. hâtost heaðo-swâta, 1669.
heaðo-swât, st. m., blood of battle: dat. sg. heaðo-swâte, 1607; as instr., 1461; gen. pl. hâtost heaðo-swâta, 1669.
heaðo-sweng, st. m., battle-stroke (blow of the sword): dat. sg. äfter heaðu-swenge, 2582.
heaðo-sweng, n. battle-stroke (sword strike): dat. sg. after heaðu-swenge, 2582.
heaðo-torht, adj., loud, clear in battle: nom. sg. stefn ... heaðo-torht, the voice clear in battle, 2554.
heaðo-torht, adj., loud, clear in battle: nom. sg. stefn ... heaðo-torht, the voice clear in battle, 2554.
heaðo-weorc, st. n., battle-work, battle: acc. sg., 2893.
heaðo-weorc, n., battle work, battle: acc. sg., 2893.
heaðo-wylm, st. m., hostile (flame-) wave: acc. pl. hâte heaðo-wylmas, 2820; gen. pl. heaðo-wylma, 82.
heaðo-wylm, n., hostile (flame-) wave: acc. pl. hâte heaðo-wylmas, 2820; gen. pl. heaðo-wylma, 82.
heal-gamen, st. n., social enjoyment in the hall, hall-joy: nom. sg., 1067.
heal-gamen, st. n., enjoying time together in the hall, hall joy: nom. sg., 1067.
heal-reced, st. n., hall-building: acc. sg., 68.
heal-reced, noun, hall-building: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heal-sittend, pres. part., sitting in the hall (at the banquet): dat. pl. heal-sittendum, 2869; gen. pl. heal-sittendra, 2016.
heal-sittend, present participle, sitting in the hall (at the banquet): dative plural heal-sittendum, 2869; genitive plural heal-sittendra, 2016.
heal-þegn, st. m., hall-thane, i.e. a warrior who holds the hall: gen. sg. heal-þegnes, of Grendel, 142; acc. pl. heal-þegnas, of Beówulfs band, 720.
heal-thane, n., hall-thane, meaning a warrior who controls the hall: gen. sg. heal-thane's, of Grendel, 142; acc. pl. heal-thanes, of Beowulf's band, 720.
healdan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to hold, to hold fast; to support: pret. pl. hû þâ stânbogan ... êce eorðreced innan heóldon (MS. healde), how the arches of rock within held the everlasting earth-house, 2720. Pret. sg., with a person as object: heóld hine to fäste, held him too fast, 789; w. the dat. he him freóndlârum heóld, supported him with friendly advice, 2378.—2) to hold, to watch, to preserve, to keep; reflexive, to maintain one's self, to keep one's self: pres. sg. II. eal þu hit geþyldum healdest, mägen mid môdes snyttrum, all that preservest thou continuously, strength and wisdom of mind, 1706; III. healdeð hige-mêðum heáfod-wearde, holds for the dead the head-watch, 2910; imp. sg. II. heald forð tela niwe sibbe, keep well, from now on, the new relationship, 949; heald (heold, MS.) þu nu hruse ... eorla æhte, preserve thou now, Earth, the noble men's possessions, 2248; inf. se þe holmclifu healdan scolde, watch the sea-cliffs, 230; so, 705; nacan ... ârum healdan, to keep well your vessel, 296; wearde healdan, 319; forlêton eorla gestreón eorðan healdan, 3168; pres. part. dreám healdende, holding rejoicing (i.e. thou who art rejoicing), 1228; pret. sg. heóld hine syððan fyr and fästor, kept himself afterwards afar and more secure, 142; ægwearde heóld, I have (hitherto) kept watch on the sea, 241; so, 305; hióld heáh-lufan wið häleða brego, preserved high love, 1955; ginfästan gife ... heóld, 2184; gold-mâðmas heóld, took care of the treasures of gold, 2415; heóld mîn tela, protected well mine own, 2738; þonne ... sceft ... nytte heóld, had employment, was employed, 3119; heóld mec, protected, i.e. brought me up, 2431; pret. pl. heaðo-reáf heóldon, watched over the armor, 401; sg. for pl. heáfodbeorge ... walan ûtan heóld, outwards, bosses kept guard over the head, 1032.—Related to the preceding meaning are the two following: 3) to rule and protect the fatherland: inf. gif þu healdan wylt maga rice, 1853; pret. heóld, 57, 2738.—4) to hold, to have, to possess, to inhabit: inf. lêt þone brego-stôl Beówulf healdan, 2390; gerund. tô healdanne hleóburh wera, 1732; pret. sg. heóld, 103, 161, 466, 1749, 2752; lyftwynne heóld nihtes hwîlum, at night-time had the enjoyment of the air, 3044; pret. pl. Geáta leóde hreâwic heóldon, the Geátas held the place of corpses (lay dead upon it), 1215; pret. sg. þær heó ær mæste heóld worolde wynne, in which she formerly possessed the highest earthly joy, 1080.—5) to win, to receive: pret. pl. I. heoldon heáh gesceap, we received a heavy fate, heavy fate befell us, 3085.
healdan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to hold, to hold fast; to support: pret. pl. hû þâ stânbogan ... êce eorðreced innan heóldon (MS. healde), how the arches of rock within held the everlasting earth-house, 2720. Pret. sg., with a person as object: heóld hine to fäste, held him too fast, 789; w. the dat. he him freóndlârum heóld, supported him with friendly advice, 2378.—2) to hold, to watch, to preserve, to keep; reflexive, to maintain one's self, to keep one's self: pres. sg. II. eal þu hit geþyldum healdest, mägen mid môdes snyttrum, all that you continuously preserve, strength and wisdom of mind, 1706; III. healdeð hige-mêðum heáfod-wearde, holds for the dead the head-watch, 2910; imp. sg. II. heald forð tela niwe sibbe, keep well, from now on, the new relationship, 949; heald (heold, MS.) þu nu hruse ... eorla æhte, preserve now, Earth, the noble men's possessions, 2248; inf. se þe holmclifu healdan scolde, watch the sea-cliffs, 230; so, 705; nacan ... ârum healdan, to keep well your vessel, 296; wearde healdan, 319; forlêton eorla gestreón eorðan healdan, 3168; pres. part. dreám healdende, holding rejoicing (i.e. you who are rejoicing), 1228; pret. sg. heóld hine syððan fyr and fästor, kept himself afterwards afar and more secure, 142; ægwearde heóld, I have (hitherto) kept watch on the sea, 241; so, 305; hióld heáh-lufan wið häleða brego, preserved high love, 1955; ginfästan gife ... heóld, 2184; gold-mâðmas heóld, took care of the treasures of gold, 2415; heóld mîn tela, protected well mine own, 2738; þonne ... sceft ... nytte heóld, had employment, was employed, 3119; heóld mec, protected, i.e. brought me up, 2431; pret. pl. heaðo-reáf heóldon, watched over the armor, 401; sg. for pl. heáfodbeorge ... walan ûtan heóld, outwards, bosses kept guard over the head, 1032.—Related to the preceding meaning are the two following: 3) to rule and protect the fatherland: inf. gif þu healdan wylt maga rice, 1853; pret. heóld, 57, 2738.—4) to hold, to have, to possess, to inhabit: inf. lêt þone brego-stôl Beówulf healdan, 2390; gerund. tô healdanne hleóburh wera, 1732; pret. sg. heóld, 103, 161, 466, 1749, 2752; lyftwynne heóld nihtes hwîlum, at night-time had the enjoyment of the air, 3044; pret. pl. Geáta leóde hreâwic heóldon, the Geátas held the place of corpses (lay dead upon it), 1215; pret. sg. þær heó ær mæste heóld worolde wynne, in which she formerly possessed the highest earthly joy, 1080.—5) to win, to receive: pret. pl. I. heoldon heáh gesceap, we received a heavy fate, heavy fate befell us, 3085.
be-healdan, w. acc.: 1) to take care of, to attend to: pret. sg. þegn nytte beheóld, a thane discharged the office, 494; so, 668.—2) to hold: pret. sg. se þe flôda begong ... beheóld, 1499.—3) to look at, to behold: þryðswyð beheóld mæg Higelâces hû ..., great woe saw H.'s kinsman, how ..., 737.
be-healdan, w. acc.: 1) to take care of, to attend to: past tense sg. a thane took care of his duties, 494; so, 668.—2) to hold: past tense sg. he who took possession of the flood ... held, 1499.—3) to look at, to behold: he saw great sorrow in Higelâc's household, great woe saw H.'s kinsman, how ..., 737.
for-healdan, w. acc., (to hold badly), to fall away from, to rebel: pret. part. häfdon hy forhealden helm Scylfinga, had rebelled against the defender of the Scylfings, 2382.
for-healdan, w. acc., (to hold badly), to fall away from, to rebel: pret. part. häfdon hy forhealden helm Scylfinga, had rebelled against the defender of the Scylfings, 2382.
ge-healdan: 1) to hold, to receive, to hold fast: pres. sg. III. se þe waldendes hyldo gehealdeð, who receives the Lord's grace, 2294; pres. subj. fäder alwalda ... eówic gehealde sîða gesunde, keep you sound on your journey, 317; inf. ne meahte he ... on þam frum-gâre feorh gehealdan, could not hold back the life in his lord, 2857.—2) to take care, to preserve, to watch over; to stop: imp. sg. hafa nu and geheald hûsa sêlest, 659; inf. gehealdan hêt hilde-geatwe, 675; pret. sg. he frätwe geheóld fela missera, 2621; þone þe ær geheóld wið hettendum hord and rîce, him who before preserved treasure and realm, 3004.—3) to rule: inf. folc gehealdan, 912; pret. sg. geheóld tela (brâde rîce), 2209.
ge-healdan: 1) to hold, to receive, to hold fast: pres. sg. III. he who holds onto the Lord's grace, who receives the Lord's grace, 2294; pres. subj. Almighty Father ... keep you safe on your journey, keep you sound on your journey, 317; inf. he could not hold back the life in his lord, could not hold back the life in his lord, 2857.—2) to take care, to preserve, to watch over; to stop: imp. sg. now have and keep the best homes, have now and keep the best homes, 659; inf. he commanded to preserve battle gear, keep battle gear, 675; pret. sg. he held onto many treasures, held many treasures, 2621; him who before preserved treasure and realm, him who before preserved treasure and realm, 3004.—3) to rule: inf. to keep the people, to hold the people, 912; pret. sg. he ruled well (broad realm), ruled well (broad realm), 2209.
healf, st. f., half, side, part: acc. sg. on þâ healfe, towards this side, 1676; dat. sg. häleðum be healfe, at the heroes' side, 2263; acc. pl. on twâ healfa, upon two sides, mutually, 1096; on bâ healfa (healfe), on both sides (to Grendel and his mother), 1306; on two sides, on both sides, 2064; gen. pl. on healfa gehwone, in half, through the middle, 801.
healf, st. f., half, side, part: acc. sg. on þâ healfe, towards this side, 1676; dat. sg. häleðum be healfe, at the heroes' side, 2263; acc. pl. on twâ healfa, upon two sides, mutually, 1096; on bâ healfa (healfe), on both sides (to Grendel and his mother), 1306; on two sides, on both sides, 2064; gen. pl. on healfa gehwone, in half, through the middle, 801.
healf, adj., half: gen. sg. healfre, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heals-beáh, st. m., neck-ring, collar: acc. sg. þone heals-beáh, 2173; gen. pl. heals-beága, 1196.
heals-beáh, n. m., neck-ring, collar: acc. sg. þone heals-beáh, 2173; gen. pl. heals-beága, 1196.
heals-gebedde, w. f., beloved bedfellow, wife: nom. sg. healsgebedde (MS. healsgebedda), 63.
heals-gebedde, w. f., beloved partner, wife: nom. sg. healsgebedde (MS. healsgebedda), 63.
heard, adj.: 1) of persons, able, efficient in war, strong, brave: nom. sg. heard, 342, 376, 404, 1575, 2540, etc.; in weak form, se hearda, 401, 1964; se hearda þegn, 2978; þes hearda heáp, 432; nom. pl. hearde hilde-frecan, 2206; gen. pl. heardra, 989. Comparative: acc. sg. heardran häle, 720. With accompanying gen.: wîges heard, strong in battle, 887; dat. sg. nîða heardum, 2171.—2) of the implements of war, good, firm, sharp, hard: nom. sg. (gûð-byrne, lîc-syrce) heard, 322, 551. In weak form: masc. here-stræl hearda, 1436; se hearda helm, 2256; neutr. here-net hearde, 1554; acc. sg. (swurd, wæpen), heard, 540, 2688, 2988; nom. pl. hearde ... homera lâfe, 2830; heard and hring-mæl Heaðobeardna gestreón, 2038; acc. pl. heard sweord, 2639. Of other things, hard, rough, harsh, hard to bear: acc. sg. hreðer-bealo hearde, 1344; nom. sg. wrôht ... heard, 2915; here-nîð hearda, 2475; acc. sg. heoro-sweng heardne, 1591; instr. sg. heardan ceápe, 2483; instr. pl. heardan, heardum clammum, 964, 1336; gen. pl. heardra hýnða, 166. Compar.: acc. sg. heardran feohtan, 576.—Comp.: fýr-, îren-, nîð-, regn-, scûr-heard.
heard, adj.: 1) of people, capable, effective in battle, strong, brave: nom. sg. heard, 342, 376, 404, 1575, 2540, etc.; in weak form, se hearda, 401, 1964; se hearda þegn, 2978; þes hearda heáp, 432; nom. pl. hearde hilde-frecan, 2206; gen. pl. heardra, 989. Comparative: acc. sg. heardran häle, 720. With accompanying gen.: wîges heard, strong in battle, 887; dat. sg. nîða heardum, 2171. —2) of weapons, good, solid, sharp, tough: nom. sg. (gûð-byrne, lîc-syrce) heard, 322, 551. In weak form: masc. here-stræl hearda, 1436; se hearda helm, 2256; neutr. here-net hearde, 1554; acc. sg. (swurd, wæpen), heard, 540, 2688, 2988; nom. pl. hearde ... homera lâfe, 2830; heard and hring-mæl Heaðobeardna gestreón, 2038; acc. pl. heard sweord, 2639. Of other things, hard, rough, harsh, difficult to endure: acc. sg. hreðer-bealo hearde, 1344; nom. sg. wrôht ... heard, 2915; here-nîð hearda, 2475; acc. sg. heoro-sweng heardne, 1591; instr. sg. heardan ceápe, 2483; instr. pl. heardan, heardum clammum, 964, 1336; gen. pl. heardra hýnða, 166. Compar.: acc. sg. heardran feohtan, 576. —Comp.: fýr-, îren-, nîð-, regn-, scûr-heard.
hearde, adv., hard, very, 1439.
hearde, adv., very hard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heard-fyrde, adj., hard to take away, heavy: acc. sg. hard-fyrdne, 2246.—Leo.
heard-fyrde, adj., difficult to remove, heavy: acc. sg. hard-fyrdne, 2246.—Leo.
heard-hycgend, pres. part. of a warlike disposition, brave: nom. pl. -hicgende, 394, 800.
heard-hycgend, present participle of a warlike disposition, brave: nominative plural -hicgende, 394, 800.
hearg-träf, st. n., tent of the gods, temple: dat. pl. ät härg-trafum (MS. hrærg trafum), 175.
hearg-träf, n. , tent of the gods, temple: dat. pl. at härg-trafum (MS. hrærg trafum), 175.
hearm-sceaða, w. m., enemy causing injury or grief: nom. sg. hearm-scaða, 767.
hearm-sceaða, m., enemy causing harm or sorrow: nom. sg. hearm-scaða, 767.
heáðu, st. f., sea, waves: acc. sg. heáðu, 1863?
heáðu, noun, ocean, surf: singular accusative heáðu, 1863?
heáðu-lîðend, pres. part., sea-farer, sailor: nom. pl. -lîðende, 1799; dat. pl. -lîðendum (designation of the Geátas), 2956.
heáðu-lîðend, present participle, sea-farer, sailor: nominative plural -lîðende, 1799; dative plural -lîðendum (referring to the Geátas), 2956.
heáfod-beorh, st. f., head-defence, protection for the head: acc. sg. heáfod-beorge, 1031.
heáfod-beorh, st. f., head-protection, defense for the head: acc. sg. heáfod-beorge, 1031.
heáfod-mæg, st. m., head-kinsman, near blood-relative: dat. pl. heáfod-mægum (brothers), 589; gen. pl. heáfod-mâga, 2152.
heáfod-mæg, st. m., head-kinsman, close blood relative: dat. pl. heáfod-mægum (brothers), 589; gen. pl. heáfod-mâga, 2152.
heáfod-segn, st. n., head-sign, banner: acc. sg., 2153.
head-sign, n., head-sign, banner: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heáfod-weard, st. f., head-watch acc. sg. healdeð ... heáfod-wearde leófes and lâðes, for the friend and the foe (Beówulf and the drake, who lie dead near each other), 2910.
heáfod-weard, st. f., head-watch acc. sg. healdeð ... heáfod-wearde of the loved and the hated, for the friend and the foe (Beowulf and the dragon, who lie dead close to each other), 2910.
heáh, heá, adj., high, noble (in composition, also primus): nom. sg. heáh Healfdene, 57; heá (Higelâc), 1927; heáh (sele), 82; heáh hlæw, 2806, 3159; acc. sg. heáh (segn), 48, 2769; heáhne (MS. heánne) hrôf, 984; dat. sg. in (tô) sele þam heán, 714, 920; gen. sg. heán hûses, 116.—high, heavy: acc. heáh gesceap (an unusual, heavy fate), 3085.
heáh, heá, adj., high, noble (in composition, also primus): nom. sg. heáh Healfdene, 57; heá (Higelâc), 1927; heáh (sele), 82; heáh hlæw, 2806, 3159; acc. sg. heáh (segn), 48, 2769; heáhne (MS. heánne) hrôf, 984; dat. sg. in (tô) sele þam heán, 714, 920; gen. sg. heán hûses, 116.—high, heavy: acc. heáh gesceap (an unusual, heavy fate), 3085.
heáh-cyning, st. m., high king, mightiest of the kings: gen. sg. -cyninges (of Hrôðgâr), 1040.
heáh-cyning, st. m., high king, mightiest of the kings: gen. sg. -cyninges (of Hrôðgâr), 1040.
heáh-gestreón, st. n., splendid treasure: gen. pl. -gestreóna, 2303.
heáh-gestreón, st. n., magnificent treasure: gen. pl. -gestreóna, 2303.
heáh-stede, st. m., high place, ruler's place: dat. sg. on heáh-stede, 285.
heáh-stede, st. m., high place, ruler's place: dat. sg. on heáh-stede, 285.
ge-heáwan, cleave: pres. subj. ge-heáwe, 683.
ge-heáwan, cleave: pres. subj. ge-heáwe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heonan, adv., from here: heonan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; heonon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
heorde, adj. See wunden-heorde.
heorde, adj. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heoro-blâc, adj., pale through the sword, fatally wounded: nom. sg. [heoro-]blâc, 2489.
heoro-blâc, adj., pale from the sword, mortally wounded: nom. sg. [heoro-]blâc, 2489.
heoru-dreór, st. m., sword-blood: instr. sg. heoru-dreóre, 487; heoro-dreóre, 850.
heoru-dreór, noun, sword-blood: instrumental singular heoru-dreóre, 487; heoro-dreóre, 850.
heoro-dreórig, adj., bloody through the sword: nom. sg., 936; acc. sg. heoro-dreórigne, 1781, 2721.
heoro-dreórig, adj., bloody through the sword: nom. sg., 936; acc. sg. heoro-dreórigne, 1781, 2721.
heoro-drync, st. m., sword-drink, i.e. blood shed by the sword: instr. pl. hioro-dryncum swealt, died through sword-drink, i.e. struck by the sword, 2359.
heoro-drync, st. m., sword-drink, meaning blood spilled by the sword: instrumental plural hioro-dryncum swealt, died from sword-drink, or struck by the sword, 2359.
heoro-gîfre, adj., eager for hostile inroads: nom. sg., 1499.
heoro-gîfre, adj., eager for hostile inroads: nom. sg., 1499.
heoro-grim, adj., sword-grim, fierce in battle: nom. sg. m., 1565; fem. -grimme, 1848.
heoro-grim, adj., sword-grim, fierce in battle: nom. sg. m., 1565; fem. -grimme, 1848.
heoro-hôcihte, adj., provided with barbs, sharp like swords : instr. pl. mid eofer-spreótum heoro-hôcyhtum, 1439.
heoro-hôcihte, adj., furnished with barbs, sharp like swords : instrumental plural with mid eofer-spreótum heoro-hôcyhtum, 1439.
heoro-serce, w. f., shirt of mail: acc. sg. hioro-sercean, 2540.
heoro-serce, n., mail shirt: acc. sg. hioro-sercean, 2540.
heoro-sweng, st. m., sword-stroke: acc. sg. 1591.
heoro-sweng, noun, sword-stroke: accusative singular __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
heoro-weallende, pres. part., rolling around fighting, of the drake, 2782. See weallian.
heoro-weallende, present participle, rolling around fighting, of the dragon, 2782. See weallian.
heoro-wearh, st. m. he who is sword-cursed, who is destined to die by the sword: nom. sg., 1268.
heoro-wearh, st. m. a person cursed by the sword, someone who is fated to die by the sword: nom. sg., 1268.
hilde-bord, st. n., battle-shield: acc. pl. hilde-bord, 397; instr. pl. -bordum, 3140.
hilde-bord, noun, battle-shield: accusative plural hilde-bord, 397; instrumental plural -bordum, 3140.
hilde-cyst, st. f., excellence in battle, bravery in battle: instr. pl. -cystum, 2599.
hilde-cyst, f., excellence in battle, bravery in battle: instrumental plural -cystum, 2599.
hilde-freca, w. m., hero in battle: nom. pl. hilde-frecan, 2206; dat. sg. hild-frecan, 2367.
hilde-freca, m., hero in battle: nom. pl. hilde-frecan, 2206; dat. sg. hild-frecan, 2367.
hilde-geatwe, st. f. pl., equipment for battle, adornment for combat: acc. hilde-geatwe, 675; gen. -geatwa, 2363.
hilde-geatwe, f. pl., battle gear, combat decoration: acc. hilde-geatwe, 675; gen. -geatwa, 2363.
hilde-gicel, st. m., battle-icicle, i.e. the blood which hangs upon the sword-blades like icicles: instr. pl. hilde-gicelum, 1607.
hilde-gicel, st. m., battle-icicle, meaning the blood that drips from the sword blades like icicles: instrumental plural hilde-gicelum, 1607.
hilde-grâp, st. f., battle-gripe: nom. sg., 1447, 2508.
hilde-grâp, f., battle-grip: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
hilde-hlemma, w. m., one raging in battle, warrior, fighter: nom. sg., 2352, 2545; dat. pl. eft þät ge-eode ... hilde-hlämmum, it happened to the warriors (the Geátas), 2202.
hilde-hlemma, m., someone who fights fiercely in battle, warrior, fighter: nom. sg., 2352, 2545; dat. pl. eft þät ge-eode ... hilde-hlämmum, it happened to the warriors (the Geátas), 2202.
hilde-leóma, w. m., battle-light, gleam of battle, hence: 1) the fire-spewing of the drake in the fight: nom. pl. -leóman, 2584.—2) the gleaming sword: acc. sg. -leóman, 1144.
hilde-leóma, n. m., battle-light, gleam of battle, thus: 1) the fiery breath of the dragon in battle: nom. pl. -leóman, 2584.—2) the shining sword: acc. sg. -leóman, 1144.
hilde-mecg, st. m., man of battle, warrior: nom. pl. hilde-mecgas, 800.
hilde-mecg, st. m., man of battle, warrior: nom. pl. hilde-mecgas, 800.
hilde-mêce, st. m., battle-sword: nom. pl. -mêceas, 2203.
hilde-mêce, n. m., battle-sword: nom. pl. -mêceas, 2203.
hilde-rand, st. m., battle-shield: acc. pl. -randas, 1243.
hilde-rand, st. m., battle-shield: acc. pl. -randas, 1243.
hilde-sceorp, st. n., battle-dress, armor, coat of mail: acc. sg., 2156.
hilde-sceorp, st. n., battle-dress, armor, coat of mail: acc. sg., 2156.
hilde-setl, st. n., battle-seat (saddle): nom. sg., 1040.
hilde-setl, n., battle-seat (saddle): nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hilde-strengo, st. f., battle-strength, bravery in battle: acc., 2114.
hilde-strengo, st. f., battle strength, courage in battle: acc., 2114.
hilde-swât, st. m., battle-sweat: nom. sg. hât hilde-swât (the hot, damp breath of the drake as he rushes on), 2559.
hilde-swât, st. m., battle-sweat: nom. sg. hât hilde-swât (the hot, damp breath of the dragon as it charges forward), 2559.
hilde-wæpen, st. m., battle-weapon: instr. pl. -wæpnum, 39.
hilde-wîsa, w. m., leader in battle, general: dat. sg. fore Healfdenes hildewîsan, Healfdene's general (Hnäf), 1065.
hilde-wîsa, m., battle leader, general: dat. sg. fore Healfdenes hildewîsan, Healfdene's general (Hnäf), 1065.
hild-freca. See hilde-freca
child-warrior. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hild-fruma, st. m., battle-chief: dat. sg. -fruma, 1679, 2650; gen. sg. þäs hild-fruman, 2836.
hild-fruma, m., battle-leader: dat. sg. -fruma, 1679, 2650; gen. sg. þäs hild-fruman, 2836.
hilte-cumbor, st. n., banner with a staff: acc. sg., 1023.
hilte-cumbor, noun, banner with a staff: accusative singular, 1023.
hirde, hyrde, st. m., (herd) keeper, guardian, possessor: nom. sg. folces hyrde, 611, 1833, 2982; rîces hyrde, 2028; fyrena hyrde, the guardian of mischief, wicked one, 751, 2220; wuldres hyrde, the king of glory, God, 932; hringa hyrde, the keeper of the rings, 2246; cumbles hyrde, the possessor of the banner, the bearer of the banner, 2506; folces hyrde, 1850; frätwa hyrde, 3134; rîces hyrde, 3081; acc. pl. hûses hyrdas, 1667.—Comp.: grund-hyrde.
hirde, hyrde, m., (herd) keeper, guardian, possessor: nom. sg. folces hyrde, 611, 1833, 2982; rîces hyrde, 2028; fyrena hyrde, the guardian of mischief, wicked one, 751, 2220; wuldres hyrde, the king of glory, God, 932; hringa hyrde, the keeper of the rings, 2246; cumbles hyrde, the possessor of the banner, the bearer of the banner, 2506; folces hyrde, 1850; frätwa hyrde, 3134; rîces hyrde, 3081; acc. pl. hûses hyrdas, 1667.—Comp.: grund-hyrde.
hladan, st. v.: 1) to load, to lay: inf. on bæl hladan leófne mannan, lay the dear man on the funeral-pile, 2127; him on bearm hladan bunan and discas, laid cups and plates upon his bosom, loaded himself with them, 2776; pret. part. þær wäs wunden gold on wæn hladen, laid upon the wain, 3135.—2) to load, to burden: pret. part. þâ wäs ... sægeáp naca hladen herewædum, loaded with armor, 1898.—Comp. gilp-hläden.
hladan, st. v.: 1) to load, to lay: inf. on bæl hladan leófne mannan, lay the dear man on the funeral pyre, 2127; him on bearm hladan bunan and discas, laid cups and plates upon his chest, loaded himself with them, 2776; pret. part. þær wäs wunden gold on wæn hladen, laid upon the wagon, 3135. — 2) to load, to burden: pret. part. þâ wäs ... sægeáp naca hladen herewædum, loaded with armor, 1898. — Comp. gilp-hläden.
ge-hladan, w. acc., to load, to burden: pret. sg. sæbât gehlôd (MS gehleod), 896.
ge-hladan, w. acc., to load, to burden: pret. sg. sæbât gehlôd (MS gehleod), 896.
hlâford-leás; adj., without a lord: nom. pl. hlâford-leáse, 2936.
hlâford-leás; adj., without a lord: nom. pl. hlâford-leáse, 2936.
hlâw, hlæw, st. m., grave-hill: acc. sg. hlæw, 2803, 3159, 3171; dat. sg. for hlâwe, 1121. Also, grave-chamber (the interior of the grave-hill), cave: acc. sg. hlâw [under] hrusan, 2277; hlæw under hrusan, 2412; dat. sg. on hlæwe, 2774. The drake dwells in the rocky cavern which the former owner of his treasure had chosen as his burial-place, 2242-2271.
hlâw, hlæw, n., grave hill: acc. sg. hlæw, 2803, 3159, 3171; dat. sg. for hlâwe, 1121. Also, grave chamber (the inside of the grave hill), cave: acc. sg. hlâw [under] hrusan, 2277; hlæw under hrusan, 2412; dat. sg. on hlæwe, 2774. The drake lives in the rocky cave that the previous owner of his treasure chose as his burial place, 2242-2271.
hlem, st. m., noise, din of battle, noisy attack: in the compounds, uht-, wäl-hlem.
hlem, st. m., noise, sound of battle, loud attack: in the compounds, uht-, wäl-hlem.
hlemma, w. m., one raging, one who calls; see hilde-hlemma.
hlemma, w. m., one who is furious, one who shouts; see hilde-hlemma.
song
. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.hleóðor-cwyde, st. m., speech of solemn sound, ceremonious words, 1980.
hleóðor-cwyde, st. m., speech of solemn sound, ceremonious words, 1980.
hleór, st. n., cheek, jaw: in comp. fäted-hleór (adj.).
hleór, st. n., cheek, jaw: in comp. fäted-hleór (adj.).
hleór-bera, w. m., cheek-bearer, the part of the helmet that reaches down over the cheek and protects it: acc. pl. ofer hleór-beran (visor?), 304.
hleór-bera, n., cheek-bearer, the part of the helmet that extends over the cheek for protection: acc. pl. ofer hleór-beran (visor?), 304.
hleór-bolster, st. m., cheek-bolster, pillow: nom. sg., 689.
hleór-bolster, st. m., cheek-bolster, pillow: nom. sg., 689.
hlynnan, hlynian, w. v., to sound, to resound: inf. hlynnan (of the voice), 2554; of fire, to crackle: pret. sg. hlynode, 1121.
hlynnan, hlynian, w. v., to sound, to resound: inf. hlynnan (of the voice), 2554; of fire, to crackle: pret. sg. hlynode, 1121.
hnâh, adj.: 1) low, inferior: comp. acc. sg. hnâgran, 678; dat. sg. hnâhran rince, an inferior hero, one less brave, 953.—2) familiarly intimate: nom. sg. näs hió hnâh swâ þeáh, was nevertheless not familiarly intimate (with the Geátas, i.e. preserved her royal dignity towards them), (niggardly?), 1930.
hnâh, adj.: 1) low, inferior: comp. acc. sg. hnâgran, 678; dat. sg. hnâhran rince, an inferior hero, one less brave, 953.—2) familiarly intimate: nom. sg. näs hió hnâh swâ þeáh, was nevertheless not familiarly intimate (with the Geátas, i.e. preserved her royal dignity towards them), (greedy?), 1930.
hold, adj., inclined to, attached to, gracious, dear, true: nom. sg. w. dat. of the person, hold weorod freán Scyldinga, a band well disposed to the lord of the Scyldings, 290; mandrihtne hold, 1230; Hygelâce wäs ... nefa swýðe hold, to H. was his nephew (Beówulf) very much attached, 2171; acc. sg. þurh holdne hige, from a kindly feeling, with honorable mind, 267; holdne wine, 376; holdne, 1980; gen. pl. holdra, 487.
hold, adj., inclined to, attached to, gracious, dear, true: nom. sg. w. dat. of the person, hold weorod freán Scyldinga, a group positively aligned with the lord of the Scyldings, 290; mandrihtne hold, 1230; Hygelâce wäs ... nefa swýðe hold, to H. was his nephew (Beówulf) very much attached, 2171; acc. sg. þurh holdne hige, from a kind feeling, with an honorable mind, 267; holdne wine, 376; holdne, 1980; gen. pl. holdra, 487.
hord, st. m. and n., hoard, treasure: nom. sg., 2284, 3085; beága hord, 2285; mâðma hord, 3012; acc. sg. hord, 913, 2213, 2320, 2510, 2745, 2774, 2956, 3057; sâwle hord, 2423; þät hord, 3127; dat. sg. of horde, 1109; for horde, on account of (the robbing of) the hoard, 2782; hæðnum horde, 2217; gen. sg. hordes, 888.—Comp.: beáh-, breóst-, word-, wyrm-hord.
hord, noun, hoard, treasure: nominative singular, 2284, 3085; beága hord, 2285; mâðma hord, 3012; accusative singular hord, 913, 2213, 2320, 2510, 2745, 2774, 2956, 3057; sâwle hord, 2423; þät hord, 3127; dative singular of horde, 1109; for horde, because of (the robbing of) the hoard, 2782; hæðnum horde, 2217; genitive singular hordes, 888.—Comp.: beáh-, breóst-, word-, wyrm-hord.
hord-gestreón, st. n., hoard-treasure, precious treasure: dat. pl. hord-gestreónum, 1900; gen. pl. mägen-byrðenne hord-gestreóna, the great burden of rich treasures, 3093.
hord-gestreón, noun, hoard-treasure, valuable treasure: dative plural hord-gestreónum, 1900; genitive plural mägen-byrðenne hord-gestreóna, the heavy load of wealth, 3093.
hord-mâððum, st. m., treasure-jewel, precious jewel: acc. sg. (-madmum, MS.), 1199.
hord-mâððum, st. m., treasure gem, precious gem: acc. sg. (-madmum, MS.), 1199.
hord-weorðung, st. f., ornament out of the treasure, rich ornament: acc. sg.—weorðunge, 953.
hord-weorðung, noun, ornament from the treasure, luxurious ornament: accusative singular—weorðunge, 953.
horn-reced, st. n., building whose two gables are crowned by the halves of a stag's antler(?): acc. sg., 705. Cf. Heyne's Treatise on the Hall, Heorot, p. 44.
horn-reced, n., a building with two gables topped by the halves of a stag's antler(?): acc. sg., 705. See Heyne's Treatise on the Hall, Heorot, p. 44.
hors, noun, horse: singular nominative, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hôciht, adj., provided with hooks, hooked: in comp. heoro-hôciht.
hôciht, adj., equipped with hooks, hooked: in comp. heoro-hôciht.
hop, st. n., protected place, place of refuge, place of concealment, in the compounds fen-, môr-hop.
hop, st. n., safe place, refuge, hiding spot, in the compounds fen-, môr-hop.
hran-fix, n., whale: plural hron-fixes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
, n. (noun), body: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hrädlîce, adv., quickly, right away, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
hräfn, hrefn, st. m., raven: nom. sg. hrefn blaca, black raven, 1802; se wonna hrefn, the dark raven, 3025; dat. sg. hrefne, 2449.
hräfn, hrefn, st. m., raven: nom. sg. hrefn blaca, black raven, 1802; se wonna hrefn, the dark raven, 3025; dat. sg. hrefne, 2449.
hreðer, st. m., breast, bosom nom. sg. hreðer inne weóll (it surged in his breast), 2114; hreðer æðme weóll, 2594; dat. sg. in hreðre, 1152; of hreðre, 2820.—Breast as the seat of feeling, heart: dat. sg. þät wäs ... hreðre hygemêðe, that was depressing to the heart (of the slayer, Hæðcyn), 2443; on hreðre, 1879, 2329; gen. pl. þurh hreðra gehygd, 2046.—Breast as seat of life: instr. sg. hreðre, parallel with aldre, 1447.
hreðer, st. m., breast, bosom nom. sg. hreðer inne weóll (it surged in his breast), 2114; hreðer æðme weóll, 2594; dat. sg. in hreðre, 1152; of hreðre, 2820.—Breast as the seat of feeling, heart: dat. sg. þät wäs ... hreðre hygemêðe, that was depressing to the heart (of the slayer, Hæðcyn), 2443; on hreðre, 1879, 2329; gen. pl. þurh hreðra gehygd, 2046.—Breast as seat of life: instr. sg. hreðre, parallel with aldre, 1447.
hreðer-bealo, st. n., evil that takes hold on the heart, evil severely felt: acc. sg., 1344.
hreðer-bealo, n., evil that grips the heart, evil that is deeply felt: acc. sg., 1344.
hrêð, st. f., glory; in composition, gûð-hrêð; renown, assurance of victory, in sige-hrêð.
hrêð, st. f., glory; in composition, gûð-hrêð; fame, confidence in victory, in sige-hrêð.
hrêð-sigor, st. m., glorious victory: dat. sg. hrêð-sigora, 2584.
hrêð-sigor, st. m., glorious victory: dat. sg. hrêð-sigora, 2584.
hreám, n., noise, alarm:: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hreóða, w. m., cover, in the compound bord-hreóða.
hreóða, w. m., cover, in the compound border of protection.
hreóh, hreów, hreó, adj., excited, stormy, wild, angry, raging; sad, troubled: nom. sg. (Beówulf) hreóh and heoro-grim, 1565; þät þam gôdan wäs hreów on hreðre, (that came with violence upon him, pained his heart), 2329; hreó wæron ýða, the waves were angry, the sea stormy, 548; näs him hreóh sefa, his mind was not cruel, 2181; dat. sg. on hreón môde, of sad heart, 1308; on hreóum môde, angry at heart, 2582.
hreóh, hreów, hreó, adj., excited, stormy, wild, angry, raging; sad, troubled: nom. sg. (Beowulf) hreóh and heoro-grim, 1565; þät þam gôdan wäs hreów on hreðre, (that came with violence upon him, pained his heart), 2329; hreó wæron ýða, the waves were angry, the sea stormy, 548; näs him hreóh sefa, his mind was not cruel, 2181; dat. sg. on hreón môde, of sad heart, 1308; on hreóum môde, angry at heart, 2582.
be-hreósan, to fall from, to be divested of: pret. part. acc. pl. fyrn-manna fatu ... hyrstum behrorene, divested of ornaments (from which the ornaments had fallen away), 2760.
be-hreósan, to fall from, to be divested of: past participle, accusative plural fyrn-manna fatu ... hyrstum behrorene, divested of ornaments (from which the ornaments had fallen away), 2760.
hring-boga, w. m., one who bends himself into a ring: gen. sg. hring-bogan (of the drake, bending himself into a circle), 2562.
hring-boga, n. m., someone who curls into a ring: gen. sg. hring-bogan (of the drake, curling into a circle), 2562.
hringed-stefna, w. m., ship whose stem is provided with iron rings (cramp-irons), especially of sea-going ships (cf. Frið-þiofs saga, I: þorsteinn âtti skip þat er Ellidi hêt, ... borðit war spengt iarni): nom. sg., 32, 1898; acc. sg. hringed-stefnan, 1132.
hringed-stefna, n. a ship with iron rings on the stem (cramp-irons), particularly for ocean-going ships (see Frið-þiofs saga, I: Þorsteinn had the ship named Ellidi, ... the board was fastened with iron): nom. sg., 32, 1898; acc. sg. hringed-stefnan, 1132.
hring-îren, st. n., ring-iron, ring-mail: nom. sg., 322.
hring-îren, st. n., ring-iron, ring-mail: nom. sg., 322.
hring-naca, w. m., ship with iron rings, sea-going ship: nom. sg., 1863.
hring-naca, w. m., ship with iron rings, ocean-going ship: nom. sg., 1863.
hring-sele, st. m., ring-hall, i.e. hall in which are rings, or in which rings are bestowed: acc. sg., 2841; dat. sg., 2011, 3054.
hring-sele, n., ring-hall, meaning a hall where rings are kept or given: acc. sg., 2841; dat. sg., 2011, 3054.
hring-weorðung, st. f., ring-ornament: acc. sg. -weorðunge, 3018.
hring-weorðung, st. f., ring-ornament: acc. sg. -weorðunge, 3018.
hrînan, st. v. w. dat.: 1) to touch, lay hold of: inf. þät him heardra nân hrînan wolde îren ærgôd (that no good sword of valiant men would make an impression on him), 989; him for hrôf-sele hrînan ne mehte færgripe flôdes (the sudden grip of the flood might not touch him owing to the hall-roof), 1516; þät þam hring-sele hrînan ne môste gumena ænig (so that none might touch the ringed-hall), 3054; pret. sg. siððan he hire folmum [hr]ân (as soon as he touched it with his hands), 723; ôð þät deáðes wylm hrân ät heortan (seized his heart), 2271. Pret. subj. þeáh þe him wund hrîne (although he was wounded), 2977.—2) (O.N. hrîna, sonare, clamare), to resound, rustle: pres. part. nom. pl. hrînde bearwas (for hrînende) 1364; but see Note.
hrînan, st. v. w. dat.: 1) to touch, lay hold of: inf. þät him heardra nân hrînan wolde îren ærgôd (that no good sword of valiant men would make an impression on him), 989; him for hrôf-sele hrînan ne mehte færgripe flôdes (the sudden grip of the flood might not touch him owing to the hall-roof), 1516; þät þam hring-sele hrînan ne môste gumena ænig (so that none might touch the ringed-hall), 3054; pret. sg. siððan he hire folmum [hr]ân (as soon as he touched it with his hands), 723; ôð þät deáðes wylm hrân ät heortan (seized his heart), 2271. Pret. subj. þeáh þe him wund hrîne (although he was wounded), 2977.—2) (O.N. hrîna, sonare, clamare), to resound, rustle: pres. part. nom. pl. hrînde bearwas (for hrînende) 1364; but see Note.
hwanan, hwanon, adv., whence: hwanan, 257, 2404; hwanon, 333.
hwâ, interrog. and indef. pron., who: nom. sg. m. hwâ, 52, 2253, 3127; neut. hwät, 173; ânes hwät (a part only), 3011; hwät þâ men wæron (who the men were), 233, etc.; hwät syndon ge searo-häbbendra (what armed men are ye?), 237; acc. sg. m. wið manna hwone (from (?) any man), 155; neut. þurh hwät, 3069; hwät wit geó spræcon, 1477; hwät ... hýnðo (gen.), fær-nîða (what shame and sudden woes), 474; so, hwät þu worn fela (how very much thou), 530; swylces hwät, 881; hwät ... ârna, 1187; dat. m. hwâm, 1697.—Comp. æg-hwâ.
hwâ, interrog. and indef. pron., who: nom. sg. m. hwâ, 52, 2253, 3127; neut. hwät, 173; ânes hwät (a part only), 3011; hwät þâ men wæron (who the men were), 233, etc.; hwät syndon ge searo-häbbendra (what armed men are you?), 237; acc. sg. m. wið manna hwone (from (?) any man), 155; neut. þurh hwät, 3069; hwät wit geó spræcon, 1477; hwät ... hýnðo (gen.), fær-nîða (what shame and sudden woes), 474; so, hwät þu worn fela (how very much you), 530; swylces hwät, 881; hwät ... ârna, 1187; dat. m. hwâm, 1697.—Comp. æg-hwâ.
wow, interj., what! lo! indeed! __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
ge-hwâ, w. part, gen., each, each one: acc. sg. m. wið feónda gehwone, 294; nîða gehwane, 2398; mêca gehwane, 2686; gum-cynnes gehwone, 2766; fem, on healfa gehwone, 801; dat. sg. m. dôgora gehwâm, 88; ät nîða gehwâm, 883; þegna gehwâm, 2034; eorla gehwæm, 1421; fem. in mægða ge-hwære, 25; nihta gehwæm, 1366; gen. sing. m. manna gehwäs, 2528; fem. dæda gehwäs, 2839.
ge-hwâ, w. part, gen., each, each one: acc. sg. m. wið feónda gehwone, 294; nîða gehwane, 2398; mêca gehwane, 2686; gum-cynnes gehwone, 2766; fem, on healfa gehwone, 801; dat. sg. m. dôgora gehwâm, 88; ät nîða gehwâm, 883; þegna gehwâm, 2034; eorla gehwæm, 1421; fem. in mægða ge-hwære, 25; nihta gehwæm, 1366; gen. sing. m. manna gehwäs, 2528; fem. dæda gehwäs, 2839.
ge-hwäðer, each of two, either-other: nom. sg. m. wäs gehwäðer ôðrum lifigende lâð, 815; wäs ... gehwäðer ôðrum hrôðra gemyndig, 2172; ne gehwäðer incer (nor either of you two), 584; nom. sg. neut. gehwäðer þâra (either of them, i.e. ready for war or peace), 1249; dat. sg. hiora gehwäðrum, 2995; gen. sg. bega gehwäðres, 1044.
ge-hwäðer, each of two, either-one: nom. sg. m. was either one of the two living souls, 815; was ... either one of the two warriors remembered, 2172; nor either of you two (nor either of you two), 584; nom. sg. neut. either of those (either of them, i.e. prepared for war or peace), 1249; dat. sg. their either of them, 2995; gen. sg. both either's, 1044.
ge-hwær, everywhere: þeáh þu heaðo-ræsa gehwær dohte (everywhere good in battle), 526.
ge-hwær, everywhere: although you were useful everywhere in battle, 526.
hwergen, adv., anywhere: elles hwergen, elsewhere, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hweorfan, st. v., to stride deliberately, turn, depart, move, die: pres. pl. þâra þe cwice hwyrfað, 98; inf. hwîlum he on lufan læteð hworfan monnes môd-geþonc (sometimes on love (?) possessions (?) permits the thoughts of man to turn), 1729; londrihtes môt ... monna æghwylc îdel hweorfan (of rights of land each one of men must be deprived), 2889; pret. sg. fäder ellor hwearf ... of earde (died), 55; hwearf þâ hrädlîce þær Hrôðgâr sät, 356; hwearf þâ bî bence (turned then to the bench), 1189; so, hwearf þâ be wealle, 1574; hwearf geond þät reced, 1982; hlæw oft ymbe hwearf (went oft round the cave), 2297; nalles äfter lyfte lâcende hwearf (not at all through the air did he go springing), 2833; subj. pret. sg, ær he on weg hwurfe ... of geardum (died), 264.
hweorfan, v. to stride deliberately, turn, leave, move, die: pres. pl. those who are alive turn, 98; inf. sometimes he allows thoughts of a man's mind to turn on love (sometimes on love (?) possessions (?) permits the thoughts of man to turn), 1729; every man must be deprived of land rights ... (of rights of land each one of men must be deprived), 2889; pret. sg. father either died ... out of the land (died), 55; he turned quickly where Hrothgar sat, 356; he then turned to the bench (turned then to the bench), 1189; so, he turned by the wall, 1574; he turned throughout the hall, 1982; often went around the cave (went oft round the cave), 2297; not at all through the air did he go leaping (not at all through the air did he go springing), 2833; subj. pret. sg, before he went away ... out of the past (died), 264.
and-hweorfan, to move against: pret. sg. ôð þät ... norðan wind heaðo-grim and-hwearf (till the fierce north wind blew in our faces), 548.
and-hweorfan, to move against: pret. sg. ôð þät ... norðan wind heaðo-grim and-hwearf (until the fierce north wind blew in our faces), 548.
ät-hweorfan, to go to: pret. sg. hwîlum he on beorh ät-hwearf (at times returned to the mountain), 2300.
ät-hweorfan, to go to: pret. sg. hwîlum he on beorh ät-hwearf (at times returned to the mountain), 2300.
geond-hweorfan, to go through from end to end: pres. sg. flet eall geond-hwearf, 2018.
geond-hweorfan, to go through from end to end: pres. sg. flet eall geond-hwearf, 2018.
hwîl, st. f., time, space of time: nom. sg. wäs seó hwîl micel (it was a long time), 146; þâ wäs hwîl däges (the space of a day), 1496; acc. sg. hwîle, for a time, 2138; a while, 105, 152; lange (longe) hwîle, a long while, 16, 2781; âne hwîle, a while, 1763; lytle hwîle, brief space, 2031, 2098; ænige hwîle, any while, 2549; lässan hwîle, a lesser while, 2572; dat. sg. ær däges hwîle, before daybreak, 2321; dat. pl. nihtes hwîlum, sometimes at night, 3045. Adv., sometimes, often: hwîlum, 175, 496, 917, 1729, 1829, 2017, 2112, etc.; hwîlum ... hwîlum, 2108-9-10.—Comp.: däg-, gescäp-, orleg-, sige-hwîl.
hwîl, noun, time, period of time: nom. sg. wäs seó hwîl micel (it was a long time), 146; þâ wäs hwîl däges (the span of a day), 1496; acc. sg. hwîle, for a time, 2138; a while, 105, 152; lange (longe) hwîle, a long while, 16, 2781; âne hwîle, a while, 1763; lytle hwîle, short period, 2031, 2098; ænige hwîle, any time, 2549; lässan hwîle, a shorter time, 2572; dat. sg. ær däges hwîle, before dawn, 2321; dat. pl. nihtes hwîlum, sometimes at night, 3045. Adv., sometimes, frequently: hwîlum, 175, 496, 917, 1729, 1829, 2017, 2112, etc.; hwîlum ... hwîlum, 2108-9-10.—Comp.: däg-, geschäp-, orleg-, sige-hwîl.
hwylc, pron., which, what, any: 1) adj.: nom. sg. m. sceaða ic nât hwylc, 274; fem, hwylc orleghwîl, 2003; nom. pl. hwylce Sægeáta sîðas wæron, 1987.—2) subst., w. gen. pl. nom. m.: Frisna hwylc, 1105; fem, efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ þone magan cende (whatever woman brought forth this son), 944; neut. þonne his bearna hwylc (than any one of his sons), 2434; dat. sg. efne swâ hwylcum manna swâ him gemet þûhte, 3058.—Comp.: æg-, nât-, wel-hwylc.
hwylc, pron., which, what, any: 1) adj.: nom. sg. m. sceaða I don’t know which, 274; fem, hwylc orleghwîl, 2003; nom. pl. hwylce Sægeáta journeys were, 1987.—2) subst., w. gen. pl. nom. m.: Frisna hwylc, 1105; fem, even so hwylc mägða so that the man gave birth (whatever woman brought forth this son), 944; neut. than his children hwylc (than any one of his sons), 2434; dat. sg. even so hwylcum men as it seemed to him, 3058.—Comp.: æg-, nât-, wel-hwylc.
ge-hwylc, ge-hwilc, ge-hwelc, w. gen. pl., each: nom. sg. m. gehwylc, 986, 1167, 1674; acc. sg. m. gehwylcne, 937, 2251, 2517; gehwelcne, 148; fem, gehwylce, 1706; neut. gehwylc, 2609; instr. sg. dôgra gehwylce, 1091; so, 2058, 2451; dat. sg. m. gehwylcum, 412, 769, 785, etc.; fem, ecga gehwylcre, 806; neut. cynna gehwylcum, 98; gen. sg. m. and neut. gehwylces, 733, 1397, 2095.
ge-hwylc, ge-hwilc, ge-hwelc, w. gen. pl., each: nom. sg. m. gehwylc, 986, 1167, 1674; acc. sg. m. gehwylcne, 937, 2251, 2517; gehwelcne, 148; fem, gehwylce, 1706; neut. gehwylc, 2609; instr. sg. dôgra gehwylce, 1091; so, 2058, 2451; dat. sg. m. gehwylcum, 412, 769, 785, etc.; fem, ecga gehwylcre, 806; neut. cynna gehwylcum, 98; gen. sg. m. and neut. gehwylces, 733, 1397, 2095.
for-hycgan, to despise, scorn, reject with contempt: pres. sg. I. ic þät þonne for-hicge þät ..., reject with scorn the proposition that ..., 435.
for-hycgan, to despise, scorn, reject with contempt: pres. sg. I. I think that then I reject with scorn the proposition that ..., reject with scorn the proposition that ..., 435.
ofer-hycgan, to scorn: pret. sg. ofer-hogode þâ hringa fengel þät he þone wîdflogan weorode gesôhte (scorned to seek the wide-flier with a host), 2346.
ofer-hycgan, to scorn: past tense singular ofer-hogode; then the ring-giver that he scorned to seek the wide-flyer with a host, 2346.
hydig (for hygdig), adj., thinking, of a certain mind: comp. ân-, bealo-, grom-, nîð-, þrîst-hydig.
hydig (for hygdig), adj., thoughtful, of a particular mindset: comp. ân-, bealo-, grom-, nîð-, þrîst-hydig.
hyge-geômor, adj., sad in mind: nom. sg. hyge-giômor, 2409.
hyge-geômor, adj., feeling sad: nom. sg. hyge-giômor, 2409.
hyge-sorh, noun, heart-sorrow: gen. pl. -sorga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hyge-þyhtig, adj., doughty, courageous: acc. sg. hige-þihtigne (of Beówulf), 747. See þyhtig.
hyge-þyhtig, adj., brave, courageous: acc. sg. hige-þihtigne (of Beówulf), 747. See þyhtig.
hiding warden: nominative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
hýran, w. v.: 1) to hear, perceive, learn: a) w. inf. or acc. with inf.: I. pret. sg. hýrde ic, 38, 582, 1347, 1843, 2024; III. sg. þät he fram Sigemunde secgan hýrde, 876; I. pl. swâ we sôðlîce secgan hýrdon, 273. b) w. acc.: nænigne ic ... sêlran hýrde hordmâððum (I heard of no better hoard-jewel), 1198. c) w. dependent clause: I. sg. pret. hýrde ic þät ..., 62, 2164, 2173.—2) w. dat. of person, to obey: inf. ôð þät him æghwylc þâra ymbsittendra hýran scolde, 10; hýran heaðo-siócum, 2755; Pret. pl. þät him winemâgas georne hýrdon, 66.
hýran, w. v.: 1) to hear, perceive, learn: a) with infinitive or accusative. I. past tense sg. I heard, 38, 582, 1347, 1843, 2024; III. sg. that he heard it from Sigemund, 876; I. pl. so we truly said that we heard, 273. b) with accusative: I heard of no better hoard-jewel, 1198. c) with dependent clause: I. sg. past tense I heard that ..., 62, 2164, 2173.—2) with dative of person, to obey: infinitive so that each of the neighboring people should obey him, 10; to obey he subjected to battle, 2755; past tense pl. that his kinsmen eagerly obeyed him, 66.
in: I. prep. w. dat. and acc.: 1) w. dat. (local, indicating rest), in: in geardum, 13, 2460; in þäm gûðsele, 443; in beórsele, 2636; so, 89, 482, 589, 696, 729, 2140, 2233, etc.; in mægða gehwære, 25; in þýstrum, 87; in Caines cynne, 107; in hyra gryregeatwum (in their accoutrements of terror, war-weeds), 324; so, 395; in campe (in battle), 2506; hiora in ânum (in one of them), 2600. Prep. postpositive: Scedelandum in, 19. Also, on, upon, like on: in ealo-bence, 1030; in gumstôle, 1953; in þam wongstede (on the grassy plain, the battle-field), 2787; in bælstede, 3098. Temporal: in geâr-dagum, 1.—2) w. acc. (local, indicating motion), in, into: in woruld, 60; in fýres fäðm, 185; so, 1211; in Hrefnesholt, 2936. Temporal, in, at, about, toward: in þâ tîde (in watide, MS.), 2228.
in: I. prep. w. dat. and acc.: 1) w. dat. (local, indicating rest), in: in gears, 13, 2460; in the god hall, 443; in the beer hall, 2636; so, 89, 482, 589, 696, 729, 2140, 2233, etc.; in every maiden, 25; in the dark, 87; in Cain's kin, 107; in their terrifying gear (in their accoutrements of terror, war-weeds), 324; so, 395; in battle (in battle), 2506; their in one (in one of them), 2600. Prep. postpositive: in Scedeland, 19. Also, on, upon, like on: in the ale bench, 1030; in the king's throne, 1953; in the grassy plain (on the grassy plain, the battle-field), 2787; in the fire site, 3098. Temporal: in the years of yore, 1. — 2) w. acc. (local, indicating motion), in, into: in the world, 60; in the grasp of fire, 185; so, 1211; in Hrefnesholt, 2936. Temporal, in, at, about, toward: at that time (in watide, MS.), 2228.
in-gesteald, st. m., house-property, possessions in the house: acc. sg., 1156.
in-gesteald, st. m., house property, possessions in the house: acc. sg., 1156.
innan-weard, adv., inwards, inside, within, 992, 1977; inne-weard, 999.
innan-weard, adv., inwards, inside, within, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; inne-weard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
inwit, st. n., evil, mischief, spite, cunning hostility, as in
inwit, st. n., evil, mischief, spite, cunning hostility, as in
inwit-feng, st. m., malicious grasp, grasp of a cunning foe: nom. sg., 1448.
inwit-feng, st. m., malicious grip, hold of a deceitful enemy: nom. sg., 1448.
inwit-gäst, st. m., evil guest, hostile stranger: nom. sg., 2671.
inwit-gäst, st. m., malicious guest, unfriendly stranger: nom. sg., 2671.
inwit-hrôf, st. m., hostile roof, hiding-place of a cunning foe: acc. sg. under inwit-hrôf, 3124.
inwit-hrôf, n., hostile roof, hiding place of a sneaky enemy: acc. sg. under inwit-hrôf, 3124.
inwit-scear, st. m., massacre through cunning, murderous attack: acc. sg. eatolne inwit-scear, 2479.
inwit-scear, n., mass killing carried out with deception, violent assault: acc. sg. eatolne inwit-scear, 2479.
inwit-searo, st. n., cunning, artful intrigue: acc. sg. þurh inwit-searo, 1102. See searo.
inwit-searo, n., cleverness, skillful trickery: acc. sg. through inwit-searo, 1102. See searo.
inwit-sorh, st. f., grief, remorse, mourning springing from hostile cunning: nom. sg., 1737; acc. sg. inwid-sorge, 832.
inwit-sorh, st. f., grief, remorse, mourning arising from malicious intent: nom. sg., 1737; acc. sg. inwid-sorge, 832.
inwit-þanc, adj., ill-disposed, malicious: dat. sg. he onfêng hraðe inwit-þancum (he quickly grasped the cunning-in-mind [Grendel]), 749.
inwit-þanc, adj., ill-disposed, malicious: dat. sg. he onfêng hraðe inwit-þancum (he quickly grasped the cunning-in-mind [Grendel]), 749.
on-irnan, to open: pret. sg. duru sôna onarn, 722.
on-irnan, to open: past tense singular duru sôna onarn, 722.
îdel-hende, adj., empty-handed, 2082.
îdel-hende, adj., empty-handed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
îren-byrne, w. f., iron corselet: acc. sg. îren-byrnan, 2987. See îsern-byrne.
îren-byrne, n. f., iron corselet: singular accusative îren-byrnan, 2987. See îsern-byrne.
îren-heard, adj., hard as iron: nom. sg., 1113.
îren-þreát, st. m., iron troop, armored band: nom. sg., 330.
îren-þreát, st. m., iron troop, armored band: nom. sg., 330.
îsern-byrne, w. f., iron corselet: acc. sg. îsern-byrnan, 672. See îren-byrne.
îsern-byrne, n. f., iron corset: singular form. îsern-byrnan, 672. See îren-byrne.
îsern-scûr, st. f., iron shower, shower of arrows: gen. sg. þone þe oft gebâd îsern-scûre, 3117.
îsern-scûr, st. f., iron shower, shower of arrows: gen. sg. þone þe oft gebâd îsern-scûre, 3117.
ice-binding, n., fetters of ice: instr. sg. ice-binding, 1134.
ió-meówle. See geó-meówle.
ió-meówle. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
laðu, st. f., invitation.—Comp.: freónd-, neód-laðu.
laðu, f., invitation.—Comp.: freónd-, neód-laðu.
lagu-cräftig, adj., acquainted with the sea: nom. sg. lagu-cräftig mon (pilot), 209.
lagu-cräftig, adj., familiar with the sea: nom. sg. lagu-cräftig mon (pilot), 209.
lagu-stræt, st. f., path over the sea: acc. sg. ofer lagu-stræte, 239.
lagu-stræt, noun, path over the sea: accusative singular of ofer lagu-stræte, 239.
lagu-streám, st. m., sea-current, flood: acc. pl. ofer lagu-streámas, 297.
lagu-streám, noun, sea current, flood: accusative plural ofer lagu-streámas, 297.
land, st. n., land: nom. sg. lond, 2198; acc. sg. land, 221, 2063; lond, 2472, 2493; land Dena, 242, 253; lond Brondinga, 521; Finna land, 580; dat. sg. on lande (in the land), 2311, 2837; at near, land, shore, 1914; tô lande (to the land, ashore), 1624; gen. sg. landes, 2996; gen. pl. ofer landa fela (over much country, space; afar), 311.—Comp.: el-, eá-land.
land, n. (noun), land: nominative singular lond, 2198; accusative singular land, 221, 2063; lond, 2472, 2493; land Dena, 242, 253; lond Brondinga, 521; Finna land, 580; dative singular on lande (in the land), 2311, 2837; at near, land, shore, 1914; tô lande (to the land, ashore), 1624; genitive singular landes, 2996; genitive plural ofer landa fela (over much country, space; afar), 311.—Comp.: el-, eá-land.
land-bûend, part, pres., terricola, inhabitant of the land: nom. pl. lond-bûend, 1346; dat. pl. land-bûendum, 95.
land-bûend, part, pres., terricola, inhabitant of the land: nom. pl. land-dweller, 1346; dat. pl. land-dwellers, 95.
land-fruma, w. m., ruler, prince of the country: nom. sg., 31.
land-fruma, m., ruler, prince of the country: nom. sg., 31.
land-gemyrcu, st. n. pl., frontier, land-mark: acc. pl., 209.
land-gemyrcu, noun, plural, frontier, land-mark: accusative plural, 209.
land-geweorc, st. n., land-work, fortified place: acc. sg. leóda land-geweorc, 939. See weorc, geweorc.
land-geweorc, n. land-work, fortified place: acc. sg. people’s fortified place, 939. See weorc, geweorc.
land-riht, st. n., prerogatives based upon land-possessions, right to possess land, hence real estate itself: gen. sg. lond-rihtes îdel, 2887.
land-right, noun, privileges derived from land ownership, the right to own land, thus real estate itself: gen. sg. land-right's invalid, 2887.
land-weard, st. m., guard, guardian of the frontier: nom. sg., 1891.
land-weard, st. m., guard, guardian of the frontier: nom. sg., 1891.
lang, long, adj., long: 1) temporal: nom. sg. tô lang, 2094; näs þâ long (lang) tô þon (not long after), 2592, 2846; acc. sg. lange hwîle (for a long time), 16, 2160, 2781; longe (lange) þrage, 54, 114, 1258; lange tîd, 1916. Compar. nom. sg. lengra fyrst, 134.—2) local, nom. sg. se wäs fîftiges fôtgemearces lang, 3044.—Comp.: and-, morgen-, niht-, up-lang.
lang, long, adj., long: 1) temporal: nom. sg. tô lang, 2094; näs þâ long (lang) tô þon (not long after), 2592, 2846; acc. sg. lange hwîle (for a long time), 16, 2160, 2781; longe (lange) þrage, 54, 114, 1258; lange tîd, 1916. Compar. nom. sg. lengra først, 134.—2) local, nom. sg. se wäs fîftiges fôtgemearces lang, 3044.—Comp.: and-, morgen-, niht-, up-lang.
lang-ge-streón, st. n., long-lasting treasure: gen. pl. long-gestreóna, 2241.—Leo.
lang-ge-streón, n., long-lasting treasure: gen. pl. long-gestreóna, 2241. —Leo.
lang-twidig, adj., long-granted, assured: nom. sg., 1709.
lang-twidig, adj., long-granted, assured: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
lata, w. m., a lazy, cowardly one; in comp. hild-lata.
lata, w. m., a lazy, cowardly person; in comparison hild-lata.
lâ, interj., yes! indeed! __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
for-lâcan, to deceive, betray: part, pret. he wearð on feónda geweald forð forlâcen (deceitfully betrayed into the enemy's hands), 904.
for-lâcan, to deceive, betray: part, pret. he was deceitfully betrayed into the enemy's hands (deceitfully betrayed into the enemy's hands), 904.
ge-lâd, st. n., way, path, road: acc. sg. uncûð gelâd, 1411.
ge-lâd, st. n., way, path, road: acc. sg. uncûð gelâd, 1411.
lâð, adj., loathly, evil, hateful, hostile: nom. sg. lâð, 816; lâð lyft-floga, 2316; lâð (enemy), 440; ne leóf ne lâð, 511; neut. lâð, 134, 192; in weak form, se lâða (of the dragon), 2306; acc. sg. lâðne (wyrm), 3041; dat. sg. lâðum, 440, 1258; gen. sg. lâðes (of the enemy), 842; fela lâðes (much evil), 930; so, 1062; lâðan lîges, 83; lâðan cynnes, 2009, 2355; þäs lâðan (of the enemy), 132; acc. pl. neut. lâð gewidru (hateful storms), 1376; dat. instr. pl. wið lâðum, 550; lâðum scuccum and scinnum, 939; lâðum dædum (with evil deeds), 2468; lâðan fingrum, 1506; gen. pl. lâðra manna, spella, 2673, 3030; lâðra (the enemy), 242. Compar. nom. sg. lâðra ... beorn, 2433.
lâð, adj., loathsome, evil, hateful, hostile: nom. sg. lâð, 816; lâð lyft-floga, 2316; lâð (enemy), 440; ne leóf ne lâð, 511; neut. lâð, 134, 192; in weak form, se lâða (of the dragon), 2306; acc. sg. lâðne (wyrm), 3041; dat. sg. lâðum, 440, 1258; gen. sg. lâðes (of the enemy), 842; fela lâðes (much evil), 930; so, 1062; lâðan lîges, 83; lâðan cynnes, 2009, 2355; þäs lâðan (of the enemy), 132; acc. pl. neut. lâð gewidru (hateful storms), 1376; dat. instr. pl. wið lâðum, 550; lâðum scuccum and scinnum, 939; lâðum dædum (with evil deeds), 2468; lâðan fingrum, 1506; gen. pl. lâðra manna, spella, 2673, 3030; lâðra (the enemy), 242. Compar. nom. sg. lâðra ... beorn, 2433.
lâð-geteóna, w. m., evil-doer, injurer: nom. sg., 975; nom. pl. lâð-geteónan, 559.
lâð-geteóna, n., evil-doer, injurer: nom. sg., 975; nom. pl. lâð-geteónan, 559.
lâf, st. f.: 1) what is left, relic; inheritance, heritage, legacy: nom. sg. Hrêðlan lâf (Beówulf's corselet), 454; nom. pl. fêla lâfe (the leavings of files = swords, Grein), 1033; so, homera lâfe, 2830; on him gladiað gomelra lâfe, heard and hringmæl Heaðobeardna gestreón (on him gleams the forefather's bequest, hard and ring-decked, the Heaðobeardas' treasure, i.e. the equipments taken from the slain king of the Heaðobeardas), 2037; acc. sg. sweorda lâfe (leavings of the sword, i.e. those spared by the sword), 2937.—2) the sword as a specially precious heir-loom: nom. sg., 2629; acc. sg. lâfe, 796, 1489, 1689, 2192, 2564; instr. sg. incge lâfe, 2578.—Comp.: ende-, eormen-, weá-, yrfe-, ýð-lâf.
lâf, noun, f.: 1) what’s left, relic; inheritance, heritage, legacy: nom. sg. Hrêðlan lâf (Beowulf's corselet), 454; nom. pl. fêla lâfe (the leavings of files = swords, Grein), 1033; so, homera lâfe, 2830; on him gladiað gomelra lâfe, heard and hringmæl Heaðobeardna gestreón (on him gleams the forefather's bequest, hard and ring-decked, the Heaðobeardas' treasure, i.e. the equipment taken from the slain king of the Heaðobeardas), 2037; acc. sg. sweorda lâfe (leavings of the sword, i.e. those spared by the sword), 2937.—2) the sword as a particularly valuable heirloom: nom. sg., 2629; acc. sg. lâfe, 796, 1489, 1689, 2192, 2564; instr. sg. incge lâfe, 2578.—Comp.: ende-, eormen-, weá-, yrfe-, ýð-lâf.
for-1ædan, to mislead: pret. pl. for-læddan, 2440 (?).
to mislead: past plural for-læddan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (?).
ge-lædan, lead, bring: part. pret. ge-læded, 37.
ge-lædan, lead, bring: past participle ge-læded, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-læstan: 1) to follow, serve: pret. sg. (sweord) þät mec ær and oft gelæste, 2501.—2) to fulfil, grant: subj. pres. pl. þät ... wilgesîðas, þonne wîg cume, leóde gelæstan (render war service), 24; inf. ic þe sceal mîne gelæstan freóde (shall grant thee my friendship, be grateful), 1707; pret. sg. beót ... gelæste (fulfilled his boast), 524; gelæste swâ (kept his word), 2991; pres. part. häfde Eást-Denum ... gilp gelæsted (had fulfilled for the East Danes his boast), 830.
ge-læstan: 1) to follow, serve: past tense singular (sword) that I before and often followed, 2501.—2) to fulfill, grant: subjunctive present plural that ... will warriors, when battle comes, people follow (render war service), 24; infinitive I shall grant you my friendship (shall grant thee my friendship, be grateful), 1707; past tense singular boast ... fulfilled (fulfilled his boast), 524; fulfilled so (kept his word), 2991; present participle had East-Danes ... boast fulfilled (had fulfilled for the East Danes his boast), 830.
for-lætan: 1) to let, permit, w. acc. and inf.: pret. sg. for-lêt, 971; pret. pl. for-lêton, 3168. Also with inf. omitted: inf. nolde eorla hleó ... þone cwealmcuman cwicne (i.e. wesan) forlætan (would not let the murderous spirit go alive), 793.—2) to leave behind, leave: pret. sg. in þam wong-stede ... þær he hine ær forlêt (where he had previously left him), 2788.
for-lætan: 1) to let, permit, with accusative and infinitive: past singular for-lêt, 971; past plural for-lêton, 3168. Also with infinitive omitted: infinitive nolde eorla hleó ... þone cwealmcuman cwicne (i.e. wesan) forlætan (would not let the murderous spirit go alive), 793.—2) to leave behind, leave: past singular in þam wong-stede ... þær he hine ær forlêt (where he had previously left him), 2788.
on-lætan, to release, liberate: pres. sg. III. þonne forstes bend fäder on-læteð (as soon as the Father looseth the frost's fetters), 1610.
on-lætan, to release, liberate: pres. sg. III. then the frost's bondage the Father loosens (as soon as the Father loosens the frost's fetters), 1610.
â-lecgan, w. v.: 1) to lay, lay down: pret. sg. syððan hilde-deór hond â-legde ... under geápne hrôf, 835; þät he on Beówulfes bearm â-legde (this [the sword] he laid in B.'s bosom, presented to him), 2195; pret. pl. â-ledon þâ leófne þeóden ... on bearm scipes, 34; â-legdon þâ tô middes mærne þeóden (laid the mighty prince in the midst [of the pyre]), 3142.—2) to lay aside, give up: siððan ... in fen-freoðo feorh â-legde (laid down his life, died), 852; nu se here-wîsa hleahtor â-legde, gamen and gleó-dreám (now the war-chief has left laughter, etc.), 3021.
â-lecgan, v.: 1) to lay, lay down: past tense sg. syððan hilde-deór hond â-legde ... under geápne hrôf, 835; þät he on Beówulfes bearm â-legde (this [the sword] he laid in B.'s bosom, presented to him), 2195; past tense pl. â-ledon þâ leófne þeóden ... on bearm scipes, 34; â-legdon þâ tô middes mærne þeóden (laid the mighty prince in the midst [of the pyre]), 3142.—2) to lay aside, give up: siððan ... in fen-freoðo feorh â-legde (laid down his life, died), 852; nu se here-wîsa hleahtor â-legde, gamen and gleó-dreám (now the war-chief has left laughter, etc.), 3021.
ge-lenge, adj., extending, reaching to, belonging: nom. sg. yrfe-weard ... lîce gelenge (an heir belonging to one's body), 2733.
ge-lenge, adj., extending, reaching to, belonging: nom. sg. yrfe-weard ... lîce gelenge (an heir belonging to one's body), 2733.
let, st. m., place of rest, sojourn? in comp. eo-let (voyage?).
let, st. m., place to rest, visit? in comp. eo-let (journey?).
*leahan, leán, st. v. w. acc. to scold, blame: pres. sg. III. lyhð, 1049; pret. sg. lôg, 1812; pret. pl. lôgon, 203, 863.
*leahan, leán, st. v. w. acc. to scold, blame: pres. sg. III. lyhð, 1049; pret. sg. lôg, 1812; pret. pl. lôgon, 203, 863.
be-leán, to dissuade, prevent: inf. ne inc ænig mon ... beleán mihte sorhfullne sîð (no one might dissuade you twain from your difficult journey), 511.
be-leán, to dissuade, prevent: inf. no one ... could dissuade you two from your difficult journey, 511.
leahtre. See or-leahtre.
leahtre. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
leáfnes-word, st. n., permission, leave: acc. pl., 245.
leáfnes-word, st. n., permission, leave: acc. pl., 245.
leán. See leahan.
lean. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
leánian, w. v., to reward, compensate: pres. sg. I. ic þe þâ fæhðe feó leánige (repay thee for the contest with old-time treasures), 1381; pret. sg. me þone wäl-ræs wine Scyldinga fättan golde fela leánode (the friend of the Scyldings rewarded me richly for the combat with plated gold), 2103.
leánian, v., to reward, compensate: pres. sg. I. I repay you for the battle with ancient treasures (repay thee for the contest with old-time treasures), 1381; pret. sg. the friend of the Scyldings rewarded me richly with plated gold (the friend of the Scyldings rewarded me richly for the combat with plated gold), 2103.
leásig, adj., concealing one's self; in comp. sin-leásig(?).
leásig, adj., hiding oneself; in comp. sin-leásig(?).
leoðo-cräft, st. m., the art of weaving or working in meshes, wire, etc.: instr. pl. segn eall-gylden ... gelocen leoðo-cräftum (a banner all hand-wrought of interlaced gold), 2770.
leoðo-cräft, st. m., the art of weaving or working in meshes, wire, etc.: instr. pl. segn eall-gylden ... gelocen leoðo-cräftum (a banner completely handmade of interlaced gold), 2770.
leoðo-syrce, w. f., shirt of mail (limb-sark): acc. sg. locene leoðo-syrcan (locked linked sark), 1506; acc. pl. locene leoðo-syrcan, 1891.
leoðo-syrce, w. f., chainmail shirt (limb shirt): acc. sg. woven chainmail shirts (locked linked shirt), 1506; acc. pl. woven chainmail shirts, 1891.
leód, st. f., people: gen. sg. leóde, 597, 600, 697. In pl. indicates individuals, people, kinsmen: nom. pl. leóde, 362, 415, 1214, 2126, etc.; gum-cynnes Geáta leóde (people of the race of the Geátas), 260; acc. pl. leóde, 192, 443, 1337, 1346, etc.; dat. pl. leódum, 389, 521, 619, 698, 906, 1160, etc.; gen. pl. leóda, 205, 635, 794, 1674, 2034, etc.
leód, st. f., people: gen. sg. leóde, 597, 600, 697. In pl. indicates individuals, people, kinsmen: nom. pl. leóde, 362, 415, 1214, 2126, etc.; gum-cynnes Geáta leóde (people of the race of the Geátas), 260; acc. pl. leóde, 192, 443, 1337, 1346, etc.; dat. pl. leódum, 389, 521, 619, 698, 906, 1160, etc.; gen. pl. leóda, 205, 635, 794, 1674, 2034, etc.
leód-bealo, st. n., (mischief, misfortune affecting an entire people), great, unheard-of calamity: acc. sg., 1723; gen. pl. leód-bealewa, 1947.
leód-bealo, noun, (mischief, misfortune affecting an entire people), great, unheard-of calamity: accusative singular, 1723; genitive plural leód-bealewa, 1947.
leód-cyning, st. m., king of the people: nom. sg., 54.
leód-cyning, st. m., king of the people: nom. sg., 54.
leód-fruma, w. m., prince of the people, ruler: acc. sg. leód-fruman, 2131.
leód-fruma, m., prince of the people, ruler: acc. sg. leód-fruman, 2131.
leód-gebyrgea, w. m., protector of the people, prince: acc. sg. -gebyrgean, 269.
leód-gebyrgea, m., protector of the people, prince: acc. sg. -gebyrgean, 269.
leód-hryre, st. m., fall, overthrow, of the prince, ruler: dat. sg. äfter leód-hryre (after the fall of the king of the Heaðobeardas, Frôda, cf. 2051, 2031; gen. sg. þäs leód-hryres (of the fall of Heardred, cf. 2389, 2392.
leód-hryre, noun, fall, downfall, of the prince, ruler: dative singular after leód-hryre (after the downfall of the king of the Heaðobeardas, Frôda, cf. 2051, 2031; genitive singular of þäs leód-hryres (of the downfall of Heardred, cf. 2389, 2392.
leód-sceaða, w. m., injurer of the people: dat. sg. þam leód-sceaðan, 2094.
leód-sceaða, m., injurer of the people: dat. sg. þam leód-sceaðan, 2094.
leód-scipe, st. m., the whole nation, people: acc. sg., 2752; dat. sg. on þam leód-scipe, 2198.
leód-scipe, st. m., the whole nation, people: acc. sg., 2752; dat. sg. on the leód-scipe, 2198.
leóf, adj., lief, dear: nom. sg., 31, 54, 203, 511, 521, 1877, 2468; weak form m., leófa, 1217, 1484, 1855, 2664; acc. sg. m. leófne, 34, 297, 619, 1944, 2128, 3109, 3143; gen. sg. leófes (m.), 1995, 2081, 2898; (neut.), 1062, 2911; dat. pl. leófum, 1074; gen. pl. leófra, 1916. Compar. nom. sg. neut. leófre, 2652. Superl. nom. sg. m. leófost, 1297; acc. sg. þone leófestan, 2824.
leóf, adj., lief, dear: nom. sg., 31, 54, 203, 511, 521, 1877, 2468; weak form m., leófa, 1217, 1484, 1855, 2664; acc. sg. m. leófne, 34, 297, 619, 1944, 2128, 3109, 3143; gen. sg. leófes (m.), 1995, 2081, 2898; (neut.), 1062, 2911; dat. pl. leófum, 1074; gen. pl. leófra, 1916. Compar. nom. sg. neut. leófre, 2652. Superl. nom. sg. m. leófost, 1297; acc. sg. þone leófestan, 2824.
â-leógan, to deceive, leave unfulfilled: pret. sg. he beót ne â-lêh (he left not his promise unfulfilled), 80.
â-leógan, to deceive, leave unfulfilled: pret. sg. he beót ne â-lêh (he did not leave his promise unfulfilled), 80.
ge-leógan, to deceive, betray: pret. sg. him seó wên geleáh (hope deceived him), 2324.
ge-leógan, to deceive, betray: pret. sg. him seó wên geleáh (hope deceived him), 2324.
be-leósan, to deprive, be deprived of: pres. part. (heó) wearð beloren leófum bearnum and brôðrum (was deprived of her dear children and brethren), 1074.
be-leósan, to deprive, be deprived of: pres. part. (heó) wearð beloren leófum bearnum and brôðrum (was deprived of her dear children and brothers), 1074.
for-leósan, with dat. instr., to lose something: pret. sg. þær he dôme for-leás, ellen-mærðum (there lost he the glory, the repute, of his heroic deeds), 1471; pret. sg. for pl. þâm þe ær his elne for-leás (to him who, before, had lost his valor), 2862; part. pret. nealles ic þâm leánum for-loren häfde (not at all had I lost the rewards), 2146.
libban, w. v., to live, be, exist: pres. sing. III. lifað, 3169; lyfað, 945; leofað, 975, 1367, 2009; subj. pres. sg. II. lifige, 1225; pres. part. lifigende, 816, 1954, 1974, 2063; dat. sg. be þe lifigendum (in thy lifetime), 2666; pret. sg. lifde, 57, 1258; lyfde, 2145; pret. pl. lifdon, 99. See unlifigende.
libban, v., to live, be, exist: present tense, singular third person. lifað, 3169; lyfað, 945; leofað, 975, 1367, 2009; subjunctive present, singular second person. lifige, 1225; present participle lifigende, 816, 1954, 1974, 2063; dative singular. be þe lifigendum (in your lifetime), 2666; past tense, singular lifde, 57, 1258; lyfde, 2145; past tense, plural lifdon, 99. See unlifigende.
licgan, st. v.: 1) to lie, lie down or low: pres. sg. nu seó hand ligeð (now the hand lies low), 1344; nu se wyrm ligeð, 2746, so 2904; inf. licgan, 3130; licgean, 967, 3083; pret. sg. läg, 40, 552, 2078; syððan Heardrêd läg (after Heardrêd had fallen), 2389; pret. pl. lâgon, 3049; lægon, 566.—2) to lie prostrate, rest, fail: pret. sg. næfre on ôre läg wîd-cûðes wîg (never failed the far-famed one's valor at the front), 1042; syððan wiðer-gyld läg (after vengeance failed, or, when Withergyld lay dead, if W. is a proper name), 2052.
licgan, st. v.: 1) to lie, lie down or low: pres. sg. now the hand lies low, 1344; now the serpent lies, 2746, so 2904; inf. licgan, 3130; licgean, 967, 3083; pret. sg. lay, 40, 552, 2078; after Heardrêd had fallen, 2389; pret. pl. lay, 3049; lay, 566.—2) to lie prostrate, rest, fail: pret. sg. never failed the far-famed one's valor at the front, 1042; after vengeance failed, 2052; or, when Withergyld lay dead, if W. is a proper name.
ge-licgan, to rest, lie still: pret. sg. wind-blond geläg, 3147.
ge-licgan, to rest, lie still: past tense singular wind-blond geläg, 3147.
lida, w. m., boat, ship (as in motion); in comp.: sund-, ýð-lida.
lida, w. m., boat, ship (when in motion); in compounds: sund-, ýð-lida.
be-limpan, to happen to, befall: pret. sg. him sió sâr belamp, 2469.
be-limpan, to happen to, befall: past tense singular him sió sâr belamp, 2469.
ge-limpan, to happen, occur, turn out: pres. sg. III. hit eft gelimpeð þät..., 1754; subj. pres. þisse ansýne alwealdan þanc lungre gelimpe (thanks to the Almighty forthwith for this sight!), 930; pret. sg. him on fyrste gelamp þät..., 76; swâ him ful-oft gelamp (as often happened to them), 1253; þäs þe hire se willa gelamp þät ... (because her wish had been fulfilled), 627; frôfor eft gelamp sârig-môdum, 2942; subj. pret. gif him þyslîcu þearf gelumpe, 2638; pret. part. Denum eallum wearð ... willa gelumpen, 825.
ge-limpan, to happen, occur, turn out: pres. sg. III. it happens that... gelimpeð þät..., 1754; subj. pres. this appearance will happen thanks to gelimpe (thanks to the Almighty for this view!), 930; pret. sg. it initially happened that..., 76; as it often happened to them (as often happened to them), 1253; that which her desire happened that ... (because her wish had been fulfilled), 627; comfort once happened to her sad heart, 2942; subj. pret. if he has such a need arise, 2638; pret. part. to all Danes it became... of desires fulfilled, 825.
lind-gestealla, w. m., shield-comrade, war-comrade: nom. sg., 1974.
lind-gestealla, w. m., shield-comrade, war-comrade: nom. sg., 1974.
lind-häbbend, pres. part., provided with a shield, i.e. warrior: nom. pl. -häbbende, 245; gen. pl. häbbendra, 1403.
lind-häbbend, present participle, equipped with a shield, i.e. warrior: nominative plural -häbbende, 245; genitive plural häbbendra, 1403.
lind-plega, w. m., shield-play, i.e. battle: dat. sg. lind-plegan, 1074, 2040.
lind-plega, n., shield-play, meaning battle: dat. sg. lind-plegan, 1074, 2040.
lind-wîga, m., shield-fighter, warrior: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
lifetime: acc.-days, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
lîf-gesceaft, st. f., fate, destiny: gen. pl.-gesceafta, 1954, 3065.
life-destiny, noun, fate, destiny: gen. pl.-destinies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
lîf-wraðu, st. f., protection for one's life, safety: acc. sg. lîf-wraðe, 2878; dat. sg. tô lîf-wraðe, 972.
life-protection, noun, protection for one's life, safety: acc. sg. life-protection, 2878; dat. sg. to life-protection, 972.
on-leóon, to lend, grant as a loan, with gen. of thing and dat. pers.: pret. sg. þâ he þäs wæpnes on-lâh sêlran sweord-frecan, 1468.
on-leóon, to lend, grant as a loan, with gen. of thing and dat. pers.: pret. sg. þâ he þäs wæpnes on-lâh sêlran sweord-frecan, 1468.
loca, w. m., bolt, lock: in comp. bân-, burh-loca.
loca, w. m., bolt, lock: in comp. bân-, burh-loca.
lond, long. See land, lang.
lond, long. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
lufe, w. f., love: in comp. heáh-, môd-, wîf-lufe.
lufe, w. f., love: in combination high-, mood-, wife-love.
be-lûcan: 1) to shut, close in or around: pret. sg. winter ýðe be-leác îs-gebinde (winter locked the waves with icy bond), 1133.— 2) to shut in, off, preserve, protect: pret. sg. I. hig wîge beleác manegum mægða (I shut them in, protected them, from war arising from many a tribe), 1771. Cf. me wîge belûc wrâðum feóndum (protect me against mine enemies), Ps. 34, 3.
ge-lûcan, to unite, link together, make: pret. part. gelocen, 2770.
ge-lûcan, to unite, link together, make: past participle gelocen, 2770.
on-lûcan, to unlock, open: pret. sg. word-hord on-leác (opened the word-hoard, treasure of speech), 259.
on-lûcan, to unlock, open: past tense singular word-hord on-leác (opened the word-hoard, treasure of speech), 259.
tô-lucan, (to twist, wrench, in two) to destroy: inf., 782.
tô-lucan, (to twist, wrench, in two) to destroy: inf., 782.
lyft-floga, w. m., air-flier: nom. sg. (of the dragon), 2316.
lyft-floga, m., air-flier: singular nominative (of the dragon), 2316.
lyft-geswenced, pret. part., urged, hastened on, by the wind, 1914.
lyft-geswenced, past participle, urged, hastened on, by the wind, 1914.
lyt, adj. neut. (= parum), little, very little, few: lyt eft becwom ... hâmes niósan (few escaped homeward), 2366; lyt ænig (none at all), 3130; usually with gen.: wintra lyt, 1928; lyt ... heáfod-mâga, 2151; wergendra tô lyt (too few defenders), 2883; lyt swîgode nîwra spella (he kept to himself little, none at all, of the new tidings), 2898; dat. sg. lyt manna (too few of men), 2837.
lyt, adj. neut. (= parum), little, very little, few: lyt eft became ... homeward few (few escaped homeward), 2366; lyt ænig (none at all), 3130; usually with gen.: wintra lyt, 1928; lyt ... heáfod-mâga, 2151; wergendra tô lyt (too few defenders), 2883; lyt swîgode nîwra spella (he kept to himself little, none at all, of the new tidings), 2898; dat. sg. lyt manna (too few of men), 2837.
lýfan, w. v., (fundamental meaning to believe, trust) in
lýfan, w. v., (fundamental meaning to believe, trust) in
â-lýfan, to allow, grant, entrust: pret. sg. næfre ic ænegum men ær âlýfde ... þryð-ärn Dena (never before to any man have I entrusted the palace of the Danes), 656; pret. part. (þâ me wäs) sîð ... âlýfed inn under eorð-weall (the way in under the wall of earth was allowed me), 3090.
â-lýfan, to allow, grant, entrust: past tense singular næfre ic ænegum men ær âlýfde ... þryð-ärn Dena (never before have I entrusted the palace of the Danes to any man), 656; past participle (þâ me wäs) sîð ... âlýfed inn under eorð-weall (the way in under the wall of earth was granted to me), 3090.
ge-lýfan, w. v., to believe, trust: 1) w. dat.: inf. þær gelýfan sceal dryhtnes dôme se þe hine deáð nimeð (whomever death carrieth away, shall believe it to be the judgment of God, i.e. in the contest between Beówulf and Grendel), 440.—2) w. acc.: pret. sg. geóce gelýfde brego Beorht-Dena (believed in, expected, help, etc.), 609; þät heó on ænigne eorl gelýfde fyrena frôfre (that she at last should expect from any earl comfort, help, out of these troubles), 628; se þe him bealwa tô bôte gelýfde (who trusted in him as a help out of evils), 910; him tô anwaldan âre gelýfde (relied for himself on the help of God), 1273.
ge-lýfan, w. v., to believe, trust: 1) w. dat.: inf. þær gelýfan sceal dryhtnes dôme se þe hine deáð nimeð (whoever death carries away, shall believe it to be God's judgment, i.e. in the contest between Beowulf and Grendel), 440.—2) w. acc.: pret. sg. geóce gelýfde brego Beorht-Dena (believed in, expected, help, etc.), 609; þät heó on ænigne eorl gelýfde fyrena frôfre (that she at last should expect comfort, help from any earl out of these troubles), 628; se þe him bealwa tô bôte gelýfde (who trusted in him as help out of evils), 910; him tô anwaldan âre gelýfde (relied on the help of God for himself), 1273.
magan, v. with pret.-pres. form, to be able: pres. sg. I. III. mäg, 277, 478, 931, 943, 1485, 1734, etc.; II. meaht þu, 2048; subj. pres. mæge, 2531, 2750; þeáh ic eal mæge (even though I could), 681; subj. pl. we mægen, 2655; pret. sg. meahte, 542, 755, 1131, 1660, 2465, etc.; mihte, 190, 207, 462, 511, 571, 657, 1509, 2092, 2610; mehte, 1083, 1497, 1516, 1878; pl. meahton, 649, 942, 1455, 1912, 2374, 3080; mihton, 308, 313, 2684, 3164; subj. pret. sg. meahte, 243, 763, 2521; pres. sg. mäg, sometimes = licet, may, can, will (fut.), 1366, 1701, 1838, 2865.
magan, v. with past-present form, to be able: present singular. I. III. mäg, 277, 478, 931, 943, 1485, 1734, etc.; II. meaht þu, 2048; subj. present mæge, 2531, 2750; þeáh ic eal mæge (even though I could), 681; subj. plural we mægen, 2655; past singular meahte, 542, 755, 1131, 1660, 2465, etc.; mihte, 190, 207, 462, 511, 571, 657, 1509, 2092, 2610; mehte, 1083, 1497, 1516, 1878; plural meahton, 649, 942, 1455, 1912, 2374, 3080; mihton, 308, 313, 2684, 3164; subj. past singular meahte, 243, 763, 2521; present singular mäg, sometimes = licet, may, can, will (future), 1366, 1701, 1838, 2865.
mago-dryht, st. f., troop of young men, band of men: nom. sg. mago-driht, 67.
mago-dryht, st. f., group of young men, band of men: nom. sg. mago-driht, 67.
man, mon, st. m.: 1) man, human being: nom. sg. man, 25, 503, 534, 1049, 1354, 1399, 1535, 1877, etc.; mon, 209, 510, 1561, 1646, 2282, etc.; acc. sg. w. mannan, 297, 577, 1944, 2128, 2775; wîd-cûðne man, 1490; dat. sg. men, 656, 753, 1880; menn, 2190; gen. sg. mannes, 1195 (?), 2081, 2534, 2542; monnes, 1730; nom. pl. men, 50, 162, 233, 1635, 3167; acc. pl. men, 69, 337, 1583, 1718; dat. pl. mannum, 3183; gen. pl. manna, 155, 201, 380, 702, 713, 736, etc.; monna, 1414, 2888.—2) indef. pron. = one, they, people (Germ. man): man, 1173, 1176; mon, 2356, 3177.—Comp.: fyrn-, gleó-, gum-, iú-, lid-, sæ-, wæpned-man.
man, mon, st. m.: 1) man, human being: nom. sg. man, 25, 503, 534, 1049, 1354, 1399, 1535, 1877, etc.; mon, 209, 510, 1561, 1646, 2282, etc.; acc. sg. w. mannan, 297, 577, 1944, 2128, 2775; wîd-cûðne man, 1490; dat. sg. men, 656, 753, 1880; menn, 2190; gen. sg. mannes, 1195 (?), 2081, 2534, 2542; monnes, 1730; nom. pl. men, 50, 162, 233, 1635, 3167; acc. pl. men, 69, 337, 1583, 1718; dat. pl. mannum, 3183; gen. pl. manna, 155, 201, 380, 702, 713, 736, etc.; monna, 1414, 2888.—2) indef. pron. = one, they, people (Germ. man): man, 1173, 1176; mon, 2356, 3177.—Comp.: fyrn-, gleó-, gum-, iú-, lid-, sæ-, wæpned-man.
manig, monig, adj., many, many a, much: 1) adjectively: nom. sg. rinc manig, 399; geong manig (many a young man), 855; monig snellîc sæ-rinc, 690; medu-benc monig, 777; so 839, 909, 919, 1511, 2763, 3023, etc.; acc. sg. medo-ful manig, 1016; dat. sg. m. þegne monegum, 1342, 1420; dat. sg. f. manigre mægðe, 75; acc. pl. manige men, 337; dat. pl. manegum mâðmum, 2104; monegum mægðum, 5; gen. pl. manigra mêda, 1179.—2) substantively: nom. sg. manig, 1861; monig, 858; dat. sg. manegum, 349, 1888; nom. pl. manige, 1024; monige, 2983; acc. pl. monige, 1599; gen. pl. manigra, 2092.—3) with depend. gen. pl.: dat. manegum mægða, 1772; monegum fira, 2002; häleða monegum bold-âgendra, 3112; acc. pl. rinca manige, 729; (mâðm)-æhta monige, 1614.
manig, monig, adj., many, many a, much: 1) adjectively: nom. sg. rinc manig, 399; geong manig (many a young man), 855; monig snellîc sæ-rinc, 690; medu-benc monig, 777; so 839, 909, 919, 1511, 2763, 3023, etc.; acc. sg. medo-ful manig, 1016; dat. sg. m. þegne monegum, 1342, 1420; dat. sg. f. manigre mægðe, 75; acc. pl. manige men, 337; dat. pl. manegum mâðmum, 2104; monegum mægðum, 5; gen. pl. manigra mêda, 1179.—2) substantively: nom. sg. manig, 1861; monig, 858; dat. sg. manegum, 349, 1888; nom. pl. manige, 1024; monige, 2983; acc. pl. monige, 1599; gen. pl. manigra, 2092.—3) with depend. gen. pl.: dat. manegum mægða, 1772; monegum fira, 2002; häleða monegum bold-âgendra, 3112; acc. pl. rinca manige, 729; (mâðm)-æhta monige, 1614.
mâðum, mâððum, st. m., gift, jewel, object of value: acc. sg. mâððum, 169, 1053, 2056, 3017; dat. instr. sg. mâðme, 1529, 1903; nom. pl. mâðmas, 1861; acc. pl. mâdmas, 385, 472, 1028, 1483, 1757, 1868, etc.; dat. instr. pl. mâðmum, mâdmum, 1049, 1899, 2104, 2789; gen. pl. mâðma, 1785, 2144, 2167, etc.; mâdma, 36, 41.—Comp.: dryht-, gold-, hord-, ofer-, sinc-, wundor-mâðum.
mâðum, mâððum, n., gift, jewel, valuable item: acc. sg. mâððum, 169, 1053, 2056, 3017; dat. instr. sg. mâðme, 1529, 1903; nom. pl. mâðmas, 1861; acc. pl. mâdmas, 385, 472, 1028, 1483, 1757, 1868, etc.; dat. instr. pl. mâðmum, mâdmum, 1049, 1899, 2104, 2789; gen. pl. mâðma, 1785, 2144, 2167, etc.; mâdma, 36, 41.—Comp.: dryht-, gold-, horde-, ofer-, sinc-, wundor-mâðum.
mâððum-fät, st. n., treasure-casket or cup, costly vessel: nom. sg., 2406.
mâððum-fät, n., treasure chest or expensive cup: nom. sg., 2406.
mâðm-gestreón, st. n., precious jewel: gen. pl. mâðm-gestreóna, 1932.
mâðm-gestreón, st. n., precious jewel: gen. pl. mâðm-gestreóna, 1932.
mâðum-gifu, st. f., gift of valuable objects, largess of treasure: dat. sg. äfter mâððum-gife, 1302.
mâðum-gifu, st. f., gift of valuable objects, treasure generosity: dat. sg. äfter mâððum-gife, 1302.
mâðum-sigl, st. n., costly, sun-shaped ornament, valuable decoration: gen. pl. mâððum-sigla, 2758.
mâðum-sigl, st. n., expensive, sun-shaped ornament, valuable decoration: gen. pl. mâððum-sigla, 2758.
mâðum-sweord, st. n., costly sword (inlaid with gold and jewels): acc. sg., 1024.
mâðum-sweord, n., expensive sword (decorated with gold and jewels): acc. sg., 1024.
mâðum-wela, w. m., wealth of jewels, valuables:: dat. sg. äfter-mâððum-welan (after the sight of the wealth of jewels), 2751.
mâðum-wela, w. m., wealth of jewels, valuables:: dat. sg. äfter-mâððum-welan (after the sight of the wealth of jewels), 2751.
mân-for-dædla, w. m., evil-doer, criminal: nom. pl. mân-for-dædlan, 563.
mân-for-dædla, n., evil-doer, criminal: nom. pl. mân-for-dædlan, 563.
mâra (comp. of micel), adj., greater, stronger, mightier: nom. sg. m. mâra, 1354, 2556; neut. mâre, 1561; acc. sg. m. mâran, 2017; mund-gripe mâran (a mightier hand-grip), 754; with following gen. pl. mâran ... eorla (a more powerful earl), 247; fem. mâran, 533, 1012; neut. mâre, 518; with gen. pl. morð-beala mâre (more, greater, deeds of murder), 136; gen. sg. f. mâran, 1824.
mâra (from micel), adj., greater, stronger, mightier: nom. sg. m. mâra, 1354, 2556; neut. mâre, 1561; acc. sg. m. mâran, 2017; mund-gripe mâran (a mightier hand-grip), 754; with following gen. pl. mâran ... eorla (a more powerful earl), 247; fem. mâran, 533, 1012; neut. mâre, 518; with gen. pl. morð-beala mâre (more, greater, deeds of murder), 136; gen. sg. f. mâran, 1824.
mæst (superl. of micel, mâra), greatest, strongest: nom. sg. neut. (with partitive gen.), mæst, 78, 193; fem. mæst, 2329; acc. sg. fem. fæhðe mæste, 459; mæste ... worolde wynne (the highest earthly pleasure), 1080; neut. n. (with partitive gen.) mæst mærða, 2646; hond-wundra mæst, 2769; bæl-fýra mæst, 3144; instr. sg. m. mæste cräfte, 2182.
mæst (superl. of micel, mâra), greatest, strongest: nom. sg. neut. (with partitive gen.), mæst, 78, 193; fem. mæst, 2329; acc. sg. fem. fæhðe mæste, 459; mæste ... worolde wynne (the highest earthly pleasure), 1080; neut. n. (with partitive gen.) mæst mærða, 2646; hond-wundra mæst, 2769; bæl-fýra mæst, 3144; instr. sg. m. mæste kræfte, 2182.
mägen, st. n.: 1) might, bodily strength, heroic power: acc. sg. mägen, 518, 1707; instr. sg. mägene, 780(?), 2668; gen. sg. mägenes, 418, 1271, 1535, 1717, etc.; mägnes, 671, 1762; mägenes strang, strengest (great in strength), 1845, 196; mägenes rôf (id.), 2085.—2) prime, flower (of a nation), forces available in war: acc. sg. swâ he oft (i.e. etan) dyde mägen Hrêðmanna (the best of the Hreðmen), 445; gen. sg. wið manna hwone mägenes Deniga (from(?) any of the men of the Danes), 155.—Comp. ofer-mägen.
mägen, n.: 1) might, physical strength, heroic power: acc. sg. mägen, 518, 1707; instr. sg. mägene, 780(?), 2668; gen. sg. mägenes, 418, 1271, 1535, 1717, etc.; mägnes, 671, 1762; mägenes strang, strengest (great in strength), 1845, 196; mägenes rôf (id.), 2085.—2) prime, flower (of a nation), forces available in war: acc. sg. swâ he oft (i.e. etan) dyde mägen Hrêðmanna (the best of the Hreðmen), 445; gen. sg. wið manna hwone mägenes Deniga (from(?) any of the men of the Danes), 155.—Comp. ofer-mägen.
mägen-âgend, pres. part., having great strength, valiant: gen. pl. -âgendra, 2838.
mägen-âgend, pres. part., having great strength, brave: gen. pl. -âgendra, 2838.
mägen-byrðen, st. f., huge burthen: acc. sg. mägen-byrðenne, 3092; dat. (instr.) sg., 1626.
mägen-byrðen, noun, huge burden: acc. sg. mägen-byrðenne, 3092; dat. (instr.) sg., 1626.
mägen-cräft, st. m., great, hero-like, strength: acc. sg., 380.
mägen-cräft, n., great, heroic strength: acc. sg., 380.
mägen-ellen, st. n. (the same), acc. sg., 660.
mägen-ellen, n. (the same), acc. sg., 660.
mägen-fultum, st. m., material aid: gen. pl. näs þät þonne mætost mägen-fultuma (that was not the least of strong helps, i.e. the sword Hrunting), 1456.
mägen-fultum, noun, material aid: gen. pl. näs þät þonne mætost mägen-fultuma (that was not the least of strong helps, i.e. the sword Hrunting), 1456.
mägen-strengo, st. f., main strength, heroic power: acc. sg., 2679.
mägen-strengo, noun, main strength, heroic power: singular accusative, 2679.
mägen-wudu, st. m., might-wood, i.e. the spear, lance: acc. sg., 236.
mägen-wudu, st. m., might-wood, meaning the spear or lance: acc. sg., 236.
mæðum. See mâðum, hyge-mæðum.
mæðum. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
mæg, st. m., kinsman by blood: nom. sg. mæg, 408, 738, 759, 814, 915, 1531, 1945, etc; (brother), 468, 2605? acc. sg. mæg (son), 1340; (brother), 2440, 2485, 2983; dat. sg. mæge, 1979; gen. sg. mæges, 2629, 2676, 2699, 2880; nom. pl. mâgas, 1016; acc. pl. mâgas, 2816; dat. pl. mâgum, 1179, 2615, 3066; (to brothers), 1168; mægum, 2354; gen. pl. mâga, 247, 1080, 1854, 2007, 2743.—Comp.: fäderen-, heáfod-, wine-mæg.
mæg, n., blood-related kinsman: nom. sg. mæg, 408, 738, 759, 814, 915, 1531, 1945, etc; (brother), 468, 2605? acc. sg. mæg (son), 1340; (brother), 2440, 2485, 2983; dat. sg. mæge, 1979; gen. sg. mæges, 2629, 2676, 2699, 2880; nom. pl. mâgas, 1016; acc. pl. mâgas, 2816; dat. pl. mâgum, 1179, 2615, 3066; (to brothers), 1168; mægum, 2354; gen. pl. mâga, 247, 1080, 1854, 2007, 2743.—Comp.: fäderen-, heáfod-, wine-mæg.
mæg-wine, n., blood relative, friend, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (nom. pl.).
mæl, st. n.: l) time, point of time: nom. sg. 316; þâ wäs sæl and mæl (there was [appropriate] chance and time), 1009; acc. sg. mæl, 2634; instr. pl. ærran mælum, 908, 2238, 3036; gen. pl. mæla, 1250; sæla and mæla, 1612; mæla gehwylce (each time, without intermission), 2058.—2) sword, weapon: nom. sg. broden (brogden) mæl (the drawn sword), 1617, 1668 (cf. Grimm, Andreas and Elene, p. 156).—3) mole, spot, mark.—Comp.: græg-, hring-, sceaðen-, wunden-mæl.
mæl, n.: 1) time, moment: nom. sg. 316; þâ wäs sæl and mæl (there was [appropriate] chance and time), 1009; acc. sg. mæl, 2634; instr. pl. ærran mælum, 908, 2238, 3036; gen. pl. mæla, 1250; sæla and mæla, 1612; mæla gehwylce (each time, without interruption), 2058.—2) sword, weapon: nom. sg. broden (brogden) mæl (the drawn sword), 1617, 1668 (cf. Grimm, Andreas and Elene, p. 156).—3) mole, spot, mark.—Comp.: græg-, hring-, sceaðen-, wunden-mæl.
mæl-gesceaft, st. f., fate, appointed time: acc. pl. ie on earde bâd mæl-gesceafta (awaited the time allotted for me by fate), 2738.
mæl-gesceaft, st. f., fate, appointed time: acc. pl. ie on earde bâd mæl-gesceafta (waited for the time set for me by fate), 2738.
mænan, w. v., with acc. in the sense of (1) to remember, mention, proclaim: inf. mænan, 1068; pret. part. þær wäs Beówulfes mærðo mæned, 858.—2) to mention sorrowfully, mourn: inf. 3173; pret. sg. giohðo mænde (mourned sorrowfully), 2268; pret. pl. mændon, 1150, 3150.
mænan, v. transitive, used with the accusative meaning (1) to remember, mention, proclaim: infinitive mænan, 1068; past participle wäs Beówulfes mærðo mæned, 858.—2) to mention with sorrow, mourn: infinitive 3173; past singular giohðo mænde (mourned sorrowfully), 2268; past plural mændon, 1150, 3150.
ge-mæne, adj., common, in common: nom. sg. gemæne, 2474; þær unc hwîle wäs hand gemæne (i.e. in battle), 2138; sceal ûrum þät sweord and helm bâm gemæne (i.e. wesan), 2661; nom. pl. gemæne, 1861; dat. pl. þät þâm folcum sceal ... sib gemænum (attraction for gemæne, i.e. wesan), 1858; gen. pl. unc sceal (i.e. wesan) fela mâðma gemænra (we two shall share many treasures together), 1785.
ge-mæne, adj., common, in common: nom. sg. gemæne, 2474; then for a while we were common (i.e. in battle), 2138; we shall our sword and helmet both be common (i.e. be), 2661; nom. pl. gemæne, 1861; dat. pl. to those people shall ... peace be common (attraction for gemæne, i.e. be), 1858; gen. pl. we shall (i.e. be) share many treasures together, 1785.
mære, adj., memorable; celebrated, noble; well known, notorious: nom. sg. m. mære, 103, 129, 1716, 1762; se mæra, 763, 2012, 2588; also as vocative m. se mæra, 1475; nom. fem. mæru, 2017; mære, 1953; neut. mære, 2406; acc. sg. m. mærne, 36, 201, 353, 1599, 2385, 2722, 2789, 3099; neut. mære, 1024; dat. sg. mærum, 345, 1302, 1993, 2080, 2573; tô þäm mæran, 270; gen. sg. mæres, 798; mæran, 1730; nom. pl. mære, 3071; superl. mærost, 899,—Comp.: fore-, heaðo-mære.
mære, adj., memorable; celebrated, noble; well known, notorious: nom. sg. m. mære, 103, 129, 1716, 1762; se mæra, 763, 2012, 2588; also as vocative m. se mæra, 1475; nom. fem. mæru, 2017; mære, 1953; neut. mære, 2406; acc. sg. m. mærne, 36, 201, 353, 1599, 2385, 2722, 2789, 3099; neut. mære, 1024; dat. sg. mærum, 345, 1302, 1993, 2080, 2573; tô þäm mæran, 270; gen. sg. mæres, 798; mæran, 1730; nom. pl. mære, 3071; superl. mærost, 899,—Comp.: fore-, heaðo-mære.
mecg, mäcg, st. m., son, youth, man. in comp. hilde-, oret-mecg, wräc-mäcg.
mecg, mäcg, st. m., son, youth, man. in comp. hilde-, oret-mecg, wräc-mäcg.
medu-dreám, st. m., mead-joy, joyous carousing during mead-drinking: acc. sg. 2017.
medu-dreám, n., joy from mead, celebrating happily while drinking mead: acc. sg. 2017.
medo-ful, noun, mead-cup: accusative singular __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
medu-scenc, st. m., mead-can, vessel: instr. pl. meodu-scencum, 1981.
medu-scenc, noun, mead-can, container: instrumental plural meodu-scencum, 1981.
medu-seld, n., mead-house: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
meðel-stede, st. m., (properly place of speech, judgment-seat), here meeting-place, battle-field (so, also 425, the battle is conceived under the figure of a parliament or convention): dat. sg. on þäm meðel-stede, 1083.
meðel-stede, st. m., (properly place of speech, judgment-seat), here meeting-place, battlefield (so, also 425, the battle is seen as a parliament or convention): dat. sg. on þäm meðel-stede, 1083.
meðel-word, st. n., words called forth at a discussion; address: instr. pl. meðel-wordum, 236.
meðel-word, st. n., words spoken during a conversation; address: instr. pl. meðel-wordum, 236.
mere-deór, n., sea creature: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
mere-grund, st. m., sea-bottom: acc. sg., 2101; acc. pl. mere-grundas, 1450.
mere-grund, noun, sea-bottom: singular accusative, 2101; plural accusative mere-grundas, 1450.
mere-hrägl, st. n., -sea-garment, i.e., sail: gen. pl. mere-hrägla sum, 1906.
mere-hrägl, n. noun, -sea-garment, meaning sail: gen. pl. mere-hrägla sum, 1906.
mere-lîðend, pres. part., moving on the sea, sailor: nom. pl. mere-lîðende, 255.
mere-lîðend, present participle, sailor, someone moving on the sea: nom. pl. mere-lîðende, 255.
mere-stræt, st. f., sea-street, way over the sea: acc. pl. mere-stræta 514.
mere-stræt, noun, sea-street, way over the sea: accusative plural mere-stræta 514.
mere-strengo, st. f., sea-power, strength in the sea: acc. sg., 533.
mere-strengo, st. f., naval power, strength at sea: acc. sg., 533.
ge-metan, the same: pret. sg. medu-stîg gemät.(measured, walked over, the road to the mead-hall), 925.
ge-metan, the same: pret. sg. medu-stîg gemät.(measured, walked over, the road to the mead-hall), 925.
metod-sceaft, st. f.: 1) the Creator's determination, divine purpose, fate: acc. sg. -sceaft, 1078.—2) the Creators glory: acc. sg. metod-sceaft seón (i.e. die), 1181; dat. sg. tô metod-sceafte, 2816.
metod-sceaft, st. f.: 1) the Creator's will, divine purpose, fate: acc. sg. -sceaft, 1078.—2) the Creator's glory: acc. sg. metod-sceaft seón (i.e. die), 1181; dat. sg. tô metod-sceafte, 2816.
mêðe, adj., tired, exhausted, dejected: in comp. hyge-, sæ-mêðe.
mêðe, adj., tired, worn out, downcast: in comp. hyge-, sæ-mêðe.
ge-mearc, st. n., measure, distance: comp. fôt-, mîl-ge-mearc.
ge-mearc, st. n., measure, distance: comp. fôt-, mîl-ge-mearc.
mearc-stapa, w. m., march-strider, frontier-haunter (applied to Grendel and his mother): nom. sg., 103; acc. pl. mearc-stapan, 1349.
mearc-stapa, n. m., march-strider, frontier-haunter (applied to Grendel and his mother): nom. sg., 103; acc. pl. mearc-stapan, 1349.
micel, adj., great, huge, long (of time): nom. sg. m., 129, 502; fem., 67, 146, 170; neut., 772; acc. sg. m. micelne, 3099; fem, micle, 1779, 3092; neut. micel, 270, 1168. The comp. mâre must be supplied before þone in: medo-ärn micel ... (mâre) þone yldo beam æfre ge-frunon, 69; instr. sg. ge-trume micle, 923; micle (by much, much); micle leófre (far dearer), 2652; efne swâ micle (lässa), ([less] even by so much), 1284; oftor micle (much oftener), 1580; dat. sg, weak form miclan, 2850; gen. sg. miclan, 979. The gen. sg. micles is an adv. = much, very: micles wyrðne gedôn (deem worthy of much, i.e. honor very highly), 2186; tô fela micles (far too much, many), 695; acc. pl. micle, 1349. Compar., see mâra.
micel, adj., great, huge, long (of time): nom. sg. m., 129, 502; fem., 67, 146, 170; neut., 772; acc. sg. m. micelne, 3099; fem, micle, 1779, 3092; neut. micel, 270, 1168. The comp. mâre must be supplied before þone in: medo-ärn micel ... (mâre) þone yldo beam æfre ge-frunon, 69; instr. sg. ge-trume micle, 923; micle (by much, much); micle leófre (far dearer), 2652; efne swâ micle (lässa), ([less] even by so much), 1284; oftor micle (much oftener), 1580; dat. sg, weak form miclan, 2850; gen. sg. miclan, 979. The gen. sg. micles is an adv. = much, very: micles wyrðne gedôn (deem worthy of much, i.e. honor very highly), 2186; tô fela micles (far too much, many), 695; acc. pl. micle, 1349. Compar., see mâra.
mid, I. prep. w. dat., instr., and acc., signifying preëminently union, community, with, hence: 1) w. dat.: a) with, in company, community, with; mid Finne, 1129; mid Hrôðgâre, 1593; mid scip-herge, 243; mid gesîðum (with his comrades), 1314; so, 1318, 1964, 2950, etc.; mid his freó-drihtne, 2628; mid þæm lâcum (with the gifts), 1869; so, 2789, 125; mid hæle (with good luck!), 1218; mid bæle fôr (sped off amid fire), 2309. The prep. postponed: him mid (with him, in his company), 41; with him, 1626; ne wäs him Fitela mid (was not with him), 890. b) with, among: mid Geátum (among the Geátas), 195, 2193, 2624; mid Scyldingum, 274; mid Eotenum, 903; mid yldum (eldum), 77, 2612; mid him (with, among, one another), 2949. In temporal sense: mid ær-däge (at dawn), 126.—2) with, with the help of, through, w. dat.: mid âr-stafum (through his grace), 317; so, 2379; mid grâpe (with the fist), 438; so, 1462, 2721; mid his hete-þoncum (through his hatred), 475; mid sweorde, 574; so, 1660, 2877; mid gemete (through, by, his power), 780; so, 1220, 2536, 2918; mid gôde (with benefits), 1185; mid hearme (with harm, insult), 1893; mid þære sorge (with [through?] this sorrow), 2469; mid rihte (by rights), 2057. With instr.: mid þý wîfe (through [marriage with] the woman), 2029.—3) w. acc., with, in community, company, with: mid his eorla gedriht, 357; so, 634, 663, 1673; mid hine, 880; mid mînne gold-gyfan, 2653.
mid, I. prep. w. dat., instr., and acc., meaning primarily union, community, with, thus: 1) w. dat.: a) with, in company, community, with; mid Finne, 1129; mid Hrôðgâre, 1593; mid scip-herge, 243; mid gesîðum (with his comrades), 1314; so, 1318, 1964, 2950, etc.; mid his freó-drihtne, 2628; mid þæm lâcum (with the gifts), 1869; so, 2789, 125; mid hæle (with good luck!), 1218; mid bæle fôr (sped off amid fire), 2309. The prep. postponed: him mid (with him, in his company), 41; with him, 1626; ne wäs him Fitela mid (was not with him), 890. b) with, among: mid Geátum (among the Geátas), 195, 2193, 2624; mid Scyldingum, 274; mid Eotenum, 903; mid yldum (eldum), 77, 2612; mid him (with, among, one another), 2949. In a temporal sense: mid ær-däge (at dawn), 126.—2) with, with the help of, through, w. dat.: mid âr-stafum (through his grace), 317; so, 2379; mid grâpe (with the fist), 438; so, 1462, 2721; mid his hete-þoncum (through his hatred), 475; mid sweorde, 574; so, 1660, 2877; mid gemete (through, by, his power), 780; so, 1220, 2536, 2918; mid gôde (with benefits), 1185; mid hearme (with harm, insult), 1893; mid þære sorge (with [through?] this sorrow), 2469; mid rihte (by rights), 2057. With instr.: mid þý wîfe (through [marriage with] the woman), 2029.—3) w. acc., with, in community, company, with: mid his eorla gedriht, 357; so, 634, 663, 1673; mid hine, 880; mid mînne gold-gyfan, 2653.
middel-niht, st. f., midnight: dat. pl. middel-nihtum, 2783, 2834.
middel-niht, st. f., midnight: dat. pl. middel-nihtum, 2783, 2834.
milts, f., kindness, generosity: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
mîl-gemearc, st. n., measure by miles: gen. sg. mîl-gemearces, 1363.
mile measurement, noun, measure by miles: gen. sg. mile measurement's, 1363.
molde, w. f., dust; earth, field: in comp. gräs-molde.
molde, w. f., dirt; ground, field: in comp. gräs-molde.
morð-bealu, st. n., murder, deadly hale or deed of murder: gen. pl. morð-beala, 136.
morð-bealu, noun, murder, deadly harm or act of murder: gen. pl. morð-beala, 136.
morðor-bed, st. n., bed of death, murder-bed: acc. sg. wäs þam yldestan ... morðor-bed strêd (a bed of death was spread for the eldest, i.e. through murder his death-bed was prepared), 2437.
morðor-bed, n. st., bed of death, murder-bed: accusative singular was for the eldest ... a murder-bed was laid out (a bed of death was prepared for the eldest, meaning his death-bed was made ready through murder), 2437.
morðor-bealu, st. n., death-bale, destruction by murder: acc. sg. morðor-bealo, 1080, 2743.
murder-destruction, noun, death by murder, destruction caused by killing: acc. sg. murder-destruction, 1080, 2743.
morðor-hete, st. m., murderous hate: gen. sg. þäs morðor-hetes, 1106.
morðor-hete, n., murderous hate: gen. sg. þäs morðor-hetes, 1106.
morgen-ceald, adj., morning-cold, dawn-cold: nom. sg. gâr morgen-ceald (spear chilled by the early air of morn), 3023.
morgen-ceald, adj., morning-cold, dawn-cold: nom. sg. gâr morgen-ceald (spear chilled by the early air of morn), 3023.
morgen-lang, adj., lasting through the morning: acc. sg. morgen-longne däg (the whole forenoon), 2895.
morgen-lang, adj., lasting through the morning: acc. sg. morgen-longne däg (the whole forenoon), 2895.
morgen-leóht, st. n., morning-light: nom. sg., 605, 918.
morgen-leóht, st. n., morning light: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
morgen-swêg, st. m., morning-cry, cry at morn: nom. sg., 129.
morgen-swêg, st. m., morning-cry, cry at dawn: nom. sg., 129.
morgen-tîd, st. f., morning-tide: acc. sg. on morgen-tîde, 484, 818(?)
morgen-tîd, st. f., morning-time: acc. sg. on morgen-time, 484, 818(?)
môd, st. n.: 1) heart, soul, spirit, mood, mind, manner of thinking: nom. sg., 50, 731; wäfre môd (the flicker ing spirit, the fading breath), 1151; acc. sg. on môd (into his mind), 67; dat. instr. sg. môde geþungen (of mature, lofty spirit), 625; on môde (in heart, mind), 754, 1845, 2282? 2528; on hreóum môde (fierce of spirit), 2582; gen. sg. modes, 171, 811, 1707; modes blîðe (gracious-minded, kindly disposed), 436; so, môdes milde, 1230; môdes seóce (depressed in mind), 1604.—2) boldness, courage: nom. and acc. sg., 1058, 1168. 3) passion, fierceness: nom. sg., 549.—Comp. form adj.: galg-, geômor-, gläd-, gûð-, hreóh-, irre-, sârig-, stîð-, swîð-, wêrig-môd.
môd, n.: 1) heart, soul, spirit, mood, mind, way of thinking: nom. sg., 50, 731; wäfre môd (the flickering spirit, the fading breath), 1151; acc. sg. on môd (into his mind), 67; dat. instr. sg. môde geþungen (of mature, elevated spirit), 625; on môde (in heart, mind), 754, 1845, 2282? 2528; on hreóum môde (fierce of spirit), 2582; gen. sg. modes, 171, 811, 1707; modes blîðe (kind-hearted, friendly), 436; so, môdes milde, 1230; môdes seóce (depressed in spirit), 1604.—2) boldness, courage: nom. and acc. sg., 1058, 1168. 3) passion, fierceness: nom. sg., 549.—Comp. form adj.: galg-, geômor-, gläd-, gûð-, hreóh-, irre-, sârig-, stîð-, swîð-, wêrig-môd.
môd-gehygd, st. f ., thought of the heart; mind: instr. pl. môd-gehygdum, 233
môd-gehygd, st. f ., thought of the heart; mind: instr. pl. mood-thoughts, 233
môd-ge-þanc, st. n., mood-thought, meditation: acc. sg. môd-ge-þonc, 1730.
mood-thought, n., reflection, meditation: acc. sg. mood-thought, 1730.
môd-giômor, adj., grieved at heart, dejected: nom. sg., 2895.
môd-giômor, adj., feeling sorrowful, downcast: nom. sg., 2895.
môdig, adj., courageous: nom. sg., 605, 1644, 1813, 2758; he þäs (þäm, MS.) môdig wäs (had the courage for it), 1509; se môdega, 814; dat. sg. mid þam môdigan, 3012; gen. sg. môdges, 502; môdiges, 2699; Geáta leód georne trûwode môdgan mägnes (trusted firmly in his bold strength), 671; nom. pl. môdge, 856; môdige, 1877; gen. pl. môdigra, 312, 1889.—Comp, fela-môdig.
môdig, adj., courageous: nom. sg., 605, 1644, 1813, 2758; he þäs (þäm, MS.) môdig wäs (had the courage for it), 1509; se môdega, 814; dat. sg. mid þam môdigan, 3012; gen. sg. môdges, 502; môdiges, 2699; Geáta leód georne trûwode môdgan mägnes (trusted firmly in his bold strength), 671; nom. pl. môdge, 856; môdige, 1877; gen. pl. môdigra, 312, 1889.—Comp, fela-môdig.
ge-môt, st. n., meeting: in comp. hand-, torn-ge-môt.
ge-môt, st. n., meeting: in comp. hand-, torn-ge-môt.
môtan, pret.-pres. v.: 1) power or permission to have something, to be permitted; may, can: pres. sg. I., III. môt, 186, 442, 604; II. môst, 1672; pl. môton, 347, 365, 395; pres. subj. ic môte, 431; III. se þe môte, 1388; pret sg. môste, 168, 707, 736, 895, 1488, 1999, 2242, 2505, etc.; pl. môston, 1629, 1876, 2039, 2125, 2248; pres. subj. sg. II. þät þu hine selfne geseón môste (mightest see), 962.—2) shall, must, be obliged: pres. sg. môt, 2887; pret. sg. môste, 1940; þær he þý fyrste forman dôgore wealdan môste, swâ him Wyrd ne gescrâf, hrêð ät hilde (if he must for the first time that day be victorious, as Fate had denied him victory, cf. 2681, 2683 seqq.), 2575.
môtan, past-pres. v.: 1) power or permission to have something, to be allowed; may, can: pres. sg. I., III. môt, 186, 442, 604; II. môst, 1672; pl. môton, 347, 365, 395; pres. subj. ic môte, 431; III. se þe môte, 1388; pret sg. môste, 168, 707, 736, 895, 1488, 1999, 2242, 2505, etc.; pl. môston, 1629, 1876, 2039, 2125, 2248; pres. subj. sg. II. þät þu hine selfne geseón môste (might see), 962.—2) shall, must, be obliged: pres. sg. môt, 2887; pret. sg. môste, 1940; þær he þý fyrste forman dôgore wealdan môste, swâ him Wyrd ne gescrâf, hrêð ät hilde (if he must for the first time that day be victorious, as Fate had denied him victory, cf. 2681, 2683 seqq.), 2575.
ge-munan, pret.-pres. v., to have in mind, be mindful; remember, think of, w. acc.: pres. sg. hine gearwe geman witena wel-hwylc (each of the knowing ones still remembers him well), 265; ic þe þäs leán geman (I shall not forget thy reward for this), 1221; ic þät eall gemon (I remember all that), 2428; so, 1702, 2043; gif he þät eall gemon hwät ... (if he is mindful of all that which ...), 1186; ic þät mæl gemon hwær... (I remember the time when...), 2634; pret. sg. w. gemunde... æfen-spræce (recalled his evening speech), 759; so, 871, 1130, 1260, 1271, 1291, 2115, 2432, 2607, 2679; se þäs leód-hryres leán ge-munde (was mindful of reward for the fall of the ruler), 2392; þät he Eotena bearn inne gemunde (that he in this should remember, take vengeance on, the children of the Eotens), 1142; so, hond gemunde fæhðo genôge (his hand remembered strife enough), 2490; ne ge-munde mago Ecglâfes þät ... (remembered not that which ...), 1466; pret. pl. helle gemundon in môd-sefan (their thoughts [as heathens] fixed themselves on, remembered, hell), 179.
ge-munan, pret.-pres. v., to have in mind, be mindful; remember, think of, w. acc.: pres. sg. hine gearwe geman witena wel-hwylc (each of the knowing ones still remembers him well), 265; ic þe þäs leán geman (I shall not forget thy reward for this), 1221; ic þät eall gemon (I remember all that), 2428; so, 1702, 2043; gif he þät eall gemon hwät ... (if he is mindful of all that which ...), 1186; ic þät mæl gemon hwær... (I remember the time when...), 2634; pret. sg. w. gemunde... æfen-spræce (recalled his evening speech), 759; so, 871, 1130, 1260, 1271, 1291, 2115, 2432, 2607, 2679; se þäs leód-hryres leán ge-munde (was mindful of reward for the fall of the ruler), 2392; þät he Eotena bearn inne gemunde (that he in this should remember, take vengeance on, the children of the Eotens), 1142; so, hond gemunde fæhðo genôge (his hand remembered strife enough), 2490; ne ge-munde mago Ecglâfes þät ... (remembered not that which ...), 1466; pret. pl. helle gemundon in môd-sefan (their thoughts [as heathens] fixed themselves on, remembered, hell), 179.
on-munan, w. acc. pers. and gen. of thing, to admonish, exhort: pret. sg. onmunde ûsic mærða (exhorted us to deeds of glory), 2641.
on-munan, w. acc. pers. and gen. of thing, to admonish, exhort: pret. sg. onmunde ûsic mærða (exhorted us to deeds of glory), 2641.
mund-gripe, st. m., hand-grip, seizure: acc. sg. mund-gripe, 754; dat. sg. mund-gripe, 380, 1535; äfter mund-gripe (after having seized the criminal), 1939.
mund-gripe, st. m., hand-grip, seizure: acc. sg. mund-gripe, 754; dat. sg. mund-gripe, 380, 1535; äfter mund-gripe (after having seized the criminal), 1939.
murnan, st. v., to shrink from, be afraid of, avoid: pret. sg. nô mearn fore fæhðe and fyrene, 136; so, 1538; nalles for ealdre mearn (was not apprehensive for his life), 1443.—2) to mourn, grieve: pres. part. him wäs ... murnende môd, 50; pres. subj., þonne he fela murne (than that he should mourn much), 1386.
murnan, st. v., to shrink from, be afraid of, avoid: pret. sg. nô mearn fore fæhðe and fyrene, 136; so, 1538; nalles for ealdre mearn (was not worried for his life), 1443.—2) to mourn, grieve: pres. part. him wäs ... murnende môd, 50; pres. subj., þonne he fela murne (than that he should grieve much), 1386.
murn-lîce. See un-murn-lîce.
mourn-like. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-mynd, st. f., memory, memorial, remembrance: dat. pl. tô gemyndum, 2805, 3017. See weorð-mynd.
ge-mynd, st. f., memory, memorial, remembrance: dat. pl. to memories, 2805, 3017. See weorð-mynd.
ge-myndgian, w. v. w. acc., to remember: bið gemyndgad ... eaforan ellor-sîð (is reminded of his son's decease), 2451.
ge-myndgian, w. v. w. acc., to remember: bið gemyndgad ... eaforan ellor-sîð (is reminded of his son's death), 2451.
myrð, st. f., joy, mirth: dat. (instr.) sg. môdes myrðe, 8n.
myrð, st. f., joy, mirth: dat. (instr.) sg. môdes myrðe, 8n.
nalas, nales, nallas. See nealles.
nalas, nales, nallas. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
nât-hwylc (nescio quis, ne-wât-hwylc, know not who, which, etc.), indef. pron., any, a certain one, some or other: 1) w. partitive gen.: nom. sg. gumena nât-hwylc, 2234;. gen. sg. nât-hwylces (þâra banena), 2054; niða nât-hwylces(?), 2216; nât-hwylces häleða bearna, 2225.—2) adjectively: dat. sg. in nið-sele nât-hwylcum, 1514.
nât-hwylc (know not who, which, etc.), indef. pron., any, a certain one, some or other: 1) w. partitive gen.: nom. sg. gumena nât-hwylc, 2234;. gen. sg. nât-hwylces (þâra banena), 2054; niða nât-hwylces(?), 2216; nât-hwylces häleða bearna, 2225.—2) adjectively: dat. sg. in nið-sele nât-hwylcum, 1514.
nænig (from ne-ænig), pron., not any, none, no: 1) substantively w. gen. pl.: nom. sg., 157, 242, 692; dat. sg. nænegum, 599; gen. pl. nænigra, 950.—2) adjectively: nom. sg. ôðer nænig, 860; nænig wäter, 1515; nænig ... deór, 1934; acc. sg. nænigne ... hord-mâððum, 1199.
nænig (from ne-ænig), pron., not any, none, no: 1) used as a noun with genitive plural: nominative singular, 157, 242, 692; dative singular nænegum, 599; genitive plural nænigra, 950.—2) used as an adjective: nominative singular ôðer nænig, 860; nænig wäter, 1515; nænig ... deór, 1934; accusative singular nænigne ... hord-mâððum, 1199.
ne, simple neg., not, 38, 50, 80, 83, 109, etc.; before imper. ne sorga! 1385; ne gým! 1761, etc. Doubled =certainly not, not even that: ne ge ... gearwe ne wisson (ye certainly have not known, etc.), 245; so, 863; ne ic ... wihte ne wêne (nor do I at all in the least expect), 2923; so, 182. Strengthened by other neg.: nôðer ... ne, 2125; swâ he ne mihte nô ... (so that he absolutely could not), 1509.
ne, simple neg., not, 38, 50, 80, 83, 109, etc.; before imper. ne sorga! 1385; ne gým! 1761, etc. Doubled = certainly not, not even that: ne ge ... gearwe ne wisson (you certainly have not known, etc.), 245; so, 863; ne ic ... wihte ne wêne (nor do I at all in the least expect), 2923; so, 182. Strengthened by other neg.: nôðer ... ne, 2125; swâ he ne mihte nô ... (so that he absolutely could not), 1509.
ne ... ne, not ... and not, nor; neither ... nor, 154-157, 511, 1083-1085, etc. Another neg. may supply the place of the first ne: so, nô ... ne, 575-577, 1026-1028, 1393-1395, etc.; næfre ... ne, 583-584; nalles ... ne, 3016-3017. The neg. may be omitted the first time: ær ne siððan (neither before nor after, before nor since), 719; sûð ne norð (south nor north), 859; âdl ne yldo (neither illness nor old age), 1737; wordum ne worcum (neither by word nor deed), 1101; wiston and ne wêndon (knew not and weened not), 1605.
ne ... ne, not ... and not, nor; neither ... nor, 154-157, 511, 1083-1085, etc. Another neg. can replace the first ne: so, nô ... ne, 575-577, 1026-1028, 1393-1395, etc.; næfre ... ne, 583-584; nalles ... ne, 3016-3017. The neg. may be left out the first time: ær ne siððan (neither before nor after, before nor since), 719; sûð ne norð (south nor north), 859; âdl ne yldo (neither illness nor old age), 1737; wordum ne worcum (neither by word nor deed), 1101; wiston and ne wêndon (knew not and weened not), 1605.
nefne, näfne, nemne (orig. from ne-gif-ne): 1) subj.: a) with depend. clause = unless: nefne him witig god wyrd forstôde (if fate, the wise God, had not prevented him), 1057; nefne god sylfa ... sealde (unless God himself, etc.), 3055; näfne him his wlite leóge (MS. næfre) (unless his face belie him), 250; näfne he wäs mâra (except that he was huger), 1354; nemne him heaðo-byrne helpe ge-fremede, 1553; so, 2655.—b) w. follow. substantive = except, save, only: nefne sin-freá (except the husband), 1935; ic lyt hafo heáfod-mâga nefne Hygelâc þec (have no near kin but thee), 2152; nis þät eówer (gen. pl.) sîð ... nefne mîn ânes, 2534.—2) Prep. with dat., except: nemne feáum ânum, 1082.
nefne, näfne, nemne (orig. from ne-gif-ne): 1) subj.: a) with dependent clause = unless: nefne him witig god wyrd forstôde (if fate, the wise God, had not prevented him), 1057; nefne god sylfa ... sealde (unless God himself, etc.), 3055; näfne him his wlite leóge (MS. næfre) (unless his face belie him), 250; näfne he wäs mâra (except that he was huger), 1354; nemne him heaðo-byrne helpe ge-fremede, 1553; so, 2655.—b) w. follow. substantive = except, save, only: nefne sin-freá (except the husband), 1935; ic lyt hafo heáfod-mâga nefne Hygelâc þec (have no near kin but thee), 2152; nis þät eówer (gen. pl.) sîð ... nefne mîn ânes, 2534.—2) Prep. with dat., except: nemne feáum ânum, 1082.
ge-nesan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to remain over, be preserved: pret. sg. hrôf âna genäs ealles ansund (the roof alone was quite sound), 1000.—2) w. acc., to endure successfully, survive, escape from: pret. sg. se þâ säcce ge-näs, 1978; fela ic ... gûð-ræsa ge-näs, 2427; pret. part. swâ he nîða gehwane genesen häfde, 2398.
ge-nesan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to stay behind, be preserved: past tense sg. hrôf âna genäs ealles ansund (the roof alone was quite sound), 1000.—2) w. acc., to successfully endure, survive, escape from: past tense sg. se þâ säcce ge-näs, 1978; fela ic ... gûð-ræsa ge-näs, 2427; past participle swâ he nîða gehwane genesen häfde, 2398.
net, st. n., net: in comp. breóst-, here-, hring-, inwit-, searo-net.
net, st. n., net: in comp. breóst-, here-, hring-, inwit-, searo-net.
nêdla, w. m., dire necessity, distress: in comp. þreá-nêdla.
nêdla, w. m., urgent need, hardship: in comp. þreá-nêdla.
ge-nêðan, the same: inf. ne dorste under ýða gewin aldre ge-nêðan, 1470. With depend. clause: nænig þät dorste genêðan þät (none durst undertake to ...), 1934; pret. sg. he under hârne stân âna genêðde frêcne dæde (he risked alone the bold deed, venturing under the grey rock), 889; (ic) wîge under wätere weorc genêðde earfoð-lîce (I with difficulty stood the work under the water in battle, i.e. could hardly win the victory), 1657; ic genêðde fela gûða (ventured on, risked, many contests), 2512; pres. pl. (of majesty) we ... frêcne genêðdon eafoð uncûðes (we have boldly risked, dared, the monster's power), 961.
ge-nêðan, the same: inf. ne dorste under ýða gewin aldre ge-nêðan, 1470. With depend. clause: nænig þät dorste genêðan þät (none durst undertake to ...), 1934; pret. sg. he under hârne stân âna genêðde frêcne dæde (he risked alone the bold deed, venturing under the grey rock), 889; (ic) wîge under wätere weorc genêðde earfoð-lîce (I with difficulty stood the work under the water in battle, i.e. could hardly win the victory), 1657; ic genêðde fela gûða (ventured on, risked, many contests), 2512; pres. pl. (of majesty) we ... frêcne genêðdon eafoð uncûðes (we have boldly risked, dared, the monster's power), 961.
nearwe, adv., narrowly, 977.
nearby, adv., narrowly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
nearo-cräft, st. m., art of rendering difficult of access?, inaccessibility (see 2214 seqq.): instr. pl. nearo-cräftum, 2244.
nearo-cräft, noun, the art of making something hard to reach or access; inaccessibility (see 2214 seqq.): instrumental plural nearo-cräftum, 2244.
nearo-þearf, st. f., dire need, distress: acc. sg. nearo-þearfe, 422.
nearo-þearf, st. f., urgent need, distress: acc. sg. nearo-þearfe, 422.
ge-neát, st. m., comrade, companion: in comp. beód-, heorð-geneát.
ge-neát, st. m., comrade, companion: in comp. beód-, heorð-geneát.
niðer, nyðer, neoðor, adv., down, downward: niðer, 1361; nioðor, 2700; nyðer, 3045.
niðer, nyðer, neoðor, adv., down, downward: niðer, 1361; nioðor, 2700; nyðer, 3045.
niht, st. f. night: nom. sg., 115, 547. 650, 1321, 2117; acc. sg. niht, 135, 737, 2939; gystran niht (yester-night), 1335; dat. sg. on niht, 575, 684; on wanre niht, 703; gen. sg. nihtes hwîlum (sometimes at night, in the hours of the night), 3045; as adv. = of a night, by night, G. nachts, 422, 2274; däges and nihtes, 2270; acc. pl. seofon niht (se'nnight, seven days, cf. Tac. Germ, 11), 517; dat. pl. sweartum nihtum, 167; deorcum nihtum, 275, 221; gen. pl. nihta, 545, 1366.—Comp.: middel-, sin-niht.
niht, f. night: nom. sg., 115, 547. 650, 1321, 2117; acc. sg. niht, 135, 737, 2939; gystran niht (yester-night), 1335; dat. sg. on niht, 575, 684; on wanre niht, 703; gen. sg. nihtes hwîlum (sometimes at night, in the hours of the night), 3045; as adv. = of a night, by night, G. nachts, 422, 2274; däges and nihtes, 2270; acc. pl. seofon niht (se'nnight, seven days, cf. Tac. Germ, 11), 517; dat. pl. sweartum nihtum, 167; deorcum nihtum, 275, 221; gen. pl. nihta, 545, 1366.—Comp.: middel-, sin-niht.
niht-bealu, st. n., night-bale, destruction by night: gen. pl. niht-bealwa, 193.
niht-bealu, st. n., night-bale, destruction by night: gen. pl. niht-bealwa, 193.
niht-weorc, st. n., night-work, deed done at night: instr. sg. niht-weorce, 828.
niht-weorc, n. night work, actions performed at night: instr. sg. night-work, 828.
niman, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to take, hold, seize, undertake: pret. sg. nam þâ mid handa hige-þihtigne rinc, 747; pret. pl. we . . . nióde nâman, 2117.—2) to take, take away, deprive of: pres. sg. se þe hine deáð nimeð (he whom death carrieth off), 441; so, 447; nymeð, 1847; nymeð nýd-bâde, 599; subj. pres. gif mec hild nime, 452, 1482; pret. sg. ind. nam on Ongenþió îren-byrnan, 2987; ne nom he ... mâðm-æhta mâ (he took no more of the rich treasures), 1613; pret. part. þâ wäs ... seó cwên numen (the queen carried off), 1154.
niman, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to take, hold, seize, undertake: past sing. took then with hand the strong warrior, 747; past pl. we ... had to take, 2117.—2) to take, take away, deprive of: present sing. he who death takes away, (he whom death carries off), 441; so, 447; takes, 1847; takes away by necessity, 599; subj. pres. if battle takes me, 452, 1482; past sing. ind. took in Ongenþió iron-armor, 2987; did not take he ... more of the rich treasures (he took no more of the rich treasures), 1613; past part. then was ... the queen taken away (the queen carried off), 1154.
be-niman, to deprive of: pret. sg. ôð þät hine yldo benam mägenes wynnum (till age bereft him of joy in his strength), 1887.
be-niman, to deprive of: past tense singular ôð that old age took away from him the joy of his strength (till age bereft him of joy in his strength), 1887.
ge-niman: 1) to take, seize: pret. sg. (hine) be healse ge-nam (clasped him around the neck, embraced him), 1873.—2) to take, take away: pret. on reste genam þritig þegna, 122; heó under heolfre genam cûðe folme, 1303; segn eác genom, 2777; þâ mec sinca baldor ... ät mînum fäder genam (took me at my father's hands, adopted me), 2430; pret. part. genumen, 3167.
ge-niman: 1) to take, seize: past tense singular (hine) be healse ge-nam (clasped him around the neck, embraced him), 1873.—2) to take, take away: past tense on reste genam þritig þegna, 122; heó under heolfre genam cûðe folme, 1303; segn eác genom, 2777; þâ mec sinca baldor ... ät mînum fäder genam (took me at my father's hands, adopted me), 2430; past participle genumen, 3167.
niwe, niówe, adj., new, novel; unheard-of: nom. sg. swêg up â-stâg niwe geneahhe (a monstrous hubbub arose), 784; beorh ... niwe (a newly-raised(?) grave-mound), 2244; acc. sg. niwe sibbe (the new kinship), 950; instr. sg. niwan stefne (properly, novâ voce; here = de novo, iterum, again), 2595; niówan stefne (again), 1790; gen. pl. niwra spella (new tidings), 2899.
niwe, niówe, adj., new, novel; unheard-of: nom. sg. swêg up â-stâg niwe geneahhe (a monstrous hubbub arose), 784; beorh ... niwe (a newly-raised(?) grave-mound), 2244; acc. sg. niwe sibbe (the new kinship), 950; instr. sg. niwan stefne (properly, novâ voce; here = de novo, iterum, again), 2595; niówan stefne (again), 1790; gen. pl. niwra spella (new tidings), 2899.
niw-tyrwed, pret. part., newly-tarred: acc. sg. niw-tyrwedne (-tyrwydne, MS.) nacan, 295.
niw-tyrwed, past participle, newly-tarred: singular accusative. niw-tyrwedne (-tyrwydne, MS.) nacan, 295.
nîð, st. m., properly only zeal, endeavor; then hostile endeavor, hostility, battle, war: nom. sg., 2318; acc. sg. nîð, 184, 276; Wedera nîð (enmity against the W., the sorrows of the Weders), 423; dat. sg. wið (ät) nîðe, 828, 2586; instr. nîðe, 2681; gen. pl. nîða, 883, 2351, 2398, etc.; also instr. = by, in, battle, 846, 1440, 1963, 2171, 2207.—Comp.: bealo-, fær-, here-, hete-, inwit-, searo-, wäl-nîð.
nîð, noun, originally only zeal, effort; then hostile effort, hostility, conflict, war: nominative singular, 2318; accusative singular nîð, 184, 276; Wedera nîð (enmity against the W., the sorrows of the Weders), 423; dative singular wið (at) nîðe, 828, 2586; instrumental nîðe, 2681; genitive plural nîða, 883, 2351, 2398, etc.; also instrumental = by, in, battle, 846, 1440, 1963, 2171, 2207.—Compound: bealo-, fær-, here-, hete-, inwit-, searo-, wäl-nîð.
níð-dragon, m., battle-dragon: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
nîð-geweorc, st. n., work of enmity, deed of evil: gen. pl. -geweorca, 684.
nîð-geweorc, noun, hostile action, evil deed: gen. pl. -geweorca, 684.
ge-nîðla, w. m., foe, persecutor, waylayer: in comp. ferhð-, feorh-genîðla.
ge-nîðla, w. m., enemy, oppressor, ambusher: in comp. ferhð-, feorh-genîðla.
nîð-wundor, st. n., hostile wonder, strange marvel of evil: acc. sg., 1366.
nîð-wundor, st. n., hostile wonder, strange marvel of evil: acc. sg., 1366.
nôðer (from nâ-hwäðer), neg., and not, nor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
nu, adv.: l) now, at present, 251, 254, 375, 395, 424, 426, 489, etc.: nu gyt (up to now, hitherto), 957; nu gen (now still, yet), 2860; (now yet, still), 3169.—2) conj., since, inasmuch as: nu þu lungre geong ... nu se wyrm ligeð (go now quickly, since the dragon lieth dead), 2746; so, 2248; þät þu me ne forwyrne ... nu ic þus feorran com (that do not thou refuse me, since I am come so far), 430; so, 1476; nu ic on mâðma hord mîne bebohte frôde feorh-lege, fremmað ge nu (as I now..., so do ye), 2800; so, 3021.
nu, adv.: 1) now, at present, 251, 254, 375, 395, 424, 426, 489, etc.: nu gyt (up to now, hitherto), 957; nu gen (now still, yet), 2860; (now yet, still), 3169.—2) conj., since, inasmuch as: nu þu lungre geong ... nu se wyrm ligeð (go now quickly, since the dragon lies dead), 2746; so, 2248; þät þu me ne forwyrne ... nu ic þus feorran com (that you do not refuse me, since I have come so far), 430; so, 1476; nu ic on mâðma hord mîne bebohte frôde feorh-lege, fremmað ge nu (as I now..., so do you), 2800; so, 3021.
nýd-gestealla, w. m., comrade in need or united by ties of blood: nom. pl. nýd-gesteallan, 883.
nýd-gestealla, m., comrade in need or connected by blood: nom. pl. nýd-gesteallan, 883.
oððe, conj.: 1) or; otherwise, 283, 437, 636, 638, 694, 1492, 1765, etc.—2) and(?), till(?), 650, 2476, 3007.
or, conj.: 1) or; otherwise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, etc.—2) and(?), until(?), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__.
of, prep. w. dat., from, off from: 1) from some point of view: ge-seah of wealle (from the wall), 229; so, 786; of hefene scîneð (shineth from heaven), 1572; of hliðes nosan gästas grêtte (from the cliff's projection), 1893; of þam leóma stôd (from which light streamed), 2770; þær wäs mâðma fela of feorwegum ... gelæded (from distant lands), 37; þâ com of môre (from the moor), 711, 922.—2) forth from, out of: hwearf of earde (wandered from his home, died), 56; so, 265, 855, 2472; þâ ic of searwum com (when I had escaped from the persecutions of the foe), 419; þâ him Hrôðgâr gewât ... ût of healle (out of the hall), 664; so, 2558, 2516; 1139, 2084, 2744; wudu-rêc â-stâh sweart of (ofer) swioðole (black wood-reek ascended from the smoking fire), 3145; (icge gold) â-häfen of horde (lifted from the hoard), 1109; lêt þâ of breóstum ... word ût faran (from his breast), 2551; dyde ... helm of hafelan (doffed his helmet), 673; so, 1130; sealdon wîn of wunder-fatum (presented wine from wondrous vessels), 1163; siððan hyne Hæðcyn of horn-bogan ... flâne geswencte (with an arrow shot from the horned bow), 2438; so, 1434. Prep. postponed: þâ he him of dyde îsern-byrnan (doffed his iron corselet), 672.
of, prep. w. dat., from, off from: 1) from some point of view: ge-seah of wealle (from the wall), 229; so, 786; of hefene scîneð (shines from heaven), 1572; of hliðes nosan gästas grêtte (from the cliff's projection), 1893; of þam leóma stôd (from which light streamed), 2770; þær wäs mâðma fela of feorwegum ... gelæded (from distant lands), 37; þâ com of môre (from the moor), 711, 922. — 2) forth from, out of: hwearf of earde (wandered from his home, died), 56; so, 265, 855, 2472; þâ ic of searwum com (when I had escaped from the persecutions of the foe), 419; þâ him Hrôðgâr gewât ... ût of healle (out of the hall), 664; so, 2558, 2516; 1139, 2084, 2744; wudu-rêc â-stâh sweart of (ofer) swioðole (black wood smoke rose from the burning fire), 3145; (icge gold) â-häfen of horde (lifted from the hoard), 1109; lêt þâ of breóstum ... word ût faran (from his breast), 2551; dyde ... helm of hafelan (took off his helmet), 673; so, 1130; sealdon wîn of wunder-fatum (served wine from wondrous vessels), 1163; siððan hyne Hæðcyn of horn-bogan ... flâne geswencte (with an arrow shot from the horned bow), 2438; so, 1434. Prep. postponed: þâ he him of dyde îsern-byrnan (took off his iron corselet), 672.
ofer, prep. w. dat. and acc., over, above: 1) w. dat, over (rest, locality): Wîglâf siteð ofer Biówulfe, 2908; ofer äðelinge, 1245; ofer eorðan, 248, 803, 2008; ofer wer-þeóde (over the earth, among mankind), 900; ofer ýðum, 1908; ofer hron-râde (over the sea), 10; so, 304, 1287, 1290, etc.; ofer ealowæge (over the beer-cup, drinking), 481.—2) w. acc. of motion: a) over (local): ofer ýðe (over the waves), 46, 1910; ofer swan-râde (over the swan-road, the sea), 200; ofer wægholm, 217; ofer geofenes be-gang, 362; so, 239, 240, 297, 393, 464, 471, etc.; ofer bolcan (over the gangway), 231; ofer landa fela (over many lands), 311; so, 1405, 1406; ofer heáhne hrôf (along upon (under?) the high roof), 984; ofer eormen-grund (over the whole earth), 860; ofer ealle (over all, on all sides), 2900, 650; so, 1718;—606, 900, 1706; ofer borda gebräc (over, above, the crashing of shields), 2260; ofer bord-(scild) weall, 2981, 3119. Temporal: ofer þâ niht (through the night, by night), 737. b) w. verbs of saying, speaking, about, of, concerning: he ofer benne spräc, 2725. c) beyond, over: ofer mîn ge-met (beyond my power), 2880;—hence, against, contrary to: he ofer willan gióng (went against his will), 2410; ofer ealde riht (against the ancient laws, i.e. the ten commandments), 2331;—also, without: wîg ofer wæpen (war sans, dispensing with, weapons), 686;—temporal = after: ofer eald-gewin (after long, ancient, suffering), 1782.
ofer, prep. with dative and accusative, over, above: 1) with dative, over (rest, location): Wîglâf sits over Biówulf, 2908; over the nobleman, 1245; over the earth, 248, 803, 2008; over mankind (over the earth, among people), 900; over the waves, 1908; over the whale-road (over the sea), 10; so, 304, 1287, 1290, etc.; over the beer-cup, drinking (over the beer-cup, drinking), 481. — 2) with accusative of motion: a) over (local): over the waves (over the waves), 46, 1910; over the swan-road (over the swan-road, the sea), 200; over wave-holm, 217; over the geofene's passage, 362; so, 239, 240, 297, 393, 464, 471, etc.; over the gangway (over the gangway), 231; over many lands (over many lands), 311; so, 1405, 1406; over high rafters (along upon (under?) the high roof), 984; over the whole earth (over the whole earth), 860; over all (over all, on all sides), 2900, 650; so, 1718; — 606, 900, 1706; over the crashing of shields (over, above, the crashing of shields), 2260; over shield-wall, 2981, 3119. Temporal: over the night (through the night, by night), 737. b) with verbs of saying, speaking, about, of, concerning: he spoke over the benne, 2725. c) beyond, over: over my power (beyond my power), 2880; — hence, against, contrary to: he went over his will (went against his will), 2410; over the ancient laws (against the ancient laws, i.e. the ten commandments), 2331; — also, without: war sans weapons (war sans, dispensing with, weapons), 686; — temporal = after: after long, ancient suffering (after long, ancient, suffering), 1782.
ofer-mâðum, st. m., very rich treasure: dat. pl. ofer-mâðmum, 2994.
ofer-mâðum, st. m., very rich treasure: dat. pl. ofer-mâðmum, 2994.
ofer-mägen, st. n., over-might, superior numbers: dat. sg. mid ofer-mägene, 2918.
ofer-mägen, n., over-might, superior numbers: dat. sg. mid ofer-mägene, 2918.
ofer-þearf, st. f., dire distress, need: dat. sg. [for ofer] þea[rfe], 2227.
ofer-þearf, st. f., extreme hardship, necessity: dat. sg. [for ofer] þea[rfe], 2227.
on, prep. w. dat. and acc., signifying primarily touching on, contact with: I. local, w. dat.: a) on, upon, in at (of exterior surface): on heáh-stede (in the high place), 285; on mînre êðel-tyrf (in my native place), 410; on þäm meðel-stede, 1083; so, 2004; on þam holmclife, 1422; so, 1428; on foldan (on earth), 1197; so, 1533, 2997; on þære medu-bence (on the mead-bench), 1053; beornas on blancum (the heroes on the dapple-greys), 857, etc.; on räste (in bed), 1299; on stapole (at, near, the pillar), 927; on wealle, 892; on wage (on the wall), 1663; on þäm wäl-stenge (on the battle-lance), 1639; on eaxle (on his shoulder), 817, 1548; on bearme, 40; on breóstum, 552; on hafelan, 1522; on handa (in his hand), 495, 540; so, 555, 766; on him byrne scân (on him shone the corselet), 405; on ôre (at the front), 1042; on corðre (at the head of, among, his troop), 1154; scip on ancre (the ship at anchor), 303; þät he on heoðe ge-stôd (until he stood in the hall), 404; on fäder stäle (in a father's place), 1480; on ýðum (on the waves, in the water), 210, 421, 534, 1438; on holme, 543; on êg-streámum, 577; on segl-râde, 1438, etc.; on flôde, 1367. The prep. postponed: Freslondum on, 2358.—b) in, inside of (of inside surface): secg on searwum (a champion in armor), 249; so, 963; on wîg-geatwum, 368; (reced) on þäm se rîca bâd (in which the mighty one abode), 310; on Heorote (in Heorot), 475, 497, 594, 1303; on beór-sele, 492, 1095; on healle, 615, 643; so, 639, 1017, 1026, etc.; on burgum (in the cities, boroughs), 53; on helle, 101; on sefan mînum (in my mind), 473; on môde, 754; so, 755, 949, 1343, 1719, etc.; on aldre (in his vitals), 1435; on middan (in medio), 2706.—c) among, amid: on searwum (among the arms), 1558; on gemonge (among the troop), 1644; on þam leód-scipe (among the people), 2198; nymðe lîges fäðm swulge on swaðule (unless the embracing flame should swallow it in smoke), 783;—in, with, touched by, possessing something: þâ wäs on sâlum sinces brytta (then was the dispenser of treasure in joy), 608; so, 644, 2015; wäs on hreón môde, 1308; on sweofote (in sleep), 1582, 2296; heó wäs on ôfste (she was in haste), 1293; so, 1736, 1870; þâ wäs on blôde brim weallende (there was the flood billowing in, with, blood), 848; (he) wäs on sunde (was a-swimming), 1619; wäs tô fore-mihtig feónd on fêðe (too powerful in speed), 971; þær wäs swîgra secg ... on gylpspræce (there was the champion more silent in his boasting speech), 982;—in; full of, representing, something: on weres wästmum (in man's form), 1353.—d) attaching to, hence proceeding from; from something: ge-hýrde on Beówulfe fäst-rædne ge-þôht (heard in, from, B. the fixed resolve), 610; þät he ne mêtte ... on elran men mund-gripe mâran, 753;—hence, with verbs of taking: on räste genam (took from his bed), 122; so, 748, 2987; hit ær on þe gôde be-geâton (took it before from thee), 2249.—e) with: swâ hit lungre wearð on hyra sinc-gifan sâre ge-endod (as it, too, soon painfully came to an end with the dispenser of treasure), 2312.—f) by: mäg þonne on þäm golde ongitan Geáta dryhten (the lord of the Geatas may perceive by the gold), 1485.—g) to, after weorðan: þät he on fylle wearð (that he came to a fall), 1545.
on, prep. with dat. and acc., primarily meaning touching on, contact with: I. local, with dat.: a) on, upon, in at (of exterior surface): on heáh-stede (in the high place), 285; on mînre êðel-tyrf (in my native place), 410; on þäm meðel-stede, 1083; so, 2004; on þam holmclife, 1422; so, 1428; on foldan (on earth), 1197; so, 1533, 2997; on þære medu-bence (on the mead-bench), 1053; beornas on blancum (the heroes on the dapple-greys), 857, etc.; on räste (in bed), 1299; on stapole (at, near, the pillar), 927; on wealle, 892; on wage (on the wall), 1663; on þäm wäl-stenge (on the battle-lance), 1639; on eaxle (on his shoulder), 817, 1548; on bearme, 40; on breóstum, 552; on hafelan, 1522; on handa (in his hand), 495, 540; so, 555, 766; on him byrne scán (on him shone the corselet), 405; on ôre (at the front), 1042; on corðre (at the head of, among, his troop), 1154; scip on ancre (the ship at anchor), 303; þät he on heoðe ge-stôd (until he stood in the hall), 404; on fäder stäle (in a father's place), 1480; on ýðum (on the waves, in the water), 210, 421, 534, 1438; on holme, 543; on êg-streámum, 577; on segl-râde, 1438, etc.; on flôde, 1367. The prep. postponed: Freslondum on, 2358.—b) in, inside of (of inside surface): secg on searwum (a champion in armor), 249; so, 963; on wîg-geatwum, 368; (reced) on þäm se rîca bâd (in which the mighty one abode), 310; on Heorote (in Heorot), 475, 497, 594, 1303; on beór-sele, 492, 1095; on healle, 615, 643; so, 639, 1017, 1026, etc.; on burgum (in the cities, boroughs), 53; on helle, 101; on sefan mînum (in my mind), 473; on môde, 754; so, 755, 949, 1343, 1719, etc.; on aldre (in his vitals), 1435; on middan (in medio), 2706.—c) among, amid: on searwum (among the arms), 1558; on gemonge (among the troop), 1644; on þam leód-scipe (among the people), 2198; nymðe lîges fäðm swulge on swaðule (unless the embracing flame should swallow it in smoke), 783;—in, with, touched by, possessing something: þâ wäs on sâlum sinces brytta (then was the dispenser of treasure in joy), 608; so, 644, 2015; wäs on hreón môde, 1308; on sweofote (in sleep), 1582, 2296; heó wäs on ôfste (she was in haste), 1293; so, 1736, 1870; þâ wäs on blôde brim weallende (there was the flood billowing in, with, blood), 848; (he) wäs on sunde (was a-swimming), 1619; wäs tô fore-mihtig feónd on fêðe (too powerful in speed), 971; þær wäs swîgra secg ... on gylpspræce (there was the champion more silent in his boasting speech), 982;—in; full of, representing, something: on weres wästmum (in man's form), 1353.—d) attaching to, hence proceeding from; from something: ge-hýrde on Beówulfe fäst-rædne ge-þôht (heard in, from, B. the fixed resolve), 610; þät he ne mêtte ... on elran men mund-gripe mâran, 753;—hence, with verbs of taking: on räste genam (took from his bed), 122; so, 748, 2987; hit ær on þe gôde be-geâton (took it before from thee), 2249.—e) with: swâ hit lungre wearð on hyra sinc-gifan sâre ge-endod (as it, too, soon painfully came to an end with the dispenser of treasure), 2312.—f) by: mäg þonne on þäm golde ongitan Geáta dryhten (the lord of the Geatas may perceive by the gold), 1485.—g) to, after weorðan: þät he on fylle wearð (that he came to a fall), 1545.
With acc.: a) w. verbs of moving, doing, giving, seeing, etc., up to, on, upon, in: â-lêdon þâ leófne þeóden ... on bearm scipes, 35; on stefn (on wang) stigon, 212, 225; þâ him mid scoldon on flôdes æht feor ge-wîtan, 42; se þe wið Brecan wunne on sîdne sæ (who strovest in a swimming-match with B. on the broad sea), 507, cf. 516; þät ic on holma ge-þring eorlscipe efnde (that I should venture on the sea to do valiant deeds), 2133; on feónda geweald sîðian, 809; þâra þe on swylc starað, 997; so, 1781; on lufan læteð hworfan (lets him turn his thoughts to love?, to possessions?), 1729; him on môd bearn (came into his mind, occurred to him), 67; ræsde on þone rôfan (rushed on the powerful one), 2691; (cwom) on worðig (came into the palace), 1973; so, 27, 242, 253, 512, 539, 580, 677, 726, etc.; on weg (away), 764, 845, 1383, 1431, 2097.—b) towards, on: gôde gewyrcean ... on fäder wine (pl.), 21.—c) aim or object, to, for the object, for, as, in, on: on þearfe (in his need, in his strait), 1457; so, on hyra man-dryhtnes miclan þearfe, 2850; wrâðum on andan (as a terror to the foe), 709; Hrôðgâr maðelode him on andsware (said to him in reply), 1841; betst beado-rinca wäs on bæl gearu (on the pyre ready), 1110; wîg-heafolan bär freán on fultum (for help), 2663; wearð on bîd wrecen (forced to wait), 2963.—d) ground, reason, according to, in conformity with: rodera rædend hit on ryht gescêd (decided it in accordance with right), 1556; ne me swôr fela âða on unriht (swore no oaths unjustly, falsely), 2740; on spêd (skilfully), 874; nallas on gylp seleð fätte beágas (giveth no gold-wrought rings as he promised), 1750; on sînne selfes dôm (boastingly, at his own will), 2148; him eal worold wendeð on willan (according to his will), 1740.—e) w. verbs of buying, for, in exchange for: me ic on mâðma hord mîne be-bohte frôde feorh-lege (for the hoard of jewels), 2800.—f) of, as to: ic on Higelâce wât, Geáta dryhten (I know with respect to, as to, of, H.), 1831; so, 2651; þät heó on ænigne eorl ge-lýfde fyrena frôfre (that she should rely on any earl for help out of trouble), 628; þâ hie ge-trûwedon on twâ healfa (on both sides, mutually), 1096; so, 2064; þät þu him ondrædan ne þearft ... on þâ healfe (from, on this side), 1676.—g) after superlatives or virtual superlatives = among: näs ... sinc-mâððum sêlra (= þät wäs sinc-mâðma sêlest) on sweordes hâd (there was no better jewel in sword's shape, i.e. among all swords there was none better), 2194; se wäs Hrôðgâre häleða leófost on ge-sîðes hâd (dearest of men as, in the character of, follower, etc.), 1298.
With acc.: a) with verbs of moving, doing, giving, seeing, etc., up to, on, upon, in: â-lêdon þâ leófne þeóden ... on bearm scipes, 35; on stefne (on wang) stigon, 212, 225; þâ him mid scoldon on flôdes æht feor ge-wîtan, 42; se þe wið Brecan wunne on sîdne sæ (who strovest in a swimming-match with B. on the broad sea), 507, cf. 516; þät ic on holma ge-þring eorlscipe efnde (that I should venture on the sea to do valiant deeds), 2133; on feónda geweald sîðian, 809; þâra þe on swylc starað, 997; so, 1781; on lufan læteð hworfan (lets him turn his thoughts to love?, to possessions?), 1729; him on môd bearn (came into his mind, occurred to him), 67; ræsde on þone rôfan (rushed on the powerful one), 2691; (cwom) on worðig (came into the palace), 1973; so, 27, 242, 253, 512, 539, 580, 677, 726, etc.; on weg (away), 764, 845, 1383, 1431, 2097.—b) towards, on: gôde gewyrcean ... on fäder wine (pl.), 21.—c) aim or object, to, for the object, for, as, in, on: on þearfe (in his need, in his strait), 1457; so, on hyra man-dryhtnes miclan þearfe, 2850; wrâðum on andan (as a terror to the foe), 709; Hrôðgâr maðelode him on andsware (said to him in reply), 1841; betst beado-rinca wäs on bæl gearu (on the pyre ready), 1110; wîg-heafolan bär freán on fultum (for help), 2663; wearð on bîd wrecen (forced to wait), 2963.—d) ground, reason, according to, in conformity with: rodera rædend hit on ryht gescêd (decided it in accordance with right), 1556; ne me swôr fela âða on unriht (swore no oaths unjustly, falsely), 2740; on spêd (skilfully), 874; nallas on gylp seleð fätte beágas (giveth no gold-wrought rings as he promised), 1750; on sînne selfes dôm (boastingly, at his own will), 2148; him eal worold wendeð on willan (according to his will), 1740.—e) with verbs of buying, for, in exchange for: me ic on mâðma hord mîne be-bohte frôde feorh-lege (for the hoard of jewels), 2800.—f) of, as to: ic on Higelâce wât, Geáta dryhten (I know with respect to, as to, of, H.), 1831; so, 2651; þät heó on ænigne eorl ge-lýfde fyrena frôfre (that she should rely on any earl for help out of trouble), 628; þâ hie ge-trûwedon on twâ healfa (on both sides, mutually), 1096; so, 2064; þät þu him ondrædan ne þearft ... on þâ healfe (from, on this side), 1676.—g) after superlatives or virtual superlatives = among: näs ... sinc-mâððum sêlra (= þät wäs sinc-mâðma sêlest) on sweordes hâd (there was no better jewel in sword's shape, i.e. among all swords there was none better), 2194; se wäs Hrôðgâre häleða leófost on ge-sîðes hâd (dearest of men as, in the character of, follower, etc.), 1298.
II. Of time: a) w. dat., in, inside of, during, at: on fyrste (in time, within the time appointed), 76; on uhtan (at dawn), 126; on mergenne (at morn, on the morrow), 565, 2940; on niht, 575; on wanre niht, 703; on tyn dagum, 3161; so, 197, 719, 791, 1063, etc.; on geogoðe (in youth), 409, 466; on geogoð-feore, 537; so, 1844; on orlege (in, during, battle), 1327; hû lomp eów on lâde (on the way), 1988; on gange (in going, en route), 1885; on sweofote (in sleep), 1582.—b) w. acc., towards, about: on undern-mæl (in the morning, about midday), 1429; on morgen-tîd, 484, 518; on morgen, 838; on ende-stäf (toward the end, at last), 1754; oftor micle þonne on ænne sîð (far oftener than once), 1580.
II. Of time: a) with dative, in, inside of, during, at: on fyrste (in time, within the time appointed), 76; on uhtan (at dawn), 126; on mergenne (in the morning, on the morrow), 565, 2940; on niht, 575; on wanre niht, 703; on tyn dagum, 3161; so, 197, 719, 791, 1063, etc.; on geogoðe (in youth), 409, 466; on geogoð-feore, 537; so, 1844; on orlege (in, during, battle), 1327; hû lomp eów on lâde (on the way), 1988; on gange (in going, en route), 1885; on sweofote (in sleep), 1582.—b) with accusative, towards, about: on undern-mæl (in the morning, about midday), 1429; on morgen-tîd, 484, 518; on morgen, 838; on ende-stäf (toward the end, at last), 1754; oftor micle þonne on ænne sîð (far oftener than once), 1580.
III. With particles: him on efn (beside, alongside of, him), 2904; on innan (inside, within), 71, 1741, 1969, 2453, 2716; þær on innan (in there), 2090, 2215, 2245. With the relative þe often separated from its case: þe ic her on starie (that I here look on, at), 2797; þe ge þær on standað (that ye there stand in), 2867.
III. With particles: him on efn (beside, alongside of, him), 2904; on innan (inside, within), 71, 1741, 1969, 2453, 2716; þær on innan (in there), 2090, 2215, 2245. With the relative þe often separated from its case: þe ic her on starie (that I here look on, at), 2797; þe ge þær on standað (that ye there stand in), 2867.
ord, st. n. point: nom. sg. ôð þät wordes ord breóst-hord þurh-bräc (till the word-point broke through his breast-hoard, came to utterance), 2792; acc. sg. ord (sword-point), 1550; dat. instr. orde (id.), 556; on orde (at the head of, in front [of a troop]), 2499, 3126.
ord, noun. point: nominative singular ôð þät wordes ord breóst-hord þurh-bräc (until the word-point broke through his breast-hoard, came to expression), 2792; accusative singular ord (sword-point), 1550; dative instrumental orde (same), 556; on orde (at the front of, in front [of a troop]), 2499, 3126.
or-leg-hwîl, st. f., time of battle, war-time: nom. sg. [or-leg]-hwîl, 2003; gen. sg. orleg-hwîle, 2912; gen. pl orleg-hwîla, 2428.
or-leg-hwîl, f. noun, time of battle, war-time: nom. sg. [or-leg]-hwîl, 2003; gen. sg. orleg-hwîle, 2912; gen. pl orleg-hwîla, 2428.
or-leahtre, adj., blameless: nom. sg 1887.
or-leahtre, adj., blameless: nom. sg __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
or-wearde, adj., unguarded, without watch or guard: adv., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ôðer (Goth. anþar), num.: 1) one or other of two, a second, = alter: nom. sg. subs.: se ôðer, 2062; ôðer(one i.e. of my blood-relations, Hæðcyn and Hygelâc), 2482; ôðer ... ôðer (the one ... the other), 1350-1352. Adj.: ôðer ... mihtig mân-sceaða (the second mighty, fell foe, referring to 1350, 1339; se ôðer ... häle, 1816; fem. niht ôðer, 2118; neut. ôðer geâr (the next, second, year), 1134; acc. sg. m. ôðerne, 653, 1861, 2441, 2485; þenden reáfode rinc ôðerne(whilst one warrior robbed the other, i.e. Eofor robbed Ongenþeów), 2986; neut. ôðer swylc(another such, an equal number), 1584; instr. sg. ôðre sîðe (for the second time, again), 2671, 3102; dat. sg. ôðrum, 815, 1030, 1166, 1229, 1472, 2168, 2172, etc.; gen. sg. m. ôðres dôgores, 219, 606; neut. ôðres, 1875.—2) another, a different one, = alius: nom. sg., subs. ôðer, 1756; ôðer nænig (no other), 860. Adj.: ænig ôðer man, 503, 534; so, 1561; ôðer in (a different house or room), 1301; acc. sg. ôðer flet, 1087; gen. sg. ôðres ... yrfe-weardes, 2452; acc. pl. ealo drincende ôðer sædan (ale drinkers said other things), 1946; acc. pl. neut. word ôðer, 871.
other (Goth. anþar), num.: 1) one or the other of two, a second, = alter: nom. sg. subs.: se ôðer, 2062; ôðer(one i.e. of my blood-relations, Hæðcyn and Hygelâc), 2482; ôðer ... ôðer (the one ... the other), 1350-1352. Adj.: ôðer ... mihtig mân-sceaða (the second mighty, fierce foe, referring to 1350, 1339; se ôðer ... häle, 1816; fem. niht ôðer, 2118; neut. ôðer geâr (the next, second, year), 1134; acc. sg. m. ôðerne, 653, 1861, 2441, 2485; þenden reáfode rinc ôðerne (while one warrior robbed the other, i.e. Eofor robbed Ongenþeów), 2986; neut. ôðer swylc (another such, an equal number), 1584; instr. sg. ôðre sîðe (for the second time, again), 2671, 3102; dat. sg. ôðrum, 815, 1030, 1166, 1229, 1472, 2168, 2172, etc.; gen. sg. m. ôðres dôgores, 219, 606; neut. ôðres, 1875.—2) another, a different one, = alius: nom. sg., subs. ôðer, 1756; ôðer nænig (no other), 860. Adj.: ænig ôðer man, 503, 534; so, 1561; ôðer in (a different house or room), 1301; acc. sg. ôðer flet, 1087; gen. sg. ôðres ... yrfe-weardes, 2452; acc. pl. ealo drinkende ôðer sædan (ale drinkers said other things), 1946; acc. pl. neut. word ôðer, 871.
ôfost-lîce, adv., in haste, speedily, 3131.
ôfost-lîce, adv., quickly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ô-hwær, adv., anywhere, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
raðe, adv., quickly, immediately, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, Cf. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
rand-häbbend, pres. part., shield-bearer, i.e. man at arms, warrior: gen. pl. rond-häbbendra, 862.
rand-häbbend, present participle, shield-bearer, meaning man at arms, warrior: general plural rond-häbbendra, 862.
râd, st. f., road, street; in comp. hran-, segl-, swan-râd.
râd, noun, road, street; in compounds: hran-, segl-, swan-râd.
râp, st. m., rope, bond, fetter: in comp. wäl-râp.
râp, st. m., rope, bond, fetter: in combination wäl-râp.
ræd, st. m.: 1) advice, counsel, resolution; good counsel, help: nom. sg. nu is ræd gelong eft ät þe ânum (now is help to be found with thee alone), 1377; acc. sg. ræd, 172, 278, 3081.—2) advantage, gain, use: acc. sg. þät ræd talað (counts that a gain), 2028; êcne ræd (the eternal gain, everlasting life), 1202; acc. pl. êce rædas, 1761.—Comp.: folc-ræd, and adj., ân-, fäst-ræd.
ræd, st. m.: 1) advice, counsel, decision; good guidance, assistance: nom. sg. nu is ræd gelong eft ät þe ânum (now help can be found with you alone), 1377; acc. sg. ræd, 172, 278, 3081.—2) benefit, gain, usefulness: acc. sg. þät ræd talað (counts as a gain), 2028; êcne ræd (the eternal gain, everlasting life), 1202; acc. pl. êce rædas, 1761.—Comp.: folc-ræd, and adj., ân-, fäst-ræd.
rædan, st. v., to rule; reign; to possess: pres. part. rodera rædend (the ruler of the heavens), 1556; inf. þone þe þu mid rihte rædan sceoldest (that thou shouldst possess by rights), 2057; wolde dôm godes dædum rædan gumena gehwylcum (God's doom would rule over, dispose of, every man in deeds), 2859. See sele-rædend.
rædan, st. v., to rule; reign; to possess: pres. part. roding ruler (the ruler of the heavens), 1556; inf. him who you should rightfully possess (that thou shouldst possess by rights), 2057; God's judgment would govern, decide the fate of every man based on their actions (God's doom would rule over, dispose of, every man in deeds), 2859. See sele-rædend.
ræd-bora, m. counselor, adviser: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ræden, st. f., order, arrangement, law: see Note on 1143; comp. worold-ræden(?).
ræden, noun, order, arrangement, law: see Note on 1143; compare worold-ræden(?).
reccan, w. v., to explicate, recount, narrate: inf. frum-sceaft fira feorran reccan (recount the origin of man from ancient times), 91; gerund, tô lang is tô reccenne, hû ic ... (too long to tell how I...), 2094; pret. sg. syllîc spell rehte (told a wondrous tale), 2111; so intrans. feorran rehte (told of olden times), 2107.
reccan, v. to explain, recount, narrate: inf. frum-sceaft fira feorran reccan (recount the origin of man from ancient times), 91; gerund, tô lang is tô reccenne, hû ic ... (too long to tell how I...), 2094; pret. sg. syllîc spell rehte (told a wondrous tale), 2111; so intrans. feorran rehte (told of olden times), 2107.
regn-heard, adj., immensely strong, firm: acc. pl. rondas regn-hearde, 326.
regn-heard, adj., extremely strong, sturdy: acc. pl. rondas regn-hearde, 326.
regnian, rênian, w. v., to prepare, bring on or about: inf. deáð rên[ian] hond-gesteallan (prepare death for his comrade), 2169.
regnian, rênian, w. v., to prepare, bring on or about: inf. deáð rên[ian] hond-gesteallan (prepare death for his comrade), 2169.
ge-regnian, to prepare, deck out, adorn: pret. part. medu-benc monig ... golde ge-regnad, 778.
ge-regnian, to prepare, deck out, adorn: pret. part. medu-benc monig ... golde ge-regnad, 778.
regn-, rên-weard, st. m., mighty guardian: nom. pl. rên-weardas (of Beówulf and Grendel contending for the possession of the hall), 771.
regn-, rên-weard, st. m., mighty guardian: nom. pl. rên-weardas (of Beowulf and Grendel fighting for control of the hall), 771.
rest, räst, st. f.: 1) bed, resting-place: acc. sg. räste, 139; dat. sg. on räste (genam) (from his resting-place), 1299, 1586; tô räste (to bed), 1238. Comp.: flet-räst, sele-rest, wäl-rest.—2) repose, rest; in comp. æfen-räst.
rest, räst, noun: 1) bed, place to sleep: accusative singular räste, 139; dative singular on räste (genam) (from his resting place), 1299, 1586; to räste (to bed), 1238. Comp.: flet-räst, sele-rest, wäl-rest.—2) rest, relaxation; in comp. æfen-räst.
ge-reste (M.H.G. reste), f., resting-place: in comp. wind-gereste.
ge-reste (M.H.G. reste), f., resting-place: in comp. wind-gereste.
reáf, st. n., booty, plunder in war; clothing, garments (as taken by the victor from the vanquished): in comp. heaðo-, wäl-reáf.
reáf, st. n., loot, spoils of war; clothes, garments (as taken by the victor from the defeated): in comp. heaðo-, wäl-reáf.
ge-reordian, to entertain, to prepare for: pret. part. þâ wäs eft swâ ær ... flet-sittendum fägere ge-reorded (again, as before, the guests were hospitably entertained), 1789
ge-reordian, to entertain, to prepare for: past participle þâ wäs eft swâ ær ... flet-sittendum fägere ge-reorded (again, as before, the guests were hospitably entertained), 1789
reóc, adj., wild, intense: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
riht, st. n., right or privilege; the (abstract) right: acc. sg. on ryht (according to right), 1556; sôð and riht (truth and right), 1701; dat. sg. wið rihte, 144; äfter rihte (in accordance with right), 1050; syllîc spell rehte äfter rihte (told a wondrous tale truthfully), 2111; mid rihte, 2057; acc. pl. ealde riht (the ten commandments), 2331; —Comp. in êðel-, folc-, land-, un-, word-riht.
riht, noun, right or privilege; the (abstract) right: accusative singular on ryht (according to right), 1556; sôð and riht (truth and right), 1701; dative singular wið rihte, 144; äfter rihte (in accordance with right), 1050; syllîc spell rehte äfter rihte (told a wondrous tale truthfully), 2111; mid rihte, 2057; accusative plural ealde riht (the ten commandments), 2331; —Comp. in êðel-, folc-, land-, un-, word-riht.
riht, adj., straight, right: in comp. up-riht.
riht, adj., straight, correct: in comparison, upright.
right, adv., correctly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. See ät-__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
rîdan, st. v., to ride: subj. pres. þät his byre rîde giong on galgan, 2446; pres. part. nom. pl. rîdend, 2458; inf. wicge rîdan, 234; mearum rîdan, 856; pret. sg. sæ-genga ... se þe on ancre râd, 1884; him tô-geánes râd (rode to meet them), 1894; pret. pl. ymbe hlæw riodan (rode round the grave-mound), 3171.
ge-rîdan, w. acc., to ride over: pret. sg. se þe näs ge-râd (who rode over the promontory), 2899.
ge-rîdan, w. acc., to ride over: pret. sg. se þe näs ge-râd (who rode over the promontory), 2899.
rîm, st. n., series, number: in comp. däg-, un-rîm.
rîm, st. n., series, number: in comp. däg-, un-rîm.
ge-rîm, st. n., series, number: in comp. dôgor-ge-rim.
ge-rîm, st. n., series, number: in comp. dôgor-ge-rim.
ge-rîman, w. v., to count together, enumerate in all: pret. part. in comp. forð-gerîmed.
ge-rîman, w. v., to count together, enumerate in all: pret. part. in comp. forð-gerîmed.
rûm, adj.: 1) roomy, spacious: nom. sg. þûhte him eall tô rûm, wongas and wîc-stede (fields and dwelling seemed to him all too broad, i.e. could not hide his shame at the unavenged death of his murdered son), 2462.—2) in moral sense, great, magnanimous, noble-hearted: acc. sg. þurh rûmne sefan, 278.
room, adj.: 1) spacious, roomy: nom. sg. it seemed to him all too roomy, fields and dwellings (the fields and homes felt way too big for him, meaning he couldn't escape the shame of his son's unavenged murder), 2462.—2) in a moral sense, generous, noble-hearted: acc. sg. through a generous spirit, 278.
rûm-heort, adj., big-hearted, noble-spirited: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
ge-rûm-lîc, adj., spacious, cozy: compar. ge-rûm-lîcor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-rýman, w. v.: 1) to make room for, prepare, provide room: pret. pl. þät hie him ôðer flet eal ge-rýmdon, 1087; pret. part. þâ wäs Geát-mäcgum ... benc gerýmed, 492; so, 1976.—2) to allow, grant, admit: pret. part. þâ me ge-rýmed wäs (sîð) (as access was permitted me), 3089; þâ him gerýmed wearð, þät hie wäl-stôwe wealdan môston, 2984.
ge-rýman, v. t.: 1) to create space for, prepare, provide space: past tense plural þät hie him ôðer flet eal ge-rýmdon, 1087; past participle þâ wäs Geát-mäcgum ... benc gerýmed, 492; similarly, 1976.—2) to allow, grant, admit: past participle þâ me ge-rýmed wäs (sîð) (as access was granted to me), 3089; þâ him gerýmed wearð, þät hie wäl-stôwe wealdan môston, 2984.
ge-sacan, to attain, gain by contending (Grein): inf. gesacan sceal sâwl-berendra ... gearwe stôwe (gain the place prepared, i.e. the death-bed), 1005.
ge-sacan, to attain, gain by contending (Grein): inf. gesacan sceal sâwl-berendra ... gearwe stôwe (gain the place prepared, i.e. the death-bed), 1005.
ge-sacu, st. f., strife, enmity: nom. sg., 1738.
ge-sacu, st. f., conflict, hostility: nom. sg., 1738.
sadol-beorht, adj., with bright saddles (?): acc. pl. sadol-beorht, 2176.
sadol-beorht, adj., with bright saddles (?): acc. pl. sadol-beorht, 2176.
sâre, adv., sorely, heavily, ill, graviter: se þe him [sâ]re gesceôd (who injured him sorely), 2224.
sorely, adv., sorely, heavily, badly, gravely: he who hurt him [sore] (who injured him sorely), 2224.
sârig-ferð, adj., sore-hearted, grieved: nom. sg. sârig-ferð (Wîglâf), 2864.
sârig-ferð, adj., sore-hearted, grieved: nom. sg. sârig-ferð (Wîglâf), 2864.
sâwl-berend, pres. part., endowed with a soul, human being: gen. pl. sâwl-berendra, 1005.
sâwl-berend, present participle, : general plural sâwl-berendra, 1005.
sâwul-dreór, st. n., (blood gushing from the seat of the soul), soul-gore, heart's blood, life's blood: instr. sg. sâwul-drióre, 2694.
sâwul-dreór, n. (blood pouring from the essence of being), soul-gore, heart's blood, life's blood: singular instrumental sâwul-drióre, 2694.
sâwul-leás, adj., soulless, lifeless: acc. sg. sâwol-leásne, 1407; sâwul-leásne, 3034.
sâwul-leás, adj., soulless, lifeless: acc. sg. sâwol-leásne, 1407; sâwul-leásne, 3034.
säce, säcce. See sacu.
säce, säcce. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sæ-boat, n., sea-boat: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
sæ-draca, m., sea-dragon: acc. pl. sæ-dracan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-sælan, to bind together, weave, interweave: pret. part. earm-beága fela searwum ge-sæled (many curiously interwoven armlets, i.e. made of metal wire: see Guide to Scandinavian Antiquities, p. 48), 2765.
ge-sælan, to bind together, weave, interweave: past participle. earm-beága fela searwum ge-sæled (many curiously interwoven armlets, i.e. made of metal wire: see Guide to Scandinavian Antiquities, p. 48), 2765.
on-sælan, with acc., to unbind, unloose, open: on-sæl meoto, sige-hrêð secgum (disclose thy views to the men, thy victor's courage; or, thy presage of victory?), 489.
on-sælan, with acc., to unbind, unloose, open: on-sæl meoto, sige-hrêð secgum (share your thoughts with the men, your victor's courage; or, your sign of victory?), 489.
sæ-rinc, st. m., sea-warrior or hero: nominative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
scacan, sceacan, st. v., properly, to shake one's self; hence, to go, glide, pass along or away: pres. sg. þonne mîn sceaceð lîf of lîce, 2743; inf. þâ com beorht [sunne] scacan [ofer grundas], (the bright sun came gliding over the fields), 1804; pret. sg. duguð ellor scôc (the chiefs are gone elsewhither, i.e. have died), 2255; þonne stræla storm ... scôc ofer scild-weall (when the storm of arrows leapt over the wall of shields), 3119; pret. part. wäs hira blæd scacen (their bravest men had passed away), 1125; þâ wäs winter scacen (the winter was past), 1137; so, sceacen, 2307, 2728.
scacan, sceacan, st. v., properly, to shake oneself; hence, to go, glide, pass along or away: pres. sg. þonne mîn sceaceð lîf of lîce, 2743; inf. þâ com beorht [sunne] scacan [ofer grundas], (the bright sun came gliding over the fields), 1804; pret. sg. duguð ellor scôc (the chiefs are gone somewhere else, i.e. have died), 2255; þonne stræla storm ... scôc ofer scild-weall (when the storm of arrows leapt over the wall of shields), 3119; pret. part. wäs hira blæd scacen (their bravest men had passed away), 1125; þâ wäs winter scacen (the winter was past), 1137; so, sceacen, 2307, 2728.
scadu, sceadu, st. f., shadow, concealing veil of night: acc. sg. under sceadu bregdan (i.e. kill), 708.
scadu, sceadu, f. noun, shadow, hiding veil of night: acc. sg. under sceadu bregdan (i.e. kill), 708.
scadu-genga, w. m., shadow-goer, twilight-stalker (of Grendel): nom. sg. sceadu-genga, 704.
scadu-genga, w. m., shadow-goer, twilight-stalker (of Grendel): nom. sg. sceadu-genga, 704.
scadu-helm, st. m., shadow-helm, veil of darkness: gen. pl. scadu-helma ge-sceapu (shapes of the shadow, evil spirits wandering by night), 651.
scadu-helm, m., shadow-helm, veil of darkness: gen. pl. scadu-helma ge-sceapu (shapes of the shadow, evil spirits wandering at night), 651.
ge-scäp-hwîle, st. f., fated hour, hour of death (appointed rest?): dat. sg. tô gescäp-hwîle (at the fated hour), 26.
ge-scäp-hwîle, st. f., fated hour, hour of death (appointed rest?): dat. sg. tô gescäp-hwîle (at the fated hour), 26.
ge-sceaðan, w. dat., the same: pret. sg. swâ him ær gescôd hild ät Heorote, 1588; se þe him sâre ge-sceôd (who injured him sorely), 2224; nô þý ær in gescôd hâlan lîce, 1503; bill ær gescôd eald-hlâfordes þam þâra mâðma mund-bora wäs (the weapon of the ancient chieftain had before laid low the dragon, the guardian of the treasure), 2778 (or, sheathed in brass?, if ær and gescôd form compound).
ge-sceaðan, w. dat., the same: pret. sg. so he previously injured him in battle at Heorot, 1588; he who injured him sorely (who injured him sorely), 2224; not before did he injure the body of the living man, 1503; the blade had previously struck down the ancient lord's weapon before against the guardian of the treasure, 2778 (or, sheathed in brass?, if before and injured form a compound).
sceaðen-mæl, st. n., deadly weapon, hostile sword: nom. sg., 1940.
sceaðen-mæl, n., deadly weapon, hostile sword: nom. sg., 1940.
sceapan, sceppan, scyppan, st. v., to shape, create, order, arrange, establish: pres. part. scyppend (the Creator), 106; pret. sg. scôp him Heort naman (shaped, gave, it the name Heorot), 78; pres. part. wäs sió wrôht scepen heard wið Hûgas, syððan Hygelâc cwom (the contest with the Hûgas became sharp after H. had come), 2915.
sceapan, sceppan, scyppan, st. v., to shape, create, order, arrange, establish: pres. part. scyppend (the Creator), 106; pret. sg. scôp him Heort naman (shaped, gave it the name Heorot), 78; pres. part. wäs sió wrôht scepen heard wið Hûgas, syððan Hygelâc cwom (the contest with the Hûgas became intense after H. had arrived), 2915.
ge-sceapan, to shape, create: pret. sg. lîf ge-sceôp cynna gehwylcum, 97.
ge-sceapan, to shape, create: pret. sg. lîf ge-sceôp cynna gehwylcum, 97.
sceáwian, w. v. w. acc., to see, look at, observe: inf. sceáwian, 841, 1414, 2403, 2745, 3009, 3033; sceáwigan, 1392; pres. sg. II. þät ge genôge neán sceáwiað beágas and brâd gold, 3105; subj. pres. þät ic ... sceáwige swegle searo-gimmas, 2749; pret. sg. sceáwode, 1688, 2286, 2794; sg. for pl., 844; pret. pl. sceáwedon, 132, 204, 984, 1441.
sceáwian, v. w. acc., to see, look at, observe: inf. sceáwian, 841, 1414, 2403, 2745, 3009, 3033; sceáwigan, 1392; pres. sg. II. that you sufficiently watch over rings and wide gold, 3105; subj. pres. that I ... observe the sky's precious gems, 2749; pret. sg. sceáwode, 1688, 2286, 2794; sg. for pl., 844; pret. pl. sceáwedon, 132, 204, 984, 1441.
ge-sceótan, w. acc., to shoot off, hurry: pret. sg. hord eft gesceát (the dragon darted again back to the treasure), 2320.
ge-sceótan, w. acc., to shoot off, hurry: pret. sg. hord eft gesceát (the dragon darted again back to the treasure), 2320.
of-sceótan, to kill by shooting: pret. sg. his mæg of-scêt ... blôdigan gâre (killed his brother with bloody dart), 2440.
of-sceótan, to kill by shooting: pret. sg. his mæg of-scêt ... blôdigan gâre (killed his brother with bloody dart), 2440.
scildan, scyldan, w. v., to shield, protect: pret. subj. nymðe mec god scylde (if God had not shielded me), 1659.
scildan, scyldan, w. v., to shield, protect: pret. subj. if God hadn't shielded me (if God had not shielded me), 1659.
scild-freca, w. m., shield-warrior (warrior armed with a shield): nom. sg. scyld-freca, 1034.
scild-freca, m., shield-warrior (a warrior equipped with a shield): nom. sg. scyld-freca, 1034.
scild-weall, st. m., wall of shields: acc. sg. scild-weall, 3119.
scild-weall, st. m., wall of shields: acc. sg. scild-weall, 3119.
scild-wîga, w. m., shield-warrior: nom. sg. scyld-wîga, 288.
scild-wîga, m., shield-warrior: nom. sg. scyld-wîga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
scräf, st. n., hole in the earth, cavern: in comp. eorð-scräf.
scräf, st. n., hole in the ground, cave: in comp. eorð-scräf.
for-scrîfan, w. dat. pers., to proscribe, condemn: pret. part. siððan him scyppend for-scrifen häfde, 106.
for-scrîfan, w. dat. pers., to proscribe, condemn: pret. part. siððan him scyppend for-scrifen häfde, 106.
ge-scrîfan, to permit, prescribe: pret. sg. swâ him Wyrd ne ge-scrâf (as Weird did not permit him), 2575.
ge-scrîfan, to allow, prescribe: past tense singular swâ him Wyrd ne ge-scrâf (as Fate did not allow him), 2575.
scrûd, st. m., clothing, covering; ornament: in comp. beadu-, byrdu-scrûd.
scrûd, st. m., clothing, covering; ornament: in comp. beadu-, byrdu-scrûd.
sculan, aux. v. w. inf.: 1) shall, must (obligation): pres. sg. I., III. sceal, 20, 24, 183, 251, 271, 287, 440, 978, 1005, 1173, 1387, 1535, etc.; scel, 455, 2805, 3011; II. scealt, 589, 2667; subj. pres. scyle, 2658; scile, 3178; pret. ind. sg. I., III. scolde, 10, 806, 820, 966, 1071, 1444, 1450, etc.; sceolde, 2342, 2409, 2443, 2590, 2964; II. sceoldest, 2057; pl. scoldon, 41, 833, 1306, 1638; subj. pret. scolde, 1329, 1478; sceolde, 2709.—2) w. inf. following it expresses futurity, = shall, will: pres. sg. I., III. sceal beódan (shall offer), 384; so, 424, 438, 602, 637, 1061, 1707, 1856, 1863, 2070; sceall, 2499, 2509, etc.; II. scealt, 1708; pl. wit sculon, 684; subj. pret. scolde, 280, 692, 911; sceolde, 3069.—3) sculan sometimes forms a periphrastic phrase or circumlocution for a simple tense, usually with a slight feeling of obligation or necessity: pres. sg. he ge-wunian sceall (he inhabits; is said to inhabit?), 2276; pret. sg. se þe wäter-egesan wunian scolde, 1261; wäcnan scolde (was to awake), 85; se þone gomelan grêtan sceolde (was to, should, approach), 2422; þät se byrn-wîga bûgan sceolde (the corseleted warrior had to bow, fell), 2919; pl. þâ þe beado-grîman býwan sceoldon (they that had to polish or deck the battle-masks), 2258; so, 230, 705, 1068.—4) w. omitted inf., such as wesan, gangan: unc sceal worn fela mâðma ge-mænra (i.e. wesan). 1784; so, 2660; sceal se hearda helm ... fätum befeallen (i.e. wesan), 2256; ic him äfter sceal (i.e. gangan), 2817; subj. þonne þu forð scyle (i.e. gangan), 1180. A verb or inf. expressed in an antecedent clause is not again expressed with a subsequent sceal: gæð â Wyrd swâ hió scel (Weird goeth ever as it shall [go]), 455; gûð-bill ge-swâc swâ hit nô sceolde (i.e. ge-swîcan), 2586.
sculan, aux. v. w. inf.: 1) shall, must (obligation): pres. sg. I., III. sceal, 20, 24, 183, 251, 271, 287, 440, 978, 1005, 1173, 1387, 1535, etc.; scel, 455, 2805, 3011; II. scealt, 589, 2667; subj. pres. scyle, 2658; scile, 3178; pret. ind. sg. I., III. scolde, 10, 806, 820, 966, 1071, 1444, 1450, etc.; sceolde, 2342, 2409, 2443, 2590, 2964; II. sceoldest, 2057; pl. scoldon, 41, 833, 1306, 1638; subj. pret. scolde, 1329, 1478; sceolde, 2709. — 2) w. inf. following it expresses futurity, = shall, will: pres. sg. I., III. sceal beódan (shall offer), 384; so, 424, 438, 602, 637, 1061, 1707, 1856, 1863, 2070; sceall, 2499, 2509, etc.; II. scealt, 1708; pl. wit sculon, 684; subj. pret. scolde, 280, 692, 911; sceolde, 3069. — 3) sculan sometimes forms a periphrastic phrase or circumlocution for a simple tense, usually with a slight feeling of obligation or necessity: pres. sg. he ge-wunian sceall (he inhabits; is said to inhabit?), 2276; pret. sg. se þe wäter-egesan wunian scolde, 1261; wäcnan scolde (was to awake), 85; se þone gomelan grêtan sceolde (was to, should, approach), 2422; þät se byrn-wîga bûgan sceolde (the corseleted warrior had to bow, fell), 2919; pl. þâ þe beado-grîman býwan sceoldon (they that had to polish or deck the battle-masks), 2258; so, 230, 705, 1068. — 4) w. omitted inf., such as wesan, gangan: unc sceal worn fela mâðma ge-mænra (i.e. wesan). 1784; so, 2660; sceal se hearda helm ... fätum befeallen (i.e. wesan), 2256; ic him äfter sceal (i.e. gangan), 2817; subj. þonne þu forð scyle (i.e. gangan), 1180. A verb or inf. expressed in an antecedent clause is not again expressed with a subsequent sceal: gæð â Wyrd swâ hió scel (Weird goeth ever as it shall [go]), 455; gûð-bill ge-swâc swâ hit nô sceolde (i.e. ge-swîcan), 2586.
scûfan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to move forward, hasten: pret. part. þâ wäs morgen-leóht scofen and scynded, 919.—2) w. acc., to shove, push: pret. pl. guman ût scufon ... wudu bundenne (pushed the vessel from the land), 215; dracan scufun ... ofer weall-clif (pushed the dragon over the wall-like cliff), 3132. See wîd-scofen(?)
scûfan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to move forward, hurry: pret. part. þâ wäs morgen-leóht scofen and scynded, 919. —2) w. acc., to shove, push: pret. pl. guman ût scufon ... wudu bundenne (pushed the vessel from the land), 215; dracan scufun ... ofer weall-clif (pushed the dragon over the wall-like cliff), 3132. See wîd-scofen(?)
be-scûfan, w. acc., to push, thrust down, in: inf. wâ bið þäm þe sceal ... sâwle be-scûfan in fýres fäðm (woe to him that shall thrust his soul into fire's embrace), 184.
be-scûfan, w. acc., to push, thrust down, in: inf. wâ bið þäm þe sceal ... sâwle be-scûfan in fýres fäðm (woe to him that shall thrust his soul into fire's embrace), 184.
scûr, st. m., shower, battle-shower: in comp. îsern-scûr.
scûr, st. m., shower, battle-shower: in comp. îsern-scûr.
scûr-heard, adj., fight-hardened? (file-hardened?): nom. pl. scûr-heard, 1034.
scûr-heard, adj., battle-tested? (file-tested?): nom. pl. scûr-heard, 1034.
scyld, scyldan. See scild, scildan.
scyld, scyldan. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
se, pron. dem. and article, the: m. nom., 79, 84, 86, 87, 90, 92, 102, etc.; fem, seó, 66, 146, etc.; neut. þät;—relative: se (who), 1611, 2866; se þe (he who), 2293; seó þe (she who), 1446; se þe (for seó þe), 1345, 1888, 2686; cf. 1261, 1498; (Grendel's mother, as a wild, demonic creature, is conceived now as man, now as woman: woman, as having borne a son; man, as the incarnation of savage cunning and power); se for seó, 2422; dat. sg. þam (for þam þe), 2780.
se, pron. dem. and article, the: m. nom., 79, 84, 86, 87, 90, 92, 102, etc.; fem, seó, 66, 146, etc.; neut. þät;—relative: se (who), 1611, 2866; se þe (he who), 2293; seó þe (she who), 1446; se þe (for seó þe), 1345, 1888, 2686; cf. 1261, 1498; (Grendel's mother, depicted as a wild, demonic being, is seen now as man, now as woman: woman, as having given birth to a son; man, as the embodiment of savage cunning and strength); se for seó, 2422; dat. sg. þam (for þam þe), 2780.
secg, st. m., man, warrior, hero, spokesman (secgan?): nom. sg., 208, 872, 2228, 2407, etc.; (Beówulf), 249, 948, 1312, 1570, 1760, etc.; (Wulfgâr), 402; (Hûnferð), 981; (Wîglâf), 2864; acc. sg. sinnigne secg (Grendel's mother, cf. se), 1380; dat. sg. secge, 2020; nom. pl. secgas, 213, 2531, 3129; dat. pl. secgum, 490; gen. pl. secga, 634, 843, 997, 1673.
secg, m., man, warrior, hero, spokesman (secgan?): nom. sg., 208, 872, 2228, 2407, etc.; (Beowulf), 249, 948, 1312, 1570, 1760, etc.; (Wulfgâr), 402; (Hûnferð), 981; (Wîglâf), 2864; acc. sg. sinnigne secg (Grendel's mother, cf. se), 1380; dat. sg. secge, 2020; nom. pl. secgas, 213, 2531, 3129; dat. pl. secgum, 490; gen. pl. secga, 634, 843, 997, 1673.
secgan, w. v., to say, speak: 1) w. acc.: pres. sg. gode ic þanc secge, 1998; so, 2796; pres. part. swâ se secg hwata secgende wäs lâðra spella (partitive gen.), 3029; inf. secgan, 582, 876, 881, 1050; pret. sg. sägde him þäs leánes þanc, 1810; pret. sg. II. hwät þu worn fela ... sägdest from his sîðe, 532.—2) without acc inf. swâ we sôðlîce secgan hýrdon, 273; pret. sg. sägde, 2633, 2900—3) w. depend. clause: pres. sg. ic secge, 591; pl. III. secgað, 411; inf. secgan, 51, 391, 943, 1347, 1701, 1819, 2865, 3027; gerund. tô secganne, 473, 1725; pret. sg. sägde, 90, 1176; pl. sägdon, 377, 2188; sædan, 1946.
secgan, v. to say, speak: 1) with acc.: pres. sg. I think I say, 1998; so, 2796; pres. part. so the man was speaking a lot of harsh words (partitive gen.), 3029; inf. to say, 582, 876, 881, 1050; pret. sg. he said to him thankful for this reward, 1810; pret. sg. II. what you said a lot ... you spoke from his side, 532.—2) without acc inf. so we truly said they heard, 273; pret. sg. he said, 2633, 2900—3) with dependent clause: pres. sg. I say, 591; pl. III. they say, 411; inf. to say, 51, 391, 943, 1347, 1701, 1819, 2865, 3027; gerund. to saying, 473, 1725; pret. sg. he said, 90, 1176; pl. they said, 377, 2188; saying, 1946.
â-secgan (edicere), to say out, deliver: inf. wille ic â-secgan suna Healfdenes ... mîn ærende, 344.
â-secgan (edicere), to say out, deliver: inf. I want to say out son of Healfdene ... my message, 344.
ge-segen, st. f., legend, tale: in comp. eald-ge-segen.
ge-segen, st. f., legend, tale: in comp. eald-ge-segen.
seldan, adv., seldom: often [nô] seldan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sele, st. m. and n., building consisting of one apartment; apartment, room: nom. sg., 81, 411; acc. sg. sele, 827, 2353; dat. sg. tô sele, 323, 1641; in (on, tô) sele þam heán, 714, 920, 1017, 1985; on sele (in the den of the dragon), 3129.—Comp.: beáh-, beór-, dryht-, eorð-, gest-, gold-, grund-, gûð-, heáh-, hring-, hrôf-, nið-, win-sele.
sele, noun, masculine and neuter, building with one room; apartment, room: nominative singular, 81, 411; accusative singular sele, 827, 2353; dative singular tô sele, 323, 1641; in (on, tô) sele þam heán, 714, 920, 1017, 1985; on sele (in the dragon's lair), 3129.—Comp.: beáh-, beór-, dryht-, eorð-, gest-, gold-, grund-, gûð-, heáh-, hring-, hrôf-, nið-, win-sele.
sele-dreám, st. m., hall-glee, joy in the hall: acc. sg. þâra þe þis lîf ofgeaf, gesâwon sele-dreám (referring to the joy of heaven?), 2253.
sele-dreám, n., joy in the hall: acc. sg. those who have given up this life, saw the joy of the hall (referring to the joy of heaven?), 2253.
sele-ful, noun, hall-goblet: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sele-rædend, pres. part., hall-ruler, possessor of the hall: nom. pl., 51; acc. leóde mîne sele-rædende, 1347.
sele-rædend, present participle, hall ruler, owner of the hall: nominative plural, 51; accusative my people’s hall ruler, 1347.
sele-thane, n., retainer, hall-thane, chamberlain: nom. sg., 1795.
sele-weard, st. m., hall-ward, guardian of the hall: acc. sg., 668.
sele-weard, st. m., hall-keeper, protector of the hall: acc. sg., 668.
self, sylf, pron., self: nom. sg. strong form, self, 1314, 1925 (? selfa); þu self, 595; þu þe self, 954; self cyning (the king himself, the king too), 921, 1011; sylf, 1965; in weak form, selfa, 1469; he selfa, 29, 1734; þäm þe him selfa deáh (that can rely upon, trust to, himself), 1840; seolfa, 3068; he sylfa, 505; god sylfa, 3055; acc. sg. m. selfne, 1606; hine selfne (himself), 962; hyne selfne (himself, reflex.), 2876; wið sylfne (beside), 1978; gen. sg. m. selfes, 701, 896; his selfes, 1148; on sînne sylfes dôm (at his own will), 2148; sylfes, 2224, 2361, 2640, 2711, 2777, 3014; his sylfes, 2014, 2326; fem. hire selfre, 1116; nom. pl. selfe, 419; Sûð-Dene sylfe, 1997.
self, sylf, pron., self: nom. sg. strong form, self, 1314, 1925 (? selfa); you self, 595; you the self, 954; self king (the king himself, the king too), 921, 1011; sylf, 1965; in weak form, selfa, 1469; he selfa, 29, 1734; þäm þe him selfa deáh (that can rely upon, trust to, himself), 1840; seolfa, 3068; he sylfa, 505; god sylfa, 3055; acc. sg. m. selfne, 1606; him selfne (himself), 962; hyne selfne (himself, reflex.), 2876; wið sylfne (beside), 1978; gen. sg. m. selfes, 701, 896; his selfes, 1148; on sînne sylfes dôm (at his own will), 2148; sylfes, 2224, 2361, 2640, 2711, 2777, 3014; his sylfes, 2014, 2326; fem. hire selfre, 1116; nom. pl. selfe, 419; Sûð-Dene sylfe, 1997.
ge-sella, w. m., house-companion, comrade: in comp. hand-gesella.
ge-sella, w. m., house companion, friend: in comp. hand-gesella.
sellan, syllan, w. v.: 1) w. acc. of thing, dat. of pers., to give, deliver; permit, grant, present: pres. sg. III. seleð him on êðle eorðan wynne, 1731; inf. syllan, 2161, 2730; pret. sg. sealde, 72, 673, 1272, 1694, 1752, 2025, 2156, 2183, 2491, 2995; nefne god sylfa sealde þam þe he wolde hord openian (unless God himself gave to whom he would to open the hoard), 3056; pret. sg. II. sealdest, 1483.—2) to give, give up (only w. acc. of thing): ær he feorh seleð (he prefers to give up his life), 1371; nallas on gylp seleð fätte beágas (giveth out gold-wrought rings, etc.), 1750; pret. sg. sinc-fato sealde, 623; pl. byrelas sealdon wîn of wunder-fatum, 1162.
sellan, syllan, v.: 1) with acc. of thing, dat. of person, to give, deliver; permit, grant, present: present sg. III. gives him on idle earth joy, 1731; inf. to give, 2161, 2730; pret. sg. gave, 72, 673, 1272, 1694, 1752, 2025, 2156, 2183, 2491, 2995; unless God himself gave to whom he wanted to open the treasure (unless God himself gave to whom he would to open the hoard), 3056; pret. sg. II. you gave, 1483. — 2) to give, give up (only with acc. of thing): before he gives up life (he prefers to give up his life), 1371; never gives gold-out rings (gives out gold-wrought rings, etc.), 1750; pret. sg. treasure vessel gave, 623; pl. bailiffs gave wine from wondrous vessels, 1162.
sel-lîc, syl-lîc (from seld-lîc), adj., strange, wondrous: nom. sg. glôf ... syllîc, 2087; acc. sg. n. syllîc spell, 2110; acc. pl. sellîce sæ-dracan, 1427. Compar. acc. sg. syllîcran wiht (the dragon), 3039.
sel-lîc, syl-lîc (from seld-lîc), adj., strange, wondrous: nom. sg. glôf ... syllîc, 2087; acc. sg. n. syllîc spell, 2110; acc. pl. sellîce sæ-dracan, 1427. Compar. acc. sg. syllîcran wiht (the dragon), 3039.
now, adv., immediately __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
for-sendan, to send away, drive off pret. part. he wearð on feónda geweald ... snûde for-sended, 905.
for-sendan, to send away, drive off past participle he became under the control of enemies ... quickly sent away, 905.
serce, syrce, w. f., sark, shirt of mail: nom. sg. syrce, 1112; nom. pl. syrcan, 226; acc. pl. græge syrcan, 334.—Comp.: beadu-, heoro-serce; here-, leoðo-, lîc-syrce.
serce, syrce, w. f., sark, shirt of mail: nom. sg. syrce, 1112; nom. pl. syrcan, 226; acc. pl. græge syrcan, 334.—Comp.: beadu-, heoro-serce; here-, leoðo-, lîc-syrce.
be-settan, to set with, surround: pret. sg. (helm) besette swîn-lîcum (set the helm with swine-bodies), 1454.
be-settan, to set with, surround: pret. sg. (helm) besette swîn-lîcum (set the helm with swine-bodies), 1454.
ge-settan: 1) to set, set down: pret. part. swâ wäs ...þurh rûn-stafas rihte ge-mearcod, ge-seted and ge-sæd (thus was ... in rune-staves rightly marked, set down and said), 1697.—2) to set, ordain, create: pret. sg. ge-sette ... sunnan and mônan leóman tô leóhte land-bûendum, 94.—3) = componere, to lay aside, smooth over, appease: pret. sg. þät he mid þý wîfe wäl-fæhða ... dæl ... ge-sette, 2030.
ge-settan: 1) to set, set down: past participle swâ wäs ...þurh rûn-stafas rihte ge-mearcod, ge-seted and ge-sæd (thus was ... in rune-staves rightly marked, set down and said), 1697.—2) to set, ordain, create: past singular ge-sette ... sunnan and mónan leóman tô leóhte land-bûendum, 94.—3) = componere, to lay aside, smooth over, appease: past singular þät he mid þý wîfe wäl-fæhða ... dæl ... ge-sette, 2030.
sêcan, w. v., to follow after, hence: 1) to seek, strive for, w. acc.: pret. sg. sinc-fät sôhte (sought the costly cup), 2301; ne sôhte searo-nîðas, 2739; so, 3068. Without acc.: þonne his myne sôhte (than his wish demanded), 2573; hord-weard sôhte georne äfter grunde (the hoard-warden sought eagerly along the ground), 2294.—2) to look for, come or go some whither, attain something, w. acc.: pres. sg. III. se þe ... biorgas sêceð, 2273; subj. þeáh þe hæð-stapa holt-wudu sêce, 1370; imper. sêc gif þu dyrre (look for her, i.e. Grendel's mother, if thou dare), 1380; inf. sêcean, 200, 268, 646, 1598, 1870, 1990, 2514(?), 3103, etc.; sêcan, 665, 1451; drihten sêcean (seek, go to, the Lord), 187; sêcean wyn-leás wîc (Grendel was to seek a joyless place, i.e. Hell), 822; so, sêcan deófla gedräg, 757; sâwle sêcan (seek the life, kill), 802; so, sêcean sâwle hord, 2423; gerund. säcce tô sêceanne, 2563; pret. sg. I., III. sôhte, 139, 208, 376, 417, 2224; II. sôhtest, 458; pl. sôhton, 339.—3) to seek, attack: þe ûs sêceað tô Sweóna leóde, 3002; pret. pl. hine wräc-mäcgas ofer sæ sôhtan, 2381.
sêcan, v. to follow after, therefore: 1) to seek, strive for, with acc.: pret. sg. sinc-fät sôhte (sought the costly cup), 2301; ne sôhte searo-nîðas, 2739; so, 3068. Without acc.: þonne his myne sôhte (than his wish demanded), 2573; hord-weard sôhte georne äfter grunde (the hoard-warden sought eagerly along the ground), 2294.—2) to look for, come or go somewhere, attain something, with acc.: pres. sg. III. se þe ... biorgas sêceð, 2273; subj. þeáh þe hæð-stapa holt-wudu sêce, 1370; imper. sêc gif þu dyrre (look for her, i.e. Grendel's mother, if you dare), 1380; inf. sêcean, 200, 268, 646, 1598, 1870, 1990, 2514(?), 3103, etc.; sêcan, 665, 1451; drihten sêcean (seek, go to, the Lord), 187; sêcean wyn-leás wîc (Grendel was to seek a joyless place, i.e. Hell), 822; so, sêcan deófla gedräg, 757; sâwle sêcan (seek the life, kill), 802; so, sêcean sâwle hord, 2423; gerund. säcce tô sêceanne, 2563; pret. sg. I., III. sôhte, 139, 208, 376, 417, 2224; II. sôhtest, 458; pl. sôhton, 339.—3) to seek, attack: þe ûs sêceað tô Sweóna leóde, 3002; pret. pl. hine wräc-mäcgas ofer sæ sôhtan, 2381.
ge-sêcan: 1) to seek, w. acc.: inf. gif he gesêcean dear wîg ofer wæpen, 685.—2) to look for, come or go to attain, w. acc.: inf. ge-sêcean, 693; gerund, tô ge-sêcanne, 1923; pret. sg. ge-sôhte, 463, 520, 718, 1952; pret. part. nom. pl. feor-cýððe beóð sêlran ge-sôhte þam þe hine selfa deáh, 1840.—3) to seek with hostile intent, to attack: pres. sg. ge-sêceð 2516; pret. sg. ge-sôhte, 2347; pl. ge-sôhton, 2927; ge-sôhtan, 2205.
ge-sêcan: 1) to seek, with accusative: infinitive if he seeks a dear victory over weapons, 685.—2) to look for, come or go to attain, with accusative: infinitive ge-sêcean, 693; gerund, to ge-sêcanne, 1923; past tense singular ge-sôhte, 463, 520, 718, 1952; past participle nominative plural far-known ones softly sought by those who themselves did, 1840.—3) to seek with hostile intent, to attack: present singular ge-sêceð 2516; past singular ge-sôhte, 2347; plural ge-sôhton, 2927; ge-sôhtan, 2205.
ofer-sêcan, w. acc., to surpass, outdo (in an attack): pres. sg. wäs sió hond tô strong, se þe mêca gehwane ... swenge ofer-sôhte, þonne he tô säcce bär wæpen wundrum heard (too strong was the hand, that surpassed every sword in stroke, when he [Beówulf] bore the wondrous weapon to battle, i.e. the hand was too strong for any sword; its strength made it useless in battle), 2687.
ofer-sêcan, w. acc., to surpass, outdo (in an attack): pres. sg. wäs sió hond tô strong, se þe mêca gehwane ... swenge ofer-sôhte, þonne he tô säcce bär wæpen wundrum heard (too strong was the hand, that surpassed every sword in stroke, when he [Beówulf] bore the wondrous weapon to battle, i.e. the hand was too strong for any sword; its strength made it useless in battle), 2687.
sêl, sæl, adj., good, excellent, fit, only in compar.: nom. sg. m. sêlra, 861, 2194; þæm þær sêlra wäs (to the one that was the better, i.e. Hygelâc), 2200; deáð bið sêlla þonne edwît-lîf, 2891; neut. sêlre, 1385; acc. sg. m. sêlran þe (a better than thee), 1851; sêlran, 1198; neut. þät sêlre, 1760; dat. sg. m. sêlran sweord-frecan, 1469; nom. pl. fem. sêlran, 1840. Superl., strong form: nom. sg. neut. sêlest, 173, 1060; hûsa sêlest, 146, 285, 936; ôfost is sêlest, 256; bolda sêlest, 2327; acc. sg. neut. hrägla sêlest, 454; hûsa sêlest, 659; billa sêlest, 1145;—weak form: nom. sg. m. reced sêlesta, 412; acc. sg. m. þone sêlestan, 1407, 2383; (þäs, MS.), 1957; dat. sg. m. þäm sêlestan, 1686; nom. pl. sêlestan, 416; acc. pl. þâ sêlestan, 3123.
sêl, sæl, adj., good, excellent, fit, only in comparative form: nom. sg. m. sêlra, 861, 2194; for the one that was better (to the one that was the better, i.e. Hygelâc), 2200; death is better than a miserable life, 2891; neut. sêlre, 1385; acc. sg. m. sêlran þe (a better than you), 1851; sêlran, 1198; neut. þät sêlre, 1760; dat. sg. m. sêlran sweord-frecan, 1469; nom. pl. fem. sêlran, 1840. Superlative, strong form: nom. sg. neut. sêlest, 173, 1060; hûsa sêlest, 146, 285, 936; the boldest is the best, 256; bolda sêlest, 2327; acc. sg. neut. hrägla sêlest, 454; hûsa sêlest, 659; billa sêlest, 1145;—weak form: nom. sg. m. reced sêlesta, 412; acc. sg. m. þone sêlestan, 1407, 2383; (þäs, MS.), 1957; dat. sg. m. þäm sêlestan, 1686; nom. pl. sêlestan, 416; acc. pl. þâ sêlestan, 3123.
searo (G. sarwa, pl.), st. n.: 1) armor, accoutrements, war-gear: nom. pl. sæ-manna searo, 329; dat. pl. secg on searwum (a man, warrior, in panoply), 249, 2701; in (on) searwum, 323, 1558; 2531, 2569; instr. pl. searwum, 1814.—2) insidiae, ambuscade, waylaying, deception, battle: þâ ic of searwum cwom, fâh from feóndum, 419.—3) cunning, art, skill: instr. pl. sadol searwum fâh (saddle cunningly ornamented), 1039; earmbeága fela, searwum ge-sæled (many cunningly-linked armlets), 2765.—Comp. fyrd-, gûð-, inwit-searo.
searo (G. sarwa, pl.), n.: 1) armor, gear, battle equipment: nom. pl. sæ-manna searo, 329; dat. pl. secg on searwum (a man, warrior, in full gear), 249, 2701; in (on) searwum, 323, 1558; 2531, 2569; instr. pl. searwum, 1814.—2) ambush, deceit, strategy, combat: þâ ic of searwum cwom, fáh from feóndum, 419.—3) skill, craft, art: instr. pl. sadol searwum fáh (saddle skillfully decorated), 1039; earmbeága fela, searwum ge-sæled (many skillfully linked armlets), 2765.—Comp. fyrd-, gûð-, inwit-searo.
searo-bend, st. f., band, bond, of curious workmanship: instr. pl. searo-bendum fäst, 2087.
searo-bend, noun, band, bond, of intricate design: instrumental plural searo-bendum fast, 2087.
searo-ge-þräc, st. n., heap of treasure-objects: acc. sg., 3103.
searo-ge-þräc, noun, pile of valuable items: accusative singular, 3103.
searo-grim, adj., cunning and fierce: nom. sg., 595.
searo-grim, adj., clever and fierce: nom. sg., 595.
searo-häbbend, pres. part. as subst., arms-bearing, warrior with his trappings: gen. pl. searo-häbbendra, 237.
searo-häbbend, present participle used as a noun, arms-bearing, warrior with his gear: general plural searo-häbbendra, 237.
searo-þanc, st. m., ingenuity: instr. pl. searo-þoncum, 776.
searo-thanc, noun, ingenuity: instrumental plural searo-thoncum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
searo-wundor, st. n., rare wonder: acc. sg., 921.
searo-wundor, noun, rare wonder: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
seonu, noun, sinew: plural form seonowe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
seón, sýn, st. f., aspect, sight: in comp. wlite-, wundor-seón, an-sýn.
seón, sýn, st. f., aspect, sight: in comp. wlite-, wundor-seón, an-sýn.
seón, st. v., to see: a) w. acc.: inf. searo-wunder seón, 921; so, 387, 1181, 1276, 3103; þær mäg nihta ge-hwæm nîð-wundor seón (there may every night be seen a repulsive marvel), 1366; pret. sg. ne seah ic ... heal-sittendra medudreám mâran, 2015.—b) w. acc. and predicate adj.: ne seah ic elþeódige þus manige men môdiglîcran, 336.—c) w. prep. or adv.: pret. sg. seah on enta ge-weorc, 2718; seah on un-leófe, 2864; pl. folc tô sægon (looked on), 1423.
seón, st. v., to see: a) w. acc.: inf. searo-wunder seón, 921; so, 387, 1181, 1276, 3103; there may every night be seen a repulsive marvel, 1366; pret. sg. I did not see ... the greater glory of the dwellers in the hall, 2015.—b) w. acc. and predicate adj.: I did not see many men of another race more courageous, 336.—c) w. prep. or adv.: pret. sg. saw in the works of giants, 2718; saw in the unwelcome, 2864; pl. the people looked on (looked on), 1423.
ge-seón, to see, behold: a) w. acc.: pres. sg. III. se þe beáh ge-syhð, 2042; inf. ge-seón, 396, 571, 649, 962, 1079, etc.; pret. sg. geseah, 247, 927, 1558, 1614; pl. ge-sâwon, 1606, 2253.—b) w. acc. and predicate adj., pres. sg. III. ge-syhð ... on his suna bûre win-sele wêstne (sees in his son's house the wine-hall empty; or, hall of friends?), 2456.—c) w. inf.: pret. sg. ge-seah ... beran ofer bolcan beorhte randas (saw shining shields borne over the gang-plank), 229; pret. pl. mære mâððum-sweord monige ge-sâwon beforan beorn beran, 1024.—d) w. acc. and inf.: pret. sg. ge-seah, 729, 1517, 1586, 1663, 2543, 2605, etc.; pl. ge-sâwon, 221, 1348, 1426; ge-sêgan, 3039; ge-sêgon, 3129.—e) w. depend, clause: inf. mäg þonne ... geseón sunu Hrêðles, þät ic (may the son of H. see that I...), 1486; pret. pl. ge-sâwon, 1592.
ge-seón, to see, behold: a) w. acc.: pres. sg. III. see the ring ge-syhð, 2042; inf. ge-seón, 396, 571, 649, 962, 1079, etc.; pret. sg. saw, 247, 927, 1558, 1614; pl. saw, 1606, 2253.—b) w. acc. and predicate adj., pres. sg. III. sees ... in his son's house the wine-hall wêstne (sees in his son's house the wine-hall empty; or, hall of friends?), 2456.—c) w. inf.: pret. sg. saw ... carry over board bright shields (saw shining shields borne over the gang-plank), 229; pret. pl. many great treasure-swords saw before the man bearing, 1024.—d) w. acc. and inf.: pret. sg. saw, 729, 1517, 1586, 1663, 2543, 2605, etc.; pl. saw, 221, 1348, 1426; say, 3039; saw, 3129.—e) w. dependent clause: inf. may then ... see son of Hrêðles, that I (may the son of H. see that I...), 1486; pret. pl. saw, 1592.
geond-seón, to see, look through, over, w. acc.: pret. sg. (ic) þät eall geond-seh, 3088.
geond-seón, to see, look through, over, with accusative: past singular (I) that all geond-seh, 3088.
ofer-seón, to see clearly, plainly: pret. pl. ofer-sâwon, 419.
ofer-seón, to see clearly, plainly: past tense plural ofer-sâwon, 419.
on-seón, to look on, at, w. acc.: pret. pl. on-sâwon, 1651.
on-seón, to look on, at, w. acc.: past tense plural on-sâwon, 1651.
sib-äðeling, st. m., nobilis consanguineus, kindred prince or nobleman: nom. pl. -äðelingas, 2709.
sib-äðeling, m., noble relative, kindred prince or nobleman: nom. pl. -äðelingas, 2709.
sibbe-gedryht, st. f., body of allied or related warriors: acc. sg. sibbe-gedriht (the Danes), 387; (the Geátas), 730.
sibbe-gedryht, st. f., group of allied or related warriors: acc. sg. sibbe-gedriht (the Danes), 387; (the Geátas), 730.
2) Conj.: a) w. ind. pres., as soon as, when, 413, 605, 1785, 2889, 2912.—b) w. ind. pret., when, whilst, 835, 851, 1205, 1207, 1421, 1590, 2357, 2961, 2971, 3128; seoððan, 1776;—since, 649, 657, 983, 1199, 1254, 1309, 2202;—after, either with pluperf.: siððan him scyppend forscrifen häfde (after the Creator had proscribed him), 106; so, 1473; or with pret. = pluperf.: syððan niht becom (after night had come on), 115; so, 6, 132, 723, 887, 902, 1078, 1149, 1236, 1262, 1282, 1979, 2013, 2125; or pret. and pluperf. together, 2104-2105.
2) Conj.: a) with pres. ind., as soon as, when, 413, 605, 1785, 2889, 2912.—b) with pret. ind., when, while, 835, 851, 1205, 1207, 1421, 1590, 2357, 2961, 2971, 3128; seoððan, 1776;—since, 649, 657, 983, 1199, 1254, 1309, 2202;—after, either with pluperf.: siððan him scyppend forscrifen häfde (after the Creator had proscribed him), 106; or with pret. = pluperf.: syððan niht becom (after night had come on), 115; so, 6, 132, 723, 887, 902, 1078, 1149, 1236, 1262, 1282, 1979, 2013, 2125; or pret. and pluperf. together, 2104-2105.
sige-dryhten, st. m., lord of victory, victorious lord: nom. sg. sige-drihten, 391.
sige-dryhten, st. m., lord of victory, victorious lord: nom. sg. sige-drihten, 391.
sige-eádig, adj., blest with victory, victorious: acc. sg. neut. sige-eádig bil, 1558.
sige-eádig, adj., blessed with victory, victorious: acc. sg. neut. sige-eádig bil, 1558.
sige-hrêðig, adj., victorious: nom. sg., 94, 1598, 2757.
sige-hrêðig, adj., victorious: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
sige-rôf, adj., victorious: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sige-wæpen, st. n., victor-weapon, sword: dat. pl. sige-wæpnum, 805.
sige-wæpen, noun, victor-weapon, sword: dative plural sige-wæpnum, 805.
sigor-eádig, adj., victorious: nom. sg. sigor-eádig secg (of Beówulf), 1312, 2353.
sigor-eádig, adj., victorious: nom. sg. sigor-eádig secg (of Beówulf), 1312, 2353.
sinc-ge-streón, st. n., precious treasure, jewel of value : instr. pl. -gestreónum, 1093; gen. pl. -gestreóna, 1227.
sinc-ge-streón, n., valuable treasure, precious gem: instrumental plural -gestreónum, 1093; genitive plural -gestreóna, 1227.
sinc-mâððum, st. m., treasure: nom. sg., 2194.
sinc-mâððum, st. m., treasure: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
â-singan, to sing out, sing to an end: pret. part. leóð wäs â-sungen, 1160.
â-singan, to sing out, sing to an end: past participle leóð wäs â-sungen, 1160.
sin-sceaða, w. m., irreconcilable foe: nom. sg. syn-scaða, 708; acc. sg. syn-scaðan, 802.
sin-sceaða, m., irreconcilable enemy: nom. sg. syn-scaða, 708; acc. sg. syn-scaðan, 802.
sittan, st. v.: 1) to sit: pres. sg. Wîglâf siteð ofer Biówulfe, 2907; imper. sg. site nu tô symle, 489; inf. þær swîð-ferhðe sittan eodon (whither the strong-minded went and sat), 493; eode ... tô hire freán sittan (went to sit by her lord), 642; pret. sg. on wicge sät (sat on the horse), 286; ät fôtum sät (sat at the feet), 500, 1167; þær Hrôðgâr sät (where H. sat), 356; so, 1191, 2895; he gewêrgad sät ... freán eaxlum neáh, 2854; pret. pl. sæton, 1165; gistas sêtan (MS. sêcan) ... and on mere staredon (the strangers sat and stared on the sea), 1603.—2) to be in a certain state or condition (quasi copula): pret. sg. mære þeóden ... unblîðe sät, 130.—Comp.: flet-, heal-sittend.
sittan, st. v.: 1) to sit: pres. sg. Wîglâf sits over Biówulfe, 2907; imper. sg. sit now at the feast, 489; inf. where the strong-minded went and sat, 493; went to sit by her lord, 642; pret. sg. sat on the horse, 286; sat at the feet, 500, 1167; where H. sat, 356; so, 1191, 2895; he sat wearied ... near the lord, 2854; pret. pl. sat, 1165; the guests sat (MS. seek) ... and stared at the sea, 1603.—2) to be in a certain state or condition (quasi copula): pret. sg. renowned king ... sat unhappily, 130.—Comp.: flet-, heal-sittend.
be-sittan, obsidere, to surround, besiege, w. acc.: besät þâ sin-herge sweorda lâfe wundum wêrge (then besieged he with a host the leavings of the sword, wound-weary), 2937.
be-sittan, obsidere, to surround, besiege, w. acc.: besät þâ sin-herge sweorda lâfe wundum wêrge (then besieged he with a host the leavings of the sword, wound-weary), 2937.
for-sittan, obstrui, to pass away, fail: pres. sg. eágena bearhtm for-siteð (the light of the eyes passeth away), 1768.
for-sittan, obstrui, to pass away, fail: pres. sg. eágena bearhtm for-siteð (the light of the eyes passes away), 1768.
ge-sittan: 1) to sit, sit together: pret. sg. monig-oft ge-sät rîce to rûne (very often sat the king deliberating with his council (see rîce), 171; wið earm ge-sät (supported himself upon his arm, sat on his arm?), 750; fêða eal ge-sät (the whole troop sat down), 1425; ge-sät þâ wið sylfne (sat there beside, near to, him, i.e. Hygelâc), 1978;
ge-sittan: 1) to sit, sit together: past singular many times sat king to council (very often sat the king deliberating with his council (see rîce), 171; with arm sat (supported himself upon his arm, sat on his arm?), 750; feed all sat down (the whole troop sat down), 1425; sat then with himself (sat there beside, near to, him, i.e. Hygelâc), 1978;
of-sittan, w. acc., to sit over or upon: pret. sg. of-sät þâ þone sele-gyst, 1546.
of-sittan, w. acc., to sit over or upon: past tense singular of-sät then the hall-guest, 1546.
on-sittan (O.H.G. int-sizzan, to start from one's seat, to be startled), w. acc., to fear: inf. þâ fæhðe, atole ecg-þräce eówer leóde sîwðe onsittan to dread the hostility, the fierce contest, of your people, 598.
on-sittan (O.H.G. int-sizzan, to start from one's seat, to be startled), w. acc., to fear: inf. þâ fæhðe, atole ecg-þräce eówer leóde sîwðe onsittan to dread the hostility, the fierce contest, of your people, 598.
ymb-sittan, to sit around, w. acc.: pret. pl. (þät hie) ... symbel ymb-sæton (sat round the feast), 564. See ymb-sittend.
ymb-sittan, to sit around, with accusative: past tense plural (that they) ... symbel ymb-sæton (sat around the feast), 564. See ymb-sittend.
sîd, adj.: 1) wide, broad, spacious, large: nom. sg. (here-byrne, glôf) sîd, 1445, 2087; acc. sg. m. sîdne scyld, 437; on sîdne sæ, 507; fem. byrnan sîde (of a corselet extending over the legs), 1292; ofer sæ sîde, 2395; neut. sîde rîce, 1734, 2200; instr. sg. sîdan herge, 2348; acc. pl. sîde sæ-nässas, 223; sîde scyldas, 325; gen. pl. sîdra sorga (of great sorrows), 149.—2) in moral sense, great, noble: acc. sg. þurh sîdne sefan, 1727.
sîd, adj.: 1) wide, broad, spacious, large: nom. sg. (here-byrne, glôf) sîd, 1445, 2087; acc. sg. m. sîdne scyld, 437; on sîdne sæ, 507; fem. byrnan sîde (of a corselet extending over the legs), 1292; ofer sæ sîde, 2395; neut. sîde rîce, 1734, 2200; instr. sg. sîdan herge, 2348; acc. pl. sîde sæ-nässas, 223; sîde scyldas, 325; gen. pl. sîdra sorga (of great sorrows), 149.—2) in moral sense, great, noble: acc. sg. þurh sîdne sefan, 1727.
side, adv., far and wide, afar, 1224.
side, adv., everywhere, away, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sîd-fäðmed, quasi pret. part., the same: nom. sg. sîd-fäðmed scip, 302.
sîd-fäðmed, quasi past participle, the same: nominative singular. sîd-fäðmed ship, 302.
sîð, adv. compar., later: ær and sîð (sooner and later, early and late), 2501.
sîð, adv. compar., later: ær and sîð (sooner and later, early and late), 2501.
sîð (G. sinþ-s), st. m.: l) road, way, journey, expedition; esp., road to battle: nom. sg., 501, 3059, 3090; näs þät êðe sîð (that was no easy road, task), 2587; so, þät wäs geócor sîð, 766; acc. sg. sîð, 353, 512, 909, 1279, 1430, 1967; instr. dat. sîðe, 532, 1952, 1994; gen. sg. sîðes, 579, 1476, 1795, 1909. Also, return: nom. sg., 1972.—2) undertaking, enterprise; esp., battle-work: nom. sg. nis þät eówer sîð, 2533; ne bið swylc earges sîð (such is no coward's enterprise), 2542; acc. sg. sîð, 873. In pl.= adventures: nom. sîðas, 1987; acc. sîðas, 878; gen. sîða, 318.—3) time (as iterative): nom. sg. näs þät forma sîð (that was not the first time), 717, 1464; so, 1528, 2626; acc. sg. oftor micle þonne on ænne sîð, 1580; instr. sg. (forman, ôðre, þriddan) sîðe, 741, 1204, 2050, 2287, 2512, 2518, 2671, 2689, 3102.—Comp.: cear-, eft-, ellor-, gryre-, sæ-, wil-, wræc-sîð.
sîð (G. sinþ-s), n. m.: 1) road, way, journey, trip; especially, road to battle: nom. sg., 501, 3059, 3090; it wasn't an easy sîð (that was no easy road, task), 2587; so, it was a difficult sîð, 766; acc. sg. sîð, 353, 512, 909, 1279, 1430, 1967; instr. dat. sîðe, 532, 1952, 1994; gen. sg. sîðes, 579, 1476, 1795, 1909. Also, return: nom. sg., 1972.—2) undertaking, project; especially, battle-work: nom. sg. this is not your sîð, 2533; such is no coward's sîð (such is no coward's enterprise), 2542; acc. sg. sîð, 873. In pl.= adventures: nom. sîðas, 1987; acc. sîðas, 878; gen. sîða, 318.—3) time (as recurrent): nom. sg. this was not the first sîð (that was not the first time), 717, 1464; so, 1528, 2626; acc. sg. often much more than on one sîð, 1580; instr. sg. (first, second, third) sîðe, 741, 1204, 2050, 2287, 2512, 2518, 2671, 2689, 3102.—Comp.: cear-, eft-, ellor-, gryre-, sæ-, wil-, wræc-sîð.
sîð-fram, -from, adj., ready for the journey: nom. pl. sîð-frome, 1814.
sîð-fram, -from, adj., ready for the journey: nom. pl. sîð-frome, 1814.
for-sîðian, iter fatale inire (Grein): pret. sg. häfde þâ for-sîðod sunu Ecg-þeówes under gynne grund (would have found his death, etc.), 1551.
for-sîðian, iter fatale inire (Grein): pret. sg. häfde þâ for-sîðod sunu Ecg-þeówes under gynne grund (would have found his death, etc.), 1551.
ge-sîgan, to sink, fall: inf. ge-sîgan ät säcce (fall in battle), 2660.
ge-sîgan, to sink, fall: inf. ge-sîgan ät säcce (fall in battle), 2660.
sleac, adj., *lazy, inactive*: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sleahan, sleán: 1) to strike, strike at: a) intrans.: pres. subj. sg. þät he me ongeán sleá (that he should strike at me), 682; pret. sg. yrringa slôh (struck angrily), 1566; so, slôh hilde-bille, 2680. b) trans.: pret. sg. þät he þone nîð-gäst nioðor hwêne slôh (that he struck the dragon somewhat lower, etc.), 2700.—2) w. acc.: to slay, kill: pret. sg. þäs þe he Abel slôg (because he slew A.), 108; so, slôg, 421, 2180; slôh, 1582, 2356; pl. slôgon, 2051; pret. part. þâ wäs Fin slägen, 1153.
sleahan, sleán: 1) to strike, strike at: a) intrans.: pres. subj. sg. that he should strike at me, 682; pret. sg. angrily struck, 1566; so, struck with the battle-sword, 2680. b) trans.: pret. sg. that he struck the dragon somewhat lower, 2700.—2) w. acc.: to slay, kill: pret. sg. because he killed Abel, 108; so, killed, 421, 2180; struck, 1582, 2356; pl. killed, 2051; pret. part. then Fin was slain, 1153.
ge-slyht, st. n. (collective), battle, conflict: gen. pl. slîðra ge-slyhta, 2399.
ge-slyht, st. n. (collective), battle, conflict: gen. pl. slîðra ge-slyhta, 2399.
snotor-lîce, adv., intelligently, wisely: compar. snotor-lîcor, 1483.
snotor-lîce, adv., intelligently, wisely: compar. snotor-lîcor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
snûde, adv., hastily, quickly, soon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.
sorh, st. f., grief, pain, sorrow: nom. sg., 1323; sorh is me tô secganne (pains me to say), 473; acc. sg. sorge, 119, 2464; dat. instr. sg. mid þære sorge, 2469; sorge (in sorrow, grieved), 1150; gen. sg. worna fela ... sorge, 2005; dat. pl. sorgum, 2601; gen. pl. sorga, 149.—Comp.: hyge-, inwit-, þegn-sorh.
sorh, noun, grief, pain, sorrow: nominative singular, 1323; sorh is me tô secganne (pains me to say), 473; accusative singular sorge, 119, 2464; dative instrumental singular mid þære sorge, 2469; sorge (in sorrow, grieved), 1150; genitive singular worna fela ... sorge, 2005; dative plural sorgum, 2601; genitive plural sorga, 149.—Compound: hyge-, inwit-, þegn-sorh.
sorh-cearig, adj., curis sollicitus, heart-broken: nom. sg., 2456.
sorh-cearig, adj., feeling anxious, heartbroken: nom. sg., 2456.
sorh-leás, adj., free from sorrow or grief: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sôð-cyning, st. m., true king: nom. sg. sigora sôð-cyning (God), 3056.
sôð-cyning, st. m., true king: nom. sg. sigora sôð-cyning (God), 3056.
sôna, adv., soon, right away, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, etc.
spîwan, st. v., to spit, spew, w. instr.: inf. glêdum spîwan (spit fire), 2313
spîwan, st. v., to spit, spew, w. instr.: inf. glêdum spîwan (spit fire), 2313
sprecan, st. v., to speak: inf. ic sceal forð sprecan gen ymbe Grendel (I shall go on speaking about G.), 2070; w. acc. se þe wyle sôð sprecan (he who will speak the truth), 2865; imper. tô Geátum sprec (spræc, MS.), 1172; pret. sg. III. spräc, 1169, 1699, 2511, 2725; word äfter spräc, 341; nô ymbe þâ fæhðe spräc, 2619; II. hwät þu worn fela ... ymb Brecan spræce (how much thou hast spoken of Breca!), 531; pl. hwät wit geó spræcon (what we two spoke of before), 1477; gomele ymb gôdne on-geador spræcon, þät big ... (the graybeards spoke together about the valiant one, that they ...), 1596; swâ wit furðum spræcon (as we two spoke, engaged, before), 1708; pret. part. þâ wäs ... þryð-word sprecen, 644.
sprecan, v., to speak: inf. I shall continue to speak about Grendel (I shall go on speaking about G.), 2070; w. acc. he who will speak the truth (he who will speak the truth), 2865; imper. to the Geats, speak (spoke, MS.), 1172; pret. sg. III. spoke, 1169, 1699, 2511, 2725; word after spoke, 341; no more about the feud spoke, 2619; II. how much you have spoken ... about Breca spoke (how much thou hast spoken of Breca!), 531; pl. what we spoke before (what we two spoke of before), 1477; old men spoke together about the good one, that they ... (the graybeards spoke together about the valiant one, that they ...), 1596; so we spoke earlier (as we two spoke, engaged, before), 1708; pret. part. then was ... strength-word spoken, 644.
spreót, st. m., pole; spear, pike: in comp. eofor-spreót.
spreót, m., pole; spear, pike: in compounds eofor-spear.
springan, st. v., to jump, leap; flash: pret. sg. hrâ wîde sprong (the body bounded far), 1589; swât ædrum sprong forð under fexe (the blood burst out in streams from under his hair), 2967; pl. wîde sprungon hilde-leóman (flashed afar), 2583. Also figuratively: blæd wîde sprang (his repute spread afar), 18.
springan, st. v., to jump, leap; flash: past tense singular hrâ wîde sprong (the body jumped far), 1589; swât ædrum sprong forð under fexe (the blood burst out in streams from under his hair), 2967; plural wîde sprungon hilde-leóman (flashed far away), 2583. Also used figuratively: blæd wîde sprang (his reputation spread far and wide), 18.
on-springan, to burst in two, spring asunder: pret. pl. seonowe onsprungon, burston bânlocan 818.
on-springan, to burst into two, spring apart: past plural seonowe onsprungon, burst bone-locks 818.
standan, st. v.: 1) absolutely or with prep., to stand: pres. III. pl. eóred-geatwe þe ge þær on standað (the warlike accoutrements wherein ye there stand), 2867; inf. ge-seah ... orcas stondan (saw vessels standing), 2761; pret. sg. ät hýðe stôd hringed-stefna (in the harbor stood the curved-prowed?, metal-covered?, ship), 32; stôd on stapole (stood near the [middle] column), 927; so, 1914, 2546; þät him on aldre stôd here-stræl hearda (that the sharp war-arrow stood in his vitals), 1435; so, 2680; pl. gâras stôdon ... samod ät-gädere (the spears stood together), 328; him big stôdan bunan and orcas (by him stood cans and pots), 3048. Also of still water: pres. sg. III. nis þät feor heonon ... þät se mere standeð, 1363.—2) with predicate adj., to stand, continue in a certain state: subj. pres. þät þes sele stande ... rinca ge-hwylcum îdel and unnyt (that this hall stands empty and useless for every warrior), 411; inf. hord-wynne fand eald uht-sceaða opene standan, 2272; pret. sg. ôð þät îdel stôd hûsa sêlest, 145; so, 936; wäter under stôd dreórig and ge-drêfed, 1418—3) to belong or attach to; issue: pret. sg. Norð-Denum stôd atelîc egesa (great terror clung to, overcame, the North Danes), 784; þâra ânum stôd sadol searwum fâh (on one of the steeds lay an ingeniously-inlaid saddle), 1038; byrne-leóma eldum on andan (burning light stood forth, a horror to men), 2314; leóht inne stôd (a light stood in it, i.e. the sword), 1571; him of eágum stôd ... leóht unfäger (an uncanny light issued from his eyes), 727; so, þät [fram] þam gyste [gryre-] brôga stôd, 2229.
standan, st. v.: 1) absolutely or with prep., to stand: pres. III. pl. eóred-geatwe þe ge þær on standað (the warlike equipment where you stand there), 2867; inf. ge-seah ... orcas stondan (saw vessels standing), 2761; pret. sg. at hýðe stôd hringed-stefna (in the harbor stood the curved-prowed, metal-covered ship), 32; stôd on stapole (stood near the [middle] column), 927; so, 1914, 2546; þät him on aldre stôd here-stræl hearda (that the sharp war-arrow stood in his vitals), 1435; so, 2680; pl. gâras stôdon ... samod ät-gädere (the spears stood together), 328; him big stôdan bunan and orcas (by him stood cans and pots), 3048. Also of still water: pres. sg. III. nis þät feor heonon ... þät se mere standeð, 1363.—2) with predicate adj., to stand, continue in a certain state: subj. pres. þät þes sele stande ... rinca ge-hwylcum îdel and unnyt (that this hall stands empty and useless for every warrior), 411; inf. hord-wynne fand eald uht-sceaða opene standan, 2272; pret. sg. ôð þät îdel stôd hûsa sêlest, 145; so, 936; wäter under stôd dreórig and ge-drêfed, 1418—3) to belong or attach to; issue: pret. sg. Norð-Denum stôd atelîc egesa (great terror clung to, overcame, the North Danes), 784; þâra ânum stôd sadol searwum fâh (on one of the steeds lay an ingeniously-inlaid saddle), 1038; byrne-leóma eldum on andan (burning light stood forth, a horror to men), 2314; leóht inne stôd (a light stood in it, i.e. the sword), 1571; him of eágum stôd ... leóht unfäger (an uncanny light issued from his eyes), 727; so, þät [fram] þam gyste [gryre-] brôga stôd, 2229.
ät-standan, to stand at, near, or in: pret. sg. þät hit (i.e. þät swurd) on wealle ät-stôd, 892.
ät-standan, to stand at, near, or in: past tense singular þät hit (i.e. þät swurd) on wealle ät-stôd, 892.
for-standan, to stand against or before, hence: 1) to hinder, prevent: pret. sg. (breóst-net) wið ord and wið ecge in-gang for-stôd (the shirt of mail prevented point or edge from entering), 1550; subj. nefne him witig god wyrd for-stôde (if the wise God had not warded off such a fate from them, i.e. the men threatened by Grendel), 1057.—2) defend, w. dat. of person against whom: inf. þät he ... mihte heáðo-lîðendum hord for-standan, bearn and brýde (that he might protect his treasure, his children, and his spouse from the sea-farers), 2956.
for-standan, to stand against or before, hence: 1) to hinder, prevent: past tense singular (breóst-net) wið ord and wið ecge in-gang for-stôd (the shirt of mail prevented point or edge from entering), 1550; subj. nefne him witig god wyrd for-stôde (if the wise God had not warded off such a fate from them, i.e. the men threatened by Grendel), 1057.—2) defend, with dative of person against whom: infinitive þät he ... mihte heáðo-lîðendum hord for-standan, bearn and brýde (that he might protect his treasure, his children, and his spouse from the sea-farers), 2956.
stapa, w. m., stepper, strider: in comp. hæð-, mearc-stapa.
stapa, w. m., stepper, strider: in comp. hæð-, mearc-stapa.
ät-stapan, to stride up or to: pret. sg. forð neár ät-stôp (strode up nearer), 746.
ät-stapan, to stride up or to: past tense singular forð neár ät-stôp (strode up nearer), 746.
ge-stapan, to walk, stride: pret. sg. he to forð gestôp dyrnan cräfte, dracan heáfde neáh (he, i.e. the man that robbed the dragon of the vessel, had through hidden craft come too near the dragon's head), 2290.
ge-stapan, to walk, stride: past tense he stepped forward secretly craftily, he had gotten too close to the dragon's head (he, meaning the man who stole the vessel from the dragon, had through hidden skill come too near the dragon's head), 2290.
starian, w. v., to stare, look intently at: pres. sg. I. þät ic on þone hafelan ... eágum starige (that I see the head with my eyes), 1782; þâra frätwa ... þe ic her on starie (for the treasures ... that I here look upon), 2797; III. þonne he on þät sine starað, 1486; sg. for pl. þâra þe on swylc starað, 997; pret. sg. þät (sin-freá) hire an däges eágum starede, 1936; pl. on mere staredon, 1604.
starian, v., to stare, look intently at: pres. sg. I. that I see the head with my eyes, 1782; for the treasures ... that I here look upon, 2797; III. when he stares with that, 1486; sg. for pl. those who stare at such things, 997; pret. sg. that (lord of the sin) stared at her for a day, 1936; pl. they stared at the sea, 1604.
stân-beorh, st. m., rocky elevation, stony mountain: acc. sg. stân-beorh steápne, 2214.
stân-beorh, st. m., rocky elevation, stony mountain: acc. sg. stân-beorh steápne, 2214.
stäf, st. m.: 1) staff: in comp. rûn-staf.—2) elementum: in comp. âr-, ende-, fâcen-stäf.
stäf, st. m.: 1) staff: in comp. rûn-staf.—2) element: in comp. âr-, ende-, fâcen-stäf.
ge-stælan, to place, impose, institute: pret. part. ge feor hafað fæhðe ge-stæled (Grendel's mother has further begun hostilities against us), 1341.
ge-stælan, to place, impose, institute: pret. part. ge feor hafað fæhðe ge-stæled (Grendel's mother has further begun hostilities against us), 1341.
stede, st. m., place, -stead: in comp. bæl-, burh-, folc-, heáh-, meðel-, wang-, wîc-stede.
stede, st. m., place, -stead: in compounds bæl-, burh-, folc-, heáh-, meðel-, wang-, wîc-stede.
on-stellan, w. v., constituere, to cause, bring about: pret. sg. se þäs or-leges ôr on-stealde, 2408.
on-stellan, w. v., to establish, to cause, to bring about: pret. sg. he set the preceding law in place, 2408.
ge-stealla, w. m., (contubernalis), companion, comrade: in comp. eaxl-, fyrd-, hand-, lind-, nýd-ge-stealla.
ge-stealla, w. m., (contubernalis), companion, comrade: in comp. eaxl-, fyrd-, hand-, lind-, nýd-ge-stealla.
stearc-heort, adj., (fortis animo), stout-hearted, courageous: nom. sg. (of the dragon), 2289; (of Beówulf), 2553.
stearc-heort, adj., (strong in spirit), stout-hearted, courageous: nom. sg. (of the dragon), 2289; (of Beowulf), 2553.
stille, adv., quietly, 301.
quietly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
stiff-minded, adj., brave, unwavering: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
â-stîgan, to ascend: pres. sg. þonon ýð-geblond up â-stîgeð won tô wolcnum, 1374; gûð-rinc â-stâh (the fierce hero ascended, i.e. was laid on the pyre? or, the fierce smoke [rêc] ascended?), 1119; gamen eft â-stâh (joy again went up, resounded), 1161; wudu-rêc â-stâh sweart of swioðole, 3145; swêg up â-stâg, 783.
â-stîgan, to ascend: pres. sg. þonon ýð-geblond up â-stîgeð won tô wolcnum, 1374; gûð-rinc â-stâh (the fierce hero ascended, i.e. was laid on the pyre? or, the fierce smoke [rêc] ascended?), 1119; gamen eft â-stâh (joy again went up, resounded), 1161; wudu-rêc â-stâh sweart of swioðole, 3145; swêg up â-stâg, 783.
ge-stîgan, to ascend, go up: pret. sg. þâ ic on holm ge-stâh, 633.
ge-stîgan, to ascend, go up: pret. sg. þâ ic on holm ge-stâh, 633.
stôl, st. m., chair, throne, seat: in comp. brego-, êðel-, gif-, gum-stôl.
stôl, st. m., chair, throne, seat: in comp. brego-, êðel-, gif-, gum-stôl.
strang, strong, adj., strong; valiant; mighty: nom. sg. wäs þät ge-win tô strang (that sorrow was too great), 133; þu eart mägenes strang (strong of body), 1845; wäs sió hond tô strong (the hand was too powerful), 2685; superl. wîgena strengest (strongest of warriors), 1544; mägenes strengest (strongest in might), 196; mägene strengest, 790.
strang, strong, adj., strong; brave; powerful: nom. sg. was that grief too strong (that sorrow was too great), 133; you are strong in might (strong of body), 1845; was that hand too strong (the hand was too powerful), 2685; superl. warriors strongest (strongest of warriors), 1544; mightiest (strongest in might), 196; mightiest, 790.
ge-streón (cf. streón = robur, vis), st. n., property, possessions; hence, valuables, treasure, jewels: nom. pl. Heaðo-beardna ge-streón (the costly treasure of the Heathobeardas, i.e. the accoutrements belonging to the slain H.), 2038; acc. pl. äðelinga, eorla ge-streón, 1921, 3168.—Comp.: ær-, eald-, eorl-, heáh-, hord-, long-, mâðm-, sinc-, þeód-ge-streón.
ge-streón (cf. streón = oak, power), n. st., property, possessions; thus, valuables, treasure, jewels: nom. pl. Heaðo-beardna ge-streón (the valuable treasure of the Heathobeardas, i.e. the gear belonging to the slain H.), 2038; acc. pl. äðelinga, eorla ge-streón, 1921, 3168.—Comp.: ær-, eald-, eorl-, heáh-, hord-, long-, mâðm-, sinc-, þeód-ge-streón.
styrian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to arrange, put in order, tell: inf. secg eft on-gan sîð Beówulfes snyttrum styrian (the poet then began to tell B.'s feat skilfully, i.e. put in poetic form), 873.—2) to rouse, stir up: pres. sg. III. þonne wind styreð lâð ge-widru (when the wind stirreth up the loathly weather), 1375.—3) to move against, attack, disturb: subj. pres. þät he ... hring-sele hondum styrede (that he should attack the ring-hall with his hands), 2841.
styrian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to arrange, put in order, tell: inf. secg eft on-gan sîð Beówulfes snyttrum styrian (the poet then began to tell B.'s feat skilfully, i.e. put in poetic form), 873.—2) to rouse, stir up: pres. sg. III. þonne wind styreð lâð ge-widru (when the wind stirs up the terrible weather), 1375.—3) to move against, attack, disturb: subj. pres. þät he ... hring-sele hondum styrede (that he should attack the ring-hall with his hands), 2841.
style, n., steel: dat. sg. style, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
stýl-ecg, adj., steel-edged: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
suhtor-ge-fäderan (collective), w. m. pl., uncle and nephew, father's brother and brother's son: nom. pl., 1165.
suhtor-ge-fäderan (collective), m. pl., uncle and nephew, father's brother and brother's son: nom. pl., 1165.
sum, pron.: 1) indef., one, a, any, a certain; neut. something: a) without part. gen.: nom. sg. sum, 1252; hilde-rinc sum, 3125; neut. ne sceal þær dyrne sum wesan (naught there shall be hidden), 271; acc. sg. m. sumne, 1433; instr. sg. sume worde (by a word, expressly), 2157; nom. pl. sume, 400, 1114; acc. pl. sume, 2941. b) with part. gen.: nom. sg. gumena sum (one of men, a man), 1500, 2302; mere-hrägla sum, 1906; þät wäs wundra sum, 1608; acc. sg. gylp-worda sum, 676. c) with gen. of cardinals or notions of multitude: nom. sg. fîftena sum (one of fifteen, with fourteen companions), 207; so, eahta sum, 3124; feára sum (one of few, with a few), 1413; acc. sg. manigra sumne (one of many, with many), 2092; manna cynnes sumne (one of the men), i.e. one of the watchmen in Heorot), 714; feára sumne (some few, one of few; or, one of the foes?), 3062.—2) with part. gen. sum sometimes = this, that, the afore-mentioned: nom. sg. eówer sum (a certain one, that one, of you, i.e. Beówulf), 248; gûð-beorna sum (the afore-mentioned warrior, i.e. who had shown the way to Hrôðgâr's palace), 314; eorla sum (the said knight, i.e. Beówulf), 1313; acc. sg. hord-ärna sum (a certain hoard-hall), 2280.
sum, pron.: 1) indef., one, a, any, a certain; neut. something: a) without part. gen.: nom. sg. sum, 1252; hilde-rinc sum, 3125; neut. ne sceal þær dyrne sum wesan (nothing there shall be hidden), 271; acc. sg. m. sumne, 1433; instr. sg. sume worde (by a word, expressly), 2157; nom. pl. sume, 400, 1114; acc. pl. sume, 2941. b) with part. gen.: nom. sg. gumena sum (one of men, a man), 1500, 2302; mere-hrägla sum, 1906; þät wäs wundra sum, 1608; acc. sg. gylp-worda sum, 676. c) with gen. of cardinals or notions of multitude: nom. sg. fîftena sum (one of fifteen, with fourteen companions), 207; so, eahta sum, 3124; feára sum (one of few, with a few), 1413; acc. sg. manigra sumne (one of many, with many), 2092; manna cynnes sumne (one of the men), i.e. one of the watchmen in Heorot), 714; feára sumne (some few, one of few; or, one of the foes?), 3062.—2) with part. gen. sum sometimes = this, that, the afore-mentioned: nom. sg. eówer sum (a certain one, that one, of you, i.e. Beówulf), 248; gûð-beorna sum (the afore-mentioned warrior, i.e. who had shown the way to Hrôðgâr's palace), 314; eorla sum (the said knight, i.e. Beówulf), 1313; acc. sg. hord-ärna sum (a certain hoard-hall), 2280.
sund-ge-bland, st. n., (the commingled sea), sea-surge, sea-wave: acc. sg., 1451.
sund-ge-bland, n., (the mixed sea), sea-surge, sea-wave: acc. sg., 1451.
sundur, sundor, adv., asunder, in twain: sundur gedælan (to separate, sunder), 2423.
sundur, sundor, adv., apart, into two pieces: sundur gedælan (to separate, to sunder), 2423.
sundor-nyt, st. f., special service (service in a special case): acc. sg. sundor-nytte, 668.
sundor-nyt, st. f., special service (service in a special case): acc. sg. sundor-nytte, 668.
swâ: 1) demons, adv., so, in such a manner, thus: swâ sceal man dôn, 1173, 1535; swâ þâ driht-guman dreámum lifdon, 99; þät ge-äfndon swâ (that we thus accomplished), 538; þær hie meahton (i.e. feorh ealgian), 798; so, 20, 144, 189, 559, 763, 1104, 1472, 1770, 2058, 2145, 2178, 2991; swâ manlîce (so like a man), 1047; swâ fela (so many), 164, 592; swâ deórlîce dæd (so valiant a deed), 585; hine swâ gôdne (him so good), 347; on swâ geongum feore (in so youthful age), 1844; ge-dêð him swâ ge-wealdene worolde dælas þät ... (makes parts of the world so subject to him that...), 1733. In comparisons = ever, the (adv.): me þîn môd-sefa lîcað leng swâ wel (thy mind pleases me ever so well, the longer the better), 1855. As an asseverative = so: swâ me Higelâc sîe ... môdes blîðe (so be Higelac gracious-minded to me!), 435; swâ þeáh (nevertheless, however), 973, 1930, 2879; swâ þêh, 2968; hwäðre swâ þeáh (yet however), 2443.—2): a) conj., as, so as: ôð þät his byre mihte eorlscipe efnan swâ his ærfäder (until his son might do noble deeds, as his old father did), 2623; eft swâ ær (again as before), 643;—with indic.: swâ he selfa bäd (as he himself requested), 29; swâ he oft dyde (as he often did), 444; gæð â Wyrd swâ hió sceal, 455; swâ guman gefrungon, 667; so, 273, 352, 401, 561, 1049, 1056, 1059, 1135, 1232, 1235, 1239, 1253, 1382, etc.;—with subj.: swâ þîn sefa hwette (as pleases thy mind, i.e. any way thou pleasest), 490. b) as, as then, how, 1143; swâ hie â wæron ... nýd-gesteallan (as they were ever comrades in need), 882; swâ hit diópe ... be-nemdon þeódnas mære (as, [how?] the mighty princes had deeply cursed it), 3070; swâ he manna wäs wîgend weorðfullost (as he of men the worthiest warrior was), 3099. c) just as, the moment when: swâ þät blôd gesprang, 1668. d) so that: swâ he ne mihte nô (so that he might not...), 1509; so, 2185, 2007.—3) = qui, quae, quod, German so: worhte wlite-beorhtne wang swâ wäter bebûgeð (wrought the beauteous plain which (acc.) water surrounds), 93.—4) swâ ... swâ = so ... as, 595, 687-8, 3170; efne swâ ... swâ (even so ... as), 1093-4, 1224, 1284; efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ (such a woman as, whatsoever woman), 944; efne swâ hwylcum manna swâ (even so to each man as), 3058.
swâ: 1) demons, adv., so, in such a manner, thus: swâ sceal man dôn, 1173, 1535; swâ þâ driht-guman dreámum lifdon, 99; þät ge-äfndon swâ (that we thus accomplished), 538; þær hie meahton (i.e. feorh ealgian), 798; so, 20, 144, 189, 559, 763, 1104, 1472, 1770, 2058, 2145, 2178, 2991; swâ manlîce (so like a man), 1047; swâ fela (so many), 164, 592; swâ deórlîce dæd (so valiant a deed), 585; hine swâ gôdne (him so good), 347; on swâ geongum feore (in so youthful age), 1844; ge-dêð him swâ ge-wealdene worolde dælas þät ... (makes parts of the world so subject to him that...), 1733. In comparisons = ever, the (adv.): me þîn môd-sefa lîcað leng swâ wel (thy mind pleases me ever so well, the longer the better), 1855. As an asseverative = so: swâ me Higelâc sîe ... môdes blîðe (so be Higelac gracious-minded to me!), 435; swâ þeáh (nevertheless, however), 973, 1930, 2879; swâ þêh, 2968; hwäðre swâ þeáh (yet however), 2443.—2): a) conj., as, so as: ôð þät his byre mihte eorlscipe efnan swâ his ærfäder (until his son might do noble deeds, as his old father did), 2623; eft swâ ær (again as before), 643;—with indic.: swâ he selfa bäd (as he himself requested), 29; swâ he oft dyde (as he often did), 444; gæð â Wyrd swâ hió sceal, 455; swâ guman gefrungon, 667; so, 273, 352, 401, 561, 1049, 1056, 1059, 1135, 1232, 1235, 1239, 1253, 1382, etc.;—with subj.: swâ þîn sefa hwette (as pleases thy mind, i.e. any way thou pleasest), 490. b) as, as then, how, 1143; swâ hie â wæron ... nýd-gesteallan (as they were ever comrades in need), 882; swâ hit diópe ... be-nemdon þeódnas mære (as, [how?] the mighty princes had deeply cursed it), 3070; swâ he manna wäs wîgend weorðfullost (as he of men the worthiest warrior was), 3099. c) just as, the moment when: swâ þät blôd gesprang, 1668. d) so that: swâ he ne mihte nô (so that he might not...), 1509; so, 2185, 2007.—3) = qui, quae, quod, German so: worhte wlite-beorhtne wang swâ wäter bebûgeð (wrought the beauteous plain which (acc.) water surrounds), 93.—4) swâ ... swâ = so ... as, 595, 687-8, 3170; efne swâ ... swâ (even so ... as), 1093-4, 1224, 1284; efne swâ hwylc mägða swâ (such a woman as, whatsoever woman), 944; efne swâ hwylcum manna swâ (even so to each man as), 3058.
swât-fâh, adj., blood-stained: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
swât-swaðu, st. f., blood-trace: nom. sg., 2947.
sweat-sweat, noun, blood-trace: singular nominative, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
â-swebban, to kill, slay: pret. part. nom. pl. sweordum â-swefede, 567.
â-swebban, to kill, slay: past participle nominative plural swordum â-swefede, 567.
swegel-wered, quasi pret. part., ether-clad: nom. sg. sunne swegl-wered, 607.
swegel-wered, quasi past participle, ether-clad: singular noun sunne swegl-wered, 607.
for-swerian, w. instr., to forswear, renounce (protect with magic formulæ?): pret. part. he sige-wæpnum for-sworen häfde, 805.
for-swerian, w. instr., to forswear, renounce (protect with magic formulas?): pret. part. he sige-wæpnum for-sworn had, 805.
for-sweorcan, to grow dark or dim: pres. sg. III. eágena bearhtm for-siteð and for-sworceð, 1768.
for-sweorcan, to grow dark or dim: pres. sg. III. eágena bearhtm for-siteð and for-sworceð, 1768.
ge-sweorcan (intrans.), to darken: pret. sg. niht-helm ge-swearc, 1790.
ge-sweorcan (intrans.), to darken: past tense singular niht-helm ge-swearc, 1790.
sweord, swurd, swyrd, st. n., sword: nom. sg. sweord, 1287, 1290, 1570, 1606, 1616, 1697; swurd, 891; acc. sg. sweord, 437, 673, 1559, 1664, 1809, 2253, 2500, etc.; swurd, 539, 1902; swyrd, 2611, 2988; instr. sg. sweorde, 561, 574, 680, 2493, 2881; gen. sg. sweordes, 1107, 2194, 2387; acc. pl. sweord, 2639; nom. pl., 3049; instr. pl. sweordum, 567, 586, 885; gen. pl. sweorda, 1041, 2937, 2962.—Comp.: gûð-, mâððum-, wæg-sweord.
sweord, swurd, swyrd, noun, sword: nominative singular sweord, 1287, 1290, 1570, 1606, 1616, 1697; swurd, 891; accusative singular sweord, 437, 673, 1559, 1664, 1809, 2253, 2500, etc.; swurd, 539, 1902; swyrd, 2611, 2988; instrumental singular sweorde, 561, 574, 680, 2493, 2881; genitive singular sweordes, 1107, 2194, 2387; accusative plural sweord, 2639; nominative plural, 3049; instrumental plural sweordum, 567, 586, 885; genitive plural sweorda, 1041, 2937, 2962.—Comp.: gûð-, mâððum-, wæg-sweord.
sword, noun, oath: in combination sword-oath, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sweord-bealo, st. n., sword-bale, death by the sword: nom. sg., 1148.
sweord-bealo, n., sword death, death caused by a sword: nom. sg., 1148.
sweord-freca, w. m., sword-warrior: dat. sg. sweord-frecan, 1469.
sword-warrior, m., sword-warrior: dat. sg. sword-warrior, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
sweord-gifu, st. f., sword-gift, giving of swords: nom. sg. swyrd-gifu, 2885.
sweord-gifu, st. f., sword-gift, giving of swords: nom. sg. swyrd-gifu, 2885.
sweotol, swutol, adj.: 1) clear, bright: nom. sg. swutol sang scôpes, 90.—2) plain, manifest: nom. sg. syndolh sweotol, 818; tâcen sweotol, 834; instr. sg. sweotolan tâcne, 141.
sweotol, swutol, adj.: 1) clear, bright: nom. sg. swutol sang scôpes, 90.—2) plain, obvious: nom. sg. syndolh sweotol, 818; tâcen sweotol, 834; instr. sg. sweotolan tâcne, 141.
sweóf, sweóp. See swâfan, swâpan.
sweóf, sweóp. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
swið, st. n.? (O.N. swiði), burning pain: in comp. þryð-swið(?).
swið, st. n.? (Old Norse swiði), burning pain: in comp. þryð-swið(?).
swimman, swymman, st. v., to swim: inf. swymman, 1625.
swimman, swymman, st. v., to swim: inf. swymman, 1625.
ofer-swimman, w. acc., to swim over or through: pret. sg. ofer-swam sioleða bigong (swam over the sea), 2368.
ofer-swimman, w. acc., to swim over or through: past tense singular ofer-swam sioleða bigong (swam over the sea), 2368.
swîð, swýð (Goth, swinþ-s), adj., strong, mighty: nom. sg. wäs þät ge-win tô swýð, 191.—Comp. nom. sg. sió swîðre hand (the right hand), 2099; harsh, 3086.
swîð, swýð (Goth, swinþ-s), adj., strong, mighty: nom. sg. was that gain to swýð, 191.—Comp. nom. sg. sío swîðre hand (the right hand), 2099; harsh, 3086.
ofer-swîðian, w. v., to overcome, vanquish, w. acc. of person: pres. sg. III. oferswýðeð, 279, 1769.
ofer-swîðian, v. tr., to overcome, vanquish, with acc. of person: pres. sg. III. overcomes, 279, 1769.
swîð-ferhð, adj., (fortis animo), strong-minded, bold, brave: nom. sg. swýð-ferhð, 827; gen. sg. swîð-ferhðes, 909; nom. pl. swîð-ferhðe, 493; dat. pl. swîð-ferhðum, 173.
swîð-ferhð, adj., (strong in spirit), strong-minded, bold, brave: nom. sg. swýð-ferhð, 827; gen. sg. swîð-ferhðes, 909; nom. pl. swîð-ferhðe, 493; dat. pl. swîð-ferhðum, 173.
swîð-hycgend, pres. part. (strenue cogitans), bold-minded, brave in spirit: nom. sg. swîð-hycgende, 920; nom. pl. swîð-hycgende, 1017.
swîð-hycgend, present participle (strongly thinking), bold-minded, brave in spirit: nominative singular swîð-hycgende, 920; nominative plural swîð-hycgende, 1017.
swîn, swýn, st. n., swine, boar (image on the helm): nom. sg. swýn, 1112; acc. sg. swîn, 1287.
swín, swýn, noun, pig, boar (image on the helm): nom. sg. swýn, 1112; acc. sg. swín, 1287.
swylc, swilc (Goth, swa-leik-s), demons, adj. = talis, such, such a; relative = qualis, as, which: nom. sg. swylc, 178, 1941, 2542, 2709; swylc ... swylc=talis ... qualis, 1329; acc. sg. swylc, 2799; eall ... swylc (all ... which, as), 72; ôðer swylc (such another, i.e. hand), 1584; on swylc (on such things), 997; dat. sg. gûð-fremmendra swylcum (to such a battle-worker, i.e. Beówulf), 299; gen. sg. swylces hwät (some such), 881; acc. pl. swylce, 2870; call swylce ... swylce, 3166; swylce twegen (two such), 1348; ealle þearfe swylce (all needs that), 1798; swylce hie ... findan meahton sigla searo-gimma (such as they might find of jewels and cunning gems), 1157; efne swylce mæla swylce (at just such times as), 1250; gen. pl. swylcra searo-nîða, 582; swylcra fela ... ær-gestreóna, 2232.
swylc, swilc (Goth, swa-leik-s), demons, adj. = such, such a; relative = as, which: nom. sg. swylc, 178, 1941, 2542, 2709; swylc ... swylc=talis ... qualis, 1329; acc. sg. swylc, 2799; eall ... swylc (all ... which, as), 72; ôðer swylc (such another, i.e. hand), 1584; on swylc (on such things), 997; dat. sg. gûð-fremmendra swylcum (to such a battle-worker, i.e. Beówulf), 299; gen. sg. swylces hwät (some such), 881; acc. pl. swylce, 2870; call swylce ... swylce, 3166; swylce twegen (two such), 1348; ealle þearfe swylce (all needs that), 1798; swylce hie ... findan meahton sigla searo-gimma (such as they might find of jewels and cunning gems), 1157; efne swylce mæla swylce (at just such times as), 1250; gen. pl. swylcra searo-nîða, 582; swylcra fela ... ær-gestreóna, 2232.
swylt, m., death: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
syfan-wintre, adj., seven-winters-old: nom. sg., 2429.
syfan-wintre, adj., seven winters old: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
symbol, syml, st. n., banquet, entertainment: acc. sg. symbel, 620, 1011; geaf me sinc and symbel (gave me treasure and feasting, i.e. made me his friend and table-companion), 2432; þät hie ... symbel ymbsæton (that they might sit round their banquet), 564; dat. sg. symle, 81, 489, 1009; symble, 119, 2105; gen. pl. symbla, 1233.
symbol, syml, noun, feast, gathering: nominative singular symbel, 620, 1011; geaf me sinc and symbel (gave me treasure and feasting, i.e. made me his friend and dining companion), 2432; þät hie ... symbel ymbsæton (that they might sit around their feast), 564; dative singular symle, 81, 489, 1009; symble, 119, 2105; genitive plural symbla, 1233.
symble, symle, adv., continually, ever: symble, 2451; symle, 2498; symle wäs þý sæmra (he was ever the worse, the weaker, i.e. the dragon), 2881.
symble, symle, adv., continuously, always: symble, 2451; symle, 2498; symle was the weaker (he was always the worse, the weaker, i.e. the dragon), 2881.
symbel-wyn, st. f., banqueting-pleasure, joy at feasting: acc. sg. symbel-wynne dreóh, 1783.
symbel-wyn, st. f., feasting joy, happiness from a banquet: acc. sg. symbel-wynne dreóh, 1783.
be-syrwan: 1) to compass or accomplish by finesse; effect: inf. dæd þe we ealle ær ne meahton snyttrum be-syrwan (a deed that all of us could not accomplish before with all our wisdom), 943.—2) to entrap by guile and destroy: inf. mynte se mânscaða manna cynnes sumne be-syrwan (the fell foe thought to entrap some one (all?, see sum) of the men), 714.
be-syrwan: 1) to achieve or to pull off with skill; bring about: inf. dæd þe we ealle ær ne meahton snyttrum be-syrwan (a deed that all of us couldn't achieve before with all our knowledge), 943.—2) to trap with cunning and eliminate: inf. mynte se mânscaða manna cynnes sumne be-syrwan (the vicious enemy intended to trap some (or all?) of the men, see sum) of the men), 714.
taligean, w. v.: 1) to count, reckon, number; esteem, think: pres. sg. I. nô ic me ... hnâgran gûð-geweorca þonne Grendel hine (count myself no worse than G. in battle-works), 678; wên ic talige ...þät (I count on the hope ... that), 1846; telge, 2068; sg. III. þät ræd talað þät (counts it gain that), 2028.—2) to tell, relate: sôð ic talige (I tell facts), 532; swâ þu self talast (as thou thyself sayst), 595.
taligean, v. trans.: 1) to count, reckon, number; esteem, think: pres. sg. I. nô ic me ... hnâgran gûð-geweorca þonne Grendel hine (I count myself no worse than G. in battle-works), 678; wên ic talige ...þät (I count on the hope ... that), 1846; telge, 2068; sg. III. þät ræd talað þät (counts it gain that), 2028.—2) to tell, relate: sôð ic talige (I tell facts), 532; swâ þu self talast (as you yourself say), 595.
tân, st. m., twig: in comp. âter-tân. [emended to âter-teárum in text--KTH]
tân, st. m., twig: in comp. âter-tân. [emended to âter-teárum in text--KTH]
ge-tæcan, w. v., to show, point out: pret. sg. him þâ hilde-deór hof môdigra torht ge-tæhte (the warrior pointed out to them the bright dwelling of the bold ones, i.e. Danes), 313. Hence, to indicate, assign: pret. sôna me se mæra mago Healfdenes ... wið his sylfes sunu setl getæhte (assigned me a seat by his own son), 2014.
ge-tæcan, w. v., to show, point out: past tense he then showed them the bright home of the bold ones (the warrior pointed out to them the bright dwelling of the bold ones, i.e. Danes), 313. Thus, to indicate, assign: past tense soon the famous warrior Healfdenes ... assigned me a seat by his own son), 2014.
tela, adv., appropriately, effectively, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.
tellan, w. v., to tell, consider, deem: pret. sg. ne his lîf-dagas leóda ænigum nytte tealde (nor did he count his life useful to any man), 795; þät ic me ænigne under swegles begong ge-sacan ne tealde (I believed not that I had any foe under heaven), 1774; cwäð he þone gûð-wine gôdne tealde (said he counted the war-friend good), 1811; he ûsic gâr-wîgend gôde tealde (deemed us good spear-warriors), 2642; pl. swâ (so that) hine Geáta beam gôdne ne tealdon, 2185.—2) to ascribe, count against, impose: pret. sg. (Þryðo) him wälbende weotode tealde hand-gewriðene, 1937.
tellan, v. t., to tell, consider, deem: past tense singular ne his life-days of the people counted as useful to anyone (nor did he count his life useful to any man), 795; þät ic me ænigne under heaven believed not that I had any foe (I believed not that I had any foe under heaven), 1774; cwäð he þone war-friend good counted (said he counted the war-friend good), 1811; he deemed us good spear-warriors (deemed us good spear-warriors), 2642; pl. so that him Geáta beam good did not count, 2185.—2) to ascribe, count against, impose: past tense singular (Þryðo) him wálbende weotode counted hand-tied, 1937.
teón, st. v., to draw, lead: inf. hêht ... eahta mearas ... on flet teón (bade eight horses be led into the hall), 1037; pret. sg. me tô grunde teáh fâh feónd-sceaða (the many-hued fiend-foe drew me to the bottom), 553; eft-sîðas teáh (withdrew, returned), 1333; sg. for pl. æg-hwylcum ...þâra þe mid Beówulfe brim-lâde teáh (to each of those that crossed the sea with B.) 1052; pret. part. þâ wäs ... heard ecg togen (then was the hard edge drawn), 1289; wearð ... on näs togen (was drawn to the promontory), 1440.
teón, st. v., to draw, lead: inf. hêht ... eahta mearas ... on flet teón (ordered eight horses to be led into the hall), 1037; pret. sg. me tô grunde teáh fâh feónd-sceaða (the multicolored enemy drew me to the depths), 553; eft-sîðas teáh (went back, returned), 1333; sg. for pl. æg-hwylcum ...þâra þe mid Beówulfe brim-lâde teáh (to each of those who crossed the sea with B.) 1052; pret. part. þâ wäs ... heard ecg togen (then the sharp edge was drawn), 1289; wearð ... on näs togen (was drawn to the headland), 1440.
â-teón, to wander, go, intrans.: pret. sg. tô Heorute â-teáh (drew to Heorot), 767.
â-teón, to wander, go, intrans.: pret. sg. tô Heorute â-teáh (drew to Heorot), 767.
ge-teón: 1) to draw: pret. sg. gomel swyrd ge-teáh, 2611; w. instr. and acc. hyre seaxe ge-teáh, brad brûn-ecg, 1546.—2) to grant, give, lend: imp. nô þu him wearne geteóh þînra gegn-cwida glädnian (refuse not to gladden them with thy answer), 366; pret. sg. and þâ Beówulfe bega gehwäðres eodor Ingwina onweald ge-teáh (and the prince of the Ingwins gave B. power over both), 1045; so, he him êst geteáh (gave possession of), 2166.
ge-teón: 1) to draw: past tense singular of "gomel swyrd ge-teáh," 2611; with instrumental and accusative "hyre seaxe ge-teáh," "brad brûn-ecg," 1546. — 2) to grant, give, lend: imperative "nô þu him wearne geteóh þînra gegn-cwida glädnian" (do not refuse to cheer them with your answer), 366; past tense singular and "þâ Beówulfe bega gehwäðres eodor Ingwina onweald ge-teáh" (and the prince of the Ingwins gave B. power over both), 1045; so, "he him êst geteáh" (gave possession of), 2166.
of-teón, to deprive, withdraw, w. gen. of thing and dat. pers.: pret. sg. Scyld Scêfing ... monegum mægðum meodo-setla of-teáh, 5; w. acc. of thing, hond ... feorh-sweng ne of-teáh, 2490; w. dat. hond (hord, MS.) swenge ne of-teáh, 1521.
of-teón, to take away, remove, used with genitive for things and dative for people: past tense singular Scyld Scêfing ... took away many mead-benches from the tribes, 5; used with accusative for things, hand ... did not take away life-blows, 2490; used with dative hand (treasure, MS.) did not take away, 1521.
þurh-teón, to effect: inf. gif he torn-gemôt þurh-teón mihte, 1141.
þurh-teón, to effect: inf. if he could bring about the torn-gemôt, 1141.
ge-teóna, w. m., injurer, harmer: in comp. lâð-ge-teóna.
ge-teóna, w. m., injurer, harmer: in comp. lâð-ge-teóna.
be-timbrian, (construere), to finish building, complete: pret. pl. betimbredon on tyn dagum beadu-rôfes bêcn, 3161.
be-timbrian, (construere), to finish building, complete: pret. pl. betimbredon on tyn dagum beadu-rôfes bêcn, 3161.
torn-ge-môt, st. n., (wrathful meeting), angry engagement, battle: acc. sg., 1141.
torn-ge-môt, noun, (wrathful meeting), angry engagement, battle: accusative singular, 1141.
tô, I. prep. w. dat. indicating direction or tending to, hence: 1) local = whither after verbs of motion, to, up to, at: com tô recede (to the hall), 721; eode tô sele, 920; eode tô hire freán sittan, 642; gæð eft ... tô medo (goeth again to mead), 605; wand tô wolcnum (wound to the welkin), 1120; sigon tô slæpe (sank to sleep), 1252; 28, 158, 234, 438, 553, 926, 1010, 1014, 1155, 1159, 1233, etc.; lîð-wæge bär hælum tô handa (bore the ale-cup to the hands of the men? at hand?), 1984; ôð þät niht becom ôðer tô yldum, 2118; him tô bearme cwom mâððum-fät mære (came to his hands, into his possession), 2405; sælde tô sande sîd-fäðme scip (fastened the broad-bosomed ship to the shore), 1918; þat se harm-scaða tô Heorute â-teáh (went forth to Heorot), 767. After verb sittan: site nu tô symble (sit now to the meal), 489; siððan ... we tô symble geseten häfdon, 2105; tô ham (home, at home), 124, 374, 2993. With verbs of speaking: maðelode tô his wine-drihtne (spake to his friendly lord), 360; tô Geátum sprec, 1172; so, hêht þät heaðo-weorc tô hagan biódan (bade the battle-work be told at the hedge), 2893.—2) with verbs of bringing and taking (cf. under on, I., d): hraðe wäs tô bûre Beówulf fetod (B. was hastily brought from a room), 1311; siððan Hâma ät-wäg tô þære byrhtan byrig Brôsinga mene (since H. carried the Brosing-necklace off from the bright city), 1200; weán âhsode. fæhðo to Frysum (suffered woe, feud as to, from, the Frisians), 1208.—3) =end of motion, hence: a) to, for, as, in: þone god sende folce tô frôfre (for, as, a help to the folk), 14; gesette ... sunnan and mônan leóman to leóhte (as a light), 95; ge-sät ... tô rune (sat in counsel), 172; wearð he Heaðo-lâfe tô hand-bonan, 460; bringe ... tô helpe (bring to, for, help), 1831; Jofore forgeaf ângan dôhtor ... hyldo tô wedde (as a pledge of his favor), 2999; so, 508(?), 666, 907, 972, 1022, 1187, 1263, 1331, 1708, 1712, 2080, etc.; secgan tô sôðe (to say in sooth), 51; so, 591, 2326. b) with verbs of thinking, hoping, etc., on, for, at, against: he tô gyrn-wräce swîðor þôhte þonne tô sæ-lâde (thought more on vengeance than on the sea-voyage), 1139; säcce ne wêneð tô Gâr-Denum (nor weeneth of conflict with the Spear-Danes), 602; þonne wêne ic tô þe wyrsan geþinges (then I expect for thee a worse result), 525; ne ic to Sweóþeóde sibbe oððe treówe wihte ne wêne (nor expect at all of, from, the Swedes ...), 2923; wiste þäm ahlæcan tô þäm heáh-sele hilde ge-þinged (battle prepared for the monster in the high hall), 648; wel bið þäm þe mot tô fäder fäðmum freoðo wilnian (well for him that can find peace in the Father's arms), 188; þâra þe he ge-worhte tô West-Denum (of those that he wrought against the West-Danes), 1579.—4) with the gerund, inf.: tô gefremmanne (to do), 174; tô ge-cýðanne (to make known), 257; tô secganne (to say), 473; to befleónne (to avoid, escape), 1004; so, 1420, 1725, 1732, 1806, 1852, 1923, 1942, etc. With inf.: tô fêran, 316; tô friclan, 2557.—5) temporal: gewât him tô gescäp-hwîle (went at(?) the hour of fate; or, to his fated rest?), 26; tô wîdan feore (ever, in their lives), 934; âwa tô aldre (for life, forever), 956; so, tô aldre, 2006, 2499; tô life (during life, ever), 2433.—6) with particles: wôd under wolcnum tô þäs þe ... (went under the welkin to the point where ...), 715; so, elne ge-eodon tô þäs þe, 1968; so, 2411; he him þäs leán for-geald ... tô þäs þe he on reste geseah Grendel licgan (he paid him for that to the point that he saw G. lying dead), 1586; wäs þät blôd tô þäs hât (the blood was hot to that degree), 1617; näs þâ long tô þon þät ('twas not long till), 2592, 2846; wäs him se man tô þon leóf þät (the man was dear to him to that degree), 1877; tô hwan siððan wearð hond-ræs häleða (up to what point, how, the hand-contest turned out), 2072; tô middes (in the midst), 3142.
tô, I. prep. w. dat. indicating direction or tending to, hence: 1) local = where after verbs of motion, to, up to, at: come tô recede (to the hall), 721; went tô sele, 920; went tô her lord sitting, 642; goes back ... tô mead (goeth again to mead), 605; wound tô clouds (wound to the welkin), 1120; sank tô sleep (sank to sleep), 1252; 28, 158, 234, 438, 553, 926, 1010, 1014, 1155, 1159, 1233, etc.; ale brought tô the hands of the men? (bore the ale-cup to the hands of the men? at hand?), 1984; until that night came another tô elders, 2118; to him came a treasure item worth much (came to his hands, into his possession), 2405; fastened tô sand a broad-bosomed ship (fastened the broad-bosomed ship to the shore), 1918; that the harm-maker tô Heorute ventured out (went forth to Heorot), 767. After verb sit: sit now tô feast (sit now to the meal), 489; afterwards ... we tô feast sat, 2105; to home (home, at home), 124, 374, 2993. With verbs of speaking: spoke tô his wine-lord (spake to his friendly lord), 360; to Geats spoke, 1172; so, he ordered that the battle-work tô hedge be told (bade the battle-work be told at the hedge), 2893.—2) with verbs of bringing and taking (cf. under on, I., d): quickly was tô the room Beowulf brought (B. was hastily brought from a room), 1311; since Hama carried away tô the bright city the Brosing necklace (since H. carried the Brosing-necklace off from the bright city), 1200; suffered woe, feud as to the Frisians (suffered woe, feud as to, from, the Frisians), 1208.—3) =end of motion, hence: a) to, for, as, in: the god sent folk tô comfort (for, as, a help to the folk), 14; set ... sun and moon's light tô light (as a light), 95; they sat ... tô counsel (sat in counsel), 172; became he Heatho-loaf tô hand-killer, 460; bring ... tô help (bring to, for, help), 1831; Jofor gave one dear daughter ... as a pledge of his favor (as a pledge of his favor), 2999; so, 508(?), 666, 907, 972, 1022, 1187, 1263, 1331, 1708, 1712, 2080, etc.; say tô truth (to say in sooth), 51; so, 591, 2326. b) with verbs of thinking, hoping, etc., on, for, at, against: he tô vengeance thought more than tô sea-journey (thought more on vengeance than on the sea-voyage), 1139; ween not tô the Spear-Danes (nor weeneth of conflict with the Spear-Danes), 602; then I expect for you a worse outcome (then I expect for thee a worse result), 525; nor I expect at all of, from, the Swedes (nor expect at all of, from, the Swedes ...), 2923; knew that the warrior’s hoard was prepared for battle in the high hall (battle prepared for the monster in the high hall), 648; well for him that can find peace in the Father's arms (well bið þäm þe mot tô fäder fäðmum freoðo wilnian), 188; of those that he wrought against the West-Danes (of those that he wrought against the West-Danes), 1579.—4) with the gerund, inf.: tô doing (to do), 174; tô making known (to make known), 257; tô saying (to say), 473; to avoiding (to avoid, escape), 1004; so, 1420, 1725, 1732, 1806, 1852, 1923, 1942, etc. With inf.: tô leading, 316; tô fighting, 2557.—5) temporal: went him tô fate-time (went at(?) the hour of fate; or, to his fated rest?), 26; tô ever (ever, in their lives), 934; always tô life (for life, forever), 956; so, tô ever, 2006, 2499; tô life (during life, ever), 2433.—6) with particles: went under clouds tô the point where ... (went under the welkin to the point where ...), 715; so, they went tô the point where, 1968; so, 2411; he paid him for that tô the point that he saw G. lying dead (he paid him for that to the point that he saw G. lying dead), 1586; was the blood hot to that degree (the blood was hot to that degree), 1617; was it not long till ('twas not long till), 2592, 2846; was the man dear to him to that degree (the man was dear to him to that degree), 1877; to what extent then became the hand-contest of warriors (up to what point, how, the hand-contest turned out), 2072; to midst (in the midst), 3142.
II. Adverbial modifier, quasi preposition [better explained in many cases as prep. postponed]: l) to, towards, up to, at: geóng sôna tô, 1786; so, 2649; fêhð ôðer tô, 1756; sæ-lâc ... þe þu her tô lôcast (upon which thou here lookest), 1655; folc tô sægon (the folk looked on), 1423; þät hî him tô mihton gegnum gangan (might proceed thereto), 313; se þe him bealwa tô bôte gelýfde (who believed in help out of evils from him, i.e. Beówulf), 910; him tô anwaldan âre ge-lyfde (trusted for himself to the Almighty's help), 1273; þe ûs sêceað tô Sweóna leóde (that the Swedes will come against us), 3002.—2) before adj. and adv., too: tô strang (too mighty), 133; tô fäst, 137; tô swýð, 191; so, 789, 970, 1337, 1743, 1749, etc.; tô fela micles (far too much), 695; he tô forð ge-stôp (he had gone too far), 2290.
II. Adverbial modifier, quasi preposition [often better explained as postponed prep.]: 1) to, towards, up to, at: geóng sôna tô, 1786; so, 2649; fêhð ôðer tô, 1756; sæ-lâc ... þe þu her tô lôcast (upon which you here look), 1655; folc tô sægon (the people looked on), 1423; þät hî him tô mihton gegnum gangan (might proceed there), 313; se þe him bealwa tô bôte gelýfde (who believed in help out of evils from him, i.e. Beowulf), 910; him tô anwaldan âre ge-lyfde (trusted for himself to the Almighty's help), 1273; þe ûs sêceað tô Sweóna leóde (that the Swedes will come against us), 3002.—2) before adj. and adv., too: tô strang (too mighty), 133; tô fäst, 137; tô swýð, 191; so, 789, 970, 1337, 1743, 1749, etc.; tô fela micles (far too much), 695; he tô forð ge-stôp (he had gone too far), 2290.
tôð (G. tunþu-s), st. m., tooth: in comp. blôdig-tôð (adj.).
tôð (G. tunþu-s), st. m., tooth: in comp. blôdig-tôð (adj.).
treddian, tryddian (see trod), w. v., to stride, tread, go: pret. sg. treddode, 726; tryddode getrume micle (strode about with a strong troop), 923.
treddian, tryddian (see trod), v., to stride, tread, go: past tense sg. treddode, 726; tryddode getrume micle (strode about with a strong group), 923.
treów-loga, w. m., troth-breaker, pledge-breaker: nom. pl. treów-logan, 2848.
treów-loga, n. m., trust-breaker, promise-breaker: nom. pl. treów-logan, 2848.
trûwian, treówan, w. v., to trust in, rely on, believe in: 1) w. dat.: pret. sg. sîðe ne trûwode leófes mannes (I trusted not in the dear man's enterprise), 1994; bearne ne trûwode þät he ... (she trusted not the child that ...), 2371; gehwylc hiora his ferhðe treówde þät he ... (each trusted his heart that ...), 1167.—2) w. gen.: pret. sg. Geáta leód georne trûwode môdgan mägnes, 670; wiðres ne trûwode, 2954.
trûwian, treówan, v., to trust in, rely on, believe in: 1) with dat.: past tense sg. I didn’t trust the dear man's venture (I trusted not in the dear man's enterprise), 1994; she didn’t trust the child that ... (she trusted not the child that ...), 2371; each one trusted his heart that ... (each trusted his heart that ...), 1167.—2) with gen.: past tense sg. The Geatish people earnestly trusted in their brave strength, 670; they did not trust the opposition, 2954.
ge-trýwe, adj., faithful: nom. sg. her is æghwylc eorl ôðrum ge-trýwe, 1229.
ge-trýwe, adj., faithful: nom. sg. her is æghwylc eorl ôðrum ge-trýwe, 1229.
turf, st. f., sod, soil, seat: in comp. êðel-turf.
turf, st. f., sod, soil, seat: in comp. êðel-turf.
ge-twæfan, w. v. w. acc. of person and gen. thing, to separate, divide, deprive of, hinder: pres. sg. III. þät þec âdl oððe ecg eafoðes ge-twæfeð (robs of strength), 1764; inf. god eáðe mäg þone dol-scaðan dæda ge-twæfan (God may easily restrain the fierce foe from his deeds), 479; pret. sg. sumne Geáta leód ... feores getwæfde (cut him off from life), 1434; nô þær wæg-flotan wind ofer ýðum sîðes ge-twæfde (the wind hindered not the wave-floater in her course over the water), 1909; pret. part. ät rihte wäs gûð ge-twæfed (almost had the struggle been ended), 1659.
ge-twæfan, v. w. acc. of person and gen. thing, to separate, divide, deprive of, hinder: pres. sg. III. that sickness or the edge of battle separates you (robs of strength), 1764; inf. God easily can restrain the fierce foe from his deeds (God may easily restrain the fierce foe from his deeds), 479; pret. sg. some Geats' people... cut him off from life (cut him off from life), 1434; nor did the wind hinder the wave-floater in her course over the water (the wind hindered not the wave-floater in her course over the water), 1909; pret. part. at the right time, the struggle was almost over (almost had the struggle been ended), 1659.
tyrwian, w. v., to tar: pret. part. tyrwed in comp.: niw-tyrwed.
tyrwian, w. v., to tar: past participle tyrwed in compound: niw-tyrwed.
þanc, st. m.: 1) thought: in comp. fore-, hete-, or-, searo-þanc; inwit-þanc (adj.).—2) thanks (w. gen. of thing): nom. sg., 929, 1779; acc. sg. þanc, 1998, 2795.—3) content, favor, pleasure: dat. sg. þâ þe gif-sceattas Geáta fyredon þyder tô þance (those that tribute for the Geâtas carried thither for favor). 379.
thanks, noun: 1) thought: used in compounds like fore-, hete-, or-, searo-thought; inwit-thought (adj.).—2) thanks (used with genitive of the thing): nom. sg., 929, 1779; acc. sg. thanks, 1998, 2795.—3) content, favor, pleasure: dat. sg. þâ þe gif-sceattas Geáta fyredon þyder tô þance (those that tribute for the Geâtas carried there for favor). 379.
ge-þanc, st. m., thought: instr. pl. þeóstrum ge-þoncum, 2333.—Comp. môd-ge-þanc.
ge-þanc, st. m., thought: instr. pl. þeóstrum ge-þoncum, 2333.—Comp. môd-ge-þanc.
þanc-hycgende, pres. part., thoughtful, 2236.
þanc-hycgende, pres. part., thoughtful, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
þanon, þonon, þonan, adv., thence: 1) local: þanon eft gewât (he went thence back), 123; þanon up ... stigon (went up thence), 224; so, þanon, 463, 692, 764, 845, 854, 1293; þanan, 1881; þonon, 520, 1374, 2409; þonan, 820, 2360, 2957.—2) personal: þanon untydras ealle on-wôcon (from him, i.e. Cain, etc.), 111; so, þanan, 1266; þonon, 1961; unsôfte þonon feorh ôð-ferede (i.e. from Grendel's mother), 2141.
thanon, thonon, thonan, adv., from there: 1) local: thanon eft gewât (he went back from there), 123; thanon up ... stigon (went up from there), 224; so, thanon, 463, 692, 764, 845, 854, 1293; þanan, 1881; thonon, 520, 1374, 2409; þonan, 820, 2360, 2957.—2) personal: thanon untydras ealle on-wôcon (from him, i.e. Cain, etc.), 111; so, þanan, 1266; thonon, 1961; unsôfte thonon feorh ôð-ferede (i.e. from Grendel's mother), 2141.
þät, I. demons, pron. acc. neut. of se: demons, nom. þät (that), 735, 766, etc.; instr. sg. þý, 1798, 2029; þät ic þý wæpne ge-bräd (that I brandished as(?) a weapon; that I brandished the weapon?), 1665; þý weorðra (the more honored), 1903; þý sêft (the more easily), 2750; þý läs hym ýðe þrym wudu wynsuman for-wrecan meahte (lest the force of the waves the winsome boat might carry away), 1919; nô þý ær (not sooner), 755, 1503, 2082, 2374, 2467; nô þý leng (no longer, none the longer), 975. þý =adv., therefore, hence, 1274, 2068; þê ... þê = on this account; for this reason ... that, because, 2639-2642; wiste þê geornor (knew but too well), 822; he ... wäs sundes þê sænra þe hine swylt fornam (he was the slower in swimming as [whom?] death carried him off), 1437; näs him wihte þê sêl (it was none the better for him), 2688; so, 2278. Gen. sg. þäs = adv., for this reason, therefore, 7, 16, 114, 350, 589, 901, 1993, 2027, 2033, etc. þäs þe, especially after verbs of thanking, = because, 108, 228, 627, 1780, 2798;—also = secundum quod: þäs þe hie gewislîcost ge-witan meahton, 1351;—therefore, accordingly, 1342, 3001; tô þäs (to that point; to that degree), 715, 1586, 1617, 1968, 2411; þäs georne (so firmly), 969; ac he þäs fäste wäs ... besmiðod (it was too firmly set), 774; nô þäs frôd leofað gumena bearna þät þone grund wite (none liveth among men so wise that he should know its bottom), 1368; he þäs (þäm, MS.) môdig wäs (had the courage for it), 1509.
that, I. demons, pron. acc. neut. of se: demons, nom. that (that), 735, 766, etc.; instr. sg. than, 1798, 2029; that I brandished as(?) a weapon (that I brandished the weapon?), 1665; more honored (the more honored), 1903; more easily (the more easily), 2750; lest the force of the waves might carry away the winsome boat (lest the force of the waves the winsome boat might carry away), 1919; not sooner (not sooner), 755, 1503, 2082, 2374, 2467; no longer (no longer, none the longer), 975. than =adv., therefore, hence, 1274, 2068; than ... than = on this account; for this reason ... that, because, 2639-2642; knew but too well (knew but too well), 822; he ... was slower as [whom?] death carried him off (he was the slower in swimming as [whom?] death carried him off), 1437; it was none the better for him (it was none the better for him), 2688; so, 2278. Gen. sg. than = adv., for this reason, therefore, 7, 16, 114, 350, 589, 901, 1993, 2027, 2033, etc. than that, especially after verbs of thanking, = because, 108, 228, 627, 1780, 2798;—also = secundum quod: than that they might know surely, 1351;—therefore, accordingly, 1342, 3001; to that point (to that point; to that degree), 715, 1586, 1617, 1968, 2411; so firmly (so firmly), 969; but he was too firmly set ... (it was too firmly set), 774; none lives among men so wise that he should know its bottom (none liveth among men so wise that he should know its bottom), 1368; he was courageous enough for it (had the courage for it), 1509.
þær: 1) demons. adv., there (where), 32, 36, 89, 400, 757, etc.; morðor-bealo mâga, þær heó ær mæste heóld worolde wynne (the death-bale of kinsmen where before she had most worldly joy), 1080. With þâ: þâ þær, 331; þær on innan (therein), 71. Almost like Eng. expletive there, 271, 550, 978, etc.;—then, at that time, 440;—thither: þær swîð-ferhðe sittan eodon (thither went the bold ones to sit, i.e. to the bench), 493, etc.—2) relative, where, 356, 420, 508, 513, 522, 694, 867, etc.; eode ... þær se snottra bâd (went where the wise one tarried), 1314; so, 1816;—if, 763, 798, 1836, 2731, etc.;—whither: gâ þær he wille, 1395.
there: 1) demons. adv., there (where), 32, 36, 89, 400, 757, etc.; the death-bale of kinsmen where before she had most worldly joy (morðor-bealo mâga, þær heó ær mæste heóld worolde wynne), 1080. With þâ: þâ þar, 331; therein (þær on innan), 71. Almost like Eng. expletive there, 271, 550, 978, etc.;—then, at that time, 440;—thither: thither went the bold ones to sit (þær swîð-ferhðe sittan eodon, i.e. to the bench), 493, etc.—2) relative, where, 356, 420, 508, 513, 522, 694, 867, etc.; went where the wise one tarried (eode ... þær se snottra bâd), 1314; so, 1816;—if, 763, 798, 1836, 2731, etc.;—whither: go where he will (gâ þær he wille), 1395.
þe, I. relative particle, indecl., partly standing alone, partly associated with se, seó, þät: Hunferð maðelode, þe ät fôtum sät (H., who sat at his feet, spake), 500; so, 138, etc.; wäs þät gewin tô swýð þe on þâ leóde be-com (the misery that had come on the people was too great), 192, etc.; ic wille ... þe þâ and-sware ädre ge-cýðan þe me se gôda â-gifan þenceð (I will straightway tell thee the answer that the good one shall give), 355; ôð þone ânne däg þe he ... (till that very day that he ...), 2401; heó þâ fæhðe wräc þe þu ... Grendel cwealdest (the fight in which thou slewest G.), 1335; mid þære sorge þe him sió sâr belamp (with the sorrow wherewith the pain had visited him), 2469; pl. þonne þâ dydon þe ... (than they did that ...), 45; so, 378, 1136; þâ mâðmas þe he me sealde (the treasures that he gave me), 2491; so, ginfästan gife þe him god sealde (the great gifts that God had given him), 2183. After þâra þe (of those that), the depend. verb often takes sg. instead of pl. (Dietrich, Haupt XI., 444 seqq.): wundor-sióna fela secga ge-hwylcum þâra þe on swylc starað (to each of those that look on such), 997; so, 844, 1462, 2384, 2736. Strengthened by se, seó, þät: sägde se þe cûðe (said he that knew), 90; wäs se grimma gäst Grendel hâten, se þe môras heóld (the grim stranger hight Grendel, he that held the moors), 103; here-byrne ... seó þe bân-cofan beorgan cûðe (the corselet that could protect the body), 1446, etc.; þær ge-lýfan sceal dryhtnes dôme se þe hine deáð nimeð (he shall believe in God's judgment whom death carrieth off), 441; so, 1437, 1292 (cf. Heliand I., 1308).
the, I. relative particle, not changing form, sometimes standing alone, sometimes connected with he, she, that: Hunferð spoke, who sat at his feet, (H., who sat at his feet, spoke), 500; so, 138, etc.; was the misery that had come upon the people too great (the misery that had come on the people was too great), 192, etc.; I will ... the answer that the good one will give you right away (I will straightway tell thee the answer that the good one shall give), 355; until that very day that he ... (till that very day that he ...), 2401; she then avenged the feud that you ... killed Grendel (the fight in which thou slewest G.), 1335; with the sorrow that had visited him (with the sorrow wherewith the pain had visited him), 2469; pl. than they did that ... (than they did that ...), 45; so, 378, 1136; the treasures that he gave me (the treasures that he gave me), 2491; so, the great gifts that God gave him (the great gifts that God had given him), 2183. After those that (of those that), the dependent verb often takes singular instead of plural (Dietrich, Haupt XI., 444 seqq.): many wonders to each of those that look on such things (to each of those that look on such), 997; so, 844, 1462, 2384, 2736. Strengthened by he, she, that: said he who knew (said he that knew), 90; the grim stranger named Grendel, he who held the moors (the grim stranger hight Grendel, he that held the moors), 103; the corselet that could protect the body (the corselet that could protect the body), 1446, etc.; there shall believe in God's judgment whom death carries off (he shall believe in God's judgment whom death carrieth off), 441; so, 1437, 1292 (cf. Heliand I., 1308).
for þam þe. See for-þam.
for þam þe. See for-__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
þegn, st. m., thane, liegeman, king's higher vassal; knight: nom. sg., 235, 494, 868, 2060, 2710; (Beówulf), 194; (Wîglâf), 2722; acc. sg. þegen (Beówulf, MS. þegn), 1872; dat. sg. þegne, 1342, 1420; (Hengest), 1086; (Wîglâf), 2811; gen. sg. þegnes, 1798; nom. pl. þegnas, 1231; acc. pl. þegnas, 1082, 3122; dat. pl. þegnum, 2870; gen. pl. þegna, 123, 400, 1628, 1674, 1830, 2034, etc.—Comp.: ambiht-, ealdor-, heal-, magu-, sele-þegn.
thain, n., thain, loyal follower, higher vassal of the king; knight: nom. sg., 235, 494, 868, 2060, 2710; (Beowulf), 194; (Wiglaf), 2722; acc. sg. thain (Beowulf, MS. thain), 1872; dat. sg. thaine, 1342, 1420; (Hengest), 1086; (Wiglaf), 2811; gen. sg. thain's, 1798; nom. pl. thains, 1231; acc. pl. thains, 1082, 3122; dat. pl. thains, 2870; gen. pl. thains', 123, 400, 1628, 1674, 1830, 2034, etc.—Comp.: ambiht-, ealdor-, heal-, magu-, sele-thain.
þegnian, þênian, w. v., to serve, do liege service: pret. sg. ic him þênode deóran sweorde (I served them with my good sword, i.e. slew them with it), 560.
þegnian, þênian, w. v., to serve, do liege service: pret. sg. ic him þênode deóran sweorde (I served them with my good sword, i.e. I killed them with it), 560.
thane-sorrow, n., grief for a liegeman: acc. sg. thane-sorrow, 131.
þegu, st. f., taking: in comp.: beáh-, beór-, sinc-þegu.
þegu, st. f., taking: in comp.: beáh-, beór-, sinc-þegu.
þencan, w. v.: 1) to think: absolutely: pres. sg. III. se þe wel þenceð, 289; so, 2602. With depend. clause: pres. sg. nænig heora þôhte þät he ... (none of them thought that he), 692.—2) w. inf., to intend: pres. sg. III. þâ and-sware ... þe me se gôda â-gifan þenceð (the answer that the good one intendeth to give me), 355; (blôdig wäl) byrgean þenceð, 448; þonne he ... gegân þenceð longsumne lof (if he will win eternal fame), 1536; pret. sg. ne þät aglæca yldan þôhte (the monster did not mean to delay that), 740; pret. pl. wit unc wið hronfixas werian þôhton, 541; (hine) on healfa ge-hwone heáwan þôhton, 801.
þencan, w. v.: 1) to think: absolutely: pres. sg. III. the one who thinks well, 289; so, 2602. With dependent clause: pres. sg. none of them thought that he ... (none of them thought that he), 692.—2) w. inf., to intend: pres. sg. III. the answer ... that the good one intends to give me (the answer that the good one intends to give me), 355; (bloody slaughter) to intend, 448; if he ... intends to win lasting fame (if he will win eternal fame), 1536; pret. sg. the monster did not intend to delay that (the monster did not mean to delay that), 740; pret. pl. we intended to protect ourselves against the whale-fixers, 541; (he) intended to hit him from every side, 801.
â-þencan, to intend, think out: pret. sg. (he) þis ellen-weorc âna â-þôhte tô ge-fremmanne, 2644.
â-þencan, to intend, think out: pret. sg. (he) þis ellen-weorc âna â-þôhte tô ge-fremmanne, 2644.
þenden: 1) adv., at this time, then, whilst: nalles fâcen-stafas Þeód-Scyldingas þenden fremedon (not at all at this time had the Scyldings done foul deeds), 1020 (referring to 1165; cf. Wîdsîð, 45 seqq.); þenden reáfode rinc ôðerne (whilst one warrior robbed another, i.e. Eofor robbed Ongenþeów), 2986.—2) conj., so long as, whilst, 30, 57, 284, 1860, 2039, 2500, 3028;—whilst, 2419. With subj., whilst, as long as: þenden þu môte, 1178; þenden þu lifige, 1255; þenden hyt sý (whilst the heat lasts), 2650.
thenden: 1) adv., at this time, then, while: not at all at this time had the Scyldings done foul deeds (nalles fâcen-stafas Þeód-Scyldingas þenden fremedon), 1020 (referring to 1165; cf. Wîdsîð, 45 seqq.); while one warrior robbed another (þenden reáfode rinc ôðerne, i.e. Eofor robbed Ongenþeów), 2986.—2) conj., as long as, while, 30, 57, 284, 1860, 2039, 2500, 3028;—while, 2419. With subj., while, as long as: as long as you may, 1178; as long as you live, 1255; while the heat lasts (þenden hyt sý), 2650.
þes (m.), þeós (f.), þis (n.), demons. pron., this: nom. sg. 411, 432, 1703; f., 484; nom. acc. neut., 2156, 2252, 2644; þys, 1396; acc. sg. m. þisne, 75; f. þâs, 1682; dat. sg. neut. þissum, 1170; þyssum, 2640; f. þisse, 639; gen. m. þisses, 1217; f. þisse, 929; neut. þysses, 791, 807; nom. pl. and acc. þâs, 1623, 1653, 2636, 2641; dat. þyssum, 1063, 1220.
this (m.), that (f.), it (n.), demonstrative pronoun, this: nom. sg. 411, 432, 1703; f., 484; nom. acc. neut., 2156, 2252, 2644; this, 1396; acc. sg. m. this, 75; f. that, 1682; dat. sg. neut. this, 1170; these, 2640; f. this, 639; gen. m. this, 1217; f. this, 929; neut. this, 791, 807; nom. pl. and acc. those, 1623, 1653, 2636, 2641; dat. these, 1063, 1220.
þearf, st. f., need: nom. sg. þearf, 1251, 2494, 2638; þâ him wäs manna þearf (as he was in need of men), 201; acc. sg. þearfe, 1457, 2580, 2850; fremmað ge nu leóda þearfe (do ye now what is needful for the folk), 2802; dat. sg. ät þearfe, 1478, 1526, 2695, 2710; acc. pl. se for andrysnum ealle beweotede þegnes þearfe (who would supply in courtesy all the thane's needs), 1798 (cf. sele-þegn, 1795.—Comp.: firen-, nearo-, ofer-þearf.
need, noun, need: nom. sg. need, 1251, 2494, 2638; þâ him wäs manna þearf (as he was in need of men), 201; acc. sg. need, 1457, 2580, 2850; fremmað ge nu leóda þearfe (do ye now what is needful for the folk), 2802; dat. sg. æt need, 1478, 1526, 2695, 2710; acc. pl. se for andrysnum ealle beweotede þegnes þearfe (who would supply in courtesy all the thane's needs), 1798 (cf. sele-þegn, 1795.—Comp.: firen-, nearo-, ofer-need.
þeáh, þêh, conj., though, even though or if: 1) with subj. þeáh, 203, 526, 588, 590, 1168, 1661, 2032, 2162. Strengthened by þe: þeáh þe, 683, 1369, 1832, 1928, 1942, 2345, 2620; þeáh ... eal (although), 681.—2) with indic.: þeáh, 1103; þêh, 1614.—3) doubtful: þeáh he ûðe wel, 2856; swâ þeáh (nevertheless), 2879; nô ... swâ þeáh (not then however), 973; näs þe forht swâ þêh (he was not, though, afraid), 2968; hwäðre swâ þeáh (yet however), 2443.
though, even though, conj., though, even though or if: 1) with subj. though, 203, 526, 588, 590, 1168, 1661, 2032, 2162. Strengthened by the: though the, 683, 1369, 1832, 1928, 1942, 2345, 2620; though ... all (although), 681.—2) with indic.: though, 1103; though, 1614.—3) doubtful: though he might do well, 2856; still though (nevertheless), 2879; not ... still though (not then however), 973; he was not, though, afraid (he was not, though, afraid), 2968; yet still though (yet however), 2443.
þeóden, st. m., lord of a troop, war-chief, king; ruler: nom. sg., 129, 365, 417, 1047, 1210, 1676, etc.; þióden, 2337, 2811; acc. sg. þeóden, 34, 201, 353, 1599, 2385, 2722, 2884, 3080; þióden, 2789; dat. sg. þeódne, 345, 1526, 1993, 2573, 2710, etc.; þeóden, 2033; gen. sg. þeódnes 798, 911, 1086, 1628, 1838, 2175; þiódnes, 2657; nom. pl. þeódnas, 3071.
þeóden, m., leader of a group, war chief, king; ruler: nom. sg., 129, 365, 417, 1047, 1210, 1676, etc.; þióden, 2337, 2811; acc. sg. þeóden, 34, 201, 353, 1599, 2385, 2722, 2884, 3080; þióden, 2789; dat. sg. þeódne, 345, 1526, 1993, 2573, 2710, etc.; þeóden, 2033; gen. sg. þeódnes 798, 911, 1086, 1628, 1838, 2175; þiódnes, 2657; nom. pl. þeódnas, 3071.
þeóden-leás, adj., without chief or king: nom. pl. þeóden-leáse, 1104.
þeóden-leás, adj., without a leader or king: nom. pl. þeóden-leáse, 1104.
þeód-gestreón, st. n., people's-jewel, precious treasure: instr. pl. þeód-ge-streónum, 44; gen. pl. þeód-ge-streóna, 1219.
þeód-gestreón, n. sing., people's jewel, precious treasure: instr. pl. þeód-ge-streónum, 44; gen. pl. þeód-ge-streóna, 1219.
þeódig, adj., appertaining to a þeód: in comp. el-þeódig.
þeódig, adj., related to a þeód: in comp. el-þeódig.
þeód-scaða, w. m., foe of the people, general foe: nom. sg. þeód-sceaða (the dragon), 2279, 2689.
þeód-scaða, m., enemy of the people, common enemy: nom. sg. þeód-sceaða (the dragon), 2279, 2689.
þeón, st. v.: 1) to grow, ripen, thrive: pret. sg. weorðmyndum þâh (grew in glory), 8.—2) to thrive in, succeed: pret. sg. hûru þät on lande lyt manna þâh (that throve to few), 2837. See Note, l. 901.
þeón, st. v.: 1) to grow, ripen, thrive: past tense singular weorðmyndum þâh (grew in glory), 8.—2) to thrive in, succeed: past tense singular hûru þät on lande lyt manna þâh (that throve to few), 2837. See Note, l. 901.
on-þeón? to begin, undertake, w. gen.: pret. he þäs ær onþâh, 901. [In MS. Emended in text.--KTH] See Note, l. 901.
on-þeón? to begin, undertake, w. gen.: pret. he þäs ær onþâh, 901. [In MS. Emended in text.--KTH] See Note, l. 901.
þider, þyder, adv., thither: þyder, 3087, 379, 2971.
there, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
þihtig, þyhtig, adj., doughty, vigorous, firm: acc. sg. neut. sweord ... ecgum þyhtig, 1559.—Comp. hyge-þihtig.
þihtig, þyhtig, adj., brave, energetic, strong: acc. sg. neut. sword ... with sharp edges strong, 1559.—Comp. mind-strong.
þing, st. n.: 1) thing: gen. pl. ænige þinga (ullo modo), 792, 2375, 2906.—2) affair, contest, controversy: nom. sg. me wearð Grendles þing ... undyrne cûð (Grendel's doings became known to me), 409.—3) judgment, issue, judicial assembly(?): acc. sg. sceal ... âna gehegan þing wið þyrse (shall bring the matter alone to an issue against the giant: see hegan), 426.
thing, n. neuter: 1) thing: gen. pl. any things (of any kind), 792, 2375, 2906.—2) affair, contest, controversy: nom. sg. I heard of Grendel's thing ... it became well-known (Grendel's doings became known to me), 409.—3) judgment, issue, judicial assembly (?): acc. sg. shall ... alone bring the matter to an issue against the giant (shall bring the matter alone to an issue against the giant: see hegan), 426.
ge-þingan, st. v., to grow, mature, thrive (Dietrich, Haupt IX., 430): pret. part. cwên môde ge-þungen (mature-minded, high-spirited, queen), 625. See wel-þungen.
ge-þingan, st. v., to grow, mature, thrive (Dietrich, Haupt IX., 430): past participle cwên môde ge-þungen (mature-minded, high-spirited, queen), 625. See wel-þungen.
ge-þingan (see ge-þing), w. v.: 1) to conclude a treaty: w. refl. dat, enter into a treaty: pres. sg. III. gif him þonne Hrêðrîc tô hofum Geáta ge-þingeð (if H. enters into a treaty (seeks aid at?) with the court of the Geátas, referring to the old German custom of princes entering the service or suite of a foreign king), 1838. Leo.—2) to prepare, appoint: pret. part. wiste [ät] þäm ahlæcan ... hilde ge-þinged, 648; hraðe wäs ... mêce ge-þinged, 1939.
ge-þingan (see ge-þing), v.: 1) to conclude a treaty: with reflexive dative, enter into a treaty: present singular third person. If he then Hrethric to the halls of the Geats ge-þingeð (if H. enters into a treaty (seeks aid from?) with the court of the Geats, referring to the old German custom of princes joining the service or retinue of a foreign king), 1838. Leo.—2) to prepare, appoint: past participle wiste [at] the hall ... battle ge-þinged, 648; quickly was ... sword ge-þinged, 1939.
þingian, w. v.: 1) to speak in an assembly, make an address: inf. ne hýrde ic snotor-lîcor on swâ geongum feore guman þingian (I never heard a man so young speak so wisely), 1844.—2) to compound, settle, lay aside: inf. ne wolde feorh-bealo ... feó þingian (would not compound the life-bale for money), 156; so, pret. sg. þâ fæhðe feó þingode, 470.
your, yours, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, etc.
þolian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to endure, bear: inf. (inwid-sorge) þolian, 833; pres. sg. III. þreá-nýd þolað, 284; pret. sg. þolode þryðswyð, 131.—2) to hold out, stand, survive: pres. sg. (intrans.) þenden þis sweord þolað (as long as this sword holds out), 2500; pret. sg. (seó ecg) þolode ær fela hand-gemôta, 1526.
þolian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to endure, bear: inf. (inwid-sorge) þolian, 833; pres. sg. III. þreá-nýd þolað, 284; pret. sg. þolode þryðswyð, 131.—2) to hold out, stand, survive: pres. sg. (intrans.) þenden þis sweord þolað (as long as this sword holds out), 2500; pret. sg. (seó ecg) þolode ær fela hand-gemôta, 1526.
ge-þolian: 1) to suffer, bear, endure: gerund. tô ge-þolianne, 1420; pret. sg. earfoð-lice þrage ge-þolode..., þät he ... dreám gehýrde (bore ill that he heard the sound of joy), 87; torn ge-þolode (bore the misery), 147.—2) to have patience, wait: inf. þær he longe sceal on þäs waldendes wære ge-þolian, 3110.
ge-þolian: 1) to suffer, bear, endure: gerund. tô ge-þolianne, 1420; pret. sg. earfoð-lice þrage ge-þolode..., þät he ... dreám gehýrde (bore ill that he heard the sound of joy), 87; torn ge-þolode (bore the misery), 147. —2) to have patience, wait: inf. þær he longe sceal on þäs waldendes wære ge-þolian, 3110.
þon (Goth, þan) = tum, then, now, 504; äfter þon (after that), 725; ær þon däg cwôme (ere day came), 732; nô þon lange (it was not long till then), 2424; näs þâ long tô þon (it was not long till then), 2592, 2846; wäs him se man tô þon leóf þät ... (the man was to that degree dear to him that ...), 1877.
þonne: 1) adv., there, then, now, 377, 435, 525, 1105, 1456, 1485, 1672, 1823, 3052, 3098(?).—2) conj., if, when, while: a) w. indic., 573, 881, 935, 1034, 1041, 1043, 1144, 1286, 1327, 1328, 1375, etc.; þät ic gum-cystum gôdne funde beága bryttan, breác þonne môste (that I found a good ring-giver and enjoyed him whilst I could), 1488. b) w. subj., 23, 1180, 3065; þonne ...þonne (then ... when), 484-85, 2447-48; gif þonne ...þonne (if then ... then), 1105-1107. c) than after comparatives, 44, 248, 469, 505, 534, 679, 1140, 1183, etc.; a comparative must be supplied, l. 70, before þone: þät he ... hâtan wolde medo-ärn micel men ge-wyrcean þone yldo bearn æfre ge-frunon (a great mead-house (greater) than men had ever known).
then: 1) adv., there, then, now, 377, 435, 525, 1105, 1456, 1485, 1672, 1823, 3052, 3098(?).—2) conj., if, when, while: a) w. indic., 573, 881, 935, 1034, 1041, 1043, 1144, 1286, 1327, 1328, 1375, etc.; þät ic gum-cystum gôdne funde beága bryttan, breác þonne môste (that I found a good ring-giver and enjoyed him while I could), 1488. b) w. subj., 23, 1180, 3065; þonne ...þonne (then ... when), 484-85, 2447-48; gif þonne ...þonne (if then ... then), 1105-1107. c) than after comparatives, 44, 248, 469, 505, 534, 679, 1140, 1183, etc.; a comparative must be supplied, l. 70, before þone: þät he ... hâtan wolde medo-ärn micel men ge-wyrcean þone yldo bearn æfre ge-frunon (a great mead-house (greater) than men had ever known).
þracu, st. f., strength, boldness: in comp. môd-þracu; = impetus in ecg-þracu.
þracu, st. f., strength, boldness: in comp. môd-þracu; = impetus in ecg-þracu.
ge-þräc, st. n., multitude, crowd: in comp. searo-ge-þräc.
ge-þräc, st. n., multitude, crowd: in comp. searo-ge-þräc.
threat-wood, noun, (might-wood), spear (cf. magen-wood): accusative singular, 1247.
þreá, st. m. f., misery, distress: in comp. þeód-þreá, þreá-nêdla, -nýd.
þreá, st. m. f., misery, distress: in comp. þeód-þreá, þreá-nêdla, -nýd.
þreá-nêdla, w. m., crushing distress, misery: dat. sg. for þreá-nêdlan, 2225.
threa-nedla, n., crushing distress, misery: dat. sg. for threa-nedlan, 2225.
threa-need, noun, oppression, distress: accusative singular threa-need, 284; dative plural threa-needs, 833.
þreot-teoða, num. adj. w. m., thirteenth: nom. sg. þreot-teoða secg, 2407.
three-teenth, num. adj. m., thirteenth: nom. sg. three-teenth man, 2407.
for-þringan, to press out; rescue, protect: inf. þät he ne mehte ...þâ weá-lâfe wîge for-þringan þeódnes þegne (that he could not rescue the wretched remnant from the king's thane by war), 1085.
for-þringan, to press out; rescue, protect: inf. þät he ne mehte ...þâ weá-lâfe wîge for-þringan þeódnes þegne (that he could not rescue the wretched remnant from the king's thane by war), 1085.
ge-þringan, to press: pret. sg. ceól up geþrang (the ship shot up), i.e. on the shore in landing), 1913.
ge-þringan, to press: past tense singular ceól up geþrang (the ship shot up), i.e. on the shore in landing), 1913.
þrîst-hydig, adj., bold-minded, valorous: nom. sg. þióden þrîst-hydig (Beówulf), 2811.
thrîst-hydig, adj., bold-minded, brave: nom. sg. þióden thrîst-hydig (Beowulf), 2811.
thryth-swidh, noun?, great pain (?): accusative, 131, 737 [? adjective, very powerful, extremely strong].
þurfan, pret.-pres. v., to need: pres. sg. II. nô þu ne þearft ... sorgian (needest not care), 450; so, 445, 1675; III. ne þearf ... onsittan (need not fear), 596; so, 2007, 2742; pres. subj. þät he ... sêcean þurfe, 2496; pret. sg. þorfte, 157, 1027, 1072, 2875, 2996; pl. nealles Hetware hrêmge þorfton (i.e. wesan) fêðe-wîges (needed not boast of their foot-fight), 2365.
þurfan, past-present v., to need: present sg. II. no, you don’t need ... to worry (needest not care), 450; so, 445, 1675; III. don’t need ... to fear (need not fear), 596; so, 2007, 2742; present subj. that he ... needs to seek, 2496; past sg. needed, 157, 1027, 1072, 2875, 2996; pl. certainly not Hetware boastfully needed (needed not boast of their foot-fight), 2365.
þurh, prep. w. acc. signifying motion through, hence: I. local, through, throughout: wôd þâ þurh þone wäl-rêc (went then through the battle-reek), 2662.—II. causal: l) on account of, for the sake of, owing to: þurh slîðne nîð (through fierce hostility, heathenism), 184; þurh holdne hige (from friendliness), 267; so, þurh rûmne sefan, 278; þurh sîdne sefan, 1727; eóweð þurh egsan uncûðne nîð (shows unheard-of hostility by the terror he causes), 276; so, 1102, 1336, 2046. 2) by means of, through: heaðo-ræs for-nam mihtig mere-deór þurh mîne hand, 558; þurh ânes cräft, 700; so, 941, 1694, 1696, 1980, 2406, 3069.
through, prep. w. acc. meaning moving through, hence: I. local, through, throughout: he went through the battle smoke, 2662.—II. causal: 1) due to, for the sake of, because of: through fierce hostility, heathenism, 184; through friendliness, 267; likewise, through a generous heart, 278; through a kind heart, 1727; shows unheard-of hostility by the terror he causes, 276; likewise, 1102, 1336, 2046. 2) by means of, through: the mighty sea beast was caught through my hand, 558; through one's strength, 700; likewise, 941, 1694, 1696, 1980, 2406, 3069.
so, thus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
þûsend, num., thousand: 1) fem. acc. ic þe þûsenda þegna bringe tô helpe, 1830.—2) neut. with measure of value (sceat) omitted: acc. seofan þûsendo, 2196; gen. hund-þûsenda landes and locenra beága (100,000 sceattas' worth of land and rings), 2995.—3) uninflected: acc. þûsend wintra, 3051.
thousand, noun, thousand: 1) feminine accusative I bring the help of a thousand warriors, 1830.—2) neuter with measure of value (sceat) omitted: accusative seven thousand, 2196; genitive hundred thousands of land and precious rings (100,000 sceattas' worth of land and rings), 2995.—3) uninflected: accusative thousand winters, 3051.
ge-þwære, adj., gentle, mild: nom. pl. ge-þwære, 1231.
ge-þwære, adj., gentle, mild: nom. pl. ge-þwære, 1231.
þyncan, þincean, w. v. w. dat. of pers., to seem, appear: pres. sg. III. þinceð him tô lytel (it seems to him too little), 1749; ne þynceð me gerysne, þät we (it seemeth to me not fit that we ...), 2654; pres. pl. hy ... wyrðe þinceað eorla ge-æhtlan (they seem worthy contenders with (?) earls; or, worthy warriors), 368; pres. subj. swâ him ge-met þince, 688; inf. þincean, 1342; pret. sg. þûhte, 2462, 3058; nô his lîf-gedâl sâr-lîc þûhte secga ænigum (his death seemed painful to none of men), 843; pret. pl. þær him fold-wegas fägere þûhton, 867.
þyncan, þincean, v. w. dat. of pers., to seem, appear: pres. sg. III. þinceð him tô lytel (it seems to him too little), 1749; ne þynceð me gerysne, þät we (it seems to me not fit that we ...), 2654; pres. pl. hy ... wyrðe þinceað eorla ge-æhtlan (they seem worthy contenders with (?) earls; or, worthy warriors), 368; pres. subj. swâ him ge-met þince, 688; inf. þincean, 1342; pret. sg. þûhte, 2462, 3058; nô his lîf-gedâl sâr-lîc þûhte secga ænigum (his death seemed painful to none of men), 843; pret. pl. þær him fold-wegas fägere þûhton, 867.
of-þincan, to displease, offend: inf. mäg þäs þonne of-þyncan þeóden (dat.) Heaðo-beardna and þegna gehwâm þâra leóda, 2033.
of-þincan, to displease, offend: inf. mäg þäs þonne of-þyncan þeóden (dat.) Heaðo-beardna and þegna gehwâm þâra leóda, 2033.
ufan, adv., from above, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; above, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
uht-sceaða, w. m., twilight- or dawn-foe: nom. sg., 2272.
un-byrnende, pres. part., unburning, without burning, 2549.
un-byrnende, pres. part., not burning, without burning, 2549.
uncer, poss. pron., of us two: nom. sg. [uncer], 2002(?); dat. pl. uncran eaferan, 1186.
uncer, poss. pron., of us two: nom. sg. [uncer], 2002(?); dat. pl. uncran eaferan, 1186.
under, I. prep. w. dat. and acc.: 1) w. dat., answering question where? = under (of rest), contrasted with over: bât (wäs) under beorge, 211; þâ cwom Wealhþeó forð gân under gyldnum beáge (W. walked forth under a golden circlet, i.e. decked with), 1164; siððan he under segne sine ealgode (under his banner), 1205; he under rande ge-cranc (sank under his shield), 1210; under wolcnum, 8, 1632; under heofenum, 52, 505; under roderum, 310; under helme, 342, 404; under here-grîman, 396, 2050, 2606; so, 711, 1198, 1303, 1929, 2204, 2416, 3061, 3104.—2) w. acc.: a) answering question whither? = under (of motion): þâ secg wîsode under Heorotes hrôf, 403; siððan æfen-leóht under heofenes hâdor be-holen weorðeð, 414; under sceadu bregdan, 708; fleón under fen-hleoðu, 821; hond âlegde ... under geápne hrôf, 837; teón in under eoderas, 1038; so, 1361, 1746, 2129, 2541, 2554, 2676, 2745; so, häfde þâ for-sîðod sunu Ecg-þeówes under gynne grund, 1552 (for-sîðian requires acc.). b) after verbs of venturing and fighting, with acc. of object had in view: he under hârne stân ...âna ge-nêðde frêcne dæde, 888; ne dorste under ýða ge-win aldre ge-nêðan, 1470. c) indicating extent, with acc. after expressions of limit, etc.: under swegles begong (as far as the sky extends), 861, 1774; under heofenes hwealf (as far as heaven's vault reaches), 2016.
under, I. prep. w. dat. and acc.: 1) w. dat., answering the question where? = under (of rest), contrasted with over: bât (wäs) under beorge, 211; þâ cwom Wealhþeó forð gân under gyldnum beáge (W. walked forth under a golden circlet, i.e. decked with), 1164; siððan he under segne sine ealgode (under his banner), 1205; he under rande ge-cranc (sank under his shield), 1210; under wolcnum, 8, 1632; under heofenum, 52, 505; under roderum, 310; under helme, 342, 404; under here-grîman, 396, 2050, 2606; so, 711, 1198, 1303, 1929, 2204, 2416, 3061, 3104.—2) w. acc.: a) answering the question whither? = under (of motion): þâ secg wîsode under Heorotes hrôf, 403; siððan æfen-leóht under heofenes hâdor be-holen weorðeð, 414; under sceadu bregdan, 708; fleón under fen-hleoðu, 821; hond âlegde ... under geápne hrôf, 837; teón in under eoderas, 1038; so, 1361, 1746, 2129, 2541, 2554, 2676, 2745; so, häfde þâ for-sîðod sunu Ecg-þeówes under gynne grund, 1552 (for-sîðian requires acc.). b) after verbs of venturing and fighting, with acc. of object had in view: he under hârne stân ...âna ge-nêðde frêcne dæde, 888; ne dorste under ýða ge-win aldre ge-nêðan, 1470. c) indicating extent, with acc. after expressions of limit, etc.: under swegles begong (as far as the sky extends), 861, 1774; under heofenes hwealf (as far as heaven's vault reaches), 2016.
II. Adv., beneath, below: stîg under läg (a path lay beneath, i.e. the rock), 2214.
II. Adv., beneath, below: stîg under läg (a path lay beneath, meaning the rock), 2214.
undern-mæl, st. n., midday: acc. sg., 1429.
undern-mæl, noun, noon: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
un-dyrne, un-derne, adj., without concealment, plain, clear: nom. sg., 127, 2001; un-derne, 2912.
un-dyrne, un-derne, adj., not hidden, obvious, straightforward: nom. sg., 127, 2001; un-derne, 2912.
clearly, obviously; un-dyrne cûð, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
un-gedêfelîce, adv., unjustly, contrary to right and custom, 2436.
un-gedêfelîce, adv., unfairly, against what is right and usual, 2436.
un-gemete, adv., immeasurably, exceedingly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
un-geâra, adv., (not old), recently, lately, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; soon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
un-heóre, un-hýre, adj., monstrous, horrible: nom. sg. m., weard un-hióre (the dragon), 2414; neut. wîf un-hýre (Grendel's mother), 2121; nom. pl. neut. hand-sporu ... unheóru (of Grendel's claws), 988.
un-heóre, un-hýre, adj., monstrous, horrible: nom. sg. m., weard un-hióre (the dragon), 2414; neut. wîf un-hýre (Grendel's mother), 2121; nom. pl. neut. hand-sporu ... unheóru (of Grendel's claws), 988.
un-hlytme, un-hlitme, adv. (cf. A.S. hlytm = lot; O.N. hluti = part division), undivided, unseparated, united, 1130 [unless = un-flitme, 1098]. See Note.
un-hlytme, un-hlitme, adv. (cf. A.S. hlytm = lot; O.N. hluti = part division), undivided, unseparated, united, 1130 [unless = un-flitme, 1098]. See Note.
un-lifigende, pres. part., unliving, lifeless: nom. sg. un-lifigende, 468; acc. sg. un-lyfigendne, 1309; dat. sg. un-lifgendum, 1390; gen. sg. un-lyfigendes, 745.
un-lifigende, present participle, unliving, lifeless: nominative singular un-lifigende, 468; accusative singular un-lyfigendne, 1309; dative singular un-lifgendum, 1390; genitive singular un-lyfigendes, 745.
un-murnlîce, adv., unpityingly, without sorrowing, 449, 1757.
un-murnlîce, adv., without pity, without feeling sad, 449, 1757.
unnan, pret.-pres. v., to grant, give; wish, will: pret.-pres. sg. I. ic þe an tela sinc-gestreóna, 1226; weak pret. sg. I. ûðe ic swîðor þät þu hine selfne ge-seón môste, 961; III. he ne ûðe þät ...(he granted not that ...), 503; him god ûðe þät ... he hyne sylfne ge-wräc (God granted to him that he avenged himself), 2875; þeáh he ûðe wel (though he well would), 2856.
unnan, past-present verb, to grant, give; wish, will: past-present singular I. I grant him a good amount of treasure, 1226; weak past singular. I. I wish that you could see yourself, 961; III. he did not wish that ...(he granted not that ...), 503; God granted him that ... he avenged himself (God granted to him that he avenged himself), 2875; although he wished well (though he well would), 2856.
ge-unnan, to grant, permit: inf. gif he ûs ge-unnan wile þät we hine ... grêtan môton, 346; me ge-ûðe ylda waldend, þät ic ... ge-seah hangian (the Ruler of men permitted me to see hanging ...), 1662.
ge-unnan, to grant, permit: inf. if he allows us to greet him ... the Ruler of men permitted me to see hanging ... 1662.
un-nyt, adj., useless: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
un-snyttru, st. f., lack of wisdom: dat. pl. for his un-snyttrum (for his unwisdom), 1735.
un-snyttru, st. f., lack of wisdom: dat. pl. for his un-snyttrum (for his unwisdom), 1735.
un-softe, adv., unsoftly, violently (hardly?), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; scarcely, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
un-synnum, adv. instr. pl., guiltlessly, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
un-tæle, adj., blameless: acc. pl. un-tæle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
un-wearnum, adv. instr. pl., unawares, suddenly; (unresistingly?), 742.
un-wearnum, adv. instr. pl., unexpectedly, suddenly; (without resistance?), 742.
up-lang, adj., upright, erect: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
up-right, adj., upright, erect: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ût, adv., out, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__.
ûtan, adv., from outside, outside, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.
ûtan-weard, adj., without, outward, from without: acc. sg. hlæw ... ealne ûtan-weardne, 2298.
ûtan-weard, adj., without, outward, from outside: acc. sg. hlæw ... all outside, 2298.
ge-wadan, to attain by moving, come to, reach: pret. part. ôð þät ... wunden-stefna ge-waden häfde, þät þâ lîðende land ge-sâwon (till the ship had gone so far that the sailors saw land), 220.
ge-wadan, to attain by moving, come to, reach: past participle ôð þät ... wunden-stefna ge-waden häfde, þät þâ lîðende land ge-sâwon (until the ship had gone so far that the sailors saw land), 220.
on-wadan, w. acc., to invade, befall: pret. sg. hine fyren on-wôd(?), 916.
on-wadan, w. acc., to invade, befall: pret. sg. hine fyren on-wôd(?), 916.
walda, w. m., wielder, ruler: in comp. an-, eal-walda.
walda, w. m., wielder, ruler: in comp. an-, eal-walda.
wald-swaðu, st. f., forest-path: dat. pl. äfter wald-swaðum (along the wood-paths), 1404.
wald-swaðu, st. f., forest-path: dat. pl. after wald-swaðum (along the wood-paths), 1404.
wang-stede, st. m., (locus campestris), spot, place: dat. sg. wong-stede, 2787.
wang-stede, st. m., (locus campestris), spot, place: dat. sg. wong-stede, 2787.
ge-wanian, to decrease, diminish: pret. part. is mîn flet-werod ... ge-wanod, 477.
ge-wanian, to decrease, diminish: past participle is mîn flet-werod ... ge-wanod, 477.
wan-sceaft, st. f., misery, want: acc. sg. won-sceaft, 120.
wan-sceaft, st. f., misery, want: acc. sg. won-sceaft, 120.
waru, st. f., inhabitants, (collective) population: in comp. land-waru.
waru, st. f., inhabitants, (collective) population: in comp. land-waru.
wäl, st. n., battle, slaughter, the slain in battle: acc. sg. wäl, 1213, 3028, blôdig wäl, 448; oððe on wäl crunge (or in battle, among the slain, fall), 636; dat. sg. sume on wäle crungon (some fell in the slaughter), 1114; dat. sg. in Fr...es wäle (proper name in MS. destroyed), 1071; nom. pl. walu, 1043.
wäl, n., battle, slaughter, the fallen in battle: acc. sg. wäl, 1213, 3028, bloody wäl, 448; or in wäl crunge (or in battle, among the fallen, fall), 636; dat. sg. some on wäle crungon (some fell in the slaughter), 1114; dat. sg. in Fr...es wäle (proper name in MS. destroyed), 1071; nom. pl. walu, 1043.
wäl-rest, noun, deathbed, accusative singular wäl-reste, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wäl-sceaft, st. m., deadly shaft, spear: acc. pl. wäl-sceaftas, 398.
wäl-sceaft, st. m., deadly shaft, spear: acc. pl. wäl-sceaftas, 398.
wäl-stenge, st. m., battle-spear: dat. sg. on þam wäl-stenge, 1639.
wäl-stenge, m., battle-spear: dat. sg. on þam wäl-stenge, 1639.
wäl-stôw, noun, battlefield: dat. sg. wäl-stôwe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
wäter, st. n., water: nom. sg., 93, 1417, 1515, 1632; acc. sg. wäter, 1365, 1620; deóp wäter (the deep), 509, 1905; ofer wîd wäter (over the high sea], 2474; dat. sg. äfter wätere (along the Grendel-sea), 1426; under wätere (at the bottom of the sea), 1657; instr. wätere, 2723; wätre, 2855; gen. sg. ofer wäteres hrycg (over the surface of the sea), 471; on wäteres æht, 516; þurh wäteres wylm (through the sea-wave), 1694; gen. = instr. wäteres weorpan (to sprinkle with water), 2792.
wäter, noun, water: nominative singular, 93, 1417, 1515, 1632; accusative singular wäter, 1365, 1620; deep wáter (the deep), 509, 1905; over wide water (over the high sea), 2474; dative singular after water (along the Grendel-sea), 1426; under water (at the bottom of the sea), 1657; instrumental water, 2723; waters, 2855; genitive singular over water's back (over the surface of the sea), 471; on water's property, 516; through water's wave (through the sea-wave), 1694; genitive = instrumental water's sprinkle (to sprinkle with water), 2792.
wäter-egesa, st. m., water-terror, i.e. the fearful sea: acc. sg., 1261
wäter-egesa, st. m., water-terror, meaning the fearful sea: acc. sg., 1261
wæd, st. f., (weeds), garment: in comp. here-, hilde-wæd.
wæd, st. f., (weeds), garment: in comp. here-, hilde-wæd.
ge-wæde, st. n., clothing, especially battle-equipments: acc. pl. gewædu, 292.—Comp. eorl-gewæde.
ge-wæde, st. n., clothing, especially battle-equipments: acc. pl. gewædu, 292.—Comp. eorl-gewæde.
wæg-lîðend, pres. part., sea-farer: dat. pl. wæg-lîðendum (et lîðendum, MS.), 3160.
wæg-lîðend, present participle, sea traveler: dative plural wæg-lîðendum (and lîðendum, MS.), 3160.
wæg-sweord, st. n., heavy sword: acc. sg., 1490.
wæg-sweord, st. n., heavy sword: acc. sg., 1490.
wæpned-man, st. m., warrior, man: dat. sg. wæpned-men, 1285.
wæpned-man, st. m., warrior, man: dat. sg. wæpned-men, 1285.
we, pronoun, we, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, etc.
webbe, w. f., webster, female weaver: in comp. freoðu-webbe.
webbe, w. f., webster, female weaver: in comp. freoðu-webbe.
weccan, weccean, w. v. w. acc., to wake, rouse; recall: inf. wîg-bealu weccan (to stir up strife), 2047; nalles hearpan swêg (sceal) wîgend weccean (the sound of the harp shall not wake up the warriors), 3025; ongunnon þâ ... bæl-fýra mæst wîgend weccan (the warriors then began to start the mightiest of funeral pyres), 3145; pret. sg. wehte hine wätre (roused him with water, i.e. Wîglâf recalled Beówulf to consciousness), 2855.
weccan, weccean, v. w. v. acc., to wake, rouse; recall: inf. wîg-bealu weccan (to stir up strife), 2047; nalles hearpan swêg (sceal) wîgend weccean (the sound of the harp shall not wake up the warriors), 3025; ongunnon þâ ... bæl-fýra mæst wîgend weccan (the warriors then began to start the mightiest of funeral pyres), 3145; pret. sg. wehte hine wätre (roused him with water, i.e. Wîglâf recalled Beówulf to consciousness), 2855.
tô-weccan, to stir up, rouse: pret, pl. hû þâ folc mid him (with one another), fæhðe tô-wehton, 2949.
tô-weccan, to stir up, rouse: past tense, plural hû þâ folc mid him (with one another), fæhðe tô-wehton, 2949.
wegan, st. v. w. acc., to bear, wear, bring, possess: subj. pres. nâh hwâ sweord wege (I have none that may bear the sword), 2253; inf. nalles (sceal) eorl wegan mâððum tô ge-myndum (no earl shall wear a memorial jewel), 3016; pret. ind. he þâ frätwe wäg ... ofer ýða ful (bore the jewels over the goblet of the waves), 1208; wäl-seaxe ... þät he on byrnan wäg, 2705; heortan sorge wäg (bore heart's sorrow); so, 152, 1778, 1932, 2781.
wegan, v. tr., to carry, wear, bring, have: subj. pres. nâh hwâ sweord wege (I have none that can carry the sword), 2253; inf. nalles (sceal) eorl wegan mâððum tô ge-myndum (no earl shall wear a memorial jewel), 3016; pret. ind. he þâ frätwe wäg ... ofer ýða ful (carried the jewels over the goblet of the waves), 1208; wäl-seaxe ... þät he on byrnan wäg, 2705; heortan sorge wäg (carried the sorrow of the heart); so, 152, 1778, 1932, 2781.
ät-wegan = auferre, to carry off: syððan Hâma ät-wäg tô þære byrhtan byrig Brosinga mene (since H. bore from the bright city the Brosing-collar), 1199.
ät-wegan = auferre, to carry off: since Hâma carried away from the bright city the Brosing-collar (since H. bore from the bright city the Brosing-collar), 1199.
wel, adv.: 1) well: wel bið þäm þe ... (well for him that ...!), 186; se þe wel þenceð (he that well thinketh, judgeth), 289; so, 640, 1046, 1822, 1834, 1952, 2602; well, 2163, 2813.—2) very, very much: Geát ungemetes wel ... restan lyste (the Geat longed sorely to rest), 1793.—3) indeed, to be sure, 2571, 2856.
wel, adv.: 1) well: well for him that ... (well for him that ...!), 186; he who thinks well (he that well thinketh, judgeth), 289; so, 640, 1046, 1822, 1834, 1952, 2602; well, 2163, 2813.—2) very, very much: the Geat longed sorely to rest (Geát ungemetes wel ... restan lyste), 1793.—3) indeed, to be sure, 2571, 2856.
wela, w. m., wealth, goods, possessions: in comp. ær-, burg-, hord-, mâððum-wela.
wela, w. m., wealth, goods, possessions: in comp. ær-, burg-, hord-, mâððum-wela.
wel-þungen, pres. part., well-thriven (in mind), mature, high-minded: nom. sg. Hygd (wäs) swîðe geong, wîs, wel-þungen, 1928.
wel-þungen, present participle, well-thrived (in mind), mature, high-minded: nominative singular Hygd (was) very young, wise, well-thrived, 1928.
be-(bi-)wenian, entertain, care for, attend: pret. sg. mäg þäs þonne of-þyncan þeóden Heaðo-beardna ... þonne he mid fæmnan on flet gæð, dryht-bearn Dena duguða bi-wenede (may well displease the prince of the H.... when he with the woman goes into the hall, that a noble scion of the Danes should entertain, bear wine to, the knights, cf. 494 seqq.; or, a noble scion of the Danes should attend on her?), 2036; pret. part. nom. pl. wæron her tela willum be-wenede, 1822.
be-(bi-)wenian, entertain, care for, attend: past tense singular mág þäs þonne of-thyncan þeóden Heaðo-beardna ... þonne he mid fæmnan on flet gæð, dryht-bearn Dena duguða bi-wenede (may well displease the prince of the H.... when he with the woman goes into the hall, that a noble scion of the Danes should entertain, bear wine to, the knights, cf. 494 seqq.; or, a noble scion of the Danes should attend on her?), 2036; past participle nominative plural wæron her tela willum be-wenede, 1822.
wer, st. m., man, hero: nom. sg. (Grendel), 105; acc. sg. wer (Beówulf), 1269, 3174; gen. sg. on weres wästmum (in man's form), 1353; nom. pl. weras, 216, 1223, 1234, 1441, 1651; dat. pl. werum, 1257; gen. pl. wera, 120, 994, 1732, 3001; (MS. weora), 2948.
wer, noun, man, hero: nominative singular (Grendel), 105; accusative singular wer (Beowulf), 1269, 3174; genitive singular on weres wästmum (in man's form), 1353; nominative plural weras, 216, 1223, 1234, 1441, 1651; dative plural werum, 1257; genitive plural wera, 120, 994, 1732, 3001; (MS. weora), 2948.
were-feohte, f., defensive fight, fight in self-defence: dat. pl. for were-fyhtum (fere fyhtum, MS.), 457.
were-feohte, f., defensive fight, fight in self-defense: dat. pl. for were-fyhtum (fere fyhtum, MS.), 457.
werian, to defend, protect: w. vb., pres. sg. III. beaduscrûda ... þät mîne breóst wereð, 453; inf. wit unc wið hron-fixas werian þôhton, 541; pres. part. w. gen. pl. wergendra tô lyt (too few defenders), 2883; pret. ind. wäl-reáf werede (guarded the battle-spoil), 1206; se hwîta helm hafelan werede (the shining helm protected his head), 1449; pl. hafelan weredon, 1328; pret. part. nom. pl. ge ... byrnum werede (ye ... corselet-clad), 238, 2530.
werian, to defend, protect: w. vb., pres. sg. III. beaduscrûda ... that my breast is, 453; inf. we will defend against whale-foes werian thought, 541; pres. part. w. gen. pl. wergendra too few (too few defenders), 2883; pret. ind. battle-spoil guarded (guarded the battle-spoil), 1206; the shining helm protected his head (the shining helm protected his head), 1449; pl. heads were defended, 1328; pret. part. nom. pl. you ... wearing mail (ye ... corselet-clad), 238, 2530.
be-werian, to protect, defend: pret. pl. þät hie ... leóda land-geweorc lâðum be-weredon scuccum and scinnum (that they the people's land-work from foes, from monsters and demons, might defend), 939
be-werian, to protect, defend: pret. pl. þät hie ... leóda land-geweorc lâðum be-weredon scuccum and scinnum (that they the people's land-work from foes, from monsters and demons, might defend), 939
wesan, v., to be: pres. sg. I. ic eom, 335, 407; II. þu eart, 352, 506; III. is, 256, 272, 316, 343, 375, 473, etc.; nu is þînes mägenes blæd âne hwîle (the prime [fame?] of thy powers lasteth now for a while), 1762; ys, 2911, 3000, 3085; pl. I. we synt, 260, 342; II. syndon, 237, 393; III. syndon, 257, 361, 1231; synt, 364; sint, 388; subj. pres. sîe, 435, 683, etc.; sý, 1832, etc.; sig, 1779, etc.; imper. sg. II. wes, 269 (cf. wassail, wes hæl), 407, 1171, 1220, 1225, etc.; inf. wesan, 272, 1329, 1860, 2709, etc. The inf. wesan must sometimes be supplied: nealles Hetware hrêmge þorfton (i.e. wesan) fêðe-wîges, 2364; so, 2498, 2660, 618, 1858; pres. part. wesende, 46; dat. sg. wesendum, 1188; pret. sg. I., III. wäs, 11, 12, 18, 36, 49, 53, etc.; wäs on sunde (was a-swimming), 1619; so, 848, 850(?), 970, 981, 1293; progressive, wäs secgende (for sæde), 3029; II. wære, 1479, etc.; pl. wæron, 233, 536, 544, etc.; wæran (w. reflex, him), 2476; pret. subj. wære, 173, 203, 594, 946, etc.; progressive, myndgiend wære (for myndgie), 1106.—Contracted neg. forms: , nis = ne + is, 249, 1373, etc.; näs = ne + wäs, 134, 1300, 1922, 2193, etc. (cf. uncontracted: ne wäs, 890, 1472); næron = ne + wæron, 2658; nære = ne + wære, 861, 1168. See cniht-wesende.
wesan, v., to be: pres. sg. I. I am, 335, 407; II. you are, 352, 506; III. he is, 256, 272, 316, 343, 375, 473, etc.; now the prime of your powers lasts for a while (the prime [fame?] of thy powers lasteth now for a while), 1762; is, 2911, 3000, 3085; pl. I. we are, 260, 342; II. they are, 237, 393; III. they are, 257, 361, 1231; are, 364; are, 388; subj. pres. be, 435, 683, etc.; be, 1832, etc.; be, 1779, etc.; imper. sg. II. be, 269 (cf. wassail, wes hæl), 407, 1171, 1220, 1225, etc.; inf. to be, 272, 1329, 1860, 2709, etc. The inf. to be must sometimes be supplied: neither must it be said that you are (i.e. to be) heavenly-spirited, 2364; so, 2498, 2660, 618, 1858; pres. part. being, 46; dat. sg. being, 1188; pret. sg. I., III. was, 11, 12, 18, 36, 49, 53, etc.; was swimming (was a-swimming), 1619; so, 848, 850(?), 970, 981, 1293; progressive, was saying (for said), 3029; II. would be, 1479, etc.; pl. were, 233, 536, 544, etc.; were (with reflexive, himself), 2476; pret. subj. would be, 173, 203, 594, 946, etc.; progressive, thinking would be (for think), 1106.—Contracted neg. forms: , isn't = not + is, 249, 1373, etc.; wasn't = not + was, 134, 1300, 1922, 2193, etc. (cf. uncontracted: not was, 890, 1472); weren't = not + were, 2658; wouldn't = not + would be, 861, 1168. See cniht-wesende.
wên, st. f., expectation, hope: nom. sg., 735, 1874, 2324; nu is leódum wên orleg-hwîle (gen.) (now the people have weening of a time of strife), 2911; acc. sg. þäs ic wên häbbe (as I hope, expect), 383; so, þäs þe ic [wên] hafo, 3001; wên ic talige, 1846; dat. pl. bega on wênum (in expectation of both, i.e. the death and the return of Beówulf), 2896. See or-wêna.
wên, noun, expectation, hope: nom. sg., 735, 1874, 2324; now the people have a hope of a time of conflict (gen.) (now the people have weening of a time of strife), 2911; acc. sg. þäs ic wên häbbe (as I hope, expect), 383; so, þäs þe ic [wên] hafo, 3001; wên ic talige, 1846; dat. pl. bega on wênum (in expectation of both, i.e. the death and the return of Beówulf), 2896. See or-wêna.
wênan, w. v., to ween, expect, hope: 1) absolutely; pres. sg. I. þäs ic wêne (as I hope), 272; swâ ic þe wêne tô (as I hope thou wilt: Beówulf hopes Hrôðgâr will now suffer no more pain), 1397.—2) w. gen. or acc. pres. sg. I. þonne wêne ic tô þe wyrsan ge-þinges, 525; ic þær heaðu-fýres hâtes wêne, 2523; III. secce ne wêneð to Gâr Denum (weeneth not of contest with the Gar-Danes), 601; inf. (beorhtre bôte) wênan (to expect, count on, a brilliant [? a lighter penalty] atonement), 157; pret. pl. þäs ne wêndon ær witan Scyldinga þät ... the wise men of the Scyldings weened not of this before, that...), 779; þät hig þäs äðelinges eft ne wêndon þät he ... sêcean côme (that they looked not for the atheling again that he ... would come to seek ...), 1598.—3) w. acc. inf.: pret. sg. wênde, 934.—4) w. depend, clause: pres. sg. I. wêne ic þät..., 1185; wên' ic þät..., 338, 442; pret. sg. wênde, 2330; pl. wêndon, 938, 1605.
wênan, v., to think, expect, hope: 1) absolutely; pres. sg. I. I think (as I hope), 272; so I hope for you to (as I hope you will: Beowulf hopes Hrothgar will now feel no more pain), 1397.—2) w. gen. or acc. pres. sg. I. then I expect of you a worse thing, 525; I expect there a fierce fire's heat, 2523; III. no one thinks of contest with the Gar-Danes (they do not expect to contest with the Gar-Danes), 601; inf. (a brighter atonement) to think (to expect, count on, a brilliant [? a lighter penalty] atonement), 157; pret. pl. then they did not think before the wise men of the Scyldings the wise men of the Scyldings did not expect this before, that...), 779; that they then did not think the prince would come again (that they did not expect the prince again that he ... would come to seek ...), 1598.—3) w. acc. inf.: pret. sg. thought, 934.—4) w. depend, clause: pres. sg. I. I think that..., 1185; I think that..., 338, 442; pret. sg. thought, 2330; pl. thought, 938, 1605.
weal, st. m.: 1 wall, rampart: dat. instr. sg. wealle, 786, 892, 3163; gen. sg. wealles, 2308.—2) elevated sea-shore: dat. sg. of wealle, 229; acc. pl. windige weallas, 572, 1225.—3) wall of a building: acc, sg. wið þäs recedes weal, 326; dat. sg. be wealle, 1574; hence, the inner and outer rock-walls of the dragon's lair (cf. Heyne's essay: Halle Heorot, p. 59): dat. sg., 2308, 2527, 2717, 2760, 3061, 3104; gen. sg. wealles, 2324.—Comp.: bord-, eorð-, sæ-, scyld-weal.
weal, n.: 1 wall, rampart: dat. instr. sg. wealle, 786, 892, 3163; gen. sg. wealles, 2308.—2) elevated sea-shore: dat. sg. of wealle, 229; acc. pl. windige weallas, 572, 1225.—3) wall of a building: acc. sg. wið þäs recedes weal, 326; dat. sg. be wealle, 1574; hence, the inner and outer rock-walls of the dragon's lair (cf. Heyne's essay: Halle Heorot, p. 59): dat. sg., 2308, 2527, 2717, 2760, 3061, 3104; gen. sg. wealles, 2324.—Comp.: bord-, eorð-, sæ-, scyld-weal.
wealdan, st. v., to wield, govern, rule over, prevail: 1) absolutely or with depend, clause: inf. gif he wealdan môt (if he may prevail), 442; þær he ... wealdan môste swâ him Wyrd ne ge-scrâf (if [where?] he was to prevail, as Weird had not destined for him), 2575; pres. part. waldend (God), 1694; dat. wealdende, 2330; gen. waldendes, 2293, 2858, 3110.—2) with instr. or dat.: inf. þâm wæpnum wealdan (to wield, prevail with, the weapons), 2039; Geátum wealdan (to rule the Geátas), 2391; þeáh-hordum wealdan (to rule over, control, the treasure of rings), 2828; wäl-stôwe wealdan (to hold the field of battle), 2985; pret. sg. weóld, 465, 1058, 2380, 2596; þenden wordum weóld wine Scyldinga (while the friend of the S. ruled the G.), 30; pl. weóldon, 2052.—3) with gen.: pres. sg. I. þenden ic wealde wîdan rîces, 1860; pres. part. wuldres wealdend(waldend), 17, 183, 1753; weard, 2514; the 'dragon is called ylda waldend, 1662; waldend fira, 2742; sigora waldend, 2876 (designations of God); pret. sg. weóld, 703, 1771.
wealdan, v., to wield, govern, rule over, prevail: 1) absolutely or with a dependent clause: inf. gif he wealdan môt (if he may prevail), 442; þar he ... wealdan môste swâ him Wyrd ne ge-scrâf (if [where?] he was to prevail, as Fate had not destined for him), 2575; pres. part. waldend (God), 1694; dat. wealdende, 2330; gen. waldendes, 2293, 2858, 3110.—2) with instr. or dat.: inf. þâm wæpnum wealdan (to wield, prevail with, the weapons), 2039; Geátum wealdan (to rule the Geátas), 2391; þeáh-hordum wealdan (to rule over, control, the treasure of rings), 2828; wäl-stôwe wealdan (to hold the field of battle), 2985; pret. sg. weóld, 465, 1058, 2380, 2596; þenden wordum weóld wine Scyldinga (while the friend of the S. ruled the G.), 30; pl. weóldon, 2052.—3) with gen.: pres. sg. I. þenden ic wealde wîdan rîces, 1860; pres. part. wuldres wealdend(waldend), 17, 183, 1753; weard, 2514; the 'dragon' is called ylda waldend, 1662; waldend fira, 2742; sigora waldend, 2876 (designations of God); pret. sg. weóld, 703, 1771.
ge-wealden, pret. part., subject, subjected: acc. pl. gedêð him swâ gewealdene worolde dælas, 1733.
ge-wealden, pret. part., subject, subjected: acc. pl. gedêð him swâ gewealdene worolde dælas, 1733.
weallan, st. v.: 1) to toss, be agitated (of the sea): pres. part. nom. pl. wadu weallende (weallendu), 546, 581; nom. sg. brim weallende, 848; pret. ind. weól, 515, 850, 1132; weóll, 2139.—2) figuratively (of emotions), to be agitated: pres. pl. III. syððan Ingelde weallað wäl-nîðas (deadly hate thus agitates Ingeld), 2066; pres. part. weallende, 2465; pret. sg. hreðer inne weóll (his heart was moved within him), 2114; hreðer æðme weóll (his breast [the dragon's] swelled from breathing, snorting), 2594; breóst innan weóll þeóstrum ge-þoncum, 2332; so, weóll, 2600, 2715, 2883.
weallan, st. v.: 1) to toss, be agitated (of the sea): pres. part. nom. pl. wadu weallende (weallendu), 546, 581; nom. sg. brim weallende, 848; pret. ind. weól, 515, 850, 1132; weóll, 2139.—2) figuratively (of emotions), to be agitated: pres. pl. III. syððan Ingelde weallað wäl-nîðas (deadly hate thus agitates Ingeld), 2066; pres. part. weallende, 2465; pret. sg. hreðer inne weóll (his heart was moved within him), 2114; hreðer æðme weóll (his breast [the dragon's] swelled from breathing, snorting), 2594; breóst innan weóll þeóstrum ge-þoncum, 2332; so, weóll, 2600, 2715, 2883.
weall-clif, st. n., sea-cliff: acc. sg. ofer weall-clif, 3133.
weall-clif, st. n., sea-cliff: nom. sg. over sea-cliff, 3133.
weard, st. m., warden, guardian; owner: nom. sg. weard Scyldinga (the Scyldings' warden of the march), 229; weard, 286, 2240; se weard, sâwele hyrde, 1742; the king is called beáh-horda weard, 922; rîces weard, 1391; folces weard, 2514; the dragon is called weard, 3061; weard un-hióre, 2414; beorges weard, 2581; acc. sg, weard, 669; (dragon), 2842; beorges weard (dragon), 2525, 3067.—Comp.: bât-, êðel-, gold-, heáfod-, hord-, hýð-, land-, rên-, sele-, yrfe-weard.
weard, m., warden, guardian; owner: nom. sg. weard Scyldinga (the Scyldings' warden of the march), 229; weard, 286, 2240; se weard, sâwele hyrde, 1742; the king is called beáh-horda weard, 922; rîces weard, 1391; folces weard, 2514; the dragon is called weard, 3061; weard un-hióre, 2414; beorges weard, 2581; acc. sg, weard, 669; (dragon), 2842; beorges weard (dragon), 2525, 3067.—Comp.: bât-, êðel-, gold-, heáfod-, hord-, hýð-, land-, rên-, sele-, yrfe-weard.
weardian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to watch, guard, keep: inf. he his folme forlêt tô lîf-wraðe, lâst weardian (Grendel left his hand behind as a life-saver, to guard his track [Kemble]), 972; pret. sg. him sió swîðre swaðe weardade hand on Hiorte (his right hand kept guard for him in H., i.e. showed that he had been there), 2099; sg. for pl. hýrde ic þät þâm frätwum feówer mearas lungre gelîce last weardode (I heard that four horses, quite alike, followed in the traces of the armor), 2165.—2) to hold, possess, inhabit: pret. sg. fîfel-cynnes eard ... weardode (dwelt in the abode of the sea-fiends), 105; reced weardode un-rîm eorla (an immense number of earls held the hall), 1238; pl. þær we gesunde säl weardodon, 2076.
weardian, w. v. w. acc.: 1) to watch, guard, keep: inf. he let go of his hand as a life-saver, to guard his tracks (Grendel left his hand behind as a life-saver, to guard his track [Kemble]), 972; pret. sg. his right hand kept watch for him in H. (his right hand kept guard for him in H., i.e. showed that he had been there), 2099; sg. for pl. I heard that four horses, quite alike, followed in the traces of the armor (I heard that four horses, quite alike, followed in the traces of the armor), 2165.—2) to hold, possess, inhabit: pret. sg. the sea-fiends' dwelling ... dwelt in the abode of the sea-fiends (dwelt in the abode of the sea-fiends), 105; an immense number of earls held the hall (an immense number of earls held the hall), 1238; pl. there we maintained the hall, 2076.
wearn, st. f.: 1) resistance, refusal, 366.—2) warning?, resistance? See un-wearnum, 742.
wearn, st. f.: 1) resistance, refusal, 366.—2) warning?, resistance? See un-wearnum, 742.
ge-weaxan, to grow up: pret. sg. oft þät seó geogoð ge-weôx, 66.
ge-weaxan, to grow up: past tense singular often that the youth grew, 66.
ge-weaxan to, to grow to or for something: pret. sg. ne ge-weôx he him to willan (grew not for their benefit), 1712.
ge-weaxan to, to grow to or for something: pret. sg. ne ge-weôx he him to willan (grew not for their benefit), 1712.
weorc, st. n.: 1) work, labor, deed: acc. sg., 74; (war-deed), 1657; instr. sg. weorce, 1570; dat. pl. weorcum, 2097; wordum ne (and) worcum, 1101, 1834; gen. pl. worda and worca, 289.—2) work, trouble, suffering: acc. sg. þäs gewinnes weorc (misery on account of this strife), 1722; dat. pl. adv. weorcum (with labor), 1639.—Comp.: bædo-, ellen-, heaðo-, niht-weorc.
weorc, n.: 1) work, labor, deed: acc. sg., 74; (war-deed), 1657; instr. sg. weorce, 1570; dat. pl. weorcum, 2097; wordum ne (and) worcum, 1101, 1834; gen. pl. worda and worca, 289. —2) work, trouble, suffering: acc. sg. þäs gewinnes weorc (misery due to this strife), 1722; dat. pl. adv. weorcum (with labor), 1639. —Comp.: bædo-, ellen-, heaðo-, niht-weorc.
weorce, adj., *painful, bitter*: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
weorðan, st. v.: 1) to become: pres. sg. III. beholen weorðeð (is concealed), 414; underne weorðeð (becomes known), 2914; so, pl. III. weorðað, 2067; wurðað, 282; inf. weorðan, 3179; wurðan, 808; pret. sg. I., III. wearð, 6, 77, 149, 409, 555, 754, 768, 819, 824, etc.; pl. wurdon, 228; subj. pret. wurde, 2732.—2) inf. to frôfre weorðan (to become a help), 1708; pret. sg. wearð he Heaðolâfe tô hand-bonan, 460; so, wearð, 906, 1262; ne wearð Heremôd swâ (i.e. to frôfre) eaforum Ecgwelan, 1710; pl. wurdon, 2204; subj. pret. sg. II. wurde, 588.—3) pret. sg. þät he on fylle wearð (that he came to a fall), 1545.—4) to happen, befall: inf. unc sceal weorðan ... swâ unc Wyrd ge-teóð (it shall befall us two as Fate decrees), 2527; þurh hwät his worulde gedâl weorðan sceolde, 3069; pret. sg. þâ þær sôna wearð ed-hwyrft eorlum (there was soon a renewal to the earls, i.e. of the former perils), 1281.
weorðan, st. v.: 1) to become: pres. sg. III. beholen weorðeð (is concealed), 414; underne weorðeð (becomes known), 2914; so, pl. III. weorðað, 2067; wurðað, 282; inf. weorðan, 3179; wurðan, 808; pret. sg. I., III. wearð, 6, 77, 149, 409, 555, 754, 768, 819, 824, etc.; pl. wurdon, 228; subj. pret. wurde, 2732.—2) inf. to frôfre weorðan (to become a help), 1708; pret. sg. wearð he Heaðolâfe tô hand-bonan, 460; so, wearð, 906, 1262; ne wearð Heremôd swâ (i.e. to frôfre) eaforum Ecgwelan, 1710; pl. wurdon, 2204; subj. pret. sg. II. wurde, 588.—3) pret. sg. þät he on fylle wearð (that he came to a fall), 1545.—4) to happen, befall: inf. unc sceal weorðan ... swâ unc Wyrd ge-teóð (it shall befall us two as Fate decrees), 2527; þurh hwät his worulde gedâl weorðan sceolde, 3069; pret. sg. þâ þar sôna wearð ed-hwyrft eorlum (there was soon a renewal to the earls, i.e. of the former perils), 1281.
ge-weorðan: 1) to become: pret. sg. ge-wearð, 3062; pret. part. cearu wäs geniwod ge-worden (care was renewed), 1305; swâ us ge-worden is, 3079.—2) to finish; complete?: inf. þät þu ... lête Sûð-Dene sylfe ge-weorðan gûðe wið Grendel (that thou wouldst let the S. D. put an end to their war with Grendel), 1997.—3) impersonally with acc., to agree, decide: pret. sg. þâ þäs monige ge-wearð þät ... (since many agreed that ...), 1599; pret. part. hafað þäs ge-worden wine Scyldinga, rîces hyrde, and þät ræd talað þät he ... (therefore hath it so appeared(?) advisable to the friend of the S., the guardian of the realm, and he counts it a gain that ...), 2027.
ge-weorðan: 1) to become: past tense sg. ge-wearð, 3062; past participle cearu wäs geniwod ge-worden (care was renewed), 1305; just as it has become for us, 3079.—2) to finish; complete?: inf. that you ... let South Danes themselves ge-weorðan war with Grendel (that you would allow the South Danes to end their war with Grendel), 1997.—3) impersonally with acc., to agree, decide: past tense sg. then many ge-wearð that ... (since many agreed that ...), 1599; past participle has thus ge-worden friend of the Scyldings, guardian of the realm, and that advice states that he ... (therefore it has seemed advisable to the friend of the Scyldings, the protector of the realm, and he regards it a gain that ...), 2027.
weorð-lîce, adv., worthily, nobly: superl. weorð-lîcost, 3163.
weorð-lîce, adv., worthily, nobly: superl. weorð-lîcost, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
weorðung, st. f., ornament: in comp. breóst-, hâm-, heorft-, hring-, wîg-weorðung.
weorðung, st. f., ornament: in comp. breóst-, hâm-, heorft-, hring-, wîg-weorðung.
weorpan, st. v.: 1) to throw, cast away, w. acc.: pret. sg. wearp þâ wunden-mæl wrättum gebunden yrre oretta, þät hit on eorðan läg (the wrathful warrior threw the ornamented sword, that it lay on the earth), 1532.—2) to throw around or about, w. instr.: pret. sg. beorges weard . .. wearp wäl-fýre (threw death-fire around), 2583.—3) to throw upon: inf. he hine eft ongan wäteres (instr. gen.) weorpan (began to cast water upon him again), 2792.
weorpan, st. v.: 1) to throw, cast away, w. acc.: pret. sg. wearp þâ wunden-mæl wrättum gebunden yrre oretta, þät hit on eorðan läg (the angry warrior threw the decorated sword, so that it lay on the ground), 1532.—2) to throw around or about, w. instr.: pret. sg. beorges weard . .. wearp wäl-fýre (threw death-fire around), 2583.—3) to throw upon: inf. he hine eft ongan wäteres (instr. gen.) weorpan (started to pour water on him again), 2792.
for-weorpan, w. acc., to cast away, squander: subj. pret. þät he genunga gûð-gewædu wrâðe for-wurpe (that he squandered uselessly the battle-weeds, i.e. gave them to the unworthy), 2873.
for-weorpan, w. acc., to cast away, squander: subj. pret. þät he genunga gûð-gewædu wrâðe for-wurpe (that he squandered uselessly the battle-weeds, i.e. gave them to the unworthy), 2873.
ofer-weorpan, to stumble: pret. sg. ofer-wearp þâ ... wîgena strongest, 1544.
ofer-weorpan, to stumble: past tense singular ofer-wearp then ... strongest warriors, 1544.
be-weotian, be-witian, w. v. w. acc., to regard, observe, care for: pres. pl. III. be-witiað, 1136; pret. sg. þegn ... se þe ... ealle be-weotede þegnes þearfe (who would attend to all the needs of a thane), 1797; draca se þe ... hord be-weotode (the drake that guarded a treasure), 2213;—to carry out, undertake: pres. pl. III. þâ ... oft be-witigað sorh-fulne sîð on segl-râde, 1429.
be-weotian, be-witian, w. v. w. acc., to regard, observe, care for: pres. pl. III. be-witiað, 1136; pret. sg. þegn ... se þe ... ealle be-weotede þegnes þearfe (who would attend to all the needs of a thane), 1797; draca se þe ... hord be-weotode (the drake that guarded a treasure), 2213;—to carry out, undertake: pres. pl. III. þâ ... oft be-witigað sorh-fulne sîð on segl-râde, 1429.
wið prep. w. dat. and acc., with fundamental meanings of division and opposition: 1) w. dat., against, with (in hostile sense), from: þâ wið gode wunnon, 113; âna (wan) wið eallum, 145; ymb feorh sacan, lâð wið lâðum, 440; so, 426, 439, 550, 2372, 2521, 2522, 2561, 2840, 3005; þät him holt-wudu ... helpan ne meahte, lind wið lîge, 2342; hwät ... sêlest wære wið fær-gryrum tô ge-fremmanne, 174; þät him gâst-bona geóce gefremede wið þeód-þreáum, 178; wið rihte wan (strove against right), 144; häfde ... sele Hrôðgâres ge-nered wið nîðe (had saved H.'s hall from strife), 828; (him dyrne langað ...) beorn wið blôde (the hero longeth secretly contrary to his blood, i.e. H. feels a secret longing for the non-related Beówulf), 1881; sundur ge-dælan lîf wið lîce (to sunder soul from body), 2424; streámas wundon sund wið sande (the currents rolled the sea against the sand), 213; lîg-ýðum forborn bord wið ronde (rond, MS.) (with waves of flame burnt the shield against, as far as, the rim), 2674; holm storme weól, won wið winde (the sea surged, wrestled with the wind), 1133; so, hiora in ânum weóll sefa wið sorgum (in one of them surged the soul with sorrow [against?, Heyne]), 2601; þät hire wið healse heard grâpode (that the sharp sword bit against her neck), 1567.—2) w. acc.: a) against, towards: wan wið Hrôðgâr (fought against H.), 152; wið feónda gehwone, 294; wið wrâð werod, 319; so, 540, 1998, 2535; hine hâlig god ûs on-sende wið Grendles gryre, 384; þät ic wið þone gûð-flogan gylp ofer-sitte (that I refrain from boastful speech against the battle-flier), 2529; ne wolde wið manna ge-hwone ... feorh-bealo feorran (would not cease his life-plotting against any of the men; or, withdraw life-bale from, etc.? or, peace would not have with any man..., mortal bale withdraw?, Kemble), 155; ic þâ leóde wât ge wið feónd ge wið freónd fäste geworhte (towards foe and friend), 1865; heóld heáh-lufan wið häleða brego (cherished high love towards the prince of heroes), 1955; wið ord and wið ecge ingang forstôd (prevented entrance to spear-point and sword-edge), 1550. b) against, on, upon, in: setton sîde scyldas ... wið þäs recedes weal (against the wall of the hall), 326; wið eorðan fäðm (eardodon) (in the bosom of the earth), 3050; wið earm ge-sät (sat on, against, his arm), 750; so, stîð-môd ge-stôd wið steápne rond, 2567; [wið duru healle eode] (went to the door of the hall), 389; wið Hrefna-wudu (over against, near, H.), 2926; wið his sylfes sunu setl ge-tæhte (showed me to a seat with, near, beside, his own son), 2014. c) towards, with (of contracting parties): þät hie healfre ge-weald wið Eotena bearn âgan môston (that they power over half the hall with the Eotens' sons were to possess), 1089; þenden he wið wulf wäl reáfode (whilst with the wolf he was robbing the slain), 3028.—3) Alternately with dat. and acc., against: nu wið Grendel sceal, wið þam aglæcan, âna gehegan þing wið þyrse, 424-426;—with, beside: ge-sät þâ wið sylfne..., mæg wið mæge, 1978-79.
wið prep. w. dat. and acc., with basic meanings of division and opposition: 1) w. dat., against, with (in a hostile sense), from: þâ wið gode wunnon, 113; âna (wan) wið eallum, 145; ymb feorh sacan, lâð wið lâðum, 440; so, 426, 439, 550, 2372, 2521, 2522, 2561, 2840, 3005; þät him holt-wudu ... helpan ne meahte, lind wið lîge, 2342; hwät ... sêlest wære wið fær-gryrum tô ge-fremmanne, 174; þät him gâst-bona geóce gefremede wið þeód-þreáum, 178; wið rihte wan (strove against right), 144; häfde ... sele Hrôðgâres ge-nered wið nîðe (had saved H.'s hall from strife), 828; (him dyrne langað ...) beorn wið blôde (the hero longeth secretly contrary to his blood, i.e. H. feels a secret longing for the non-related Beówulf), 1881; sundur ge-dælan lîf wið lîce (to sunder soul from body), 2424; streámas wundon sund wið sande (the currents rolled the sea against the sand), 213; lîg-ýðum forborn bord wið ronde (rond, MS.) (with waves of flame burnt the shield against, as far as, the rim), 2674; holm storme weól, won wið winde (the sea surged, wrestled with the wind), 1133; so, hiora in ânum weóll sefa wið sorgum (in one of them surged the soul with sorrow [against?, Heyne]), 2601; þät hire wið healse heard grâpode (that the sharp sword bit against her neck), 1567.—2) w. acc.: a) against, towards: wan wið Hrôðgâr (fought against H.), 152; wið feónda gehwone, 294; wið wrâð werod, 319; so, 540, 1998, 2535; hine hâlig god ûs on-sende wið Grendles gryre, 384; þät ic wið þone gûð-flogan gylp ofer-sitte (that I refrain from boastful speech against the battle-flier), 2529; ne wolde wið manna ge-hwone ... feorh-bealo feorran (would not cease his life-plotting against any of the men; or, withdraw life-bale from, etc.? or, peace would not have with any man..., mortal bale withdraw?, Kemble), 155; ic þâ leóde wât ge wið feónd ge wið freónd fäste geworhte (towards foe and friend), 1865; heóld heáh-lufan wið häleða brego (cherished high love towards the prince of heroes), 1955; wið ord and wið ecge ingang forstôd (prevented entrance to spear-point and sword-edge), 1550. b) against, on, upon, in: setton sîde scyldas ... wið þäs recedes weal (against the wall of the hall), 326; wið eorðan fäðm (eardodon) (in the bosom of the earth), 3050; wið earm ge-sät (sat on, against, his arm), 750; so, stîð-môd ge-stôd wið steápne rond, 2567; [wið duru healle eode] (went to the door of the hall), 389; wið Hrefna-wudu (over against, near, H.), 2926; wið his sylfes sunu setl ge-tæhte (showed me to a seat with, near, beside, his own son), 2014. c) towards, with (of contracting parties): þät hie healfre ge-weald wið Eotena bearn âgan môston (that they power over half the hall with the Eotens' sons were to possess), 1089; þenden he wið wulf wäl reáfode (whilst with the wolf he was robbing the slain), 3028.—3) Alternately with dat. and acc., against: nu wið Grendel sceal, wið þam aglæcan, âna gehegan þing wið þyrse, 424-426;—with, beside: ge-sät þâ wið sylfne..., mæg wið mæge, 1978-79.
wiðer-gyld, st. n., compensation: nom. sg., 2052, [proper name?].
wiðer-gyld, n. compensation: nom. sg., 2052, [proper name?].
wiðer-rähtes, adv., opposite, in front of, 3040.
wiðer-rähtes, adv., opposite, in front of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wig-weorðung, st. f., idol-worship, idolatry, sacrifice to idols: acc. pl. -weorðunga, 176.
wig-weorðung, n., idol-worship, idolatry, sacrifice to idols: acc. pl. -weorðunga, 176.
wiht, st. f.: 1) wight, creature, demon: nom. sg. wiht unhælo (the demon of destruction, Grendel), 120; acc. sg. syllîcran wiht (the dragon), 3039.—2) thing, something, aught: nom. sg. w. negative, ne hine wiht dweleð (nor does aught check him), 1736; him wiht ne speów (it helped him naught), 2855; acc. sg. ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde (nor did he count the worm's warring for aught), 2349; ne meahte ic ... wiht gewyrcan (I could not do aught ...), 1661;—w. partitive gen.: nô ... wiht swylcra searo-niða, 581;—the acc. sg. = adv. like Germ. nicht: ne hie hûru wine-drihten wiht ne lôgon (did not blame their friendly lord aught), 863; so, ne wiht = naught, in no wise, 1084, 2602, 2858; nô wiht, 541; instr. sg. wihte (in aught, in any way), 1992; ne ... wihte (by no means), 186, 2278, 2688; wihte ne, 1515, 1996, 2465, 2924.—Comp.: â-wiht (âht = aught), äl-wiht, ô-wiht.
wiht, noun, feminine: 1) wight, creature, demon: nominative singular wiht unhælo (the demon of destruction, Grendel), 120; accusative singular syllîcran wiht (the dragon), 3039.—2) thing, something, aught: nominative singular w. negative, ne hine wiht dweleð (nor does aught check him), 1736; him wiht ne speów (it helped him naught), 2855; accusative singular ne him þäs wyrmes wîg for wiht dyde (nor did he count the worm's warring for aught), 2349; ne meahte ic ... wiht gewyrcan (I could not do aught ...), 1661;—w. partitive gen.: nô ... wiht swylcra searo-niða, 581;—the accusative singular = adverb like German nicht: ne hie hûru wine-drihten wiht ne lôgon (did not blame their friendly lord aught), 863; thus, ne wiht = naught, in no wise, 1084, 2602, 2858; nô wiht, 541; instrumental singular wihte (in aught, in any way), 1992; ne ... wihte (by no means), 186, 2278, 2688; wihte ne, 1515, 1996, 2465, 2924.—Comp.: â-wiht (âht = aught), äl-wiht, ô-wiht.
willa, w. m.: 1) will, wish, desire, sake: nom. sg. 627, 825; acc. sg. willan, 636, 1740, 2308, 2410; instr. sg. ânes willan (for the sake of one), 3078; so, 2590; dat. sg. tô willan, 1187, 1712; instr. pl. willum (according to wish), 1822; sylfes willum, 2224, 2640; gen. pl. wilna, 1345.—2) desirable thing, valuable: gen. pl. wilna, 661, 951.
willa, w. m.: 1) will, wish, desire, sake: nom. sg. 627, 825; acc. sg. willan, 636, 1740, 2308, 2410; instr. sg. ânes willan (for the sake of one), 3078; so, 2590; dat. sg. tô willan, 1187, 1712; instr. pl. willum (according to wish), 1822; sylfes willum, 2224, 2640; gen. pl. wilna, 1345.—2) desirable thing, valuable: gen. pl. wilna, 661, 951.
willan, aux. v., will: in pres. also shall (when the future action is depend. on one's free will): pres. sg. I. wille ic â-secgan (I will set forth, tell out), 344; so, 351, 427; ic tô sæ wille (I will to sea), 318; wylle, 948, 2149, 2513; sg. II. þu wylt, 1853; sg. III. he wile, 346, 446, 1050, 1182, 1833; wyle, 2865; wille, 442, 1004, 1185, 1395; ær he in wille (ere he will in, i.e. go or flee into the fearful sea), 1372; wylle, 2767; pl. I. we ... wyllað, 1819; pret. sg. I., III. wolde, 68, 154, 200, 646, 665, 739, 756, 797, 881, etc.; nô ic fram him wolde (i.e. fleótan), 543; so, swâ he hira mâ wolde (i.e. â-cwellan), 1056; pret. pl. woldon, 482, 2637, 3173; subj. pret., 2730.—Forms contracted w. negative: pres. sg. I. nelle (= ne + wille, I will not, nolo), 680, 2525(?); pret. sg. III. nolde (= ne + wolde), 792, 804, 813, 1524; w. omitted inf. þâ metod nolde, 707, 968; pret. subj. nolde, 2519.
willan, aux. v., will: in present also shall (when the future action depends on one's free will): present sg. I. will I say (I will set forth, tell out), 344; so, 351, 427; I want to go to sea (I will to sea), 318; want, 948, 2149, 2513; sg. II. you will, 1853; sg. III. he will, 346, 446, 1050, 1182, 1833; wants, 2865; will, 442, 1004, 1185, 1395; before he will in (ere he will in, i.e. go or flee into the fearful sea), 1372; want, 2767; pl. I. we ... will, 1819; pret. sg. I., III. would, 68, 154, 200, 646, 665, 739, 756, 797, 881, etc.; no I would not go from him (i.e. flee), 543; so, as he would love them more (i.e. kill), 1056; pret. pl. would, 482, 2637, 3173; subj. pret., 2730.—Forms contracted with negative: pres. sg. I. will not (= ne + wille, I will not, nolo), 680, 2525(?); pret. sg. III. would not (= ne + wolde), 792, 804, 813, 1524; w. omitted inf. the method would not, 707, 968; pret. subj. would not, 2519.
ge-win, st. n.: 1) strife, struggle, enmity, conflict: acc. sg., 878; þâ hie ge-win drugon (endured strife), 799; under ýða ge-win (under the tumult of the waves), 1470; gen. sg. þäs ge-winnes weorc (misery for this strife), 1722.—2) suffering, oppression: nom. sg., 133, 191; acc. sg. eald ge-win, 1782.—Comp.: fyrn-, ýð-ge-win.
ge-win, noun: 1) strife, struggle, enmity, conflict: accusative singular, 878; then they endured conflict (endured strife), 799; under the tumult of the waves (under ýða ge-win), 1470; genitive singular this work of misery for this strife (misery for this strife), 1722.—2) suffering, oppression: nominative singular, 133, 191; accusative singular old conflict, 1782.—Comp.: fyrn-, ýð-ge-win.
windan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to wind, whirl: pret. sg. wand tô wolcnum wäl-fýra mæst, 1120.—2) w. acc., to twist, wind, curl: pret. pl. streámas wundon sund wið sande, 212; pret. part. wunden gold (twisted, spirally-twined, gold), 1194, 3135; instr. pl. wundnum (wundum, MS.) golde, 1383.
windan, st. v.: 1) intrans., to wind, whirl: past tense singular wound to the clouds, 1120.—2) w. acc., to twist, wind, curl: past tense plural streams twisted against the sand, 212; past participle twisted gold (twisted, spirally-twined, gold), 1194, 3135; instrumental plural twisted (wound, MS.) gold, 1383.
ät-windan, to wrest one's self from, escape: pret. sg. se þäm feónde ät-wand, 143.
ät-windan, to wrest oneself from, escape: past tense singular se þäm feónde ät-wand, 143.
be-windan, to wind with or round, clasp, surround, envelop (involvere): pret. sg. þe hit (the sword) mundum be-wand, 1462; pret. part. wîrum be-wunden (wound with wires) 1032; feorh ... flæsce be-wunden (flesh-enclosed), 2425; gâr ... mundum be-wunden (a spear grasped with the hands), 3023; iû-manna gold galdre be-wunden (spell-encircled gold), 3053; (âstâh ...) lêg wôpe be-wunden (uprose the flame mingled with a lament), 3147.
be-windan, to wind with or around, clasp, surround, envelop (involvere): past tense sg. þe hit (the sword) mundum be-wand, 1462; past participle wîrum be-wunden (wound with wires) 1032; feorh ... flæsce be-wunden (flesh-enclosed), 2425; gâr ... mundum be-wunden (a spear grasped with the hands), 3023; iû-manna gold galdre be-wunden (spell-encircled gold), 3053; (âstâh ...) lêg wôpe be-wunden (uprose the flame mingled with a lament), 3147.
on-windan, to unwind, loosen: pres. sg. (þonne fäder) on-windeð wäl-râpas, 1611.
on-windan, to unwind, loosen: pres. sg. (þonne fäder) on-windeð wäl-râpas, 1611.
wind-bland (blond), st. n., wind-roar: nom. sg., 3147.
wind-bland (blond), n., wind-roar: singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wind-gereste, f., resting-place of the winds: acc. sg., 2457.
wind-gereste, f., resting-place of the winds: acc. sg., 2457.
wine, st. m., friend, protector, especially the beloved ruler: nom. sg. wine Scyldinga, leóf land-fruma (Scyld), 30; wine Scyldinga (Hrôðgâr), 148, 1184. As vocative: mîn wine, 2048; wine mîn, Beówulf (Hunferð), 457, 530, 1705; acc. sg. holdne wine (Hrôðgâr), 376; wine Deniga, Scyldinga, 350, 2027; dat. sg. wine Scyldinga, 170; gen. sg. wines (Beówulf), 3097; acc. pl. wine, 21; dat. pl. Denum eallum, winum Scyldinga, 1419; gen. pl. winigea leásum, 1665; winia bealdor, 2568.—Comp.: freá-, freó-, gold-, gûð-, mæg-wine.
wine, m., friend, protector, especially the beloved ruler: nom. sg. wine Scyldinga, leóf land-fruma (Scyld), 30; wine Scyldinga (Hrôðgâr), 148, 1184. As vocative: mîn wine, 2048; wine mīn, Beówulf (Hunferð), 457, 530, 1705; acc. sg. holdne wine (Hrôðgâr), 376; wine Deniga, Scyldinga, 350, 2027; dat. sg. wine Scyldinga, 170; gen. sg. wines (Beówulf), 3097; acc. pl. wine, 21; dat. pl. Denum eallum, winum Scyldinga, 1419; gen. pl. winigea leásum, 1665; winia bealdor, 2568. —Comp.: freá-, freó-, gold-, gûð-, mæg-wine.
wine-geômor, adj., friend-mourning: nom. sg., 2240.
wine-geômor, adj., friend-mourning: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ge-winna, w. m., striver, struggler, foe: comp. eald-, ealdor-gewinna.
ge-winna, w. m., fighter, competitor, adversary: comp. eald-, ealdor-gewinna.
winnan, st. v., to struggle, fight: pret. sg. III. wan âna wið eallum, 144; Grendel wan ... wið Hrôðgâr, 151; holm ... won wið winde (the sea fought with the wind: cf. wan wind endi water, Heliand, 2244), 1133; II. eart þu se Beówulf, se þe wið Brecan wunne, 506; pl. wið gode wunnon, 113; þær þâ graman wunnon (where the foes fought), 778.
winnan, st. v., to struggle, fight: pret. sg. III. wan struggled against everyone, 144; Grendel struggled ... against Hrôðgâr, 151; the sea ... fought against the wind (the sea fought with the wind: cf. wan wind endi water, Heliand, 2244), 1133; II. are you Beowulf, who struggled against Breca, 506; pl. fought against God, 113; where the foes fought (where the foes fought), 778.
wintre, adj., so many winters (old): in comp. syfan-wintre.
wintre, adj., so many winters (old): in comp. syfan-wintre.
wislîce, adv., definitely: superl. gewislîcost, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wist-fyllo, st. f., fulness or fill of food, rich meal: gen. sg. wist-fylle, 735.
wist-fyllo, st. f., fullness or a filling meal, hearty feast: gen. sg. wist-fylle, 735.
witan, pret.-pres. v., to wot, know. 1) w. depend, clause: pres. sg. I., III. wât, 1332, 2657; ic on Higelâce wât þät he ... (I know as to H., that he ...), 1831; so, god wât on mec þät ...(God knows of me, that ...), 2651; sg. II. þu wâst, 272; weak pret. sg. I., III. wiste, 822; wisse, 2340, 2726; pl. wiston, 799, 1605; subj. pres. I. gif ic wiste, 2520.—2) w. acc. and inf.: pres. sg. I. ic wât, 1864.—3) w. object, predicative part, or adj.: pret. sg. III. tô þäs he win-reced ... gearwost wisse, fättum fâhne, 716; so, 1310; wiste þäm ahlæcan hilde ge-binged, 647.—4) w. acc., to know: inf. witan, 252, 288; pret. sg. wisse, 169; wiste his fingra ge-weald on grames grâpum, 765; pl. II. wisson, 246; wiston, 181.
witan, pret.-pres. v., to know. 1) w. depend, clause: pres. sg. I., III. wât, 1332, 2657; I know about H., that he ... (I know as to H., that he ...), 1831; so, God knows about me that ...(God knows of me, that ...), 2651; sg. II. you wâst, 272; weak pret. sg. I., III. wiste, 822; wisse, 2340, 2726; pl. wiston, 799, 1605; subj. pres. I. if I knew, 2520.—2) w. acc. and inf.: pres. sg. I. I wât, 1864.—3) w. object, predicative part, or adj.: pret. sg. III. to the that he won the hall ... most wisely, brightly adorned, 716; so, 1310; wiste the hero having been prepared, 647.—4) w. acc, to know: inf. witan, 252, 288; pret. sg. wisse, 169; wiste his fingers' control over fierce grips, 765; pl. II. wisson, 246; wiston, 181.
nât = ne + wât, I know not: 1) elliptically with hwylc, indef. pronoun = some or other: sceaða ic nât hwylc.—2) w. gen. and depend. clause: nât he þâra gôda, þät he me on-geán sleá, 682.
nât = ne + wât, I don’t know: 1) used briefly with hwylc, indef. pronoun = some or another: sceaða ic nât hwylc.—2) with gen. and dependent clause: nât he þâra gôda, þät he me on-geán sleá, 682.
ge-witan, to know, perceive: inf. þäs þe hie gewis-lîcost ge-witan meahton, 1351.
ge-witan, to know, perceive: inf. þäs þe hie gewis-lîcost ge-witan meahton, 1351.
ge-wittig, adj., conscious: nom. sg. 3095.
ge-wittig, adj., aware: nom. sg. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîde, adv., widely, afar, 18, 74, 79, 266, 1404, 1589, 1960, etc.; wîde cûð (widely, universally, known), 2136, 2924; so, underne wîde, 2914; wîde geond eorðan (over the whole earth, widely), 3100;—modifier of superl.: wreccena wîde mærost (the most famous of wanderers, exiles), 899.—Compar. wîdre, 764.
wide, adv., widely, far away, 18, 74, 79, 266, 1404, 1589, 1960, etc.; wide known (widely, universally known), 2136, 2924; so, underne wide, 2914; wide geond eorðan (over the whole earth, widely), 3100;—modifier of superl.: wreccena wide mærost (the most famous of wanderers, exiles), 899.—Compar. wider, 764.
wîde-ferhð, st. m. n., (long life), great length of time: acc. sg. as acc. of time: wîde-ferhð (down to distant times, always), 703, 938; ealne wîde-ferhð, 1223.
wîde-ferhð, n. (meaning long life), great length of time: accusative singular as an accusative of time: wîde-ferhð (down to distant times, always), 703, 938; ealne wîde-ferhð, 1223.
wîd-scofen, pret. part., wide-spread? causing fear far and wide? 937.
wîd-scofen, past participle, widespread? spreading fear everywhere? __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîf, st. n., woman, lady, wife: nom. sg. freó-lîc wîf (Queen Wealhþeów), 616; wîf un-hýre (Grendel's mother), 2121; acc. sg. drihtlîce wîf (Finn's wife), 1159; instr. sg. mid þý wîfe (Hrôðgâr's daughter, Freáwaru), 2029; dat. sg. þam wîfe (Wealhþeów), 640; gen. sg. wîfes (as opposed to man), 1285; gen. pl. wera and wîfa, 994.—Comp.: aglæc-, mere-wîf.
wîf, st. n., woman, lady, wife: nom. sg. noble woman (Queen Wealhþeow), 616; monstrous woman (Grendel's mother), 2121; acc. sg. dignified wife (Finn's wife), 1159; instr. sg. with that woman (Hrôðgâr's daughter, Freáwaru), 2029; dat. sg. to that woman (Wealhþeow), 640; gen. sg. of that woman (as opposed to man), 1285; gen. pl. of men and women, 994.—Comp.: monster-, lake-woman.
wîg, st. m.: 1) war, battle: nom. sg., 23, 1081, 2317, 2873; acc. sg., 686, 1084, 1248; dat. sg. wîge, 1338, 2630; as instr., 1085; (wigge, MS.), 1657, 1771; gen. sg. wîges, 65, 887, 1269.—2) valor, warlike prowess: nom. sg. wäs his môd-sefa manegum ge-cýðed, wîg and wîsdôm, 350; wîg, 1043; wîg ... eafoð and ellen, 2349; gen. sg. wîges, 2324.—Comp. fêðe-wîg.
wîg, n.: 1) war, battle: nom. sg., 23, 1081, 2317, 2873; acc. sg., 686, 1084, 1248; dat. sg. wîge, 1338, 2630; as instr., 1085; (wigge, MS.), 1657, 1771; gen. sg. wîges, 65, 887, 1269.—2) valor, warlike prowess: nom. sg. wäs his môd-sefa manegum ge-cýðed, wîg and wîsdôm, 350; wîg, 1043; wîg ... eafoð and ellen, 2349; gen. sg. wîges, 2324.—Comp. fêðe-wîg.
wîg-bord, noun, war-board or shield: accusative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîg-cräft, st. m., war-power: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîg-cräftig, adj., vigorous in fight, strong in war: acc. sg. wîg-cräftigne (of the sword Hrunting), 1812.
wîg-cräftig, adj., strong and energetic in battle, powerful in warfare: acc. sg. wîg-cräftigne (of the sword Hrunting), 1812.
wîg-geatwe, st. f. pl., war-ornaments, war-gear: dat. pl. on wîg-geatwum (-getawum, MS.), 368.
wîg-geatwe, st. f. pl., war ornaments, battle gear: dat. pl. on wîg-geatwum (-getawum, MS.), 368.
wîg-ge-weorðad, pret. part., war-honored, distinguished in war, 1784? See Note.
wîg-ge-weorðad, past participle, honored in battle, distinguished in war, 1784? See Note.
wîg-gryre, n., war horror or terror: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîg-hete, n., war-hate, hostility: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîg-heafola, w. m., war head-piece, helmet: acc. sg. wîg-heafolan, 2662.—Leo.
wîg-heafola, m., war headgear, helmet: acc. sg. wîg-heafolan, 2662.—Leo.
wîg-heáp, m. noun, war band: singular nominative, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîg-sigor, st. m., war-victory: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîs-hycgende, pres. part. wise-thinking, wise, 2717.
wîs-hycgende, pres. part. wise-thinking, wise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wîsian, w. v., to guide or lead to, direct, point out: 1) w. acc.: inf. heán wong wîsian, 2410; pret. sg. secg wîsade land-gemyrcu, 208.—2) w. dat.: pres. sg. I. ic eów wîsige (I shall guide you), 292, 3104; pret. sg. se þæm heaðo-rincum hider wîsade, 370; sôna him sele-þegn ... forð wîsade (the hall-thane led him thither forthwith, i.e. to his couch), 1796; stîg wîsode gumum ät-gädere, 320; so, 1664.—3) w. prep.?: pret. sg. þâ secg wîsode under Heorotes hrôf (when the warrior showed them the way under Heorot's roof, [but under H.'s hrôf depends rather on snyredon ätsomne]), 402.
wîsian, v., to guide or lead to, direct, point out: 1) w. acc.: inf. heán wong wîsian, 2410; pret. sg. secg wîsade land-gemyrcu, 208.—2) w. dat.: pres. sg. I. ic eów wîsige (I shall guide you), 292, 3104; pret. sg. se þæm heaðo-rincum hider wîsade, 370; sôna him sele-þegn ... forð wîsade (the hall-thane led him there right away, i.e. to his couch), 1796; stîg wîsode gumum ät-gädere, 320; so, 1664.—3) w. prep.?: pret. sg. þâ secg wîsode under Heorotes hrôf (when the warrior showed them the way under Heorot's roof, [but under H.'s hrôf depends rather on snyredon ätsomne]), 402.
ät-wîtan, to blame, censure (cf. 'twit), w. acc. of thing: pret. pl. ät-witon weána dæl, 1151.
ät-wîtan, to blame, censure (cf. 'twit), w. acc. of thing: pret. pl. ät-witon weána dæl, 1151.
ge-wîtan, properly spectare aliquo; to go (most general verb of motion): 1) with inf. after verbs of motion: pret. sg. þanon eft ge-wât ... tô hâm faran, 123; so, 2570; pl. þanon eft gewiton ... mearum rîdan, 854. Sometimes with reflex, dat.: pres. sg. him þâ Scyld ge-wât ... fêran on freán wære, 26; gewât him ... rîdan, 234; so, 1964; pl. ge-witon, 301.—2) associated with general infinitives of motion and aim: imper. pl. ge-wîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; pret. sg. ge-wât þâ neósian heán hûses, 115; he þâ fâg ge-wât ... man-dreám fleón, 1264; nyðer eft gewât dennes niósian, 3045; so, 1275, 2402, 2820. So, with reflex, dat.: him eft gewât ... hâmes niósan, 2388; so, 2950; pl. ge-witon, 1126.—3) without inf. and with prep, or adv.: pres. sg. III. þær firgen-streám under nässa genipu niðer ge-wîteð, 1361; ge-wîteð on sealman, 2461; inf. on flôdes æht feor ge-wîtan, 42; pret. sg. ge-wât, 217; him ge-wât, 1237, 1904; of lîfe, ealdre ge-wât (died), 2472, 2625; fyrst forð ge-wât (time went on), 210; him ge-wât ût of healle, 663; ge-wât him hâm, 1602; pret. part. dat. sg. me forð-ge-witenum (me defuncto, I dead), 1480.
ge-wîtan, properly to look at something; to go (the most general verb of motion): 1) followed by an infinitive after motion verbs: past singular þanon eft ge-wât ... tô hâm faran, 123; so, 2570; plural þanon eft gewiton ... mearum rîdan, 854. Sometimes reflexive, dative: present singular him þâ Scyld ge-wât ... fêran on freán wære, 26; gewât him ... rîdan, 234; so, 1964; plural ge-witon, 301.—2) used with general infinitives of motion and aim: imperative plural ge-wîtað forð beran wæpen and gewædu, 291; past singular ge-wât þâ neósian heán hûses, 115; he þâ fâg ge-wât ... man-dreám fleón, 1264; nyðer eft gewât dennes niósian, 3045; so, 1275, 2402, 2820. So, with reflexive, dative: him eft gewât ... hâmes niósan, 2388; so, 2950; plural ge-witon, 1126.—3) without infinitive and with preposition or adverb: present singular III. þar firgen-streám under nässa genipu niðer ge-wîteð, 1361; ge-wîteð on sealman, 2461; infinitive on flôdes æht feor ge-wîtan, 42; past singular ge-wât, 217; him ge-wât, 1237, 1904; of life, ealdre ge-wât (died), 2472, 2625; fyrst forð ge-wât (time went on), 210; him ge-wât ût of healle, 663; ge-wât him hâm, 1602; past participle dative singular me forð-ge-witenum (me defuncto, I dead), 1480.
ôð-wîtan, to blame, censure, reproach: inf. ne þorfte him þâ leán ôð-wîtan mon on middan-gearde, 2997.
ôð-wîtan, to blame, censure, reproach: inf. he didn’t need to be blamed by anyone in the middle of the world, 2997.
wlite-beorht, adj., beauteous, brilliant in aspect: acc. sg. wlite-beorhtne wang, 93.
wlite-beorht, adj., beautiful, bright in appearance: acc. sg. wlite-beorhtne wang, 93.
wlite-seón, st. n. f., sight, spectacle: acc. sg., 1651.
wlite-seón, noun, feminine, view, show: accusative singular, 1651.
geond-wlîtan, w. acc., to examine, look through, scan: inf. wräte giond-wlîtan, 2772.
geond-wlítan, w. acc., to examine, look through, scan: inf. wräte giond-wlítan, 2772.
wollen-teár, adj., tear-flowing, with flowing tears: nom. pl. wollen-teáre, 3033.
wollen-teár, adj., tear-flowing, with flowing tears: nom. pl. wollen-teáre, 3033.
word, st. n.: 1) word, speech: nom. sg., 2818; acc. sg. þät word, 655, 2047; word, 315, 341, 390, 871, 2552; instr. sg. worde, 2157; gen. sg. wordes, 2792; nom. pl. þâ word, 640; word, 613; acc. pl. word (of an alliterative song), 871; instr. pl, wordum, 176, 366, 627, 875, 1101, 1173, 1194, 1319, 1812, etc.; ge-saga him wordum (tell them in words, expressly), 388. The instr. wordum accompanies biddan, þancian, be-wägnan, secgan, hêrgan, to emphasize the verb, 176, 627, 1194, 2796, 3177; gen. pl. worda, 289, 398, 2247, 2263(?), 3031.—2) command, order: gen. sg. his wordes geweald habban (to rule, reign), 79; so, instr. pl. wordum weóld, 30.—Comp.: beót-, gylp-, meðel-, þryð-word.
word, noun: 1) word, speech: nominative singular, 2818; accusative singular þät word, 655, 2047; word, 315, 341, 390, 871, 2552; instrumental singular worde, 2157; genitive singular wordes, 2792; nominative plural þâ word, 640; word, 613; accusative plural word (of an alliterative song), 871; instrumental plural wordum, 176, 366, 627, 875, 1101, 1173, 1194, 1319, 1812, etc.; ge-saga him wordum (tell them in words, expressly), 388. The instrumental wordum accompanies biddan, þancian, be-wägnan, secgan, hêrgan, to emphasize the verb, 176, 627, 1194, 2796, 3177; genitive plural worda, 289, 398, 2247, 2263(?), 3031.—2) command, order: genitive singular his wordes geweald habban (to rule, reign), 79; so, instrumental plural wordum weóld, 30.—Compound: beót-, gylp-, meðel-, þryð-word.
word-cwide, st. m., (word-utterance), speech: acc. pl. word-cwydas, 1842; dat. pl. word-cwydum, 2754; gen. pl. word-cwida, 1846.
word-cwide, n., (word-utterance), speech: acc. pl. word-cwydas, 1842; dat. pl. word-cwydum, 2754; gen. pl. word-cwida, 1846.
worð-mynd. See weorð-mynd.
worth-image. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
worn, st. n., multitude, number: acc. sg. worn eall (very many), 3095; wintra worn (many years), 264; þonne he wintrum frôd worn ge-munde (when he old in years thought of their number), 2115. Used with fela to strengthen the meaning: nom. acc. sg. worn fela, 1784; hwät þu worn fela ... spræce (how very much thou hast spoken!), 530; so, eal-fela eald-gesegena worn, 871; gen. pl. worna fela, 2004, 2543.
worn, n., many, a lot: singular accusative worn eall (very many), 3095; wintra worn (many years), 264; þonne he wintrum frôd worn ge-munde (when he, wise in years, thought of their number), 2115. Used with fela to emphasize the meaning: nominative accusative singular worn fela, 1784; hwæt þu worn fela ... spræce (how much you've spoken!), 530; so, eal-fela eald-gesegena worn, 871; genitive plural worna fela, 2004, 2543.
woruld, worold, st. f., humanity, world, earth: nom. sg. eal worold, 1739; acc. sg. in worold (wacan) (to be born, come into the world), 60; worold oflætan, of-gifan (die), 1184, 1682; gen. sg. worolde, 951, 1081, 1388, 1733; worulde, 2344; his worulde ge-dâl (his separation from the world, death), 3069; worolde brûcan (to enjoy life, live), 1063; worlde, 2712.
woruld, worold, st. f., humanity, world, earth: nom. sg. all world, 1739; acc. sg. in world (wakan) (to be born, come into the world), 60; world abandon, give up (die), 1184, 1682; gen. sg. worlde, 951, 1081, 1388, 1733; world, 2344; his world separation (his separation from the world, death), 3069; world enjoy (to enjoy life, live), 1063; worlde, 2712.
woruld-candel, st. f., world-candle, sun: nom. sg., 1966.
woruld-candel, st. f., world-candle, sun: nom. sg., 1966.
worold-cyning, st. m., world king, mighty king: nom. sg., 3182; gen. pl. worold-cyninga, 1685.
worold-cyning, m., world king, mighty king: nominative singular, 3182; genitive plural worold-cyninga, 1685.
woruld-ende, st. m., world's end: acc. sg., 3084.
world's end, n., world's end: acc. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
worold-ræden, st. f., usual course, fate of the world, customary fate: dat. sg. worold-rædenne, 1143?
worold-ræden, st. f., typical path, destiny of the world, common fate: dat. sg. worold-rædenne, 1143?
wraðu, st. f., protection, safety: in comp. lîf-wraðu.
wraðu, st. f., protection, safety: in comp. life-wrath.
wrâðe, adv., contemptibly, disgracefully, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wrathfully, hostilely (in battle), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wrâsn, st. f., circlet of gold for the head, diadem, crown: in comp. freá-wrâsn.
wrâsn, st. f., golden headband, diadem, crown: in comp. freá-wrâsn.
wrecan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to press, force: pret. part. þær wäs Ongenþeó ... on bîd wrecen, 2963.—2) to drive out, expel: pret. sg. ferh ellen wräc, 2707.—3) to wreak or utter: gid, spel wrecan (to utter words or songs); subj. pres. sg. III. he gyd wrece, 2447; inf. wrecan spel ge-râde, 874; word-gyd wrecan, 3174; pret. sg. gyd äfter wräc, 2155; pres. part. þær wäs ... gid wrecen, 1066.—4) to avenge, punish: subj. pres. þät he his freónd wrece, 1386; inf. wolde hire mæg wrecan, 1340; so, 1279, 1547; pres. part. wrecend (an avenger), 1257; pret. sg. wräc Wedera nîð, 423; so, 1334, 1670.
wrecan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to press, force: past participle there was Ongenþeó ... in command forced out, 2963.—2) to drive out, expel: past singular ferh ellen wräc, 2707.—3) to wreak or utter: gid, spell wrecan (to utter words or songs); subj. present sg. III. he gyd wrece, 2447; infinitive wrecan spel ge-râde, 874; word-gyd wrecan, 3174; past sg. gyd äfter wräc, 2155; present participle there was ... gid wrecen, 1066.—4) to avenge, punish: subj. present that he avenges his friend, 1386; infinitive wanted to avenge her kinsman, 1340; so, 1279, 1547; present participle wrecend (an avenger), 1257; past sg. wräc Wedera nîð, 423; so, 1334, 1670.
wreoðen-hilt, adj., wreathen-hilted, with twisted hilt: nom. sg., 1699.
wreoðen-hilt, adj., wreathen-hilted, with twisted hilt: nom. sg., 1699.
ge-wrixle, st. n., exchange, arrangement, bargain: nom. sg. ne wäs þät ge-wrixle til (it was not a good arrangement, trade), 1305.
ge-wrixle, st. n., exchange, arrangement, bargain: nom. sg. ne wäs þät ge-wrixle til (it was not a good arrangement, trade), 1305.
wrîðan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to bind, fasten, wreathe together: inf. ic hine (him, MS.) ... on wäl-bedde wrîðan þôhte, 965.—2) to bind up (a wounded person, a wound): pret. pl. þâ wæron monige þe his mæg wriðon, 2983. See hand-gewriðen.
wrîðan, st. v. w. acc.: 1) to bind, fasten, wreathe together: inf. I thought to wrap him (him, MS.) ... in the deathbed, 965.—2) to bind up (a wounded person, a wound): pret. pl. there were many who wrapped him up, 2983. See hand-gewriðen.
for-wrîtan, to cut to pieces or in two: pret. sg. for-wrât Wedra helm wyrm on middan, 2706.
for-wrîtan, to cut to pieces or in two: past tense singular. for-wrât Wedra helm wyrm on middan, 2706.
wudu-rêc, n., wood-smoke: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wuldor-cyning, st. m., king of glory, God. dat. sg. wuldur-cyninge, 2796
wuldor-cyning, st. m., king of glory, God. dat. sg. wuldur-cyninge, 2796
wuldor-torht, adj., glory-bright, brilliant, clear: acc. pl. wuldor-torhtan weder, 1137.
wuldor-torht, adj., glory-bright, brilliant, clear: acc. pl. wuldor-torhtan weather, 1137.
wunden-feax, adj., curly-haired (of a horse's mane): nom. sg., 1401.
wunden-feax, adj., curly-haired (of a horse's mane): nom. sg., 1401.
wunden-heals, adj., with twisted or curved neck or prow: nom. sg. wudu wunden-hals (the ship), 298.
wunden-heals, adj., with twisted or curved neck or prow: nom. sg. wudu wunden-hals (the ship), 298.
wunden-heorde?, curly-haired?: nom. sg. f., 3153.
wunden-heorde?, curly-haired?: singular nominative feminine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wunden-mæl, adj., damascened, etched, with wavy ornaments(?): nom. sg. neut., 1532 (of a sword).
wunden-mæl, adj., damask-patterned, engraved, with wavy designs(?): nom. sg. neut., 1532 (of a sword).
wunden-stefna, w. m. curved prow, ship: nom. sg., 220.
wunden-stefna, w. m. curved prow, ship: nom. sg., 220.
wundor, st. n.: 1) wonder, wonderwork: nom. sg., 772, 1725; wundur, 3063; acc. sg. wundor, 841; wunder, 932; wundur, 2760, 3033, 3104; dat. sg. wundre, 932; instr. pl. wundrum (wondrously), 1453, 2688; gen. pl. wundra, 1608.—2) portent, monster: gen. pl. wundra, 1510.—Comp.: hand-, nîð-, searo-wundor.
wundor-bebod, st. n., wondrous command, strange order: instr. pl. -bebodum, 1748.
wundor-bebod, st. n., wonderful command, odd order: instr. pl. -bebodum, 1748.
wundor-deáð, st. m., wonder-death, strange death: instr. sg. wundor deáðe, 3038.
wundor-deáð, n., wonder-death, strange death: in. sg. wundor deáðe, 3038.
wundor-fät, st. n., wonder-vat, strange vessel: dat. pl. of wundor-fatum (from wondrous vessels), 1163.
wundor-fät, noun, wonder-vat, strange vessel: dative plural of wundor-fatum (from wondrous vessels), 1163.
wundor-lîc, adj., wonder like, remarkable: nom. sg., 1441.
wondrous, adj., wonder-like, remarkable: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
wundor-mâððum, st. m., wonder-jewel, wonderful treasure: acc. sg., 2174.
wundor-mâððum, st. m., wonder-jewel, wonderful treasure: acc. sg., 2174.
wundor-smið, st. m., wonder-smith, skilled smith, worker of marvellous things: gen. pl. wundor-smiða geweorc (the ancient giant's sword), 1682.
wundor-smið, n., wonder-smith, skilled smith, creator of amazing things: gen. pl. wundor-smiða geweorc (the ancient giant's sword), 1682.
wundor-seón, st. f., wondrous sight: gen. pl. wunder-sióna, 996.
wundor-seón, st. f., wondrous sight: gen. pl. wunder-sióna, 996.
wunian, w. v.: 1) to stand, exist, remain: pres. sg. III. þenden þær wunað on heáh-stede hûsa sêlest (as long as the best of houses stands there on the high place), 284; wunað he on wiste (lives in plenty), 1736; inf. on sele wunian (to remain in the hall), 3129; pret. sg. wunode mid Finne (remained with F.), 1129.—2) w. acc. or dat., to dwell in, to inhabit, to possess: pres. sg. III. wunað wäl-reste (holds his death-bed), 2903; inf. wäter-egesan wunian scolde..., streámas, 1261; wîcum wunian, 3084; w. prep.: pres. sg. Higelâc þær ät hâm wunað, 1924.
wunian, v. : 1) to stand, exist, remain: pres. sg. III. þenden þær wunað on heáh-stede hûsa sêlest (as long as the best of houses stands there on the high place), 284; wunað he on wiste (lives in plenty), 1736; inf. on sele wunian (to remain in the hall), 3129; pret. sg. wunode mid Finne (remained with F.), 1129.—2) w. acc. or dat., to dwell in, to inhabit, to possess: pres. sg. III. wunað wäl-reste (holds his death-bed), 2903; inf. wäter-egesan wunian scolde..., streámas, 1261; wîcum wunian, 3084; w. prep.: pres. sg. Higelâc þær ät hâm wunað, 1924.
wyn, st. f., pleasantness, pleasure, joy, enjoyment: acc. sg. mæste ... worolde wynne (the highest earthly joy), 1081; eorðan wynne (earth-joy, the delightful earth), 1731; heofenes wynne (heaven's joy, the rising sun), 1802; hearpan wynne (harp-joy, the pleasant harp), 2108; þät he ... ge-drogen häfde eorðan wynne (that he had had his earthly joy), 2728; dat. sg. weorod wäs on wynne, 2015; instr. pl. mägenes wynnum (in joy of strength), 1717; so, 1888.—Comp.: êðel-, hord-, lîf-, lyft-, symbel-wyn.
wyn, noun, pleasantness, pleasure, joy, enjoyment: acc. sg. mæste ... worolde wynne (the highest earthly joy), 1081; eorðan wynne (earth-joy, the delightful earth), 1731; heofenes wynne (heaven's joy, the rising sun), 1802; hearpan wynne (harp-joy, the pleasant harp), 2108; þät he ... ge-drogen häfde eorðan wynne (that he had had his earthly joy), 2728; dat. sg. weorod wäs on wynne, 2015; instr. pl. mägenes wynnum (in joy of strength), 1717; so, 1888.—Comp.: êðel-, hord-, lîf-, lyft-, symbel-wyn.
wyrcan, v. irreg.: 1) to do, effect, w. acc.: inf. (wundor) wyrcan, 931.—2) to make, create, w. acc.: pret. sg. þät se äl-mihtiga eorðan worh[te], 92; swâ hine (the helmet) worhte wæpna smið, 1453.—3) to gain, win, acquire, w. gen.: subj. pres. wyrce, se þe môte, dômes ær deáðe, 1388.
wyrcan, v. irreg.: 1) to do, effect, with accusative: infinitive (wonder) to do, 931.—2) to make, create, with accusative: past singular that the almighty earth created, 92; just as he (the helmet) was made by the weaponsmith, 1453.—3) to gain, win, acquire, with genitive: subject present creates, he who may earn, judgment before death, 1388.
be-wyrcan, to gird, surround: pret. pl. bronda betost wealle be-worhton, 3163.
be-wyrcan, to gird, surround: past tense plural bronda betost wealle be-worhton, 3163.
ge-wyrcan: 1) intrans., to act, behave: inf. swâ sceal geong guma gôde gewyrcean ... on fäder wine þät ... (a young man shall so act with benefits towards his father's friends that ...), 20.—2) w. acc., to do, make, effect, perform: inf. ne meahte ic ät hilde mid Hruntinge wiht ge-wyrcan, 1661; sweorde ne meahte on þam aglæcan ... wunde ge-wyrcean, 2907; pret. sg. ge-worhte, 636, 1579, 2713; pret. part. acc. ic þâ leóde wât ... fäste ge-worhte. 1865.—3) to make, construct: inf. (medo-ärn) ge-wyrcean, 69; (wîg-bord) ge-wyrcean, 2338; (hlæw) ge-wyrcean, 2803; pret. pl. II. ge-worhton, 3097; III. ge-worhton, 3158; pret. part. ge-worht, 1697.—4) to win, acquire: pres. sg. ic me mid Hruntinge dôm ge-wyrce, 1492.
ge-wyrcan: 1) intrans., to act, behave: inf. a young man shall so act with benefits towards his father's friends that ... , 20.—2) w. acc., to do, make, effect, perform: inf. I couldn't perform well in battle with Hrunting, 1661; the sword couldn't inflict wounds on the monster ... , 2907; pret. sg. made, 636, 1579, 2713; pret. part. acc. I know that the people ... were firmly made. 1865.—3) to make, construct: inf. (medo-ärn) to create, 69; (wîg-bord) to build, 2338; (hlæw) to construct, 2803; pret. pl. II. made, 3097; III. made, 3158; pret. part. made, 1697.—4) to win, acquire: pres. sg. I make fame for myself with Hrunting, 1492.
â-wyrdan, w. v., to destroy, kill: pret. part.: äðeling monig wundum â-wyrded, 1114.
â-wyrdan, w. v., to destroy, kill: past participle: äðeling monig wundum â-wyrded, 1114.
wyrgen, st, f., throttler [cf. sphinx], she-wolf; in comp. grund-wyrgen.
wyrgen, st, f., throttler [cf. sphinx], she-wolf; in comp. grund-wyrgen.
wyrm-hord, n., dragon-hoard: gen. pl. wyrm-horda, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
yldan, w. v., to delay, put off: inf. ne þät se aglæca yldan þôhte, 740; weard wine-geômor wîscte þäs yldan, þät he lytel fäc long-gestreóna brûcan môste, 2240.
yldan, v., to delay, postpone: he didn’t think that the monster would delay; the guardian mournfully wished to delay, so that he could use a little of his long-earned treasures.
ymb, prep. w. acc.: 1) local, around, about, at, upon: ymb hine (around, with, him), 399. With prep, postponed: hine ymb, 690; ymb brontne ford (around the seas, on the high sea), 568; ymb þâ gif-healle (around the gift-hall, throne-hall), 839; ymb þäs helmes hrôf (around the helm's roof, crown), 1031.—2) temporal, about, after: ymb ân-tîd ôðres dôgores (about the same time the next day), 219; ymb âne niht (after a night), 135.—3) causal, about, on account of, for, owing to: (frînan) ymb þînne sîð (on account of, concerning?, thy journey), 353; hwät þu ... ymb Brecan spræce (hast spoken about B.), 531; so, 1596, 3174; nâ ymb his lîf cearað (careth not for his life), 1537; so, 450; ymb feorh sacan, 439; sundor-nytte beheóld ymb aldor Dena, 669; ymb sund (about the swimming, the prize for swimming), 507.
ymb, prep. w. acc.: 1) local, around, about, at, upon: ymb hine (around, with, him), 399. With prep, postponed: hine ymb, 690; ymb brontne ford (around the seas, on the high sea), 568; ymb þâ gif-healle (around the gift-hall, throne-hall), 839; ymb þäs helmes hrôf (around the helm's roof, crown), 1031.—2) temporal, about, after: ymb ân-tîd ôðres dôgores (about the same time the next day), 219; ymb âne niht (after a night), 135.—3) causal, about, on account of, for, owing to: (frînan) ymb þînne sîð (on account of, concerning?, thy journey), 353; hwät þu ... ymb Brecan spræce (have you spoken about B.), 531; so, 1596, 3174; nâ ymb his lîf cearað (doesn't care for his life), 1537; so, 450; ymb feorh sacan, 439; sundor-nytte beheóld ymb aldor Dena, 669; ymb sund (about the swimming, the prize for swimming), 507.
ymb-sittend, pres. part., neighbor gen. pl. ymb-sittendra, 9.
ymb-sittend, present participle, neighbor gen. plural. ymb-sittendra, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
yrfe, noun, *gift, inheritance*: nominative singular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
inheritance, n., sword passed down as a legacy: acc. sg. inheritance, 1054; instr. sg. inheritance, 1904.
yrfe-weard, st. m., heir, son: nom. sg., 2732; gen. sg. yrfe-weardes, 2454. (-as, MS.)
yrringa, adv., angrily, fiercely, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
yrre-môd, adj., angry-minded, wild: nom. sg., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ýð-gebland, st. n., mingling or surging waters, water-tumult: nom. sg. -geblond, 1374, 1594; nom. pl. -gebland, 1621.
water-mixing, noun, mixing or raging waters, water chaos: singular nominative -mixing, 1374, 1594; plural nominative -mixing, 1621.
ýð-gewin, st. n., strife with the sea, wave-struggle, rushing of water: dat. sg. ýð-gewinne, 2413; gen. sg. -gewinnes, 1435.
wave-struggle, noun, conflict with the sea, struggle of waves, rushing water: dat. sg. wave-struggle, 2413; gen. sg. -struggle, 1435.
ýð-naca, m., sea-boat: acc. sg. [ýð-]nacan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
ýwan, w. v. w. acc., to show: pret. sg. an-sýn ýwde (showed itself, appeared), 2835. See eáwan, eówan.
ýwan, v. w. acc., to show: past tense. sg. an-sýn ýwde (showed itself, appeared), 2835. See eáwan, eówan.
ge-ýwan, w. acc. of thing, dat. of pers., to lay before, offer: inf., 2150.
ge-ýwan, w. acc. of thing, dat. of pers., to present, offer: inf., 2150.
GLOSSARY TO FINNSBURH.
âbrecan, st. v., to shatter: part. his byrne âbrocen wære (his byrnie was shattered).
âbrecan, st. v., to shatter: part. his byrne âbrocen wære (his byrnie was shattered).
bân-helm, st. m., bone-helmet; skull, [shield, Bosw.].
bân-helm, st. m., bone-helmet; skull, [shield, Bosw.].
buruh-þelu, st. f., castle-floor.
buruh-þelu, noun, castle floor.
cêlod, part, (adj.?), keeled, i.e. boat-shaped or hollow.
cêlod, part, (adj.?), keeled, meaning boat-shaped or hollow.
dagian, w. v., to dawn: ne þis ne dagiað eástan (this is not dawning from the east).
dagian, w. v., to dawn: this is not dawning from the east.
driht-gesîð, st m., companion, associate.
driht-gesîð, st m., companion, associate.
eástan, adv., from the east.
eastern, adv., from the east.
eorð-bûend, st. m., earth-dweller, man.
earth-dweller, man
fýren, adj., flaming, afire: nom. f. swylce eal Finns-buruh fýrenu wære (as if all Finnsburh were afire).
fýren, adj., flaming, afire: nom. f. swylce eal Finns-buruh fýrenu wære (as if all Finnsburh were afire).
gellan, st. v., to sing (i.e. ring or resound): pres. sg. gylleð græg-hama (the gray garment [byrnie] rings); (the gray wolf yelleth?).
gellan, st. v., to sing (i.e. ring or resound): pres. sg. gylleð græg-hama (the gray garment [byrnie] rings); (the gray wolf yells?).
genesan, st. v., to survive, recover from: pret. pl. þâ wîgend hyra wunda genæson (the warriors were recovering from their wounds).
genesan, st. v., to survive, recover from: past tense plural þâ wîgend hyra wunda genæson (the warriors were recovering from their wounds).
gold-hladen, adj., laden with gold (wearing heavy gold ornaments).
gold-hladen, adj., loaded with gold (wearing heavy gold jewelry).
græg-hama, w. m., gray garment, mail-coat; (wolf?—Brooke).
græg-hama, w. m., gray garment, mail-coat; (wolf?—Brooke).
häg-steald, st. m., one who lives in his lord's house, a house-carl.
häg-steald, st. m., someone who lives in his lord's house, a house-carl.
heaðo-geong, adj., young in war.
heaðo-geong, adj., young in battle.
here-sceorp, st. n., war-dress, coat of mail.
here-sceorp, st. n., armor, chainmail.
hleoðrian, w. v., to speak, exclaim: pret. sg. hleoðrode ... cyning (the prince exclaimed).
hleoðrian, w. v., to speak, exclaim: pret. sg. hleoðrode ... cyning (the prince exclaimed).
hræw, st. n., corpse.
, st. n., corpse.
hrôr, adj., strong: here-sceorpum hrôr (strong [though it was] as armor, Bosw.).
hrôr, adj., strong: with strong defenses (strong [though it was] like armor, Bosw.).
lac (lað?)? for flacor, fluttering?
lac (lið?) for flacor, fluttering?
oncweðan, st. v., to answer: pres. sg. scyld scefte oncwyð (the shield answers the spear).
oncweðan, st. v., to answer: pres. sg. scyld scefte oncwyð (the shield answers the spear).
onwacnian, w. v., to awake, arouse one's self: imper. pl. onwacnigeað ..., wîgend mine (awake, my warriors!).
onwacnian, w. v., to wake up, rouse oneself: imper. pl. onwacnigeað ..., wîgend mine (wake up, my warriors!).
sealo-brûn, adj., dusky-brown.
sealo-brûn, adj., dark brown.
sige-beorn, st. m., victorious hero, valiant warrior.
sige-beorn, st. m., successful hero, brave fighter.
sweart, adj., swart, black.
sweart, adj., dark, black.
swêt, adj., sweet: acc. m. swêtne medo ... forgyldan (requite the sweet mead, i.e. repay, by prowess in battle, the bounty of their chief).
swêt, adj., sweet: acc. m. swêtne medo ... forgyldan (requite the sweet mead, i.e. repay, by prowess in battle, the bounty of their chief).
swurd-leóma, w. m., sword-flame, flashing of swords.
swurd-leóma, w. m., sword-flame, flashing of swords.
undearninga, adv., without concealment, openly.
undearninga, adv., openly.
wandrian, w. v., to fly about, hover: pret. sg. hräfn wandrode (the raven hovered).
wandrian, w. v., to fly around, hover: past tense singular hräfn wandered (the raven hovered).
waðol, st. m., the full moon [Grein]; [adj., wandering, Bosw.].
waðol, st. m., the full moon [Grein]; [adj., wandering, Bosw.].
wäl-sliht (-sleaht), st. m., combat, deadly struggle: gen. pl. wäl-slihta gehlyn (the din of combats)
wäl-sliht (-sleaht), st. m., battle, deadly fight: gen. pl. wäl-slihta gehlyn (the noise of battles)
weâ-dæd, st. f., deed of woe: nom. pl. ârisað weâ-dæda.
weâ-dæd, st. f., act of sorrow: nom. pl. ârisað weâ-dæda.
witian (weotian), w. v., to appoint, determine: part. þe is ... witod.
witian (weotian), w. v., to appoint, determine: part. the is ... known.
wurðlîce (weorðlîce), adv., worthily, gallantly: compar. wurð-lîcor.
wurðlîce (worthily), adv., in a deserving manner, with courage: compar. more worthily.
CORRECTIONS MADE TO THE SOURCE TEXT:
ARGUMENT, recals = recalls ll. 131, 737 þryð-swyð = þrýð-swýð l. 256 ôfest = ôfost l. 303 sciónon = scionon l. 706 buton = bûton l. 1115 ât = ät l. 1133 wîð = wið ll. 1304, 1560, 1616 missing caesuras supplied l. 1436 here-sträl = here-stræl l. 1642 feôwer- = feówer l. 1747 sträle = stræle l. 1828 þywað = þýwað l. 1926 betlic = betlîc l. 2224 gesceód = gesceôd ll. 2288, 3036 wâs = wäs l. 2453 to = tô l. 2503 Huga = Hûga (marked long, correctly, in the list of names, but not elsewhere) l. 2586 niðe = nîðe l. 2587 sið = sîð l. 2684 irenna = îrenna l. 2915 Hugas = Hûgas l. 2956 heáðo-liðendum = heaðo-lîðendum (heáðu- in glossary) l. 3000 Þât = Þät; feônd- = feónd- l. 3056 sóð = sôð l. 3137 Hrônes = Hrones list of names, under: Dene, Scedenîgge = Scedenigge Eádgils, Ohthere = Ôhthere Freáwaru, Freawaru = Freáwaru Hrôðgâr, Hrôð-gâre = Hrôðgâre Hygelac, Hæreð = Häreð notes, for l. 31, of l. 31 = of l. 30 l. 1441, wôð- = wæg- l. 1916, leôfra = leófra glossary, under: äðele, Beowulf's = Beówulf's ân, gehwilces = gehwylces æg-hwâ, ægh-wäs = æghwäs ät-beran, beadolâce = beadulâce beadu-lâc, beado- = beadu- (twice) beág, beages = beáges beorh, heáford- = heáfod beódan, leodum = leódum beón, cwênlic = cwênlîc biddan, bliðne = blîðne bitter, sträle = stræle ge-bîdan, therefor = therefore on-bîdan, earfôðlîce = earfoðlîce brecan, lêtdse = lêt se burne, of of = of bûtan, swîce = swice cempa, Huga = Hûga ge-ceósan, usic = ûsic on-cirran, wealdendas = wealdendes corðer, þä = þâ cûð, wîð- = wîd- cunnan, þeáwe = þeáw dôgor, gehwam = gehwâm dôn, ymbsittend = ymbesittend; hettend = hetend; þywað = þýwað drîfan, feoran = feorran dryhten, freáh- = freá- dryht-scipe, drihtscipe = drihtscype ge-dýgan, wräcsið = wräcsîð eal, oncyððe = oncýððe ealdor, heresträl = herestræl eácen-cräftig, iúmanna = iúmonna eofor-spreót, hocyhtum = hôcyhtum eorlîc, eorlic [ellen] = eorlîc fâh, wâldreóre = wäldreóre ôð-ferian, panon = þonan fela, maððum- = mâððum fêran, wäre = wære feónd, feonda = feónda fleón, fenhôpu = fenhopu floga, wîð- = wîd- folc-toga, Hrôðgar = Hrôðgâr for, wonhydum = wonhýdum; handgeweorc = hondgeweorc fôt-gemearc, long = lang ge-frignan, þeodcyninga = þeódcyninga ge-fyrðran, fratwum = frätwum ge-fýsan, to sêcanne = tô sêceanne gân, swa = swâ; [or] giong = gióng; flore = flôre; sîttan = sittan ge-gan, Wîglaf = Wîglâf gâr-wîga, Wîglaf = Wîglâf gäst, fêde- = fêðe- gegn-cwide, þinra = þînra ge-gyrwan, yðlidan = ýðlidan geóc, gást = gâst geômore-lîc, [bið] geômorlic = geômorlîc for-gildan, therefor = therefore gold-wlanc, guðrinc = gûðrinc grêtan, walgæst = wälgæst grim, searo-grimm = searo-grim habban, gecorene = gecorone wið-habban, winsele = wînsele hatan, sæliðend = sælîðend hatian, guð-sceaða = gûð-sceaða hâr, heâre = heáre here-stræl, -sträl = stræl heard, -sträl = -stræl; regen- = regn- heorte, starc- = stearc heoro-dreór, heoro-dreore (citation) = heoro-dreóre hlið, hliðu = hliðo (twice) hôp, hôp = hop hreow, þât = þät hrôf, geseáh = geseah hwîl, seo = seó hýran, æghwilc = æghwylc inne, abeád = âbeád îren, drihtlîc = dryhtlîc lâð, gewiðru = gewidru; scynnum = scinnum be-leán, beleân = beleán mêtan, Aescheres = Äscheres mearcian, môrhôpu = môrhopu ge-mearian, hwam = hwâm morðor-bed, stred = strêd môd, stið- = stîð nænig, horð-mâðum = hord-mâððum on, heáðe = heoðe; willen = willan ræd, fæst- = fäst reccan, hu = hû rîdan, gealgan = galgan sang, -leasne = leásne sceapan, Hugas = Hûgas (twice) scânan, sciónon = scionon scînan, scînon = scinon secg, synnigne = sinnigne ge-sêcan, -cyððe = cýððe ge-sîgan, ätsäcce = ät säcce ge-sleán, ge-slôgan = ge-slôgon standan, sträl = stræl stapan, furðor = furður ge-steppan, Ohtheres = Ôhteres stincan, þä = þâ styrian, ge-wiðru = ge-widru sweord, maððum- = mâððum ge-swîcan, þeodne = þeódne teón (w. v.), naläs = nalas; teodan = teódan tô, hälum = hælum; sitte = site; Eofore = Jofore ge-trûwan, -wäre = wære ge-twæfan, ôððe = oððe þær, snotera = snottra þe, gimfästan = ginfästan of-þincan, gehwam = gehwâm ge-þolian, þât = þät þu, sælran = selran þûsend, seófon = seofan un-heóre, -speru = -sporu ûs, æg-hwilc = æg-hwylc wacan, wôcon = wôcun werian, beaduscrûd = beaduscrûda be-werian, scynnum = scinnum wên, orlêg = orleg; ôr-wena = or-wêna weorðian, leôde = leóde willa, wyllum = willum wilnian, fäðer = fäder nât, hwilc = hwylc (twice) ge-wîtan, wäre = wære
ARGUMENT, recals = recalls ll. 131, 737 þrýð-swýð = þrýð-swýð l. 256 ôfost = ôfost l. 303 scionon = scionon l. 706 bûton = bûton l. 1115 ât = ät l. 1133 wið = wið ll. 1304, 1560, 1616 missing caesuras supplied l. 1436 here-stræl = here-stræl l. 1642 feówer- = feówer l. 1747 stræle = stræle l. 1828 þýwað = þýwað l. 1926 betlîc = betlîc l. 2224 gesceôd = gesceód ll. 2288, 3036 wäs = wäs l. 2453 tô = tô l. 2503 Hûga = Hûga (marked long, correctly, in the list of names, but not elsewhere) l. 2586 nîðe = nîðe l. 2587 sîð = sîð l. 2684 îrenna = îrenna l. 2915 Hûgas = Hûgas l. 2956 heaðo-lîðendum = heaðo-lîðendum (heáðu- in glossary) l. 3000 Þât = Þät; feónd- = feónd- l. 3056 sóð = sôð l. 3137 Hrones = Hrones list of names, under: Dene, Scedenîgge = Scedenigge Eádgils, Ohthere = Ôhthere Freáwaru, Freawaru = Freáwaru Hrôðgâr, Hrôð-gâre = Hrôðgâre Hygelac, Hæreð = Häreð notes, for l. 31, of l. 31 = of l. 30 l. 1441, wôð- = wæg- l. 1916, leôfra = leófra glossary, under: äðele, Beowulf's = Beówulf's ân, gehwilces = gehwylces æg-hwâ, ægh-wäs = æghwäs ät-beran, beadolâce = beadulâce beadu-lâc, beado- = beadu- (twice) beág, beages = beáges beorh, heáford- = heáfod beódan, leodum = leódum beón, cwênlic = cwênlîc biddan, bliðne = blîðne bitter, stræle = stræle ge-bîdan, therefor = therefore on-bîdan, earfôðlîce = earfoðlîce brecan, lêtdse = lêt se burne, of of = of bûtan, swîce = swice cempa, Hûga = Hûga ge-ceósan, usic = ûsic on-cirran, wealdendas = wealdendes corðer, þä = þâ cûð, wîð- = wîd- cunnan, þeáwe = þeáw dôgor, gehwam = gehwâm dôn, ymbsittend = ymbesittend; hettend = hetend; þywað = þýwað drîfan, feoran = feorran dryhten, freáh- = freá- dryht-scipe, drihtscipe = drihtscype ge-dýgan, wräcsið = wräcsîð eal, oncyððe = oncýððe ealdor, heresträl = herestræl eácen-cräftig, iúmanna = iúmonna eofor-spreót, hocyhtum = hôcyhtum eorlîc, eorlic [ellen] = eorlîc fâh, wâldreóre = wäldreóre ôð-ferian, panon = þonan fela, maððum- = mâððum fêran, været = wære feónd, feonda = feónda fleón, fenhôpu = fenhopu floga, wîð- = wîd- folc-toga, Hrôðgar = Hrôðgâr for, wonhydum = wonhýdum; handgeweorc = hondgeweorc fôt-gemearc, long = lang ge-frignan, þeodcyninga = þeódcyninga ge-fyrðran, fratwum = frätwum ge-fýsan, to sêcanne = tô sêceanne gân, swa = swâ; [or] giong = gióng; flore = flôre; sîttan = sittan ge-gan, Wîglaf = Wîglâf gâr-wîga, Wîglaf = Wîglâf gäst, fêde- = fêðe- gegn-cwide, þinra = þînra ge-gyrwan, yðlidan = ýðlidan geóc, gást = gâst geômore-lîc, [bið] geômorlic = geômorlîc for-gildan, therefor = therefore gold-wlanc, guðrinc = gûðrinc grêtan, walgæst = wälgæst grim, searo-grimm = searo-grim habban, gecorene = gecorone wið-habban, winsele = wînsele hatan, sæliðend = sælîðend hatian, guð-sceaða = gûð-sceaða hâr, heâre = heáre here-stræl, -sträl = stræl heard, -sträl = -stræl; regen- = regn- heorte, starc- = stearc heoro-dreór, heoro-dreore (citation) = heoro-dreóre hlið, hliðu = hliðo (twice) hôp, hôp = hop hreow, þât = þät hrôf, geseáh = geseah hwîl, seo = seó hýran, æghwilc = æghwylc inne, abeád = âbeád îren, drihtlîc = dryhtlîc lâð, gewiðru = gewidru; scynnum = scinnum be-leán, beleân = beleán mêtan, Aescheres = Äscheres mearcian, môrhôpu = môrhopu ge-mearian, hwam = hwâm morðor-bed, stred = strêd môd, stið- = stîð nænig, horð-mâðum = hord-mâððum on, heáðe = heoðe; willen = willan ræd, fæst- = fäst reccan, hu = hû rîdan, gealgan = galgan sang, -leasne = leásne sceapan, Hûgas = Hûgas (twice) scânan, sciónon = scionon scînan, scînon = sinon secg, synnigne = sinnigne ge-sêcan, -cyððe = cýððe ge-sîgan, ätsäcce = ät säcce ge-sleán, ge-slôgan = ge-slôgon standan, stræl = stræl stapan, furðor = furður ge-steppan, Ohtheres = Ôhteres stincan, þä = þâ styrian, ge-wiðru = ge-widru sweord, maððum- = mâððum ge-swîcan, þeodne = þeódne teón (w. v.), naläs = nalas; teodan = teódan tô, hälum = hælum; sitte = site; Eofore = Jofore ge-trûwan, -wäre = wære ge-twæfan, ôððe = oððe þær, snotera = snottra þe, gimfästan = ginfästan of-þincan, gehwam = gehwâm ge-þolian, þât = þät þu, sælran = selran þûsend, seófon = seofan un-heóre, -speru = -sporu ûs, æg-hwilc = æg-hwylc wacan, wôcun = wôcun werian, beaduscrûd = beaduscrûda be-werian, scynnum = scinnum wên, orlêg = orleg; ôr-wena = or-wêna weorðian, leôde = leóde willa, wyllum = willum wilnian, fäðer = fäder nât, hwilc = hwylc (twice) ge-wîtan, wär = wære